(R) Full Line Catalog Wiring Devices for Industrial, Commercial Institutional and Residential Markets www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ More than a Century of World-Class Innovation, Quality and Experience The first "push-pull switch" Quality and superior performance lead to safety, ease of use, and low installation costs. Our plugs and connectors provide a full range of features, from the Triple Gripper(R) cord grip and dust shield to impact-resistant nylon construction introduced more than 45 years ago. Hospital grade and industrial specification grade receptacles incorporate a true one-piece grounding system, now expanded to include tamper-resistant, weather resistant, and self test devices. Our wiring devices are preferred by specification decisionmakers, contractors and original equipment manufacturers, thanks to the features they offer. Building on more than 127 years of excellence, Bryant Electric offers wiring device solutions for industrial, commercial, institutional and residential markets. The new product lines and enhancements showcased in this catalog combine the innovation, value, quality and superior performance you expect from Bryant Electric. This redesigned catalog provides comprehensive information for 5,000+ popular products. Each full-color page features product information, images, dimensions and specifications. Product features are also highlighted, especially for new solutions. Our growing portfolio reflects commitment to distributors and customers. Since 1888, Bryant Electric has been a pioneer in the wiring device industry. New, redesigned or expanded product lines in this catalog include: * Watertight Devices * Portable Outlet Boxes A digital marketing experience is available at www.bryantelectric.com. A unique eCatalog with interactive Document Builder allows quick access to product information and the ability to save custom documents. The catalog can be printed, searched and downloaded 24/7. Our website also maximizes the mobile experience so you can access literature and tools on your smartphone or tablet. A full printed literature library is also available. * Temporary Lighting * Cord and Cable Reels * Power Distribution Boxes * Cam-Type Devices * Swivels and Bands for Mesh * Heavy Duty While-In-Use Covers * GFCI Self Test Receptacles * Occupancy/Vacancy, Harsh Environment, and Daylight Harvesting Sensors * Countdown Timers and Dimmers * USB Receptacles and Outlets * Permanently Marked Controlled Receptacles * Nightlight Devices * Service/Power Poles * Metal Raceway * Floor Trak Cable Protection * Network Wiring ii Contact us toll-free at 1-800-323-2792, or visit us on the web at www.bryant-electric.com. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Table Of Contents Section A Section H Straight Blade Devices Section B Section C Section D Section E Section F Section G Hospital Grade Devices Ground Fault Devices Surge and Isolated Ground Devices Switches Lighting Controls Motor Control Products Specifications are subject to change without notice. Section O Locking Devices Section I Section J Section K Section L Section M Section N Watertight Products Corrosion-Resistant Devices Pin & Sleeve Devices Cam-Type, Power Dist. & Temp Power Lampholders, Starters and Adapters Section P Section Q Section R Section S Delivery Systems Wallplates and Covers Network Wiring Technical Information Electric Cord and Cable Reels Wire Management Products www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ i General Information No material will be accepted for return unless permission is granted in writing by Bryant. All orders received for special items are accepted as firm orders and are not subject to cancellation by the customer. Associations National Electrical Manufacturers Association NEMA promotes the competitiveness of its member companies by providing a forum for the development of technical standards that are in the best interests of the industry and the users of its products. Claims for freight charges or allowances of any kind will not be considered after 30 days from receipt of goods and our responsibility ceases when we have delivered such shipments to the carriers and hold their receipts. National Association of Electrical Distributors Since 1908, NAED has served as the trade association for the electrical distribution industry. To be an NAED associate member, your company must be a manufacturer or value-added reseller. All Bryant devices are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise indicated. Product dimensions in this catalog are nominal and are provided for the convenience of our customers. We reserve the right to make changes from time to time, without notice, which may change the dimensions shown. Therefore, we recommend verifying dimensions with us before using them for product developments or prints. RoHS compliant The designs and dimensions of the products listed in this catalog, correct at the date of publication, are subject to change without notice. This catalog is published solely for information purposes and should not be considered all-inclusive. Typographical or pictorial errors which are brought to our attention will be corrected in subsequent issues. Bryant Trademarks Since 1888, Bryant Electric has been a pioneer in the wiring industry. Just as the Bryant name is recognized as a mark of durability and quality, so are many of the trade names we use with our devices. These include: CIRCUITPRO(R) COBRA(R) EXTRA DUTY(R) Fashion SeriesTM FloorTrak(R) inSIGHTTM JLOAD(R) MAXXTM netSELECT(R) OPTIMYZER(R) Restriction of Hazardous Substances The RoHS Directive stands for "the restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment". U.S. Green Building Council Member Bryant is a US Green Building Council (USGBC) member dedicated to advancing buildings that are environmentally responsible in the way they are designed, built and operated. International Organization for Standardization ISO (International Organization for Standardization) is the world's largest developer and publisher of International Standards. International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) IEC is the world's leading organization that prepares and publishes International Standards for all electrical, electronic and related technologies. PLUGBOX(R) PlugTrak(R) Quad Gripper(R) QUADCAB(R) QUADPLEX(R) RE-BOX(R) SpeakON(R) TECH-SPEC(R) tradeSELECT(R) Triple Gripper(R) UPC: 781786 Cage Code: 71183 ii www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Section A Straight Blade Devices Table of Contents NEMA Configuration Chart Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-2 Hospital Grade Devices TECH-SPEC(R) Self-Grounding Receptacles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-3 Heavy Duty and Fashion SeriesTM 9000 Receptacles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-4 USB Charger Receptacles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-5 QUADPLEX(R) Receptacles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-6 Impact Resistant Plugs and Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-7 Industrial Grade Extra Heavy Duty, Specification Grade Duplex Receptacles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-8 Extra Heavy Duty, Specification Grade Single Receptacles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-9 Heavy Duty, Specification Grade Receptacles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-10 Heavy Duty, Industrial Grade Combination Receptacles and Attachment Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-11 Commercial Grade Duplex Receptacles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-12 Duplex Tamper-Resistant Receptacles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-13 Permanently Marked Receptacles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-14 QUADPLEX(R) Receptacles and Cord Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-15 Residential Grade USB Charger Receptacles and Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-17 Quick Thread, Duplex and Decorator Receptacles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-18 Single and Single Decorator Receptacles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-19 Plugs and Connectors Triple Gripper(R) Extra Heavy Duty Industrial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-20 COBRA(R) Heavy Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-21 TECH-SPEC(R) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-22 Industrial Grade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-23 Special Use Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-24 Residential Grade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-25 High Amperage Devices 30 Amp Plugs, Connectors and Receptacles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-26 50 Amp Plugs, Connectors and Receptacles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-27 60 Amp Plugs and Receptacles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-28 Weather Protective Boots, Adapter Sleeves and PLUGBOX(R) Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-29 Technical Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-30 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ A-1 Straight Blade Devices NEMA(R) Configuration Chart 15 Ampere 2 Pole / 2 Wire Rating 125V Receptacle / Conn. Body A-21, A-23 Plug / Inlet 2 Pole / 3 Wire Grounding 5-15R 5-15P 5-20R A-9, A-10, A-18 A-3, A-6 to to A-20 A-10, A-17 to A-20 5-20P 5-30R A-6, A-9, A-10, A-24 A-18 to A-20 A-24 5-30P A-24 6-15R A-10 Plug Receptacle Plug A-25 A-25 5-50R A-25 5-50P A-25 6-15P 6-20R 6-30R 6-20P 6-30P 6-50R 6-50P A-10 7 7-15P A-21 A-21 A-24 A-24 A-25 A-25 125/250V AC 10 10-20R 10-20P 10-30R 10-30P A-24 10-50R A-25 10-50P A-25 A-26 A-26 125/250V AC 14 14-30R A-24 14-30P A-24 14-50R A-25 14-50P A-25 14-60R A-26 14-60P A-26 3O 250V AC 15 15-30R 15-30P A-21 4P / 4W Receptacle 6 A-24 3 Pole / 4 Wire Grounding Plug 1-15P A-6, A-9, A-10, A-3 to A-5, A-7 A-6, A-9, A-10, A-24 A-18 to A-20, to A-15, A-17, A-18 to A-20 A-23 A-22 7-15R 3 Pole / 3 Wire Receptacle 60 Ampere 5 A-7 to A-10, A-17 to A-20 277V AC Plug / Inlet 50 Ampere A-21, A-23 1-15R 250V 30 Ampere 1 A-3 to A-20, A-22, A-23 125V 20 Ampere Receptacle / Conn. Body 15-50R A-25 15-50P A-25 15-60R A-26 15-60P A-26 3OY 120/208V AC 18 2 Pole / 3 Wire 18-20P 18-50R 18-50P 18-60R 18-60P A-10 347V 24 24-15P How To Use This Chart: For quick reference, this chart shows the configuration, primary catalog section and page number where the devices are shown. Catalog Section and Page Number Open Slots indicates Receptacle / Connector Body configurations (female). { NEMA Configuration A-3 5-15R Closed Slots indicates Plug / Inlet configurations (male). NEMA(R) is a registered trademark of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association. A-2 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Straight Blade Devices Hospital Grade * Self-Grounding Receptacles Why Hospital Grade? Bryant hospital grade receptacles are specifically designed to provide maximum safety and withstand severe abuse in hospitals and heavy duty industrial applications. The green dot * signifying UL hospital grade listing is more than just a symbol of compliance. It is your assurance that each device has passed the most stringent requirements for grounding reliability, security of assembly, strength and durability. * Heavy duty, copper-alloy self-grounding system (tin plated) * Double-wipe, copper-alloy grounding contacts * ID surface for marking identification of circuits * Heavy duty, brass over nickel plated wrap-around steel yoke locked in for maximum strength and security 15A and 20A 125V and 20A 250V Receptacles TR WR Wiring Face Rating NEMA 5-15, 15A 125V 15A 125V NEMA 5-15R UL CSA 0.5 HP NEMA 5-20, 20A 125V 20A 125V NEMA 5-20R UL CSA 1 HP NEMA 6-20, 20A 250V G 20A 250V NEMA 6-20R UL CSA 2 HP WR Color Standard Back and Side Wired Duplex Weather Resistant Lighted Face Stranded Wire Leads Duplex Tamper-Resistant Brown Gray Ivory Red White Orange* BRY8200 BRY8200GRY BRY8200I BRY8200RED BRY8200W BRY8200IG BRY8200WR BRY8200GRYWR BRY8200IWR BRY8200REDWR BRY8200WWR -- -- BRY8200GRYL BRY8200IL BRY8200REDL BRY8200WL -- BRY8200TR BRY8200GTR BRY8200ITR BRY8200RTR BRY8200WTR -- 8210 8210GRY 8210I 8210RED 8210W 8210IG 8210WR 8210GRYWR 8210IWR 8210REDWR 8210WWR -- Brown Gray Ivory Red White Orange* BRY8300 BRY8300GRY BRY8300I BRY8300RED BRY8300W BRY8300IG BRY8300WR BRY8300GRYWR BRY8300IWR BRY8300REDWR BRY8300WWR -- -- BRY8300GRYL BRY8300IL BRY8300REDL BRY8300WL -- BRY8300TR BRY8300GTR BRY8300ITR BRY8300RTR BRY8300WTR -- 8310 8310GRY 8310I 8310RED 8310W 8310IG 8310WR 8310GRYWR 8310IWR 8310REDWR 8310WWR -- Brown Gray Ivory Red White Orange* -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- Back and Side Wired Single Standard Weather Resistant 8410BRN 8410GRY 8410I 8410RED 8410W 8410IG -- -- -- -- -- -- Note: *Orange is Isolated Ground. See Section C for isolated ground products. See page R-6 for tamper-resistant and weather resistant descriptions. See page A-28 for technical specifications. Product Dimensions Inches (mm) A B C D E F Duplex Standard, Weather Resistant and Lighted Face Duplex, Tamper-Resistant Single Standard and Weather Resistant 4.06" (103.1) 3.28" (83.3) 1.54" (39.1) 1.16" (29.5) 2.69" (68.3) -- 4.06" (103.1) 3.28" (83.3) 1.65" (41.9) 2.75" (69.9) 1.30" (33.0) -- 4.06" (103.1) 3.28" (83.3) 2.38" (60.5) 1.38" (35.1) 0.91" (23.1) 1.78" (45.2) A A E B C Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ D B C F D E A-3 Straight Blade Devices Hospital Grade * Heavy Duty Receptacles Heavy Duty Receptacles The Bryant Tamper-Resistant Mechanism eliminates the frustration and difficulty experienced using TR receptacles with plugs that have sharp, or bent blades. Bryant TR receptacles work so well there is virtually no perceptible difference in the feel between the TR receptacles and our conventional non-TR receptacles. Trust Bryant to deliver TamperResistant protection that feels like it's not even there. * Specification Grade and Hospital Grade * Tamper-Resistant... NOT Plug ResistantTM * Power indicating LED feature optional * Circuit ID marking area on Hospital Grade * Steel mounting strap, self-grounding Fashion Series(R) 9000 The built-in features of the 9200 self-grounding receptacle reflect the super-safe design, solid construction, and attention to details -- the Face of Quality of Bryant's full line of Fashion Series 9000 designer receptacles. This line assures you of the exact device you need for hospital, industrial or commercial applications. * High-impact thermoplastic face and base * Back and side wired * Break-off tab for two-circuit wiring * Heavy duty, wrap-around steel yoke 15A and 20A 125V Duplex Receptacles TR TR Wiring Face Rating Back and Side Wired Color NEMA 5-15, Brown 15A 125V Gray 15A 125V NEMA 5-15R UL CSA 0.5 HP Ivory Red White Orange NEMA 5-20, Brown 20A 125V Gray 20A 125V NEMA 5-20R UL CSA 1 HP Ivory Red White Orange Standard Duplex Tamper-Resistant Power Ind. LED Decorator TR & LED Duplex Isolated Ground Lighted Face 8200HB 8200HBGRY 8200HBI 8200HBRED 8200HBW -- 8200HBTR 8200HBGRYTR 8200HBITR 8200HBREDTR 8200HBWTR -- 8200HBL 8200HBGRYL 8200HBIL 8200HBREDL 8200HBWL -- 8200HBLTR 8200HBGRYLTR 8200HBILTR 8200HBREDLTR 8200HBWLTR -- 9200 9200GRY 9200I 9200RED 9200W -- -- 9200IGGRY 9200IGI 9200IGRED 9200IGW 9200IG -- 9200GRYL 9200IL 9200REDL 9200WL -- 8300HB 8300HBGRY 8300HBI 8300HBRED 8300HBW -- 8300HBTR 8300HBGRYTR 8300HBITR 8300HBREDTR 8300HBWTR -- 8300HBL 8300HBGRYL 8300HBIL 8300HBREDL 8300HBWL -- 8300HBLTR 8300HBGRYLTR 8300HBILTR 8300HBREDLTR 8300HBWLTR -- 9300 9300GRY 9300I 9300RED 9300W -- -- 9300IGGRY 9300IGI 9300IGRED 9300IGW 9300IG -- -- 9300IL 9300REDL 9300WL -- Note: *Orange is Isolated Ground. See Section C for isolated ground products. See page A-28 for technical specifications. Product Dimensions Inches (mm) A B C D 3.28" (83.3) 1.36" (34.5) 1.03" (26.2) 2.75" (69.9) A D B A-4 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ C Specifications are subject to change without notice. Straight Blade Devices Hospital Grade * USB Charger Receptacles * Green LED indicator to show USB power available * USB stainless steel ports rated for minimum 10,000 insertions and removals * Tamper-Resistant (TR) decorator duplex * Back and side wire for solid or stranded wire * Complies with battery charging specification BC1.2 * Designed for commercial, industrial and home use * Compatible with USB 1.1/2.0/3.0 devices, including Apple(R) products USB Charger Receptacles More Ways to Charge Faster with Bryant's line of USB Chargers, available in Type-C, Combination Type A&C or the legacy Type A, all with a USB high power output of 5 Amp 5 Volt DC. Bryant's USB Charger Duplex Receptacle provides both USB and electrical power in a standard single gang opening. Designed to provide maximum charging for portable electronics, the USB ports are capable of charging two tablets simultaneously. 15A and 20A 125V USB Charger Receptacles Wiring Face Rating NEMA 5-15, 15A 125V 15A 125V NEMA 5-15R UL CSA 0.5 HP NEMA 5-20, 20A 125V 20A 125V NEMA 5-20R UL CSA 1 HP TR Color (2) Type-C Ports Back and Side Wired Decorator (1) Type A and (1) Type-C Port Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond Red White USBB8200C5BK USBB8200C5 USBB8200C5GY USBB8200C5I USBB8200C5LA USBB8200C5R USBB8200C5W USBB8200AC5BK USBB8200AC5 USBB8200AC5GY USBB8200AC5I USBB8200AC5LA USBB8200AC5R USBB8200AC5W USBB8200A5BK USBB8200A5 USBB8200A5GY USBB8200A5I USBB8200A5LA USBB8200A5R USBB8200A5W Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond Red White USBB8300C5BK USBB8300C5 USBB8300C5GY USBB8300C5I USBB8300C5LA USBB8300C5R USBB8300C5W USBB8300AC5BK USBB8300AC5 USBB8300AC5GY USBB8300AC5I USBB8300AC5LA USBB8300AC5R USBB8300AC5W USBB8300A5BK USBB8300A5 USBB8300A5GY USBB8300A5I USBB8300A5LA USBB8300A5R USBB8300A5W (2) Type A Ports Note: See page R-6 for tamper-resistant description. See page A-29 for technical specifications. Product Dimensions Inches (mm) A B C D E 3.28" (83.3) 1.75" (44.5) 2.62" (66.5) 1.73" (43.9) 0.27" (6.8) A C B Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ E D A-5 Straight Blade Devices Hospital Grade * QUADPLEX(R) Receptacles QUADPLEX(R) Mounts directly to 4" square or octagon boxes. No cover plate required. Can be retrofitted to 1 and 2-gang device boxes, mud rings on 4" boxes or 4 " boxes using adapter plate. Rugged impact resistant construction. Break-off tabs for split circuit wiring (except surge units). * Accepts up to four straight or angle plugs * Heavy duty, triple-wipe, high performance brass line contacts for excellent retention and conductivity * Break-off tab for two-circuit wiring (except surge) * Saves wiring and installation time * "A" and "B" circuits molded into face for easy identification * Easily removable knockouts for mounting to octagon concrete ring or box 15A and 20A 125V Receptacles Wiring Terminal Screws Rating Color Standard Color NEMA 5-15, 15A 125V Brown Gray Ivory Red White 1254HB 1254HGY 1254HI 1254HR 1254HW Orange Brown Gray Ivory Red White 21254HB 21254HGY 21254HI 21254HR 21254HW Orange 15A 125V NEMA 5-15R NEMA UL CSA5-20, 0.5 HP 20A 125V 20A 125V NEMA 5-20R Note: UL CSASee 1 HP Wire leads Isolated Ground -- 21254HIGO Color Surge Suppression Isolated Ground Color Blue Ivory 1254HSA 1254HSIA Brown Ivory Blue Ivory 21254HSA 21254HSIA Brown Ivory Standard -- -- 21254HBL 21254HIL Section C for isolated ground products. See page A-15 for additional information on QUADPLEX(R) surge receptacles. Adapter Plates and Portable Boxes Adapter Plates Portable Boxes Color For 1- and 2-Gang Device Boxes For 411/16" Boxes with Cord Grip Feed-thru with Two Cord Grips Black Blue Brown Gray Ivory Orange Red White ADAPBLK ADAPBLU ADAPB ADAPGRY ADAPI ADAPO ADAPR ADAPW -- -- -- -- ADAPIS -- -- -- 4SQBXBLK 4SQBXBLU 4SQBXB 4SQBXGRY 4SQBXI 4SQBXO 4SQBXR 4SQBXW 4SQBXFBLK -- -- -- 4SQBXFI -- 4SQBXFR -- Product Dimensions Inches (mm) A B C D E F Receptacle Adapter Plate Portable Box 4.30" (109.2) 3.38" (85.9) 3.02" (76.7) 0.92" (23.4) 0.10" (2.6) - 4.78" (121.4) 4.25" (108.0) 3.38" (85.9) 2.75" (69.9)* 0.38" (9.5) 2.75" (6.9) 4.30" (109.2) 4.05" (102.9) 3.28" (85.9) 0.84" (21.3) 0.75" (19.1) - D E A A F B B B AL IT E SP D O A H GR Note: *Mounting dimensions for 4" adapter plate. C D C Receptacle A-6 A www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ D Adapter Plate E C E (2) Each .66" (16.7) Dia.Cord Hole Portable Box Specifications are subject to change without notice. Straight Blade Devices Hospital Grade * Impact Resistant Plugs and Connectors Angled Plugs All Bryant angle devices are ideally suited for any location where space restrictions or obstructions require the power cord to lay close to the wall or flat against the floor. * Impact-resistant thermoplastic construction with automatic cord grip * Transparent polycarbonate cover allows visual inspection of wire terminations without disassembly Bryant hospital grade transparent angle plugs are designed for straight blade applications in hospitals, as well as industrial, commercial and institutional environments - wherever attachment plugs must withstand severe abuse. * Pre-attached TPE (thermoplastic elastomer) dust seal helps prevent contaminants from entering wiring chamber * Single side terminal screws reduce wiring time and are color coded for proper terminations 15A and 20A 125V and 20A 250V Plugs and Connectors, 2-Pole 3-Wire Device Type Straight Plug Inches (mm) Angled Plug Connector White Thermoplastic Transparent Nylon/Polycarbonate Transparent Nylon/Polycarbonate White Thermoplastic Transparent Nylon/Polycarbonate Rating Cord Diameter NEMA 5-15, 15A 125V .245"-.655" (6.2-16.6) BRY8266NP 8266T 8295T BRY8269NC 8269T .245"-.655" (6.2-16.6) BRY8366NP 8366T 8395T BRY8369NC 8369T .300"-.625" (7.6-15.9) BRY8466NP 8495T BRY8469NC 15A 125V NEMA 5-15R NEMA UL CSA5-20, 0.5 HP 20A 125V 20A 125V NEMA 5-20R NEMA UL CSA6-20, 1 HP 20A 250V -- -- G 20A 250V NEMA 6-20R UL CSA 2 HP Product Dimensions Inches (mm) A B C Plug Angled Plug Connector 1.52" (38.6) 2.18" (55.4) 1.38" (35.1) 1.30" (33.0) 2.07" (52.6) 1.52" (38.6) 1.52" (38.6) 2.95" (74.9) 1.38" (35.1) C C B B B A A Plug Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ C Angled Plug A Connector A-7 Straight Blade Devices Industrial Grade Extra Heavy Duty, Specification Grade Duplex Receptacles The BRY5362 Design The one-piece ground system provides a more reliable continuity to ground than riveted designs. Triple-wipe brass line contacts deliver excellent conductivity for low resistance, low heat rise. Superior spring properties provide reliable, longlife blade retention. All nylon, wraparound, full-face design provides secure assembly, even under stress. * Nylon construction with Circuit ID marking area * Heavy duty nickel and brass plated steel wrap-around yoke * Heavy duty, copper-alloy self-grounding system * UL Listed, CSA Certified, Complies with NEMA(R) Standards WD-1 and WD-6, Listed to UL 498, Verified under Federal Specification WC596 15A and 20A 125V and 250V Receptacles, Back and Side Wired Duplex Isolated Ground Rating Color Standard Weather Resistant NEMA 5-15, 15A 125V Black Blue Brown Gray Ivory Red White BRY5262BLK BRY5262BU BRY5262 BRY5262GRY BRY5262I BRY5262RED BRY5262W Black Blue Brown Gray Ivory Red White BRY5362BLK BRY5362BU BRY5362 BRY5362GRY BRY5362I BRY5362RED BRY5362W Black Brown Gray Ivory Red White BRY5662BLK BRY5662 BRY5662GRY BRY5662I BRY5662RED BRY5662W Black Brown Gray Ivory Red White BRY5462BLK BRY5462 BRY5462GRY BRY5462I BRY5462RED BRY5462W 15A 125V NEMA 5-15R UL CSA 0.5 HP NEMA 5-20, 20A 125V 20A 125V NEMA 5-20R UL CSA 1 HP NEMA 6-15, 15A 250V G 15A 250V NEMA 6-15R UL CSA 1.5 HP 6-20, NEMA 20A 250V G 20A 250V NEMA 6-20R UL CSA 2 HP See Note: Corrosion Resistant Color Standard Weather Resistant Color Standard BRY5262BLKWR BRY5262BUWR BRY5262WR BRY5262GRYWR BRY5262IWR BRY5262REDWR BRY5262WWR Brown Gray Ivory Orange White BRY5262IGB BRY5262IGGRY BRY5262IGI BRY5262IG BRY5262IGW -- BRY5262IGGRYWR BRY5262IGIWR BRY5262IGWR BRY5262IGWWR Brown Yellow BRY5262BCR BRY5262CR BRY5362BLKWR BRY5362BUWR BRY5362WR BRY5362GRYWR BRY5362IWR BRY5362REDWR BRY5362WWR Brown Gray Ivory Orange White BRY5362IGB BRY5362IGGRY BRY5362IGI BRY5362IG BRY5362IGW -- BRY5362IGGRYWR BRY5362IGIWR BRY5362IGWR BRY5362IGWWR Yellow BRY5362CR -- -- -- -- -- -- Orange BRY5662IG -- Yellow BRY5662CR -- -- -- -- -- -- Orange BRY5462IG -- Yellow BRY5462CR WR page R-6 for weather resistant description. See page A-28 for technical specifications. WR See Section C for isolated ground products. See page R-6 for weather resistant description. 15A and 20A 125V Specialty Receptacles Product Dimensions Rating Description Color Catalog Number NEMA 5-15, 15A 125V BRY5262 on 4.0" (101.6) round metal box cover BRY5362 on 4.0" (101.6) round metal box cover Brown BRY5282 Brown BRY5382 A B C D Inches (mm) NEMA 5-20, 20A 125V NEMA(R) is a registered trademark of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association. A-8 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Inches (mm) 4.06" (103.1) 3.28" (83.3) 1.54" (39.1) 1.16" (29.5) See Section I for corrosionresistant products. A B C D Specifications are subject to change without notice. Straight Blade Devices Industrial Grade Extra Heavy Duty, Specification Grade Single Receptacles 15A and 20A 125V and 250V Receptacles, Back and Side Wired Rating NEMA 5-15, 15A 125V 15A 125V NEMA 5-15R UL CSA NEMA 0.5 HP 5-20, 20A 125V 20A 125V NEMA 5-20R UL CSA NEMA 1 HP 6-15, 15A 250V G 15A 250V NEMA 6-15R UL CSA 1.5 HP 6-20, NEMA 20A 250V G 20A 250V NEMA 6-20R UL CSA 2 HP See Notes: Single Weather Resistant Color Standard Black Brown Gray Ivory Red White Black Brown Gray Ivory Red White Black Brown Gray Ivory Red White 5261BLK 5261 5261GRY 5261I 5261RED 5261W 5361BLK 5361 5361GRY 5361I 5361RED 5361W 5661BLK 5661 5661GRY 5661I 5661RED 5661W Black Brown Gray Ivory Red White 5461BLK 5461 5461GRY 5461I 5461RED 5461W WR 5261BLKWR 5261WR 5261GRYWR 5261IWR 5261REDWR 5261WWR 5361BLKWR 5361WR 5361GRYWR 5361IWR 5361REDWR 5361WWR -- -- -- -- -- -- Isolated Ground Weather Resistant Corrosion Resistant WR Color Standard Color Standard Gray Ivory Orange White 5261IGGRY 5261IGI 5261IG 5261IGW 5261IGGRYWR 5261IGIWR 5261IGWR 5261IGWWR Yellow 5261CR Gray Ivory Orange White 5361IGGRY 5361IGI 5361IG 5361IGW 5361IGGRYWR 5361IGIWR 5361IGWR 5361IGWWR Yellow 5361CR Yellow -- Yellow 5461CR -- -- -- -- -- -- page R-6 for weather resistant description. See Section C for isolated ground products. See page R-6 for weather resistant description. 15A and 20A 125V Short Yoke Receptacles See Section I for corrosionresistant products. 15A and 20A 125V Specialty Receptacles Inches (mm) Wiring Rating Color Back and Side Wired Standard Weather Resistant Side Wired Urea Face NEMA 5-15, 15A 125V Brown 5284 5284WR 5258 NEMA 5-20, 20A 125V Brown -- 5384WR -- NEMA 6-15, 15A 250V Brown 5684 -- -- NEMA 6-20, 20A 250V Brown 5484 -- -- Rating Description NEMA 5-15, 5261 on 4.0" (101.6) 15A 125V round metal box cover Color Catalog Number Brown 5281 Product Dimensions Inches (mm) A B C D E Single Short Yoke Short Yoke Urea Face 4.06" (103.1) 3.28" (83.3) 1.38" (35.1) 0.91" (23.1) 1.78" (45.2) 2.25" (57.2) 1.94" (49.3) 1.38" (35.1) 0.81" (20.6) 1.78" (45.3) 2.25" (57.2) 1.75" (44.5) 1.38" (35.1) 0.85" (21.6) 1.49" (37.8) A C E B A C E B D #8-32 A C E B #8-32 D D Standard Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Short Yoke Short Yoke Urea Face A-9 Straight Blade Devices Heavy Duty, Specification Grade Receptacles 15A and 20A 125V and 250V Receptacles and Equipment Base Devices Receptacles Style Duplex Equipment Base Devices - Clamp-Type, Back Wiring Decotator Single Male Female Rating Color Back and Side Wired Side Wired Back and Side Wired Side Wired Color Nylon Cup Self-Grounding Strap Nylon Cup NEMA 5-15, 15A 125V Black Brown Gray Ivory Red White 5262BBLK 5262BN 5262BGRY 5262BI 5262BRED 5262BW 5242BLK 5242 5242GRY 5242I 5242RED 5242W 9252BLK 9252 9252GRY 9252I -- 9252W -- 5251 -- 5251I -- -- Black White -- 5278 5278G -- -- 5279 Black Brown Gray Ivory Red White 5362BBLK 5362BN 5362BGRY 5362BI 5362BRED 5362BW 5342BLK 5342 5342GRY 5342I 5342RED 5342W 9352BLK 9352BRN 9352GRY 9352I -- 9352W 5351BLK 5351 -- 5351I -- -- Black White -- 5378 5378G -- -- 5379 White 5678 5678G 5679 White 5478 -- 5479 15A 125V NEMA 5-15R UL CSA 0.5 HP NEMA 5-20, 20A 125V 20A 125V NEMA 5-20R UL CSA 1 HP NEMA 6-15, 15A 250V G 15A 250V NEMA 6-15R NEMA UL CSA6-20, 1.5 HP 20A 250V G 20A 250V NEMA 6-20R UL CSA 2 HP Product Dimensions Inches (mm) Receptacle A B C D E Equipment Devices Duplex Decorator Single Male Female 4.06" (103.1) 3.28" (83.3) 1.38" (35.1) 0.92" (23.4) 2.68" (68.1) 4.06" (103.1) 3.28" (83.3) 1.36" (34.5) 1.03" (26.2) 2.75" (69.9) 4.06" (103.1) 3.28" (83.3) 1.38" (35.1) 0.92" (23.4) 1.78" (45.2) 1.84" (46.7) 2.00" (50.8) 2.50" (63.5) 1.61" (40.9) 1.55" (39.4) 1.84" (46.7) 2.00" (50.8) 2.50" (63.5) 1.47" (37.3) 1.31" (33.3) .187 (4.7) A E B C A A E B E B C D Male Equipment Device A B C E .187 (4.7) A E D Duplex Receptacle A-10 C D Duplex Receptacle D Single Receptacle www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ B C D Female Equipment Device Specifications are subject to change without notice. Straight Blade Devices Heavy Duty, Industrial Grade Combination, Specification Grade Receptacles 15A and 20A 125V and 250V Self-Grounding Combination Receptacles, Back and Side Wired Rating NEMA 5-15, 15A 125V NEMA 6-15, 15A 250V G 15A 125V NEMA 5-15R NEMA UL CSA5-20, 0.5 HP 20A 125V 15A 250V NEMA 6-15R NEMA UL CSA6-20, 20A 250V G 20A 125V NEMA 5-20R NEMA UL CSA5-15, 1 HP 15A 125V Description Color Duplex Combination 15A 125V and 15A 250V, nylon construction Brown Gray Ivory BRY5292 BRY5292GRY BRY5292I Combination 20A 125V and 20A 250V, nylon construction Brown Gray Ivory BRY5492 BRY5492GRY BRY5492I Brown 4792DR 20A 250V NEMA 6-20R NEMA UL CSAL5-15, Combination 15A 125V 15A2 HP 125V straight blade and locking, reinforced thermoplastic polyester, 1 feed, 1 return W G 15A 125V 15A 125V NEMA 5-15R NEMA L5-15R Note: Combination devices UL CSA UL/CSA 0.5 HP accommodate standard duplex wallplates, see Section P. Industrial Grade, Receptacle and Attachment Plugs 15A 277V and 347V Grounding Devices Inches (mm) Heavy Duty Industrial Duplex Receptacle Polarity Tester Attachment Plug Rating Color Standard On Round Metal Box Cover 4.0" (101.6) NEMA 7-15, 15A 277V Brown Black 5762 -- 5782* -- -- 5756 -- -- 5856 G Clamp-Type Terminals Dead Front .296-.625" (7.5-15.9) G W W 15A 277V AC NEMA 7-15R UL CSA 2 HP NEMA/CSA 24-15, 15A 347V 15A 277V AC NEMA 7-15P 2 HP Black Description Catalog Number Circuit tester with neon indicator lamps to check NEMA 5-15 and 5-20 receptacles 5266PT 15A 347V AC NEMA 24-15R UL CSA 2 HP Note: *Not UL Listed or CSA Certified. Product Dimensions Inches (mm) Combination Receptacles A B C D E BRY5292/BRY5492 Straight Blade & Locking Heavy Duty Industrial Duplex Attachment Plug 4.06" (103.1) 3.28" (83.3) 1.54" (39.1) 1.16" (29.5) 2.69" (68.3) 4.06" (103.1) 3.28" (83.3) 1.69" (42.9) 1.19" (30.2) 2.74" (69.6) 4.06" (103.1) 3.28" (83.3) 1.38" (35.1) 0.86" (21.8) 2.62" (66.5) 1.72" (43.7) 1.54" (39.1) -- -- -- A A E B C A C D BRY5292/BRY5492 E B D Straight Blade & Locking Specifications are subject to change without notice. E B C D Heavy Duty Industrial Duplex www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ A B Attachement Plug A-11 Straight Blade Devices Commercial Grade Duplex Receptacles * Self-grounding staple * Double-wipe ground contact * Impact resistant molded nylon face and base * Eight wiring pockets with clamp-type terminals on back-wired devices * Sturdy construction with wrap-around galvanized steel strap * Backed-out green tri-drive grounding screw * Thread cleaning, captive mounting screws * One piece brass line contacts * Easy access break-off tab for two-circuit wiring * UL, CSA, Fed-Spec(R) and NOM (Fed. Spec. on CBRS devices only) * Tri-drive steel binding head terminal screws accept up to #10 AWG 15A and 20A 125V Self-Grounding Receptacles Wiring Rating NEMA 5-15, 15A 125V 15A 125V NEMA 5-15R UL CSA 0.5 HP NEMA 5-20, 20A 125V 20A 125V NEMA 5-20R UL CSA 1 HP Side Wired Isolated Ground Back and Side Wired Decorator Color Duplex Duplex* Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond Orange White CRS15BLK CRS15 CRS15GRY CRS15I CRS15LA -- CRS15W -- -- CR15IGRY CR15IGI -- CR15IG CR15IGW CBRS15BLK CBRS15 CBRS15GRY CBRS15I CBRS15LA -- CBRS15W DRS15BLK DRS15 DRS15GRY DRS15I DRS15LA -- DRS15WHI Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond Orange White CRS20BLK CRS20 CRS20GRY CRS20I CRS20LA -- CRS20W -- -- CR20IGRY CR20IGI -- CR20IG CR20IGW CBRS20BLK CBRS20 CBRS20GRY CBRS20I CBRS20LA -- CBRS20W DRS20BLK DRS20 DRS20GRY DRS20I DRS20LA -- DRS20WHI Note: See Section C for isolated ground products. *Fed. Spec. Listed. Product Dimensions Inches (mm) Duplex Decorator Tamper-Resistant Tamper-Resistant, Decorator, Weather Resistant Weather Resistant Nightlight A B C D 4.06" (103.1) 3.28" (83.3) 1.38" (35.1) 1.07" (27.1) 4.06" (103.1) 3.28" (83.3) - 1.07" (27.1) 4.06" (103.1) 3.28" (83.3) 1.38" (35.1) 1.15" (29.2) 4.06" (103.1) 3.28" (83.3) 1.38" (35.1) 1.17" (29.7) 4.06" (103.1) 3.28" (83.3) 1.38" (35.1) 1.15" (29.2) 4.14" (105.1) 3.28" (83.3) 1.29" (32.7) 1.15" (29.2) E 2.73" (69.4) 2.73" (69.4) 2.73" (69.4) 2.73" (69.4) 2.73" (69.4) 2.73" (69.4) C A A E B D Duplex A-12 A E B C E B D Decorator www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ C D Nightlight Specifications are subject to change without notice. Straight Blade Devices Commercial Grade Duplex Tamper-Resistant Receptacles 15A and 20A 125V Self-Grounding Tamper-Resistant Receptacles Wiring Rating NEMA 5-15, 15A 125V 15A 125V NEMA 5-15R UL CSA 0.5 HP NEMA 5-20, 20A 125V 20A 125V NEMA 5-20R UL CSA 1 HP Side Wired TR Color Standard Standard* Back and Side Wired Decorator Decorator, Nightlight Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond White CRS15BLKTR CRS15TR CRS15GRYTR CRS15ITR CRS15LATR CRS15WTR CBRS15BLKTR CBRS15TR CBRS15GRYTR CBRS15ITR CBRS15LATR CBRS15WTR DRS15BLKTR DRS15TR DRS15GRYTR DRS15ITR DRS15LATR DRS15WTR -- -- -- DRS15NLI DRS15NLLA DRS15NLW Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond White CRS20BLKTR CRS20TR CRS20GRYTR CRS20ITR CRS20LATR CRS20WTR CBRS20BLKTR CBRS20TR CBRS20GRYTR CBRS20ITR CBRS20LATR CBRS20WTR DRS20BLKTR DRS20TR DRS20GRYTR DRS20ITR DRS20LATR DRS20WTR -- -- -- -- -- -- Note: See page R-6 for tamper-resistant and weather resistant descriptions. See page A-11 for dimensional art. *Fed. Spec. Listed. 15A and 20A 125V Self-Grounding Weather Resistant and Tamper-Resistant Receptacles Wiring Rating NEMA 5-15, 15A 125V 15A 125V NEMA 5-15R UL CSA 0.5 HP NEMA 5-20, 20A 125V 20A 125V NEMA 5-20R UL CSA 1 HP Back and Side Wired Decorator Color Standard Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond White CBRS15BLKWRTR CBRS15WRTR CBRS15GRYWRTR CBRS15IWRTR CBRS15LAWRTR CBRS15WWRTR Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond White CBRS20BLKWRTR CBRS20WRTR CBRS20GRYWRTR CBRS20IWRTR CBRS20LAWRTR CBRS20WWRTR TR 15A and 20A 125V Self-Grounding Weather Resistant Receptacles Color Back and Side Wired Standard* DRS15BLKWRTR DRS15WRTR DRS15GRYWRTR DRS15IWRTR DRS15LAWRTR DRS15WWRTR Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond White CBRS15BLKWR CBRS15WR CBRS15GRYWR CBRS15IWR CBRS15LAWR CBRS15WWR DRS20BLKWRTR DRS20WRTR DRS20GRYWRTR DRS20IWRTR DRS20LAWRTR DRS20WWRTR Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond White CBRS20BLKWR CBRS20WR CBRS20GRYWR CBRS20IWR CBRS20LAWR CBRS20WWR Note: See page R-6 for tamper-resistant and weather resistant descriptions. See page A-11 for dimensional art. Specifications are subject to change without notice. WR WR Note: *Fed. Spec. Listed. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ A-13 Straight Blade Devices Permanently Marked Receptacles Permanently Marked Receptacles * Permanent power symbol remains clearly visible after installation Power when you need it... Energy savings when you don't * Control both outlets per device for 100% controlled applications or just one outlet for 50% controlled applications * Ideal for commercial buildings, retail, schools, hotel rooms Bryant permanently marked receptacles for automatic outlet control systems are embossed with the universally recognized power symbol and the word "CONTROLLED." These markings clearly identify which convenience outlets are turned OFF when the workspace is vacant. * Part of the Bryant Automatic Outlet Control Systems. Visit www.bryant-electric.com for details Bryant Permanently Marked Receptacles for use with Automatic Outlet Control Systems One Controlled Face, Split Circuit Hot Tab Two Controlled Faces One Controlled Face, Split Circuit Hot Tab Two Controlled Faces Rating Description Color Duplex Duplex Decorator Decorator NEMA 5-15, 15A 125V Permanently marked for use with automatic outlet control systems, smooth nylon face, back and side wired Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond White Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond White CBRS15C1BLK CBRS15C1 CBRS15C1GRY CBRS15C1I CBRS15C1LA CBRS15C1WHI CBRS20C1BLK CBRS20C1 CBRS20C1GRY CBRS20C1I CBRS20C1LA CBRS20C1WHI CBRS15C2BLK CBRS15C2 CBRS15C2GRY CBRS15C2I CBRS15C2LA CBRS15C2WHI CBRS20C2BLK CBRS20C2 CBRS20C2GRY CBRS20C2I CBRS20C2LA CBRS20C2WHI DRS15C1BLK DRS15C1 DRS15C1GRY DRS15C1I DRS15C1LA DRS15C1WHI DRS20C1BLK DRS20C1 DRS20C1GRY DRS20C1I DRS20C1LA DRS20C1WHI DRS15C2BLK DRS15C2 DRS15C2GRY DRS15C2I DRS15C2LA DRS15C2WHI DRS20C2BLK DRS20C2 DRS20C2GRY DRS20C2I DRS20C2LA DRS20C2WHI 15A 125V NEMA 5-15R UL CSA 0.5 HP NEMA 5-20, 20A 125V Permanently marked for use with automatic outlet control systems, smooth nylon face, back and side wired 20A 125V NEMA 5-20R UL CSA 1 HP Note: Blue, green and red devices are available as MTO, consult factory. Permanent Controlled Receptacle Label Description Catalog Number For use in retrofit applications where indication of a controlled receptacle is required, this label is UL approved for marking and labeling, 60 labels of each per pack BCL60 Codes and Standards 2014 National Electric Code(R) ASHRAE Energy Efficiency Standard 90.1 2010 California Title 24 2013 2014 Section 406.3 (E) requires that all non-locking, 125V, 15A and 20A receptacles controlled by an automatic control device or by an automatic energy management system must be marked with symbol. the Standard 90.1-2010 requires that 50 percent of all 125V, 15A and 20A receptacles in private offices, open offices, and computer classrooms be controlled by an automatic control device. Controlled receptacles need to be marked to differentiate them from non-controlled receptacles. California Title 24 2013 requires that in all buildings, both controlled and uncontrolled 120V receptacles shall be provided in each private office, open office area, reception lobby, conference room, kitchenette in office spaces, and copy room. A-14 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Straight Blade Devices QUADPLEX(R) Receptacles and Cord Sets QUADPLEX(R) * Accepts up to four straight or angle plugs Mounts directly to 4" square or octagon boxes. No cover plate required. Can be retrofitted to 1 and 2-gang device boxes, mud rings on 4" boxes or 4 " boxes using adapter plate. Rugged impact resistant construction. Break-off tabs for split circuit wiring (except surge units). * Heavy duty, triple-wipe, high performance brass line contacts for excellent retention and conductivity * Break-off tab for two-circuit wiring (except surge) * Saves wiring and installation time * "A" and "B" circuits molded into face for easy identification * Easily removable knockouts for mounting to octagon concrete ring or box 15A and 20A 125V Receptacles and Cord Sets Rating Color Black Brown Gray Ivory Red 15A 125V White NEMA 5-15R UL CSA NEMA 0.5 HP 5-20, Black 20A 125V Brown Gray Ivory Red 20A 125V White NEMA 5-20R NEMA 5-15, 15A 125V 6 Foot Cord Sets, 12/3 SJO Standard Color Isolated Ground Color Surge Suppression Isolated Ground Color Surge Suppression GFCI 1254BLK 1254B 1254GY 1254I 1254R 1254W 21254BLK 21254B 21254GY 21254I 21254R 21254W Orange 1254IGO Blue Ivory 1254SA 1254SIA Ivory Yellow T1254SI6A -- -- T1254GF6 Blue Ivory 21254SA 21254SIA Bulk Package Orange 1254IGOB Orange 21254HIGO With Wire Leads Orange With Wire Leads 21254IGOL 21254SLA 21254SILA Blue Ivory UL CSA Note: 1 HP See Section C for isolated ground and surge protection products. Adapter Plates and Portable Boxes Adapter Plates Portable Boxes Color For 1- and 2-Gang Device Boxes For 4" Boxes with Cord Grip Feed-thru with Two Cord Grips Black Blue Brown Gray Ivory Orange Red White ADAPBLK ADAPBLU ADAPB ADAPGRY ADAPI ADAPO ADAPR ADAPW -- -- -- -- ADAPIS -- -- -- 4SQBXBLK 4SQBXBLU 4SQBXB 4SQBXGRY 4SQBXI 4SQBXO 4SQBXR 4SQBXW 4SQBXFBLK -- -- -- 4SQBXFI -- 4SQBXFR -- Product Dimensions Inches (mm) A B C D E F Receptacle Adapter Plate Portable Box 4.30" (109.2) 3.38" (85.9) 3.02" (76.7) 0.92" (23.4) 0.10" (2.6) - 4.78" (121.4) 4.25" (108.0) 3.38" (85.9) 2.75" (69.9)* 0.38" (9.5) 2.75" (6.9) 4.30" (109.2) 4.05" (102.9) 3.28" (85.9) 0.84" (21.3) 0.75" (19.1) - Note: *Mounting dimensions for 4" adapter plate. D E A A F B B B AL IT E SP D O A H GR C D C Receptacle Specifications are subject to change without notice. A www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ D Adapter Plate E C E (2) Each .66" (16.7) Dia.Cord Hole Portable Box A-15 Straight Blade Devices USB Charger Receptacles and Outlets Features and Benefits USB Charger Receptacles and Outlets More Ways to Charge Faster with Bryant's line of USB Chargers, available in Type-C, Combination Type A&C or the legacy Type A, all with a USB high power output of 5 Amp 5 Volt DC. Bryant's USB Charger Duplex Receptacle provides both USB and electrical power in a standard single gang opening. Designed to provide maximum charging for portable electronics, the USB ports are capable of charging two tablets simultaneously. The 4 Port and 2 Port Charger Outlet feature a USB port door, which when open enables power. When closed, all power is switched OFF. This eliminates all current flow for a "zero" no-load draw. Buildings looking to provide 100% green efficiency in power delivery will maximize LEED and energy efficient design. Common Features Types of USB Chargers * Two Type-C ports, one Type A and one Type-C port, or two Type A port configurations * High power 5 Amp, 5 Volt DC USB output * Tamper-Resistant decorator duplex receptacle USB Charger Receptacles * Standard and Hospital Grade * Provides both USB and electrical power in a standard single gang opening * Back and side wired * Green LED indicator to show USB power available * USB stainless steel ports rated for minimum 10,000 insertions and removals * Complies with battery charging specification BC1.2 * Designed for commercial, industrial and home use * Compatible with USB 1.1/2.0/3.0 devices, including Apple(R) products Identification * Patented Bryant TR technology uses cam action shutters; the friction-free design of the mechanism's doors requires much less force to open * Green LED indicator to show USB power available Weather Resistant Type A&C USB Charger * One Type A and one Type-C port configurations * Meets Section 406.9 of NEC(R) * 5 Amp, 5 Volt USB output * Power indicating green LED light 4 Port Outlet * 4 Port outlet, 5 Amp, 5V DC, Type-C, Type A&C and Type A class 2.0 * 4 Port has switch activated port door; when closed, all power is switched OFF Switch Combo Outlet * Switch Combo has two USB ports 2.1 Amp, 5 Volt DC, Type A, class 2.0 * Isolated 15 Amp, 120V AC single pole/ 3-way switch Apple(R) is a registered trademark of Apple Inc. NEC(R) is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). A-16 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Straight Blade Devices USB Charger Receptacles and Outlets Weather Resistant Receptacle Features * Meets Section 406.9 of NEC(R) * 5 Amp, 5 Volt USB output * Type A&C USB ports * Power indicating green LED light Weather and Tamper-Resistant USB Charger Duplex Receptacles TR WR Description Color 15A 125V 20A 125V Type A&C USB Charger Receptacle, One Type A and one Type-C port configurations, high power 5 Amp, 5 Volt USB output, weather/tamperresistant USB ports rated 10,000 cycles; Commercial Grade. Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond White USBB15AC5BKWR USBB15AC5WR USBB15AC5GYWR USBB15AC5IWR USBB15AC5LAWR USBB15AC5WWR USBB20AC5BKWR USBB20AC5WR USBB20AC5GYWR USBB20AC5IWR USBB20AC5LAWR USBB20AC5WWR Note: Outdoor circuits should be GFCI protected per national and local electric codes. 15A and 20A 125V USB Charger Receptacles Wiring TR 4 Port USB Charger Outlets Back and Side Wired Back and Side Wired Face (4) Type-C Ports Decorator (2) Type A & (2) Type-C Port (4) Type A Ports USBB4CBK USBB4C USBB4CGY USBB4CI USBB4CLA USBB4CW USBB4ACBK USBB4AC USBB4ACGY USBB4ACI USBB4ACLA USBB4ACW USBB4BK USBB4 USBB4GY USBB4I USBB4LA USBB4W Decorator Rating Color NEMA 5-15, Black 15A 125V Brown 15A 125V NEMA 5-15R UL CSA 0.5 HP Gray Ivory Lt. Almond White NEMA 5-20, Black 20A 125V Brown 20A 125V NEMA 5-20R UL CSA 1 HP Gray Ivory Lt. Almond White (2) Type-C Ports (1) Type A & (1) Type-C Port (2) Type A Ports USBB15C5BK USBB15C5 USBB15C5GY USBB15C5I USBB15C5LA USBB15C5W USBB15AC5BK USBB15AC5 USBB15AC5GY USBB15AC5I USBB15AC5LA USBB15AC5W USBB15A5BK USBB15A5 USBB15A5GY USBB15A5I USBB15A5LA USBB15A5W USBB20C5BK USBB20C5 USBB20C5GY USBB20C5I USBB20C5LA USBB20C5W USBB20AC5BK USBB20AC5 USBB20AC5GY USBB20AC5I USBB20AC5LA USBB20AC5W USBB20A5BK USBB20A5 USBB20A5GY USBB20A5I USBB20A5LA USBB20A5W Switch Combo Outlets Switch Combo, (2) Type A Ports USBB102BK USBB102 USBB102GY USBB102I USBB102LA USBB102W Note: See page R-6 for tamper-resistant description. See page A-29 for technical specifications. Product Dimensions Inches (mm) A B C D E Duplex 4 Port 2 Port 3.28" (83.3) 1.75" (44.5) 2.62" (66.5) 1.73" (43.9) 0.27" (6.8) 3.28" (83.3) 1.72" (43.8) 2.62" (66.5) 1.73" (43.9) 0.27" (6.8) 3.28" (83.3) 1.75" (44.5) 2.62" (66.5) 1.01" (25.8) 0.30" (7.6) A C B E A D Duplex Receptacles Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ C B E A D C B E D 4 Port A-17 Straight Blade Devices Residential Grade Duplex and Decorator Receptacles Best Solution for Residential 15A & 20A Branch Circuit Wiring XClamp and Duplex Receptacles * Eliminates the need to loop the wire * External back-wire clamp for fast and easy installation of 15A & 20A branch circuits in residential applications * Compression plates maximize holding power to provide a stronger, more secure connection * Terminate up to 8 wires * Accomodates #12 & #14 AWG wire * Break-off tabs for switched receptacle applications * Tamper-resistant shutter complies with NEC(R) External Clamping 1 2 3 Fast and Secure Strip the wire Insert the wire Clamp the connection XClamp Duplex Receptacles Description Color Catalog Number Tamper-Resistant, 15A 125V, 2 Pole, 3 Wire Grounding, 20A Circuit Rated Ivory Light Almond White RR15SITRX RR15SLATRX RR15SWTRX 15A 125V Quick Thread TR Receptacles 15A 125V Duplex and Decorator Receptacles Color Self-Grounding Catalog Number Eight Push Wire Holes Only #14 AWG Only Catalog Number Duplex Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond White RR15QBKTR RR15QTR -- RR15QITR RR15QLATR RR15QWTR RR15EQBKTR RR15EQTR -- RR15EQITR RR15EQLATR RR15EQWTR -- RR15S -- RR15SI RR15SLA RR15SW Wiring Push and Side Wired Grounding Rating NEMA 5-15, 15A 125V 15A 125V NEMA 5-15R UL CSA 0.5 HP TR Self-Grounding Decorator RRD15SBK RRD15S RRD15SGY RRD15SI RRD15SLA RRD15SW Push and Side Wired Duplex Grounding Decorator Earless Duplex RR15BK RR15 -- RR15I RR15LA RR15W RRD15BK RRD15 RRD15GY RRD15I RRD15LA RRD15W -- RR15K -- RR15KI -- RR15KW 15A 125V Duplex and Decorator Tamper-Resistant Receptacles Wiring Grounding Rating NEMA 5-15, 15A 125V 15A 125V NEMA 5-15R UL CSA 0.5 HP Color Decorator Earless Duplex Earless Decorator Duplex Decorator Back and Side Wired Self-Grounding Decorator with Two Nightlight Sources Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond White RRD15SBKTR RRD15STR RRD15SGYTR RRD15SITR RRD15SLATR RRD15SWTR -- RR15KTR -- RR15KITR RR15KLATR RR15KWTR RRD15KBKTR RRD15KTR RRD15KGYTR RRD15KITR RRD15KLATR RRD15KWTR RR15EBKTR -- RR15EGYTR RR15EITR RR15ELATR RR15EWTR RRD15EBKTR RRD15ETR RRD15EGYTR RRD15EITR RRD15ELATR RRD15EWTR -- -- -- DR15NLIV DR15NLLA DR15NLWH Self-Grounding Push and Side Wired Grounding Self-Grounding TR Eight Push Wire Holes Only, #14 AWG Grounding Self-Grounding Note: See page R-6 for tamper-resistant description. A-18 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Straight Blade Devices Residential Grade Duplex and Decorator Receptacles 15A 125V Duplex and Decorator Weather Resistant and Tamper-Resistant Receptacles WR TR Product Dimensions Inches (mm) A B C D E Wiring Decorator Single Single Decorator 4.19" (106.4) 3.28" (83.3) 1.41" (35.8) 0.93" (23.6) 2.62" (66.6) 4.19" (106.4) 3.28" (83.3) -- 0.93" (23.6) 2.62" (66.6) 4.20" (106.7) 3.28" (83.3) 1.41" (35.8) 1.01" (25.7) 2.08" (52.8) 4.20" (106.7) 3.28" (83.3) -- 1.01" (25.7) 2.08" (52.8) Push and Side Wired Grounding Self-Grounding Rating Color Duplex Decorator NEMA 5-15, 15A 125V Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond White RR15SBKWRTR RR15SWRTR RR15SGYWRTR RR15SIWRTR RR15SLAWRTR RR15SWWRTR RRD15SBKWRTR RRD15SWRTR RRD15SGYWRTR RRD15SIWRTR RRD15SLAWRTR RRD15SWWRTR 15A 125V NEMA 5-15R UL CSA 0.5 HP Duplex A C A B C E B Note: See page R-6 for tamper-resistant and weather resistant descriptions. E D D Residential Grade Single and Single Decorator Receptacles 15A and 20A 125V and 250V Single Self-Grounding Receptacles TR Style Rating Standard Color Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond 15A 125V NEMA 5-15R White UL CSA 0.5 HP NEMA 5-20, Black 20A 125V Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond 20A 125V White NEMA 5-20R UL CSA NEMA 1 HP 6-15, Black 15A 250V Brown Gray G Ivory Light Almond 15A 250V White NEMA 6-15R UL CSA NEMA 1.5 HP 6-20, Black 20A 250V Brown Gray G Ivory Light Almond 20A 250V White NEMA 6-20R NEMA 5-15, 15A 125V TR Tamper-Resistant WR WR Weather Resistant TR Weather Resistant Tamper-Resistant Duplex Decorator Duplex Decorator Duplex Duplex RR151BK RR151 RR151GY RR151I RR151LA RR151W RR201BK RR201 RR201GY RR201I RR201LA RR201W RR155BK RR155 RR155GY RR155I RR155LA RR155W RR205BK RR205 RR205GY RR205I RR205LA RR205W RRD151BK RRD151 RRD151GY RRD151I RRD151LA RRD151W RRD201BK RRD201 RRD201GY RRD201I RRD201LA RRD201W RRD155BK RRD155 RRD155GY RRD155I RRD155LA RRD155W RRD205BK RRD205 RRD205GY RRD205I RRD205LA RRD205W RR151BKTR RR151TR RR151GYTR RR151ITR RR151LATR RR151WTR RR201BKTR RR201TR RR201GYTR RR201ITR RR201LATR RR201WTR -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- RRD151BKTR RRD151TR RRD151GYTR RRD151ITR RRD151LATR RRD151WTR RRD201BKTR RRD201TR RRD201GYTR RRD201ITR RRD201LATR RRD201WTR -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- RR155BKWR RR155WR RR155GYWR RR155IWR RR155LAWR RR155WWR RR205BKWR RR205WR RR205GYWR RR205IWR RR205LAWR RR205WWR RR151BKWRTR RR151WRTR RR151GYWRTR RR151IWRTR RR151LAWRTR RR151WWRTR RR201BKWRTR RR201WRTR RR201GYWRTR RR201IWRTR RR201LAWRTR RR201WWRTR -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- UL CSA 2 HP Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ A-19 Straight Blade Devices Triple Gripper(R) Extra Heavy Duty Industrial Plugs and Connectors Patented Triple Gripper(R) * Hand grip features wide-rib, non-slip design Bryant's Tech-Spec(R) plugs and connectors represent some of the industry's most recognized products as well as one of the finest series of plugs and connectors on the market. The quality of the non-slip, wide-ribbed handgrip, heavy duty double wall housing and tough, impact/chemical resistant nylon construction are second to none. They are easy to assemble and automatically center and secure the cord as the assembly screws are tightened - no external clamps or additional screws are required. An elastomeric dust seal prevents dust, moisture and contaminants from entering the wiring chamber. * Double wall construction provides extra protection for internal components * Universal cord grip design accepts .300 - .655 in. (7.6 - 16.6mm) cord without inserts or adapters * Impact/chemical resistant, toughened nylon construction * Face and body feature alignment keys for easy assembly * Amperage, voltage and NEMA(R) configuration imprinted on face for easy identification 15A and 20A 125V and 250V Plugs and Connectors, 2-Pole 3-Wire Device Type Rating Plug Cord Diameter Color NEMA 5-15, .300"-.655" Black/White 15A 125V (7.6-16.6) 15A 125V NEMA 5-15R UL CSA NEMA 0.5 HP 5-20, 20A 125V 20A 125V NEMA 5-20R NEMA UL CSA6-15, 15A1 HP 250V G 15A 250V NEMA 6-15R NEMA UL CSA6-20, 1.5 HP 20A 250V G Inches (mm) Nylon/ Polymer Nylon BRY5266NP -- -- -- .245"-.655" Black (6.2-16.6) Orange Yellow -- BRY5266NPB BRY5266NPOR BRY5266NPSY .300"-.655" Black/White (7.6-16.6) .245"-.655" Yellow (6.2-16.6) BRY5366NP .300"-.625" Black/White (7.6-15.9) .245"-.655" Yellow (6.2-16.6) BRY5666NP .300"-.625" Black/White (7.6-15.9) .245"-.655" Yellow (6.2-16.6) BRY5466NP -- -- -- BRY5666NPSY -- -- BRY5466NPSY Nylon -- -- -- -- BRY5269NCB -- BRY5269NCSY BRY5369NC BRY5366NPCR -- Nylon/ Polymer BRY5269NC -- -- BRY5266NPCR -- BRY5366NPSY -- Connector CorrosionResistant Nylon/Polymer -- -- BRY5369NCSY CorrosionResistant Nylon/Polymer -- -- -- BRY5269NCCR -- BRY5369NCCR -- BRY5669NC -- -- -- -- -- -- -- BRY5469NC -- -- -- -- BRY5469NCSY -- 20A 250V NEMA 6-20R UL CSA 2 HP Product Dimensions Inches (mm) A B C Plug Connector 1.52" (38.6) 2.18" (55.4) 1.38" (35.1) 1.52" (38.6) 2.95" (74.9) 1.38" (35.1) C C B B A A Plug Connector NEMA(R) is a registered trademark of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association. A-20 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Straight Blade Devices COBRA(R) Heavy Duty Plugs and Connectors Why Bryant's COBRA Plugs and Connectors are Superior * Hinged one piece body opens wide for easy wiring * High visibility yellow for easy identification * Impact/chemical resistant nylon construction * Clamp-type terminals ensure secure wire terminations * Adjustable cord inserts accommodate .220 - .660 in. (5.6 - 16.8mm) diameter cord * Internal cord grips prevent conductor slippage * Amperage/voltage rating molded in face 15A and 20A 125V and 250V Plugs and Connectors, 2-Pole 3-Wire Bryant's Cobra line of plugs and connectors have "high-visibility" yellow devices that are economical and fast to wire. The removable cord grip inserts offer a simple way of accommodating a wide range of cord diameters, while providing a powerful hold to prevent slippage and strain. The tough nylon body is designed for easy installation and includes captive screws which stay in place while wiring. Inches (mm) COBRA Device Type Plug Connector High Visibility Nylon Yellow Insulation Displacement Nylon Black High Visibility Nylon Yellow Insulation Displacement Nylon Black 5966VBK BRY5969Y 5969VBK Rating Cord Diameter NEMA 5-15, 15A 125V .220"-.660" (7.6-16.8) BRY5965Y 15A 125V NEMA 5-15R NEMA UL CSA5-20, 0.5 125V HP 20A .220"-.660" (7.6-16.8) 5364Y -- 5369Y -- 20A 125V NEMA 5-20R NEMA UL CSA6-15, 15A1 HP 250V .220"-.660" (7.6-16.8) 5666Y -- 5669Y -- .220"-.660" (7.6-16.8) 5464Y -- 5469Y -- G 15A 250V NEMA 6-15R NEMA UL CSA6-20, 1.5 HP 20A 250V G 20A 250V NEMA 6-20R UL CSA 2 HP Product Dimensions Inches (mm) Plug A B C Connector Yellow Black Yellow Black 1.25" (31.8) 1.13" (28.7) 1.88" (47.8) 1.24" (31.5) 1.17" (29.7) 1.60" (40.6) 1.25" (31.8) 1.12" (28.4) 2.62" (66.5) 1.25" (31.8) 1.17" (29.7) 2.25" (57.2) C C C C B B A BRY5965Y Specifications are subject to change without notice. B B www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ A 5966VBK A BRY5969Y A 5969VBK A-21 Straight Blade Devices TECH-SPEC(R) Plugs and Connectors 15A and 20A 125V and 250V Plugs and Connectors, 2-Pole 3-Wire Device Type Inches (mm) Plug Connector Standard Watertight Angle 12 Position Standard Cord Diameter .245"-.655" (6.2-16.6) .300"-.655" (7.6-16.6) .300"-.655" (7.6-16.6) .245"-.655" (6.2-16.6) .300"-.655" (7.6-16.6) Rating Color Thermoplastic Elastomeric Nylon Thermoplastic Elastomeric NEMA 5-15, 15A 125V Black Gray Yellow Black/White Hi-Viz Green Hi-Viz Orange 5266B 5266BGRY 5266BY -- 5156HVG* 5156HVO* BRY14W47BK -- BRY14W47 -- -- -- -- -- -- 5295 -- -- 5269B -- 5269BY -- 5159HVG* 5159HVO* -- -- BRY15W47 -- -- -- Black Gray Yellow Black/White 5364B -- 5364BY -- -- -- BRY14W33 -- -- -- -- 5395 5369B -- 5369BY -- -- -- BRY15W33 -- Yellow Black/White -- -- BRY14W49 -- -- 5695 -- -- BRY15W49 -- 5666B -- -- -- -- BRY14W48 -- -- 5475N 5464B -- -- 15A 125V NEMA 5-15R UL CSA 0.5 HP NEMA 5-20, 20A 125V 20A 125V NEMA 5-20R NEMA UL CSA6-15, 15A1 HP 250V G Black 15A 250V NEMA 6-15R NEMA UL CSA6-20, 1.5 HP Yellow Black/White 20A 250V G 20A 250V NEMA 6-20R Note: *Hi-Viz UL CSA 2 HP Black Watertight 5669B -- -- -- BRY15W48 -- 5469B -- green and orange devices are shipped in a display pack. Weather Protective Accessories Material Color For Use with 5266B Series Plug Thermoplastic elastomer Black Yellow 5200BPB** 5200BP** Weather Protective Boots For Use with 5269B Series Connector Sealing Ring For Use with 5200BC Series Connector Boot 5200BCB** 5200BC** 5200BSRB** 5200BSR** Note: **Not UL Listed or CSA Certified. Product Dimensions Inches (mm) Plug A B C A B C Standard Watertight Angled Plug 1.53" (38.9) 2.10" (53.3) 1.38" (35.1) -- 3.16" (80.3) 1.85" (47.1) 1.25" (31.8) 2.07" (52.6) -- Standard Connector Watertight 1.53" (38.9) 2.68" (68.1) 1.38" (35.1) -- 4.42" (112.1) 1.85" (47.1) C C C B B B B A Plug A-22 C Watertight Plug www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ B A A Angled Plug Connector Watertight Connector Specifications are subject to change without notice. Straight Blade Devices Industrial Grade Connectors and Receptacles 15A 125V Plug and Connector, 2-Pole 2-Wire Device Type Inches (mm) Plug .281"-.625" (7.1-15.9) Connector .281"-.625" (7.1-15.9) Adapter Sleeve Cord Diameter Rating Color Polarized Polarized Description NEMA 1-15, 15A 125V Black/White Black 9754NS 9754NSB 9755N -- Sleeve, strain relief, converts SPT cord to round, white, not UL Listed W 15A 125V NEMA 1-15R UL CSA 0.5 HP W Weather Protective Boot Catalog Number 9700S Yellow neoprene boot for use on both 9754NS and 9755N, yellow, not UL Listed 15A 125V NEMA 1-15P UL CSA 0.5 HP 20A 125/250V Receptacle and Plug, 3-Pole 3-Wire Inches (mm) Device Type Cord Diameter Catalog Number Description 7400BCR Plates for Single Receptacles Plug .320"-.910" (8.1-23.1) Single Receptacle -- Plates for Single Receptacles Rating Color Nylon with Cord Grip Thermoset, Side Wired Description Gang Catalog Number NEMA 10-20, 20A 250V Black/White Black 9151N -- -- 9326 302/304 stainless steel 1-Gang 2-Gang SS7 SS747 Outdoor cast aluminum plate with lift cover 1-Gang 7418B W W Y X X Y 20A 125V/250V NEMA 10-20R UL Listed 2(1) HP 20A 125V/250V NEMA 10-20P UL Listed 2(1) HP Note: See Section P more information on plates. 20A 3OY 120/208V AC Plug, 4-Pole 4-Wire Inches (mm) Product Dimensions Inches (mm) Plug Device Type A B C D E Plug Connector Receptacle 8754NS 9151N 7251N 9755N 9326 1.12" (28.7) 1.60" (40.6) -- -- -- 1.31" (33.3) 2.50" (63.5) -- -- -- 2.12" (53.8) 2.35" (59.7) -- -- -- 1.12" (28.4) 2.62" (66.5) -- -- -- 3.28" (83.3) 2.38" (60.5) 1.39" (35.2) 1.16" (29.4) 1.50" (38.1) Cord Diameter .375"-1.00" (9.5-25.4) Rating Color Thermoplastic Construction NEMA 18-20, 20A 3OY 120/208V AC Gray 7251N* W W Z X Y Z X Y 20A 3OY 120/208V AC NEMA 18-20R Note: *Device UL Listed 2 HP 20A 3OY 120/208V AC NEMA 18-20P has no provision for UL Listed 2 HP A B B E C B a grounding conductor. Intended for use in applications where a separate grounding means is provided. Specifications are subject to change without notice. A A Plug Connector www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ D Single Receptacle A-23 Straight Blade Devices Special Use Products Floor Box Assemblies and Display Receptacles Floor Box Assemblies Description NEMA 5-15, 15A 125V Specification grade single receptacle, gasketing and floor rated single gang steel box 15A 125V NEMA 5-15R UL CSA 0.5 HP Display Receptacles Smooth Brushed Description Brass Finish Brushed Brass Plate Rating Nightlight Only 5236BOX Specification grade single receptacle 3799G Nightlight Devices Nickel Plated Finish Catalog Number Description D100NLIV D100NLLA D100NLW LED 1.5 Lumen nightlight with polycarbonate full face lens for maximum illumination, 6 in. pre-wired stranded wire 3799GS Clock Hangers TR Specification Grade Rating Description NEMA 5-15, 15A 125V Specification grade single receptacle Nickel Plated Finish 2828G 2828GS 15A 125V NEMA 5-15R UL CSA NEMA 0.5 HP 5-20, -- 20A 125V 20A 125V NEMA 5-20R Note: See UL CSA 1 HP Residential Grade Smooth Brushed Brass Plate -- Section O for floor and under cabinet box options. TR Single Receptacle Duplex Description Material/Color Tamper-Resistant Clock hanger/ recessed receptacle, grounding, side wire terminations Brass Stainless Steel RR151CHBSTR RR151CHSSTR Tamper-Resistant Ivory Light Almond White RR151CHITR -- RR151CHWTR Brass Stainless Steel -- RR201CHSSTR -- -- Ivory White RR201CHITR RR201CHWTR -- -- -- -- RR1510I RR1510LA RR1510W Note: See page R-6 for tamper-resistant description. Product Dimensions Inches (mm) A B C D E F Display Receptacles Residential Clock Hanger Nightlight Only 4.50" (114.3) 2.38" (60.5) 2.75" (69.9) 1.86" (47.2) 3.28" (83.3) -- 4.63" (117.5) 2.51" (63.8) 2.88" (73.0) 2.10" (53.3) 2.08" (52.8) 1.51" (38.4) 4.20" (106.8) 3.28" (83.4) 1.74" (44.2) 1.13" (33.3) 2.73" (69.4) 1.16" (29.3) F F D A D A E B C Display Receptacles A-24 A E B C Residential Clock Hanger www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ E B C D Nightlight Only Specifications are subject to change without notice. Straight Blade Devices Residential Grade Plugs, Connectors, Taps and Adapters Plugs and Connectors Device Type Rating Color NEMA 1-15, Black 15A 125V Ivory White W Non-Polarized, Two Blade, Spt 1 and 2 Cord 18/2 and 16/2 AWG Polarized, Two Blade, Spt 1 and 2 Cord 18/2 and 16/2 AWG Straight Plug Polarized, Two Blade, Light Duty, Wire Range: #16-18 AWG, Up to .25 In. Diameter Cord Non-Polarized, Two Blade, Heavy Duty, Wire Range: #14-18 AWG, Up to .33 In. Diameter Cord Polarized, Two Blade, Heavy Duty, Wire Range: #14-18 AWG, Up to .33 In. Diameter Cord Straight Connector Polarized, Two Polarized, Two Blade, Light Duty, Blade, Heavy Duty, Wire Range: #16-18 Wire Range: #14-18 AWG, Up to .25 In. AWG, Up to .33 In. Diameter Cord Diameter Cord -- RP123I RP123W -- RP123PI RP123PW RP101BK -- RP101W RP646 -- -- RP648 -- -- RP102BK -- RP102W Two Wire to U-Ground Cube Tap, without Ground Male end: 10A 250V, 15A 125V, Locking Female end: 15A 125V, Straight Blade Male end: 15A 125V, Straight Blade Female end: 10A 250V, 15A 125V, Locking RT200 -- -- -- RT100W -- -- 9053AB* -- -- 9054AB* -- RP649 -- -- W 15A 125V NEMA 1-15R UL CSA 0.5 HP 15A 125V NEMA 1-15P UL CSA 0.5 HP Plugs, Taps and Adapters Description Duplex Receptacle, Single Receptacle, Six Outlets Three Outlets Single Receptacle, Three Outlets NEMA 5-15, 15A 125V Rating RT600I RT600W -- Ivory White Orange RT300I RT300W -- -- -- RT303 Note: Adapters are not intended to be used as a replacement for permanent devices. They are intended for temporary use only. *Not UL Listed. Must always be used with grounded receptacle. Product Dimensions Inches (mm) A B C D RP123 RP101 RP102 RP646/RP648 RP649 1.41" (35.8) 1.25" (31.8) 0.89" (22.6) -- 1.73" (43.9) 1.25" (31.8) 0.89" (22.6) -- 2.19" (55.6) 1.25" (31.8) 0.83" (21.2) -- 2.00" (50.8) 1.50" (38.1) 1.60" (40.6) 0.71" (17.9) 2.67" (67.8) 1.49" (37.8) 1.60" (40.6) 0.73" (18.5) B B A A A A A D D B C B RP123 Specifications are subject to change without notice. C RP101 B C RP102 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ C RP646/RP648 C RP649 A-25 Straight Blade Devices 30 Amp Industrial Grade Plugs, Connectors and Receptacles 30A 125V, 250V, 125/250V AC and 3O 250V AC Plugs, Connectors and Receptacles Inches (mm) Device Type Cord Diameter Rating NEMA 5-30, 30A 125V 2-Pole 3-Wire Color Thermoplastic Nylon Black/White -- 9530NP Gray G W Black/White -- 9630NP Gray -- -- 9630ANPB -- -- 30A 250V NEMA 6-30R NEMA 10-30, UL CSA 30A2 HP 125/250V AC 30A 250V NEMA 6-30P UL CSA 2 HP Black/White 9337NP* Gray -- 3-Pole 3-Wire W X X -- -- Y 30A 125/250V 30A 125/250V NEMA 10-30R NEMA 10-30P NEMA 14-30, UL Listed UL Listed 30A AC 2(2) 125/250V HP 2(2) HP -- -- Black/White Gray 3-Pole 4-Wire G 9432ANPB -- Color -- 9530NC Black 9530FR -- -- Orange Isolated Ground 9530IG -- -- Black 9630FR -- -- Orange Isolated Ground 9630IG -- -- X W Y W 30A 125/250V NEMA 14-30R NEMA 15-30, 2(2) HP 30A 3O 250V AC 3-Pole 4-Wire 30A 125/250V NEMA 14-30P 2(2) HP Black/White 8430NP Gray -- G Residential Grade RR335P* -- 9337NC* Black 9303* RR330F* RR330* RR435P -- -- Black White 9430FR -- RR430F RR430FW RR430 -- Supplied with interchangeable blades for 30 or 50 amp configuration G X Surface Thermoplastic -- 9630NC Supplied with interchangeable blades for 30 or 50 amp configuration W Flush Reinforced Thermoplastic Residential Polyester Grade G G Y 9530ANPB -- Receptacle Standard .425"-1.320" (10.8-33.5) W 30A 125V NEMA 5-30P UL CSA 2 HP 2-Pole 3-Wire Y Connector Angle Residential Grade .600"-1.110" (15.2-28.2) Black without Ground G 30A 125V NEMA 5-30R NEMA 6-30, UL CSA 30A 250V 2 HP Y Standard .425"-1.320" (10.8-33.5) Plug Angle 12 Position .625"-1.380" (15.9-35.1) 8432ANPB -- -- -- Panel Mount RR430PM Black -- -- Black 8430FR -- -- G X X W Y W 30A 125/250V NEMA Note:14-30R *Device 2(2) HP 30A 125/250V 14-30P hasNEMA no provision for a grounding conductor. Intended for use in applications where a separate grounding means is provided. 2(2) HP Receptacles can be mounted in single or two gang boxes. See Section C for isolated ground products. Product Dimensions Inches (mm) Plug A B C D E F Connector Gray Black/White Angled Plug Gray Black/White Receptacle 3.12" (79.2) 3.81" (96.8) -- -- -- 2.88" (73.0) 4.13" (104.8) -- -- -- -- 3.25" (82.6) 4.19" (106.4) 1.75" (82.6) -- -- 2.59" (65.8) 5.19" (131.8) 3.12" (79.2) -- -- 2.88" (73.0) 5.75" (146.1) 2.50" (63.5) -- -- -- 2.25" (57.2) 3.68" (93.5) 2.12" (54.0) 2.50" (63.5) 2.37" (60.3) 1.81" (46.0) C F C B B A A Gray Plug Black/White Plug A-26 B B A C Angled Plug A Gray Connector www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ E D B C B A Black/White Connector A Receptacle Specifications are subject to change without notice. Straight Blade Devices 50 Amp Industrial Grade Plugs, Connectors and Receptacles 50A 125V, 250V, 125/250V AC, 3O 250V AC and 3OY 120/208V AC Plugs, Connectors and Receptacles Inches (mm) Device Type Cord Diameter Rating NEMA 5-50, 50A 125V 2-Pole 3-Wire Color Black/White G Thermoplastic Nylon -- Connector Angle Residential Grade .600"-1.110" (15.2-28.2) Black without Ground Receptacle Standard .425"-1.320" (10.8-33.5) Thermoplastic Flush Surface Color Reinforced Thermoplastic Residential Polyester Grade Residential Grade 9550ANPB -- -- Black 9550FR -- -- 9650ANPB -- -- -- -- 9650NC Black 9650FR -- -- RR335P* 7516NC* -- Black Brown -- 9306* -- RR350* -- Black White 9450FR -- G W 50A 125V NEMA 5-50R NEMA 6-50, UL CSA 50A2 HP 250V W 50A 125V NEMA 5-50P UL CSA 2 HP Black/White -- 9650NP Gray 2-Pole 3-Wire G G 50A 250V NEMA 6-50R NEMA 10-50, UL CSA 50A3 HP 125/250V AC 3-Pole 3-Wire W Y Standard .425"-1.320" (10.8-33.5) Plug Angle 12 Position .625"-1.380" (15.9-35.1) 50A 250V NEMA 6-50P UL CSA 3 HP Black/White 7513NP* -- Supplied with interchangeable blades for 30 or 50 amp configuration W X X Y 50A 125/250V 50A 125/250V NEMA 10-50R NEMA 10-50P NEMA 14-50, UL Listed UL Listed 50A AC 3(2) 125/250V HP 3(2) HP Black/White 9450NP 9452ANPB RR435P Supplied with interchangeable blades for 30 or 50 amp configuration 3-Pole 4-Wire G G Y X X Y W W 50A 125/250V NEMA 14-50R NEMA 15-50, UL CSA 3(2) 3O HP 250V AC 50A 50A 125/250V NEMA 14-50P UL CSA 3(2) HP Black/White 8450NP RR450F RR450FW Panel Mount RR450PM -- Black 8452ANPB -- -- Black 8450FR -- 8352ANPB -- -- Black 8350FR -- RR450 3-Pole 4-Wire G G Z Y X X Z Y 50A 3O 250V AC 50A 3O 250V AC NEMA 15-50R NEMA 15-50P NEMA 18-50, UL CSA UL CSA 7.5 3OY HP 50A 120/208V AC 7.5 HP Black/White -- -- 4-Pole 4-Wire W W Z Y X X Z Y 50A 3OY 50A 3OY 120/208V AC 120/208V AC for a grounding conductor. Intended Note: *Device has no provision NEMA 18-50R NEMA 18-50P be mounted in single or two gang boxes. UL ListedReceptacles can UL Listed 7.5 HP 7.5 HP for use in applications where a separate grounding means is provided. See page A-24 for additional product dimensions. Product Dimensions Inches (mm) A B C D Plug, Black/White Connector, Black/White Surface Receptacle 2.88" (73.0) 4.13" (104.8) -- -- 2.59" (65.8) 5.19" (131.8) 3.12" (79.2) -- 2.50" (63.5) 5.49" (139.5) 2.50" (63.5) 2.21" (56.2) C C B B B A Black/White Plug Specifications are subject to change without notice. A Black/White Connector www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ A D Surface Receptacle A-27 Straight Blade Devices 60 Amp Industrial Grade Plugs and Receptacles 60A 125/250V AC, 3O 250V AC and 3OY 120/208V AC Plugs and Receptacles Inches (mm) Device Type Plug Cord Diameter Receptacle Standard Angle 12 Position .425"-1.320" (10.8-33.5) .625"-1.380" (15.9-35.1) For Flush Receptacles Descripton Catalog Number 2-gang, 1-single 2.40" (63.0) diameter hole SS701 Rating Color Thermoplastic Nylon Reinforced Black Thermoplastic Polyester NEMA 14-60, 60A 125/250V 3-Pole 4-Wire Black/White 9460NP 9462ANPB 9460FR 8460NP 8462ANPB 8460FR -- 8362ANPB* 8360FR* G G Y X X Y W W 60A 125/250V NEMA 14-60R NEMA UL CSA 15-60, 3(2) HP 60A 3O 250V AC 3-Pole 4-Wire 60A 125/250V NEMA 14-60P UL CSA Black/White 3(2) HP G G X Z X Y Y 60A 3O 250V AC NEMA 15-60R NEMA UL CSA18-60, 10 HP 60A 3OY 120/208V AC 4-Pole 4-Wire Z 60A 3O 250V AC NEMA 15-60P UL CSA 10 HP Black/White W Z Stainless Steel Wallplate Flush W Y X X Y Z 60A 3OY 60A 3OY 120/208V AC 120/208V AC Note: *Device has no provision for a grounding conductor. Intended for use in applications where NEMA 18-60R NEMA 18-60P UL Listed UL Listed standard boxes 4 in. square and not less than 2.23 in. (54.0) deep. 7.5 HP Receptacles fit 7.5 HP a separate grounding means is provided. Product Dimensions Inches (mm) A B C D E F Plug Angled Plug Receptacle 2.88" (73.0) 4.13" (104.8) -- -- -- -- 3.25" (82.6) 4.19" (106.4) 1.75" (82.6) -- -- -- 2.25" (57.2) 3.68" (93.5) 2.12" (54.0) 2.50" (63.3) 2.37" (60.3) 1.81" (46.0) F B A Plug A-28 B E D B C A C Angled Plug www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ A Receptacle Specifications are subject to change without notice. Straight Blade Devices Weather Protective Boots, Adapter Sleeves and PLUGBOX(R) Devices * Thermoplastic elastomer construction helps prevent moisture, dust and other contaminants from infiltrating plugs and connectors for excellent ozone and weather resistance * Complies with OSHA Lockout/Tagout regulation 29CFR 1910.147 * Protects against unexpected start-up of equipment during maintenance and repair work and discourages unauthorized use of tools and equipment * Resistant to deterioration by oils and heat * Connector sealing ring provides extra protection when plug and connector are not mated * UV stabilized polypropylene housing Weather Protective Boots Description Color For use with Plugs For use with Connectors Sealing Cap for use with 5200BC Series Connector Boot Thermoplastic elastomer boot for use with 15A nylon locking and straight blade devices Black Yellow 5200BPB 5200BP 5200BCB 5200BC 5200BSRB 5200BSR Neoprene boot for use with 15A 2-pole 2-wire, NEMA 1-15, straight blade nylon plugs and connectors Yellow 7400BCR 7400BCR Thermoplastic elastomer boot for use with 7465N plug when used with 7464N connector or 7468N female equipment receptacle, also for use with connector when used with 7466N male base Black 7460BP -- -- Thermoplastic elastomer boot for use with 7464N connector when used with 7465N plug Black -- 7460BC -- -- Adapter Sleeves Description Color Catalog Number Rubber adapter sleeve, strain relief for use with 2-pole 2-wire straight blade nylon plugs and connectors, NEMA 1-15 White 9700S PLUGBOX(R) Devices Description Used with 15A and 20A Plugs Used with 20A and 30A Plugs Used with 30A, 50A and 60A Plugs Red polypropylene lockout device BLDMP BLD BLD2 Product Dimensions Inches (mm) 6.31" (160.3) 12.51" (317.8) (4) 0.39" (9.9) 5.00" (127.0) 10.15" (257.8) 1.90"-4.50" (48.3-114.3) 1.45" (36.8) Recommended Plug Sizes A C LO L BLD2 4.27" (108.5) 7.27" (184.7) (4) 0.39" (9.9) 3.10" (78.7) 4.75" (120.7) 1.50"-2.75" (38.1-69.9) 1.11" (28.2) OC Min. - Max. Diameter CLOSE B SLIDE BLD K BLDMP 3.14" (79.8) 4.22" (107.2) (2) 0.32" (8.1) 2.57" (65.3) 3.70" (94.0) 0.79"-1.73" (20.1-43.9) 0.64" (16.3) K A B C D E F G LO CK CK E Max D OPEN LO F C G Max. Cable Dia. BLD Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ A-29 Straight Blade Devices Technical Specifications - Hospital and Industrial Grade Receptacles Hospital and Industrial Grade Receptacles Hospital Grade Standard Description Duplex Decorator Duplex Decorator Typical specification catalog number BRY8200 9200 BRY5262 9252 Manufacturer's identification Bryant BRY8200 Bryant 9200 Bryant BRY5262 Bryant 9252 Description Hospital grade straight blade receptacle, back and side wired Industrial grade straight blade duplex receptacle, back and side wired Type 2-pole, 3-wire, grounding 2-pole, 3-wire, grounding Rating 15A 125V, NEMA 5-15R 15A 125V, NEMA 5-15R Certification UL Listed to 498, CSA Certified to C22.2, No. 42 Complies with NEMA(R) WD-1 and WD-6 requirements Verified under Fed. Spec. WC596 (Standard only) Materials Inches (mm) Industrial Grade Materials Components Hospital Grade Materials Duplex Decorator Cover and base Nylon Nylon Nylon cover with thermolastic polyester base Terminal screws Combination brass #10-32 Combination brass #10-32 Combination brass #8-32 Grounding contacts High-performance copper alloy High-performance copper alloy High-performance brass Auto grounding assembly High-performance copper alloy, tin plated High performance copper alloy Heavy copper rivets Line contacts Nickel plated High performance copper alloy Clamp nut Brass Steel-zinc plated Mounting yoke Steel, nickel and brass plated 0.05" (1.3mm) Steel, nickel and brass plated 0.05" (1.3mm) Grounding screw/clip Combination brass screw (green) #8-32 Stainless steel clip Mounting screws Combination steel-zinc plated Combination steel-zinc plated Circuit ID Hot stamp (N/A on Decorator) Hot stamp (N/A on Decorator) Performance Electrical Dielectric voltage Withstands 2,000V minimum Max. working voltage 125V - 250V as rated Current interrupting Certified for current interrupting at full rated current Temperature rise Max 30C temperature rise at full rated current after 50 cycles of overload at 150% of rated direct current Mechanical Terminal identification Terminals identified in accordance with UL 498 (brass, white, green) Terminal accommodation #14-10 AWG solid or stranded copper conductor only Product identification Ratings are a permanent part of the device Environmental Flammability Top and base - UL 94 V2 Operating temperatures Maximum continuous 60C, minimum -40C (without impact) NEMA(R) is a registered trademark of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association. A-30 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Straight Blade Devices Technical Specifications - Commercial Receptacles Commercial Receptacles Standard Hospital Grade Description Duplex Decorator Charger Receptacle Typical specification catalog number Manufacturer's identification Description CRS15 (TR, WRTR) DRS15 (TR, WRTR) USBB8300 Bryant CRS15 Bryant DRS15 Commercial grade straight blade receptacle, back and side wired 2-pole, 3-wire, Grounding 15A 125V, NEMA 5-15R USBB8300 USB charger, two USB ports 5A, 5V DC, type A, class 2.0, LED green indicator 2-pole, 3-wire, grounding 20A, 125V AC, USB 3.8 Amp, 5V DC Complies with NEMA(R) WD-1 and WD-6 requirements Verified under Fed. Spec. WC596 (Standard only) NEMA(R) WD-6 Compliant (USB8200 and 8300 series only). cULus Listed to UL498 and UL1310 Components Materials Materials Cover and base Nylon WR version Nylon - UV rated Brass - 0.030" (.8mm) 0.062" (1.6mm) steel-nickel plated Steel (galvanized) - 0.040" (1mm) Brass - 0.030" (.8mm) #8-32 plated steel, multiple drive #8-32 plated steel, multiple drive Stainless steel Zinc plated steel, WR version - stainless steel Nylon Type Rating Certification UL Listed to 498, CSA Certified to C22.2, No. 42 Materials Inches (mm) Double-wipe power contacts Wire clamp Mounting strap Ground contact Line terminal screws Ground screw Self-grounding staple Mounting screws 0.030" (.8mm) Cooper Alloy Plated steel Steel (galvanized) - 0.040" (1mm) Brass Plated steel Plated steel Stainless steel Zinc plated steel Performance Electrical Dielectric voltage Max. working voltage Current interrupting Temperature rise Withstands 2,000V minimum 125V as rated Certified for current interrupting at full rated current Max 30C temperature rise at full rated current after 50 cycles of overload at 150% of rated direct current at a power factor of 75% Mechanical Terminal identification Terminal accommodation Product identification Circuit feed-through USB port Terminals identified in accordance with UL 498 (brass, white, green) #14-10 AWG solid or stranded copper conductor only Ratings are a permanent part of the device -- -- Terminals identified in accordance with UL 498 and CSA (brass, white, green) 20 Amp 125 Volt Stainless steel rated for 10,000 plug insertions and removal Environmental Flammability Operating temperatures UL 94 V2 UL 94 V5 Maximum continuous 75C, minimum -40C (without impact) NEMA(R) is a registered trademark of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association. Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ A-31 Straight Blade Devices Technical Specifications - Plugs and Connectors Plugs and Connectors Description Typical specification catalog number BRY5266NP, BRY5269NC Manufacturer's identification Bryant BRY5266NP, BRY5269NC Description Heavy duty straight blade plug/connector Type 2-pole, 3-wire, grounding Rating 15A 125V, NEMA 5-15 Certification UL Listed, Guide AXUT CSA Certified, Guide 20T2 Listed to UL Standard 498 (attachment plug and receptacles) CSA Certified to C22.2, No. 42 (general use receptacles) Fed. Spec. WC596 (where applicable) Complies with NEMA(R) Standards WD-1, WD-6 Materials Components Materials Face/cord grip Impact modified nylon Cover (housing) High-impact, V-O Valox(R) Terminal cover Clear polycarbonate Dust seal Thermoplastic elastomer Plug blades Brass Connector contacts High performance copper alloy Terminal clamp nut Zinc-plated steel Terminal screws #8-32 brass, silver finish on neutral screw, green finish on grounding screw Assembly screws Zinc-plated steel Performance Inches (mm) Electrical Dielectric voltage Withstands 1500V per UL498 Max. working voltage 250V AC or DC Current interrupting Certified for current interrupting at full rated current Temperature rise Max 30C temperature rise at full rated current after 50 cycles of overload at 150% of rated direct current Mechanical Terminal identification Terminals identified in accordance with UL 498 (brass, white, green) Terminal accommodation #18-10 AWG flexible cord Product identification Ratings and NEMA(R) identification are permanently marked on device Cord accommodation Round portable service cords in accordance with device ratings as defined in UL Standard 62, CSA C22.2 No. 49 Cord Grip Range 0.25"-0.66" (6.2-16.6mm) Environmental Flammability HB or better per UL 94 Operating temperatures Maximum continuous 60C, minimum -40C (without impact) NEMA(R) is a registered trademark of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association. Valox(R) is a registered trademark of Sabic Innovative Plastics. A-32 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Section B Hospital Grade Devices Table of Contents Page Hospital Grade * Devices Heavy Duty Self-Grounding Receptacles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-2 Heavy Duty Duplex and Fashion Series(R) 9000 Receptacles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-3 USB Charger Receptacles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-4 QUADPLEX(R) Receptacles and Cord Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-5 Impact Resistant Plugs and Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-6 Commercial GFCI Receptacles Standard and Tamper-Resistant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-7 Tamper-Resistant and Weather Resistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-8 Surge Suppression Receptacles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-9 Portable GFCI Products Healthcare Outlet Assemblies (HCOA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-10 Portable Surge Protection Devices (SPD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-11 Technical Specifications Surge Suppression Receptacles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-12 Portable Surge Protection Devices (SPD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-12 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ B-1 Hospital Grade Devices Heavy Duty Self-Grounding Receptacles Why Hospital Grade? Bryant hospital grade receptacles are specifically designed to provide maximum safety and withstand severe abuse in hospitals and heavy duty industrial applications. The green dot * signifying UL hospital grade listing is more than just a symbol of compliance. It is your assurance that each device has passed the most stringent requirements for grounding reliability, security of assembly, strength and durability. * Heavy duty, copper-alloy self-grounding system (tin plated) * Double-wipe, copper-alloy grounding contacts * ID surface for marking identification of circuits * Heavy duty, brass over nickel plated wrap-around steel yoke locked in for maximum strength and security 15A and 20A 125V and 20A 250V Receptacles TR WR Wiring Face Rating NEMA 5-15, 15A 125V 15A 125V NEMA 5-15R UL CSA 0.5 HP NEMA 5-20, 20A 125V 20A 125V NEMA 5-20R UL CSA 1 HP NEMA 6-20, 20A 250V G 20A 250V NEMA 6-20R UL CSA 2 HP WR Color Standard Back and Side Wired Duplex Weather Resistant Lighted Face Stranded Wire Leads Duplex Tamper-Resistant Brown Gray Ivory Red White Orange* BRY8200 BRY8200GRY BRY8200I BRY8200RED BRY8200W BRY8200IG BRY8200WR BRY8200GRYWR BRY8200IWR BRY8200REDWR BRY8200WWR -- -- BRY8200GRYL BRY8200IL BRY8200REDL BRY8200WL -- BRY8200TR BRY8200GTR BRY8200ITR BRY8200RTR BRY8200WTR -- 8210 8210GRY 8210I 8210RED 8210W 8210IG 8210WR 8210GRYWR 8210IWR 8210REDWR 8210WWR -- Brown Gray Ivory Red White Orange* BRY8300 BRY8300GRY BRY8300I BRY8300RED BRY8300W BRY8300IG BRY8300WR BRY8300GRYWR BRY8300IWR BRY8300REDWR BRY8300WWR -- -- BRY8300GRYL BRY8300IL BRY8300REDL BRY8300WL -- BRY8300TR BRY8300GTR BRY8300ITR BRY8300RTR BRY8300WTR -- 8310 8310GRY 8310I 8310RED 8310W 8310IG 8310WR 8310GRYWR 8310IWR 8310REDWR 8310WWR -- Brown Gray Ivory Red White Orange* -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- Back and Side Wired Single Standard Weather Resistant 8410BRN 8410GRY 8410I 8410RED 8410W 8410IG -- -- -- -- -- -- Note: *Orange is Isolated Ground. See Section C for isolated ground products. See page R-6 for tamper-resistant and weather resistant descriptions. See page A-28 for technical specifications. Product Dimensions Inches (mm) A B C D E F Duplex Standard, Weather Resistant and Lighted Face Duplex, Tamper-Resistant Single Standard and Weather Resistant 4.06" (103.1) 3.28" (83.3) 1.54" (39.1) 1.16" (29.5) 2.69" (68.3) -- 4.06" (103.1) 3.28" (83.3) 1.65" (41.9) 2.75" (69.9) 1.30" (33.0) -- 4.06" (103.1) 3.28" (83.3) 2.38" (60.5) 1.38" (35.1) 0.91" (23.1) 1.78" (45.2) A A E B C B-2 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ D B C F D E Specifications are subject to change without notice. Hospital Grade Devices Heavy Duty Receptacles Heavy Duty Receptacles * Hospital Grade and Specification Grade The Hubbell Tamper-Resistant Mechanism eliminates the frustration and difficulty experienced using TR receptacles with plugs that have sharp, or bent blades. Hubbell TR receptacles work so well there is virtually no perceptible difference in the feel between the TR receptacles and our conventional non-TR receptacles. Trust Hubbell to deliver TamperResistant protection that feels like it's not even there. * Tamper-Resistant... NOT Plug ResistantTM * Power indicating LED feature optional * Circuit ID marking area on Hospital Grade * Steel mounting strap, self-grounding Fashion Series(R) 9000 The built-in features of the 9200 self-grounding receptacle reflect the super-safe design, solid construction, and attention to details -- the Face of Quality of Bryant's full line of Fashion Series 9000 designer receptacles. This line assures you of the exact device you need for hospital, industrial or commercial applications. * High-impact thermoplastic face and base * Back and side wired * Break-off tab for two-circuit wiring * Heavy duty, wrap-around steel yoke 15A and 20A 125V Duplex Receptacles TR TR Wiring Face Rating Back and Side Wired Color NEMA 5-15, Brown 15A 125V Gray 15A 125V NEMA 5-15R UL CSA 0.5 HP Ivory Red White Orange NEMA 5-20, Brown 20A 125V Gray 20A 125V NEMA 5-20R UL CSA 1 HP Ivory Red White Orange Duplex Tamper-Resistant Power Ind. LED Standard Decorator TR & LED Duplex Isolated Ground Lighted Face 8200HB 8200HBGRY 8200HBI 8200HBRED 8200HBW -- 8200HBTR 8200HBGRYTR 8200HBITR 8200HBREDTR 8200HBWTR -- 8200HBL 8200HBGRYL 8200HBIL 8200HBREDL 8200HBWL -- 8200HBLTR 8200HBGRYLTR 8200HBILTR 8200HBREDLTR 8200HBWLTR -- 9200 9200GRY 9200I 9200RED 9200W -- -- 9200IGGRY 9200IGI 9200IGRED 9200IGW 9200IG -- 9200GRYL 9200IL 9200REDL 9200WL -- 8300HB 8300HBGRY 8300HBI 8300HBRED 8300HBW -- 8300HBTR 8300HBGRYTR 8300HBITR 8300HBREDTR 8300HBWTR -- 8300HBL 8300HBGRYL 8300HBIL 8300HBREDL 8300HBWL -- 8300HBLTR 8300HBGRYLTR 8300HBILTR 8300HBREDLTR 8300HBWLTR -- 9300 9300GRY 9300I 9300RED 9300W -- -- 9300IGGRY 9300IGI 9300IGRED 9300IGW 9300IG -- -- 9300IL 9300REDL 9300WL -- Note: *Orange is Isolated Ground. See Section C for isolated ground products. See page A-28 for technical specifications. Product Dimensions Inches (mm) Receptacle A B C D 3.28" (83.3) 1.36" (34.5) 1.03" (26.2) 2.75" (69.9) A D B Specifications are subject to change without notice. C www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ B-3 Hospital Grade Devices USB Charger Receptacles * Green LED indicator to show USB power available * USB stainless steel ports rated for minimum 10,000 insertions and removals * Tamper-Resistant (TR) decorator duplex * Back and side wire for solid or stranded wire * Complies with battery charging specification BC1.2 * Designed for commercial, industrial and home use * Compatible with USB 1.1/2.0/3.0 devices, including Apple(R) products USB Charger Receptacles More Ways to Charge Faster with Bryant's line of USB Chargers, available in Type-C, Combination Type A&C or the legacy Type A, all with a USB high power output of 5 Amp 5 Volt DC. Bryant's USB Charger Duplex Receptacle provides both USB and electrical power in a standard single gang opening. Designed to provide maximum charging for portable electronics, the USB ports are capable of charging two tablets simultaneously. 15A and 20A 125V USB Charger Receptacles Wiring Face Rating NEMA 5-15, 15A 125V 15A 125V NEMA 5-15R UL CSA 0.5 HP NEMA 5-20, 20A 125V 20A 125V NEMA 5-20R UL CSA 1 HP TR Color (2) Type-C Ports Back and Side Wired Decorator (1) Type A and (1) Type-C Port Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond Red White USBB8200C5BK USBB8200C5 USBB8200C5GY USBB8200C5I USBB8200C5LA USBB8200C5R USBB8200C5W USBB8200AC5BK USBB8200AC5 USBB8200AC5GY USBB8200AC5I USBB8200AC5LA USBB8200AC5R USBB8200AC5W USBB8200A5BK USBB8200A5 USBB8200A5GY USBB8200A5I USBB8200A5LA USBB8200A5R USBB8200A5W Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond Red White USBB8300C5BK USBB8300C5 USBB8300C5GY USBB8300C5I USBB8300C5LA USBB8300C5R USBB8300C5W USBB8300AC5BK USBB8300AC5 USBB8300AC5GY USBB8300AC5I USBB8300AC5LA USBB8300AC5R USBB8300AC5W USBB8300A5BK USBB8300A5 USBB8300A5GY USBB8300A5I USBB8300A5LA USBB8300A5R USBB8300A5W (2) Type A Ports Note: See page R-6 for tamper-resistant description. See page A-29 for technical specifications. Product Dimensions Inches (mm) USB Receptacle A B C D E 3.28" (83.3) 1.75" (44.5) 2.62" (66.5) 1.73" (43.9) 0.27" (6.8) A C B B-4 E D www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Hospital Grade Devices QUADPLEX(R) Receptacles and Cord Sets QUADPLEX(R) * Accepts up to four straight or angle plugs Mounts directly to 4" square or octagon boxes. No cover plate required. Can be retrofitted to 1 and 2-gang device boxes, mud rings on 4" boxes or 4 " boxes using adapter plate. Rugged impact resistant construction. Break-off tabs for split circuit wiring (except surge units). * Heavy duty, triple-wipe, high performance brass line contacts for excellent retention and conductivity * Break-off tab for two-circuit wiring (except surge) * Saves wiring and installation time * "A" and "B" circuits molded into face for easy identification * Easily removable knockouts for mounting to octagon concrete ring or box 15A and 20A 125V Receptacles Wiring Terminal Screws Rating Color Standard Color NEMA 5-15, 15A 125V Brown Gray Ivory Red White 1254HB 1254HGY 1254HI 1254HR 1254HW Orange Brown Gray Ivory Red White 21254HB 21254HGY 21254HI 21254HR 21254HW Orange 15A 125V NEMA 5-15R NEMA UL CSA 5-20, 0.5 HP 20A 125V 20A 125V NEMA 5-20R Note: UL CSASee 1 HP Wire leads Isolated Ground -- 21254HIGO Color Surge Suppression Isolated Ground Color Blue Ivory 1254HSA 1254HSIA Brown Ivory Blue Ivory 21254HSA 21254HSIA Brown Ivory Standard -- -- 21254HBL 21254HIL Section C for isolated ground products. See page A-15 for additional information on QUADPLEX(R) surge receptacles. Adapter Plates and Portable Boxes Cord Sets Adapter Plates Portable Boxes Color For 1- & 2-Gang Device Boxes For 411/16" Boxes with Cord Grip Feed-thru with Two Cord Grips Black Blue Brown Gray Ivory Orange Red White ADAPBLK ADAPBLU ADAPB ADAPGRY ADAPI ADAPO ADAPR ADAPW -- -- -- -- ADAPIS -- -- -- 4SQBXBLK 4SQBXBLU 4SQBXB 4SQBXGRY 4SQBXI 4SQBXO 4SQBXR 4SQBXW 4SQBXFBLK -- -- -- 4SQBXFI -- 4SQBXFR -- 6 Foot Cord Sets, 12/3 SJO Color Surge Suppression Rating NEMA 5-15, 15A 125V Ivory T1254SI6A 15A 125V NEMA 5-15R UL CSA 0.5 HP Product Dimensions Inches (mm) A B C D E F Receptacle Adapter Plate Portable Box 4.30" (109.2) 3.38" (85.9) 3.02" (76.7) 0.92" (23.4) 0.10" (2.6) - 4.78" (121.4) 4.25" (108.0) 3.38" (85.9) 2.75" (69.9)* 0.38" (9.5) 2.75" (6.9) 4.30" (109.2) 4.05" (102.9) 3.28" (85.9) 0.84" (21.3) 0.75" (19.1) - D E A A F B B B AL IT E SP D O A H GR Note: *Mounting dimensions for 4" adapter plate. C D C Receptacle Specifications are subject to change without notice. A D Adapter Plate www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ E C E (2) Each .66" (16.7) Dia.Cord Hole Portable Box B-5 Hospital Grade Devices Impact Resistant Plugs and Connectors Angled Plugs All Bryant angle devices are ideally suited for any location where space restrictions or obstructions require the power cord to lay close to the wall or flat against the floor. * Impact-resistant thermoplastic construction with automatic cord grip * Transparent polycarbonate cover allows visual inspection of wire terminations without disassembly Bryant hospital grade transparent angle plugs are designed for straight blade applications in hospitals, as well as industrial, commercial and institutional environments - wherever attachment plugs must withstand severe abuse. * Pre-attached TPE (thermoplastic elastomer) dust seal helps prevent contaminants from entering wiring chamber * Single side terminal screws reduce wiring time and are color coded for proper terminations 15A and 20A 125V and 20A 250V Plugs and Connectors, 2-Pole 3-Wire Device Type Straight Plug Inches (mm) Angled Plug Connector White Thermoplastic Transparent Nylon/Polycarbonate Transparent Nylon/Polycarbonate White Thermoplastic Transparent Nylon/Polycarbonate Rating Cord Diameter NEMA 5-15, 15A 125V .245"-.655" (6.2-16.6) BRY8266NP 8266T 8295T BRY8269NC 8269T .245"-.655" (6.2-16.6) BRY8366NP 8366T 8395T BRY8369NC 8369T .300"-.625" (7.6-15.9) BRY8466NP 8495T BRY8469NC 15A 125V NEMA 5-15R NEMA UL CSA 5-20, 0.5 HP 20A 125V 20A 125V NEMA 5-20R NEMA UL CSA 6-20, 1 HP 20A 250V -- -- G 20A 250V NEMA 6-20R UL CSA 2 HP Product Dimensions Inches (mm) A B C Plug Angled Plug Connector 1.52" (38.6) 2.18" (55.4) 1.38" (35.1) 1.30" (33.0) 2.07" (52.6) 1.52" (38.6) 1.52" (38.6) 2.95" (74.9) 1.38" (35.1) C C A Plug B-6 B B B www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ A C Angled Plug A Connector Specifications are subject to change without notice. Hospital Grade Devices UL Standard 943 Class A GFCI Commercial Standard and Tamper-Resistant GFCI Receptacles * Patented CIRCUITPRO(R) self test technology includes disconnecting power to the receptacle if critical components are damaged and GFCI protection is lost * Tamper-Resistant version has Patented shutter design for extra protection * Compliant with NEC(R) 406.12 and NEC(R) 517-18(c) * Alarm version provides audible notification of a trip condition * Internal back wiring clamp and guide for quick and secure termination * Night light option includes light sensor controls for automatic ON and OFF, custom dual lens for optimum light output * Fed. Spec. UL Listed (Hospital Grade) Hospital Grade * Standard and Tamper-Resistant TR Rating Color Standard0 Night Light Two LED Night Lights Standard0 Almond Black Brown Gray Ivory 15A 125V NEMA 5-15R Light Almond UL CSA 0.5 HP Red White NEMA 5-20, Almond 20A 125V Black Brown Gray Ivory 20A 125V NEMA 5-20R Light Almond UL CSA 1 HP Red White NEMA 5-15, 15A 125V GFST82AL GFST82BK GFST82 GFST82GY GFST82I GFST82LA GFST82R GFST82W GFST83AL GFST83BK GFST83 GFST83GY GFST83I GFST83LA GFST83R GFST83W TR GFST82ALNL GFST82BKNL GFST82NL GFST82GYNL GFST82INL GFST82LANL GFST82RNL GFST82WNL GFST83ALNL GFST83BKNL GFST83NL GFST83GYNL GFST83INL GFST83LANL GFST83RNL GFST83WNL Tamper-Resistant GFST82ALTRNL GFST82BKTRNL GFST82TRNL GFST82GYTRNL GFST82ITRNL GFST82LATRNL GFST82RTRNL GFST82WTRNL GFST83ALTRNL GFST83BKTRNL GFST83TRNL GFST83GYTRNL GFST83ITRNL GFST83LATRNL GFST83RTRNL GFST83WTRNL Alarm Standard0 GFST82ALB GFST82BKB GFST82B GFST82GYB GFST82IB GFST82LAB GFST82RB GFST82WB GFST83ALB GFST83BKB GFST83B GFST83GYB GFST83IB GFST83LAB GFST83RB GFST83WB Tamper-Resistant GFST82ALTRB GFST82BKTRB GFST82TRB GFST82GYTRB GFST82ITRB GFST82LATRB GFST82RTRB GFST82WTRB GFST83ALTRB GFST83BKTRB GFST83TRB GFST83GYTRB GFST83ITRB GFST83LATRB GFST83RTRB GFST83WTRB Product Dimensions Inches (mm) GFCI Receptacle A 3.27" (83.1) B 2.75" (69.8) C 1.75" (44.5) D 1.47" (37.4) E 1.10" (27.9) E A B C NEC(R) D is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ B-7 UL Standard 943 Class A GFCI Hospital Grade Devices Commercial Tamper-Resistant and Weather Resistant GFCI Receptacles * Patented shutter design for tamper-resistant protection * Tamper-Resistant/Weather Resistant Series meets NEC(R) requirements for TR (517-18c) and WR (406.9), UV and corrosion resistance for harsh and damp applications * Weather Resistant Only Series meets NEC(R) requirements for weather resistance (406.9), UV and corrosion resistance for harsh and damp applications * Patented CIRCUITPRO(R) self test technology * Protects against line and load reversal, no power to the face or downstream if device is miswired Hospital Grade * Tamper-Resistant and Weather Resistant Rating NEMA 5-15, 15A 125V Color Almond Black Brown Gray Ivory 15A 125V NEMA 5-15R Light Almond UL CSA 0.5 HP Orange Red White NEMA 5-20, Almond 20A 125V Black Brown Gray Ivory 20A 125V NEMA 5-20R Light Almond UL CSA 1 HP Orange Red White Standard Isolated Ground GFST82ALTR GFST82BKTR GFST82TR GFST82GYTR GFST82ITR GFST82LATR -- GFST82RTR GFST82WTR GFST83ALTR GFST83BKTR GFST83TR GFST83GYTR GFST83ITR GFST83LATR -- GFST83RTR GFST83WTR GFST82ALIG GFST82BKIG GFST82IG GFST82GYIG GFST82IIG GFST82LAIG GFST82ORIG GFST82RIG GFST82WIG GFST83ALIG GFST83BKIG GFST83IG GFST83GYIG GFST83IIG GFST83LAIG GFST83ORIG GFST83RIG GFST83WIG TR WR Product Dimensions Inches (mm) GFCI Receptacle A 3.27" (83.1) B 2.75" (69.8) C 1.75" (44.5) D 1.47" (37.4) E 1.10" (27.9) E A B C D NEC(R) is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). B-8 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Hospital Grade Devices Surge Suppression Receptacles * Damage-alert alarm sounds when surge protection is no longer functioning, muting screw allows damage-alert alarm to be silenced until device is replaced * Power-on indicator light verifies that suppression circuit is fully functional, light off means power has been interrupted, flashing light indicates surge protection circuitry has been damaged * Automatic grounding clip * High-impact nylon face resists breakage * Distinctive surge symbol provides quick visual identification of surge suppression receptacle Hospital Grade * Standard and Isolated Ground Surge Suppression Receptacles Surge Suppression Receptacles with Light and Alarm, 240 Joules/15,000 Amps per Mode Nylon Face Hospital Grade Face Rating Color NEMA 5-15, Blue 15A 125V Gray 15A 125V NEMA 5-15R UL CSA 0.5 HP Ivory Orange Red White NEMA 5-20, Blue 20A 125V Gray 20A 125V NEMA 5-20R UL CSA 1 HP Ivory Orange Red White Product Dimensions Standard with Isolated Ground SP82A SP82GYA SP82IA -- -- SP82WA SP82IGA SP82IGGYA SP82IGIA SP82IGOA SP82IGRA SP82IGWA SP83A SP83GYA SP83IA -- -- SP83WA SP83IGA SP83IGGYA SP83IGIA SP83IGOA SP83IGRA SP83IGWA Inches (mm) Receptacle Note: See page A-5 for dimensions on adapter plates and portable boxes. E A N O TE CT D PR ALARM OFF TE B W HE 4.04" (102.6) 2.80" (71.1) 1.72" (43.7) 1.60" (40.6) 1.24" (31.5) ED A B C D E LI G H SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE 20A 125V AC C D Lexan(R) is a registered trademark of Sabic Innovative Plastics. Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ B-9 Hospital Grade Devices Healthcare Outlet Assemblies (HCOA) UL2930 Listed * First UL2930 Product Ever Sold * 15A and 20A 125V Versions * 6 ft. or 15 ft. Cord Length * Surge Protected Models in all Configurations * #12/3 AWG Cord Surge Protection Plug Strips UL2930 Health Care Outlet Assembly (HCOA) Six Number of Outlets Joule Rating 1100 Peak AMP Rating 30 kA $2,500 Down Line Warranty Length 6 Foot 15 Foot UL 2930 HCOA with L-N Surge Protection, White 15A BRY6MG6 BRY6MG15 20A BRY6MG620 BRY6MG1520 UL 2930 HCOA Relocatable Power Tap (RPT), White 15A BRY6MGRPT6 BRY6MGRPT15 20A BRY6MGRPT620 BRY6MGRPT1520 UL2930 Healthcare Outlet Assembly (HCOA) BRY6MG Series Electrical Specifications Current Voltage Frequency Surge Component Performance UL VPR L-N L-G, N-G EMI Noise Filtration: In (Nominal Discharge Current) MCOV Peak Current Rating L-N Leakage Current: Total Joules (L-N) 15A 125V 60Hz MOV B-10 BRY6MGRPT Series 15A 125V 60Hz N/A 20A 125V 60Hz N/A SPD and Power Strip A B C 11.2" (284.5) 2.36" (59.9) 1.85" (47.0) Non-Metallic Strips Metallic Strips SPD w/ Fax/Modem SPD and SPD with CATV/Satelite Power Strip Fax Modem 14.75" (374.7) 10.4" (264.2) 2.36" (59.9) 3.8" (96.5) 1.85" (47.0) 1.44" (36.6) 12.25" (311.2) 2.5" (63.5) 1.5" (38.1) EQUIPMENT GROUNDING TERMINAL 600V N/A -11 dB to -68 dB (10kHz to 100MHZ) 3kA 2.22 [56.4] 11.90 [302.3] N/A 150V 30KA <.1mA 550j Environmental Specifications Operating Temperature Certifications 20A 125V 60Hz MOV Product Dimensions Inches (mm) 12 AWG POWER CORD WITH MOLDED HOSPITAL GRADE PLUG .32 [8.1] 1.92 [48.7] BRY6MGRPT6 SHOWN. -40F to 160F (-40C to 70C) .25 [6.4] UL 2930; UL File # E488399; RoHs Compliant; NFPA 99 2012 ed; ANSI / IEEE Category A (HBL6MG Series Only) www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ 8.32 [211.3] Specifications are subject to change without notice. Hospital Grade Devices Portable Surge Protection Devices (SPD) * Metallic and non-metallic units * Six, seven and eight outlet units Listed to UL1449 and UL1363 * No surge, 350 joule, 1050 joule and 2100 joule protection units * Transformer spaced outlets available on some units * Hospital Grade * Tamper-Resistant Receptacles with a Hospital Grade Plug * 15A resettable ON/OFF circuit breaker switch and power and ground indicating LEDs * Heavy Duty Metal Housing * Available with a 2-Port USB Charging Outlet * Available with fax/modem, cable TV and satellite protection on some units * Tamper-Resistant Receptacles with a Heavy Duty Plug * Heavy Duty Metal Housing Surge Protection Plug Strips SPD with Hospital Grade * Tamper-Resistant Receptacles Number of Outlets SPD with Industrial Grade Tamper-Resistant Receptacles Six Six Joule Rating 1100 Peak AMP Rating 30 kA Down Line Warranty $2,500 Length UL Type 3 SPD, Heavy Duty Metal Housing, White UL Type 3 SPD, Heavy Duty Metal Housing with 2-Port USB, White 15A 20A 15A $10,000 $25,000 6 Foot 15 Foot 6 Foot 15 Foot BRY6HG6 BRY6HG620 BRY6HGUSB6 BRY6HG15 BRY6HG1520 -- BRY6SS6 BRY6SS620 -- BRY6SS15 BRY6SS1520 -- SPD with Fax/Modem SPD with Fax/Modem/ CATV/Satellite Power Strip (No surge protection) Six Seven Eight Six 350 (Non-Metallic) 1050 (Metallic) 1050 2100 N/A SPD Number of Outlets Joule Rating 6.5 kA (Non-Metallic) 19.5 kA (Metallic) Peak AMP Rating $2,500 Down Line Warranty 19.5 kA 39 kA N/A $10,000 $25,000 N/A Length 6 Foot 15 Foot 6 Foot 6 Foot 6 Foot Non-Metallic, Office White BRY6PS350 BRY6PS35015 BRY7PS1050M BRY8PS2100D BRY6PPS Metallic, Office White BRY6MPS1050 -- BRY6MPS -- -- Note: See page C-8 for technical information on plug strips. Product Dimensions Inches (mm) A B C A SPD and Power Strip Non-Metallic Strips SPD with SPD with Fax/Modem Fax Modem CATV/Satelite Metallic Strips SPD and Power Strip 11.2" (284.5) 2.36" (59.9) 1.85" (47.0) 14.75" (374.7) 2.36" (59.9) 1.85" (47.0) 12.25" (311.2) 2.5" (63.5) 1.5" (38.1) 10.4" (264.2) 3.8" (96.5) 1.44" (36.6) Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ B C B-11 Hospital Grade Devices Technical Specifications - Surge Receptacles Surge Receptacles Description Typical specification - catalog number SP82IGA Description Industrial grade isolated ground surge suppression duplex receptacle Manufacturer's identification Bryant SP82IG Series Type 2-pole, 3-wire, grounding Rating 15A 125V, NEMA 5-15R Certification UL Listed, UL Standards 1449 surge protective devices and 498 receptacles Certified to CSA, C22.2, No. 42 Materials Inches (mm) ANSI/IEEE C62.41 (IEEE 587) categories "A" and "B" NEMA WD-6 Meets UL and CSA varistor thermal protection requirements Performance Components Materials Electrical Cover and base Nylon UL voltage protection level 600V Line contacts High performance brass alloy Operating voltage 125V AC Mounting yoke 0.05 inch (1.3mm) Frequency 60 Hz Terminal screws Brass #8-32 Protection modes Normal mode (L-N), common mode (L-G) (N-G) Clamp nut Brass - 0.03" (.8mm) Noise filtration RFI and EMI 100KHz, 4MHz-10DB to -20DB Grounding screw Brass (green) #8-32 Response time Less than 5 nanoseconds (ns) Ground contacts High performance Peak energy 10X 1000s 240 joules Auto grounding assembly Stainless steel Peak current 8X 20s 15,000 Amps Flat head mounting screws ZinD-plated steel Mechanical Terminal identification Terminals identified in accordance with UL 498 (brass, white, green) Terminal accommodation #14-10 AWG copper conductor only, solid or stranded Product identification Ratings are a permanent part of the device Environmental Flammability Cover and base: UL 94 V2 Operating temperatures Maximum continuous 20C to 55C Technical Specifications - Portable Surge Protection Devices SPD - Healthcare and Industrial Series BRY6SS/BRY6HG Series 15 Amp 20 Amp 15A 125V 60Hz MOV 15A CB 5V DC Type A 20A 125V 60Hz MOV 20A CB N/A Electrical Specifications Current Voltage Frequency Surge Component Over Current Protection 2-Port USB (BRY6HGUSB6) UL VPR MCOV Peak Current Rating L-N Leakage Current: EMI / RFI Noise Rejection Total Joules (all modes) L-N 500V L-G N-G 600V 600V 150V 30KA <.5mA -11 dB to -68 dB (10kHz to 100MHZ) 1100j Certifications cULus Listed to UL1449 4th Edition; UL File # E143272; RoHs Compliant; NFPA 99 2012 ed; ANSI / IEEE Category A; cULus Listed to UL1310 (2-Port USB) B-12 BRYPS350 Series BRYPS1050 Series BRYPS2100 Series BRYMPS1050 Series Operating Specifications MCOV Max Surge Current Frequency Operating Temperature 6.5kA 130V 19.5kA 39.0kA 50/60Hz -40F to 160F (-40C to 70C) 19.5kA Physical Specifications Housing Type Color ABS Office White Metal Performance UL VPR EMI / RFI Noise Rejection 400V -20dB - - Warranty Downline Warranty Certification Environmental Specifications Operating Temperature SPD - Commercial and Residential Series $2,500 $10,000 $25,000 $2,500 UL 1449 3rd Edition -40F to 160F (-40C to 70C) www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Section C Ground Fault Devices Table of Contents Page Bryant GFCI Receptacles Bryant Self-Test GFCI Patented Technology and Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-2 Commercial GFCI Receptacles Tamper-Resistant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard and Hospital Grade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tamper-Resistant and Weather-Resistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Weather-Resistant Only. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Common Questions and Answers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-3 C-4 C-5 C-5 C-6 C-6 GFCI Sensing Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-7 Portable GFCI Products Industrial Grade, Manual Set GFCI Line Cords. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-8 Plug-In Portable GFCI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-8 Commercial Grade, Manual and Automatic Set GFCI Line Cords. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-9 Technical Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-12 Temporary Power Distribution Boxes Features and Benefits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-10 Temporary Power Boxes, Cable Sets and Replacement Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-11 Technical Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-12 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ C-1 Ground Fault Devices Bryant Self-Test GFCI Patented Technology and Features Hospital Grade Combo Switch/GFCI Audible Alarm Night Light Isolated Ground CIRCUITPRO(R) Self-Test Technology 1st introduced by Bryant over 10 years ago! ...self-test monitoring now required in 2015 UL 943 GFCI Safety Standard... Bryant Self-Test GFCI Patented Technology Bryant CIRCUITPRO(R) GFCI receptacles continually test and monitor for "people protection capability" automatically. This patented safety feature includes disconnecting power to the receptacle if critical components are damaged and GFCI protection is lost. GFCI auto-monitoring is conducted continuously within every 30 seconds. Also, clear visual indicators are provided on the device face representing power status, trip condition, ground fault condition and end of life status. In addition, for added safety, power will be denied to the receptacle face if reverse wiring of line and load was to occur. UL (Underwriters Laboratory) now requires all manufacturers to provide self-test monitoring capability effective June 29, 2015. When was the last time you tested a GFCI receptacle? Industry studies indicate only a very small number of installations are actually being tested as is recommended by the manufacturer and UL. This is the fundamental reason this new revision has been incorporated into UL 943 standard for 2015. Each Ground Fault Receptacle must automatically monitor GFCI functionality periodically If the unit can no longer provide GFCI protection, it must comply with the following Reverse line and load miswire function - (repeated) Automatically test within (5) seconds of power to line and load terminals, periodically means every (3) hours or less. Deny Power (trip with the inability to If the line conductor is wired to reset), if unit does reset it is subject to the load terminal, power to the the next auto-monitoring test cycle. receptacle face will be denied. This includes both the initial Visual and/or audible indication that it installation and any subsequent no longer can provide protection. reinstallations. Features * Patented CIRCUITPRO(R) Technology -- Continuously Self-Tests functionality and disconnects power to receptacle if critical components are damaged and GFCI protection is lost Weather-Resistant Tamper- Resistant * Federal Communications Commission Part 15 -- Compliant for radiated and conducted emissions * Thermoplastic Nylon Housing -- High-impact and ultraviolet resistant construction provides resilience in harsh environments * Clear Visual Indication of Ground Fault Receptacle Status -- LED indicating lights: * Green LED (power to the device) * Red LED (trip condition/ground fault condition) * Flashing Red LED (end of life) * Internal Back Wiring Clamp and Guide Pocket -- Quick and dependable termination * Protection Against Line and Load Reversal -- No power to the face or downstream receptacles if device is miswired * Installation Ease, Lower Labor Cost -- With auto-grounding clip, captive mounting screws and single tab "breakoff" ears and full "breakoff" for OEM raised covers * Night Light Option -- Light sensor controls for automatic "ON/OFF" and custom dual lens for optimum light output C-2 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Ground Fault Devices UL Standard 943 Class A GFCI Commercial Tamper-Resistant GFCI Receptacles Features * Patented CIRCUITPRO(R) self-test technology includes disconnecting power to the receptacle if critical components are damaged and GFCI protection is lost * Patented shutter design for tamper-resistant protection * Compliant with NEC(R) 406.12 and NEC(R) 517-18(c) * Alarm version provides audible notification of a trip condition TR Tamper-Resistant Rating Color Almond Black Brown Gray Ivory 15A 125V Light Almond NEMA 5-15R UL CSA Red 0.5 HP White NEMA 5-20, Almond 20A 125V Black Brown Gray Ivory 20A 125V Light Almond NEMA 5-20R UL CSA Red 1 HP White NEMA 5-15, 15A 125V Standard Night Light Two LED Night Lights Alarm Combination Switch 15A 120V Switch Standard 3-Pack Three Devices per Pack GFTRST15AL GFTRST15BK GFTRST15 GFTRST15GY GFTRST15I GFTRST15LA GFTRST15R GFTRST15W GFTRST20AL GFTRST20BK GFTRST20 GFTRST20GY GFTRST20I GFTRST20LA GFTRST20R GFTRST20W GFTRST15ALNL GFTRST15BKNL GFTRST15NL GFTRST15GYNL GFTRST15INL GFTRST15LANL GFTRST15RNL GFTRST15WNL GFTRST20ALNL GFTRST20BKNL GFTRST20NL GFTRST20GYNL GFTRST20INL GFTRST20LANL GFTRST20RNL GFTRST20WNL GFTRST15ALB GFTRST15BKB GFTRST15B GFTRST15GYB GFTRST15IB GFTRST15LAB GFTRST15RB GFTRST15WB GFTRST20ALB GFTRST20BKB GFTRST20B GFTRST20GYB GFTRST20IB GFTRST20LAB GFTRST20RB GFTRST20WB -- -- -- -- GFSPST15I GFSPST15LA -- GFSPST15W -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- GFTRST15I3 GFTRST15LA3 -- GFTRST15W3 -- -- -- -- GFTRST20I3 GFTRST20LA3 -- GFTRST20W3 TR Hospital Grade * Tamper-Resistant Rating Color Almond Black Brown Gray Ivory 15A 125V Light Almond NEMA 5-15R UL CSA Red 0.5 HP White NEMA 5-20, Almond 20A 125V Black Brown Gray Ivory 20A 125V Light Almond NEMA 5-20R UL CSA Red 1 HP White NEMA 5-15, 15A 125V Product Dimensions Inches (mm) Night Light Two LED Night Lights Alarm GFST82ALTRNL GFST82BKTRNL GFST82TRNL GFST82GYTRNL GFST82ITRNL GFST82LATRNL GFST82RTRNL GFST82WTRNL GFST83ALTRNL GFST83BKTRNL GFST83TRNL GFST83GYTRNL GFST83ITRNL GFST83LATRNL GFST83RTRNL GFST83WTRNL GFST82ALTRB GFST82BKTRB GFST82TRB GFST82GYTRB GFST82ITRB GFST82LATRB GFST82RTRB GFST82WTRB GFST83ALTRB GFST83BKTRB GFST83TRB GFST83GYTRB GFST83ITRB GFST83LATRB GFST83RTRB GFST83WTRB E GFCI Receptacle A 3.27" (83.1) B 2.75" (69.8) C 1.75" (44.5) D 1.47" (37.4) E 1.10" (27.9) A B C D NEC(R) is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ C-3 UL Standard 943 Class A GFCI Ground Fault Devices Commercial Standard and Hospital Grade GFCI Receptacles Features * Patented CIRCUITPRO(R) self-test technology includes disconnecting power to the receptacle if critical components are damaged and GFCI protection is lost * Internal back wiring clamp and guide for quick and secure termination * Night light option includes light sensor controls for automatic ON and OFF, custom dual lens for optimum light output * Fed. Spec. UL Listed (Hospital Grade) Standard Rating Color Almond Black Brown Gray Ivory 15A 125V Light Almond NEMA 5-15R UL CSA Red 0.5 HP White NEMA 5-20, Almond 20A 125V Black Brown Gray Ivory 20A 125V Light Almond NEMA 5-20R UL CSA Red 1 HP White NEMA 5-15, 15A 125V Standard Night Light Two LED Night Lights Alarm Blank Face Available in 20A Only Standard 3-Pack Three Devices per Pack GFRST15AL GFRST15BK GFRST15 GFRST15GY GFRST15I GFRST15LA GFRST15R GFRST15W GFRST20AL GFRST20BK GFRST20 GFRST20GY GFRST20I GFRST20LA GFRST20R GFRST20W GFRST15ALNL GFRST15BKNL GFRST15NL GFRST15GYNL GFRST15INL GFRST15LANL GFRST15RNL GFRST15WNL GFRST20ALNL GFRST20BKNL GFRST20NL GFRST20GYNL GFRST20INL GFRST20LANL GFRST20RNL GFRST20WNL GFRST15ALB GFRST15BKB GFRST15B GFRST15GYB GFRST15IB GFRST15LAB GFRST15RB GFRST15WB GFRST20ALB GFRST20BKB GFRST20B GFRST20GYB GFRST20IB GFRST20LAB GFRST20RB GFRST20WB -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- GFBFST20AL GFBFST20BK GFBFST20 GFBFST20GY GFBFST20I GFBFST20LA GFBFST20R GFBFST20W -- -- -- -- GFRST15I3 GFRST15LA3 -- GFRST15W3 -- -- -- -- GFRST20I3 GFRST20LA3 -- GFRST20W3 Product Dimensions Inches (mm) Hospital Grade * Rating Color Standard0 Night Light Two LED Night Lights NEMA 5-15, 15A 125V Almond Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond Red White GFST82AL GFST82BK GFST82 GFST82GY GFST82I GFST82LA GFST82R GFST82W GFST83AL GFST83BK GFST83 GFST83GY GFST83I GFST83LA GFST83R GFST83W GFST82ALNL GFST82BKNL GFST82NL GFST82GYNL GFST82INL GFST82LANL GFST82RNL GFST82WNL GFST83ALNL GFST83BKNL GFST83NL GFST83GYNL GFST83INL GFST83LANL GFST83RNL GFST83WNL 15A 125V NEMA 5-15R UL CSA 0.5 HP NEMA 5-20, 20A 125V 20A 125V NEMA 5-20R UL CSA 1 HP C-4 Almond Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond Red White Alarm GFST82ALB GFST82BKB GFST82B GFST82GYB GFST82IB GFST82LAB GFST82RB GFST82WB GFST83ALB GFST83BKB GFST83B GFST83GYB GFST83IB GFST83LAB GFST83RB GFST83WB www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ E GFCI Receptacle A 3.27" (83.1) B 2.75" (69.8) C 1.75" (44.5) D 1.47" (37.4) E 1.10" (27.9) A B C D Specifications are subject to change without notice. UL Standard 943 Class A GFCI Ground Fault Devices Commercial Tamper-Resistant and/or Weather-Resistant GFCI Receptacles Features * Patented shutter design for tamper-resistant protection * Tamper-Resistant/Weather-Resistant Series meets NEC(R) requirements for TR (517-18c) and WR (406.9), UV and corrosion resistance for harsh and damp applications * Weather-Resistant Only Series meets NEC(R) requirements for weather resistance (406.9), UV and corrosion resistance for harsh and damp applications * Patented CIRCUITPRO(R) self-test technology * Protects against line and load reversal, no power to the face or downstream if device is miswired TR WR Tamper-Resistant Weather-Resistant Rating NEMA 5-15, 15A 125V Color Almond Black Brown Gray Ivory 15A 125V Light Almond NEMA 5-15R UL CSA Orange 0.5 HP Red White NEMA 5-20, Almond 20A 125V Black Brown Gray Ivory 20A 125V Light Almond NEMA 5-20R UL CSA Orange 1 HP Red White TR WR Weather-Resistant Only Standard Isolated Ground GFTWRST15AL GFTWRST15BK GFTWRST15 GFTWRST15GY GFTWRST15I GFTWRST15LA -- GFTWRST15R GFTWRST15W GFTWRST20AL GFTWRST20BK GFTWRST20 GFTWRST20GY GFTWRST20I GFTWRST20LA -- GFTWRST20R GFTWRST20W GFTWRST15ALIG GFTWRST15BKIG GFTWRST15IG GFTWRST15GYIG GFTWRST15IIG GFTWRST15LAIG GFTWRST15ORIG GFTWRST15RIG GFTWRST15WIG GFTWRST20ALIG GFTWRST20BKIG GFTWRST20IG GFTWRST20GYIG GFTWRST20IIG GFTWRST20LAIG GFTWRST20ORIG GFTWRST20RIG GFTWRST20WIG Standard Isolated Ground GFST82ALTR GFST82BKTR GFST82TR GFST82GYTR GFST82ITR GFST82LATR -- GFST82RTR GFST82WTR GFST83ALTR GFST83BKTR GFST83TR GFST83GYTR GFST83ITR GFST83LATR -- GFST83RTR GFST83WTR GFST82ALIG GFST82BKIG GFST82IG GFST82GYIG GFST82IIG GFST82LAIG GFST82ORIG GFST82RIG GFST82WIG GFST83ALIG GFST83BKIG GFST83IG GFST83GYIG GFST83IIG GFST83LAIG GFST83ORIG GFST83RIG GFST83WIG Rating Color Standard GFWRST15AL GFWRST15BK GFWRST15 GFWRST15GY GFWRST15I GFWRST15LA GFWRST15R GFWRST15W GFWRST20AL GFWRST20BK GFWRST20 GFWRST20GY GFWRST20I GFWRST20LA GFWRST20R GFWRST20W Almond Black Brown Gray Ivory 15A 125V Light Almond NEMA 5-15R UL CSA Red 0.5 HP White NEMA 5-20, Almond 20A 125V Black Brown Gray Ivory 20A 125V Light Almond NEMA 5-20R UL CSA Red 1 HP White NEMA 5-15, 15A 125V WR Hospital Grade * Tamper-Resistant Weather-Resistant Rating NEMA 5-15, 15A 125V Color Almond Black Brown Gray Ivory 15A 125V Light Almond NEMA 5-15R UL CSA Orange 0.5 HP Red White NEMA 5-20, Almond 20A 125V Black Brown Gray Ivory 20A 125V Light Almond NEMA 5-20R UL CSA Orange 1 HP Red White Product Dimensions Inches (mm) Specifications are subject to change without notice. E GFCI Receptacle A 3.27" (83.1) B 2.75" (69.8) C 1.75" (44.5) D 1.47" (37.4) E 1.10" (27.9) A B C D NEC(R) is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ C-5 Ground Fault Devices Technical Specifications Performance Certifications Standards UL File # E41978 Underwriters Laboratories 943 Class A GFCI 2015 and UL 498 Receptacles CSA File # LR24886 Canadian Standards Association C22.2 Number 42 Industry Standards NEMA(R) WD 6, ANSI(R) C-73, NOM, NEC(R) and CEC FCC Part 15 Class B Certified conformance to radiated and conducted emission testing per FCC Electrical Performance Specifications Trip Level 4 - 6 mA Trip Time .025 sec Frequency 60 Hz Voltage 120V AC +10% - 15% Amperage 15A/20A, 20A feed-thru Dielectric voltage withstand 1500V minimum per UL 498 AC Horsepower Rating 1 HP Current Interrupting 10,000 amps Green LED Indicator On when power is available to the device Red Trip Indicator On when device is in the tripped position Red "EOL" Indicator Rapid flash when unit has reached end of life and/or cannot provide GFCI protection Mechanical Terminal Accommodations #14 - #10 AWG Product Identification Ratings are a permanent part of the device Environmental Flammability UL94 V2 Operating Temperature -35 to +66 C (- 30 to + 150 F) Maximum Humidity 95% Common Questions and Answers Q: Why are ground fault receptacles changing? A: Underwriters Laboratory per revised Standard 943 has published new self-test monitoring requirements that apply to all permanently installed GFCI products, effective June 29, 2015. Q: What is the primary benefit from these changes? A: Every Ground Fault Receptacle must now test itself for the ability to provide GFCI protection. Industry studies show installed ground fault receptacles are not being tested as required by the end user (minimum monthly). Q: Can I continue to use current generation GFCI receptacles after June 28th? A: Absolutely, the current Bryant GFCI receptacles can no longer be produced after June 28, 2015. However, these devices produced prior to June 28, 2015 can be sold by manufacturers and distributors until their inventories are depleted. There is no time limitation on use of this product. Q: What is different about this new version? A: A power denial feature has been added to this next generation of self-test Ground Fault Receptacle product. If critical components are damaged and GFCI protection is lost, power to the receptacle will be disconnected. Q: What types of indicators do the CIRCUITPRO(R) ground fault receptacles have? A: Every Ground Fault Receptacle includes a solid green LED to indicate power to the face, a solid red LED for a tripped condition and a flashing red LED to indicate end of life when the unit should be replaced. Q: How does the Alarm version function? A: The Alarm Ground Fault Receptacle includes all LED indicators that are in the standard product. In addition, an audible alarm will sound when either the unit trips and/or is in end of life. A "silencing feature" is provided on the face of the device to turn off as needed. NEMA(R) is a registered trademark of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association. ANSI(R) is a registered trademark of the American National Standards Institute. NEC(R) is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). C-6 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Ground Fault Devices GFCI Sensing Modules * In the event of a ground fault, the load is interrupted by way of the hydraulic magnetic circuit breaker utilizing a shunt trip coil * Automatic or manual "safe start" reset feature * Rated from 1 to 50 amps * Ideal for portable generator integration protecting all outlets on a generator * Achieves a NEMA 4X Rating when mounted with the supplied gasket * Meets the proposed requirements for generators Underwriters Laboratory subject 2201, UL/cUL 943 Listed, Class A 4-6mA trip level and UL 1053 Compliant GFCI Sensing Modules 50A Maximum GFCI Sensing Module Circuit Breakers Catalog Number Configurator Example Catalog Number: GFMDCB120401P Automatic Manual 120V AC GFMD120A GFMD120M GFMDCB* 120 40 1P 240V AC GFMD240A GFMD240M Ground Fault MoDule Circuit Breaker 120V AC 1 thru 50 Amp 1P 240V AC 2P 120/240V AC 3P Other Examples: GFMDCB240502P: 240V 50A 2P, FMDCB240203P: 240V 20A 3P *GFMDCB = Ground Fault MoDule Circuit Breaker Wiring Schematics GFMDCB120XX1P Current carrying leads must be twisted as they go through the sensing module. CIRCUIT BREAKER H LOAD 120VAC GFCI SENSING MODULE NO C 240VAC GFCI SENSING MODULE LINE N SINGLE PHASE 120VAC (HOT, NEUTRAL, GRND) GROUND Specifications are subject to change without notice. G Current carrying leads must be twisted as they go through the sensing module. ORANGE SHUNT JUMPER L1 CIRCUIT BREAKER 120VAC GFCI SENSING MODULE LOAD---> LINE NO C RED BLACK YELLOW (SHUNT) SINGLE PHASE 240VAC (L1, L2, GRND) GROUND www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ G L1 LOAD---> LINE L2 L1 N 120/240 VAC IN ORANGE SHUNT JUMPER L2 LOAD L2 NO C L1 L2 240 VAC IN WHITE BLACK YELLOW (SHUNT) CIRCUIT BREAKER LOAD LOAD---> H N 120 VAC IN GFMDCB240XX3P GFMDCB240XX2P Current carrying leads must be twisted as they go through the sensing module. ORANGE SHUNT JUMPER N WHITE BLACK YELLOW (SHUNT) SPLIT PHASE 120/240VAC (L1, L2, N, GRND) GROUND G C-7 Ground Fault Devices Manual Set Portable GFCI Line Cords Portable GFCI Line Cords Portable GFCI Line Cords provide ground fault protection both indoors and out. They interrupt electrical power to protect personnel when leakage to ground is 4-6 milliamperes. Available in lengths of 18 inches (45.7 cm), 6 feet (182.9 cm), and 25 feet (762.0 cm). A 15 feet (457.2 cm) OEM version with stripped leads is also available. They are offered with Manual Set feature to meet your application. * Easy-to-operate sealed key pad * High-impact PVC watertight housing * SJTW-A cord #14/3 * Sealed molded plug * Bright fault light IP20 SUITABILITY Manual Set Portable GFCI Line Cords Feet (cm) QUADPLEX(R) Ground Fault Cord Sets Feet (cm) Description 18 In. (45.7) 6' (182.9) 25' (762.0) Description 6' (182.9) 15A 120V AC, #14-3 SJTW-A GFCI115 GFCI615 GFCI2515 15A 120V AC 12/3 SJO cord, pilot light, yellow, thermoplastic T1254GF6 Product Dimensions Inches (mm) C GFCI Line Cord A B C D E 18.00" (457.2) 5.19" (131.8) 2.56" (65.0) 1.58" (40.1) 9.00" (228.6) B A: See Length Above E D Plug-In Portable GFCI * Three NEMA 5-15R portable plug-in GFCI * One piece sealed key pad test and reset buttons * High-impact ABS housing UV stabilized 94VO * Large neon indicating light for ground fault indication * Ultrasonically welded housing Description Catalog Number 15A 120V AC, Three outlet plug-in GFP153R C-8 Product Dimensions Inches (mm) Plug-In GFCI A B C D E F G www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ 5.83" (148.0) 5.50" (139.7) 3.45" (87.6) 3.82" (97.0) 1.53" (38.9) 1.76" (44.7) 0.82" (20.8) A C E D F G B Specifications are subject to change without notice. Ground Fault Devices Portable GFCI Products GFCI In-Line - Single & Triple Tap 15A * Available with an automatic or manual "safe start" reset feature * Single and triple power tap configurations * Recessed "test and reset" buttons * LED indicates power and fault status Portable GFCI This In-Line Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter is rated for 15 Amps at 120V AC. Product is available with an automatic or manual "safe start" reset features Product variations include single and triple power tap configurations. Recessed "test and reset" buttons avoid accidental contact during handling and use. LED indicates power and fault status at a glance. Heavy duty construction is rated NEMA 3R. Feet (cm) GFCI Line Cord Single Tap Triple Tap Single Tap In-Line GFCI Triple Tap Description Set 2' (61.0) 25' (762.0) 2' (61.0) 2' (61.0) 2' (61.0) 15A 120V AC, 12/3 SJEOW Automatic Manual GFC2A GFC2M -- GFC25M GFC2TRIA GFC2TRIM GFCI15125A GFCI15125M GFCI15125TRIA GFCI15125TRIM OEM Equipment Integrated Cord Sets Feet (cm) Description Set GFCI with Flying Leads 15 (457.2) Field Wireable Black Plug 15A 120V AC, 14/3 SJEOW Automatic Manual GFCL15A -- GFP15A GFP15MA Product Dimensions Inches (mm) GFCI Plug A B C D E 5.16" (131.0) 4.25" (108.0) 1.72" (43.7) 1.90" (48.3) 1.06" (26.8) "LED" indicator RESET A TEST B Reset button green color Test button blue color Warning label engraved GFCI C Specifications are subject to change without notice. D www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ C-9 Ground Fault Devices Temporary Power Distribution Boxes Temporary Power Distribution Boxes Features and Benefits * Designed to address temporary power needs on construction sites and outdoor events * Boxes are UL Type 3R for outdoor rainproof applications * Weatherproof boots available for connecting plugs for additional protection from elements Housing Design * Durable hi-visibility yellow powder coated steel construction * Weatherproof receptacle lift covers * Features 50A locking input and output Receptacles * Available with six 20A straight blade or locking covered receptacles Safety * Over current protection for each circuit * Individual GFCI module for each receptacle * NEMA 3R enclosures Certifications Leg Design * Nesting leg design allows boxes to be easily stacked, saving space in the warehouse and on the truck * Bryant's Temporary Power Distribution Boxes meet NEC(R) 305.6 requirements for personal protection * Listed to the latest UL 1640 standard for Portable Power Distribution Equipment Applications Construction Sites * Renovations * New Construction * Demolition Universities/Schools * Graduation Ceremonies * Concerts/Lectures * Sporting Events Stage/Theater * Movie/Broadcasting * Concerts * Plays/Musicals Outdoor Entertainment * Carnivals * Festivals * Professional Sports NEC(R) is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). C-10 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Ground Fault Devices Temporary Power Boxes, Cable Sets and Replacement Parts * Weatherproof receptacle lift covers * Available with six 20A straight blade or locking receptacles * Features 50A locking input and output * Over current protection for each circuit * Individual GFCI module for each receptacle * Nested leg design allows boxes to be easily stacked * UL Type 3R for outdoor rainproof applications Temporary Power Distribution Boxes Rating Type Qty 50A 120/240V AC (Max.) Straight Blade Locking Locking (inlet) Locking (outlet) 6 1 1 1 50A 120/240V AC (Max.) Locking Locking Locking (inlet) Locking (outlet) 6 1 1 1 Cable Sets Receptacle Ratings Protection Overload GFCI Protected 20A 125V 30A 250V 50A 125/250V 50A 125/250V Yes Yes No No Yes No No No TPDSB 20A 125V 30A 250V 50A 125/250V 50A 125/250V Yes Yes No No Yes No No No TPDLB Catalog Number Replacement Parts Description 50 Ft. Cable 100 Ft. Cable Description 20A 125V 30A 250V 50A cord set, #6/3, #8/1 cable type, with 50A locking plug and connector, not UL Listed or CSA Certified TPC50B* TPC100B* Straight blade receptacle CRS20 -- Locking receptacle -- 70530FR 50A 125/250V -- CS6369L Plug -- -- CS6365L Connector -- -- CS6364L -- Inlet Weather protective plate for receptacle Weather protective plate for inlet RW51470 -- 7420B -- -- CS6375L 7774CR 7780 Product Dimensions Inches (mm) TPD Box A 12.52" (317.9) B 10.23" (259.8) C 14.50" (368.3) D 21.50" (546.1) A B Specifications are subject to change without notice. C www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ D C-11 Ground Fault Devices Technical Specifications Portable GFCI Certification Meets UL943 Class A, UL Listed, CSA Certified Meets all NEC(R) and CEC requirements Materials Components Portable GFCI Line Cords Portable Plug-In GFCI Housing High-impact, UV stabilized PVC, UL 94V-0 flammability classification, Meets UL and CSA watertight requirements, adhesive bonded High-impact ABS Input NEMA 5-15P Output -- NEMA 5-15P Three NEMA 5-15R Power "ON" indication LED indicator light -- Cord type #14 AWG SJTW-A (UL), SJTW (CSA -- Fault indication Visual fault indication light on -- Indicator light LED Indicates fault Center screw -- -- For optional permanent mounting Performance Electrical Trip level 4 - 6 mA Trip time .025 sec nominal Frequency 60Hz Voltage 120V AC +10% - 15%, incorporates no voltage release feature Amperage 15A Maximum interrupting capacity 2,000 Amps Terminal accommodations #14 - #10 AWG stranded or solid copper conductors only Environmental Maximum humidity 95% Operating temperatures -35 C to +66 C (-30 F to +150 F) Temporary Power Distribution Box Certification Boxes Cable UL 1640, UL 943 NEC(R), ANSI/NFPA 70 Connectors: UL/CSA, Cable: MSHA Performance Environmental Indoor and outdoor wet and dry locations Box Enclosure type 3R, rainproof, suitable for use in damp locations NEC(R) is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). C-12 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Section D Surge and Isolated Ground Devices Table of Contents Page Surge Suppression Receptacles Hospital and Specification Grade Receptacles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D-2 QUADPLEX(R) Receptacles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D-3 Cord Sets and Electrical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D-3 Portable Surge Protection Devices Healthcare Outlet Assemblies (HCOA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D-4 Portable Surge Protection Devices (SPD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D-5 Isolated Ground Receptacles Straight Blade 15, 20, 30 and 50 Amp Receptacles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D-6 Locking 15, 20 and 30 Amp Receptacles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D-7 Technical Specifications Surge Suppression Receptacles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D-8 Portable Surge Protection Devices (SPD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D-8 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ D-1 Surge and Isolated Ground Devices Surge Suppression Receptacles * Damage-alert alarm sounds when surge protection is no longer functioning, muting screw allows damage-alert alarm to be silenced until device is replaced * Power-on indicator light verifies that suppression circuit is fully functional, light off means power has been interrupted, flashing light indicates surge protection circuitry has been damaged * Automatic grounding clip * High-impact nylon face resists breakage * Distinctive surge symbol provides quick visual identification of surge suppression receptacle Hospital Grade * and Specification Grade, Standard and Isolated Ground Surge Suppression Receptacles Surge Suppression Receptacles with Light and Alarm, 240 Joules/15,000 Amps per Mode Nylon Face Hospital Grade Specification Grade Face Rating Color NEMA 5-15, Blue 15A 125V Gray 15A 125V NEMA 5-15R UL CSA 0.5 HP Ivory Orange Red White NEMA 5-20, Blue 20A 125V Gray 20A 125V NEMA 5-20R UL CSA 1 HP Ivory Orange Red White Product Dimensions Standard with Isolated Ground Standard with Isolated Ground SP82A SP82GYA SP82IA -- -- SP82WA SP82IGA SP82IGGYA SP82IGIA SP82IGOA SP82IGRA SP82IGWA SP52A SP52GYA SP52IA -- -- SP52WA SP52IGA SP52IGGYA SP52IGIA SP52IGOA -- SP52IGWA SP83A SP83GYA SP83IA -- -- SP83WA SP83IGA SP83IGGYA SP83IGIA SP83IGOA SP83IGRA SP83IGWA SP53A SP53GYA SP53IA -- -- SP53WA SP53IGA SP53IGGYA SP53IGIA SP53IGOA -- SP53IGWA Inches (mm) Receptacle Note: See page A-5 for dimensions on adapter plates and portable boxes. E A N O TE CT D PR ALARM OFF TE B W HE 4.04" (102.6) 2.80" (71.1) 1.72" (43.7) 1.60" (40.6) 1.24" (31.5) ED A B C D E LI G H SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE 20A 125V AC C D Lexan(R) is a registered trademark of Sabic Innovative Plastics. D-2 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Surge and Isolated Ground Devices QUADPLEX(R) Receptacles * Damage-alert alarm sounds when surge protection is no longer functioning, muting screw allows damage-alert alarm to be silenced until device is replaced * Power-on indicator light verifies that suppression circuit is fully functional, light off means power has been interrupted, flashing light indicates surge protection circuitry has been damaged * Automatic grounding clip * High-impact nylon face resists breakage * Distinctive surge symbol provides quick visual identification of surge suppression receptacle QUADPLEX(R) Receptacles Adapter Plates and Portable Boxes QUADPLEX(R) Surge Supression Receptacles with Light 80 Joules/6,500 Amps per Mode Lexan(R) Hospital Grade Specification Grade with Isolated Ground Surge Suppression Surge Suppression and Wire Leads Color Blue Ivory 1254HSA 1254HSIA 1254SA 1254SIA Blue Ivory 21254HSA 21254HSIA 21254SA 21254SIA -- -- Adapter Plates Inches (mm) Color For 1- and 2-Gang Device Boxes Portable Boxes 4" (101.6) Square with Two Cord Grips Blue Ivory ADAPBLU ADAPI 4SQBXBLU* 4SQBXI* Note: *Portable boxes not UL Listed or CSA Certified. For indoor use only. 21254SLA 21254SILA Note: See page A-5 for additional information on QUADPLEX(R) receptacles. Cord Sets Electrical Specifications Catalog Number T1254SI6A -- Surge Suppression Rating NEMA 5-15, 15A 125V 6 Foot Cord Sets, 12/3 SJO Color Surge Suppression Ivory T1254SI6A 15A 125V NEMA 5-15R UL CSA 0.5 HP Product Dimensions * Transient suppression capacity peak energy 80 joules for a 10 X 1000 S* pulse * Common and normal mode protection, common mode transients: hot to ground and neutral to ground, normal mode transients: hot to neutral * Maximum clamping voltage test current 100 amperes peak (8X20S*), 360 volts * Varistor peak clamping voltage 212 volts minimum, 243 volts maximum @ 1 milliampere DC * Varistor continuous RMS voltage rating: 150 volts Note: *S (microseconds). Inches (mm) QUADPLEX(R) A B C D E * Capacitance @ 1 kHz, 2000 pf 30% * Response time: approximately 5ns (nanoseconds) * Suppressed voltage 530V (3000 amp) nominal 436V (750 amp) 412V (500 amp) 400V (125 amp) 212V (1 mA) * Current 20 ampere max branch circuit * Receptacle rating 15 and 20 ampere 125V * Input voltage 125V AC, 60 Hz 4.30" (109.2) 3.38" (85.9) 3.02" (76.7) 0.92" (23.4) 0.10" (2.6) E A B Note: See page A-5 for dimensions on adapter plates and portable boxes. Lexan(R) is a registered trademark of Sabic Innovative Plastics. Specifications are subject to change without notice. AL IT E SP D O A H GR C www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ D D-3 Surge and Isolated Ground Devices Healthcare Outlet Assemblies (HCOA) UL2930 Listed * 15A and 20A 125V Versions * 6 ft. or 15 ft. Cord Length * Surge Protected Models in all Configurations * #12/3 AWG Cord Surge Protection Plug Strips UL2930 Health Care Outlet Assembly (HCOA) Six Number of Outlets Joule Rating 1100 Peak AMP Rating 30 kA $2,500 Down Line Warranty Length 6 Foot 15 Foot UL 2930 HCOA with L-N Surge Protection, White 15A BRY6MG6 BRY6MG15 20A BRY6MG620 BRY6MG1520 UL 2930 HCOA Relocatable Power Tap (RPT), White 15A BRY6MGRPT6 BRY6MGRPT15 20A BRY6MGRPT620 BRY6MGRPT1520 UL2930 Healthcare Outlet Assembly (HCOA) BRY6MG Series Electrical Specifications Current Voltage Frequency Surge Component Performance UL VPR L-N L-G, N-G EMI Noise Filtration: In (Nominal Discharge Current) MCOV Peak Current Rating L-N Leakage Current: Total Joules (L-N) D-4 BRY6MGRPT Series UL 2930 HCOA with Relocatable Power Tap with Surge Protection 15A 125V 60Hz MOV 20A 125V 60Hz MOV 15A 125V 60Hz N/A 20A 125V 60Hz N/A A B C 11.90" (302.5) 2.22" (56.4) 1.92" (48.7) 15.20" (386.1) 2.22" (56.4) 1.92" (48.7) EQUIPMENT GROUNDING TERMINAL 600V N/A -11 dB to -68 dB (10kHz to 100MHZ) 3kA 2.22 [56.4] B A 11.90 [302.3] N/A 150V 30KA <.1mA 550j Environmental Specifications Operating Temperature Certifications Product Dimensions Inches (mm) 12 AWG POWER CORD WITH MOLDED HOSPITAL GRADE PLUG .32 [8.1] 1.92 [48.7] C BRY6MGRPT6 SHOWN. -40F to 160F (-40C to 70C) .25 [6.4] UL 2930; UL File # E488399; RoHs Compliant; NFPA 99 2012 ed; ANSI / IEEE Category A (HBL6MG Series Only) www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ 8.32 [211.3] Specifications are subject to change without notice. Surge and Isolated Ground Devices Portable Surge Protection Devices (SPD) * Metallic and non-metallic units * Six, seven and eight outlet units Listed to UL1449 and UL1363 * No surge, 350 joule, 1050 joule and 2100 joule protection units * Transformer spaced outlets available on some units * Hospital Grade * Tamper-Resistant Receptacles with a Hospital Grade Plug * 15A resettable ON/OFF circuit breaker switch and power and ground indicating LEDs * Heavy Duty Metal Housing * Available with fax/modem, cable TV and satellite protection on some units * Tamper-Resistant Receptacles with a Heavy Duty Plug * Available with a 2-Port USB Charging Outlet * Heavy Duty Metal Housing Surge Protection Plug Strips SPD with Hospital Grade * Tamper-Resistant Receptacles Number of Outlets SPD with Industrial Grade Tamper-Resistant Receptacles Six Six Joule Rating 1100 Peak AMP Rating 30 kA Down Line Warranty $2,500 Length UL Type 3 SPD, Heavy Duty Metal Housing, White UL Type 3 SPD, Heavy Duty Metal Housing with 2-Port USB, White 15A 20A 15A $10,000 $25,000 6 Foot 15 Foot 6 Foot 15 Foot BRY6HG6 BRY6HG620 BRY6HGUSB6 BRY6HG15 BRY6HG1520 -- BRY6SS6 BRY6SS620 -- BRY6SS15 BRY6SS1520 -- SPD with Fax/Modem SPD with Fax/Modem/ CATV/Satellite Power Strip (No surge protection) Six Seven Eight Six 350 (Non-Metallic) 1050 (Metallic) 1050 2100 N/A SPD Number of Outlets Joule Rating 6.5 kA (Non-Metallic) 19.5 kA (Metallic) Peak AMP Rating $2,500 Down Line Warranty 19.5 kA 39 kA N/A $10,000 $25,000 N/A Length 6 Foot 15 Foot 6 Foot 6 Foot 6 Foot Non-Metallic, Office White BRY6PS350 BRY6PS35015 BRY7PS1050M BRY8PS2100D BRY6PPS Metallic, Office White BRY6MPS1050 -- BRY6MPS -- -- Note: See page D-8 for technical information on plug strips. Product Dimensions Inches (mm) A B C A SPD and Power Strip Non-Metallic Strips SPD with SPD with Fax/Modem Fax Modem CATV/Satelite Metallic Strips SPD and Power Strip 11.2" (284.5) 2.36" (59.9) 1.85" (47.0) 14.75" (374.7) 2.36" (59.9) 1.85" (47.0) 12.25" (311.2) 2.5" (63.5) 1.5" (38.1) 10.4" (264.2) 3.8" (96.5) 1.44" (36.6) Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ B C D-5 Surge and Isolated Ground Devices Isolated Ground Straight Blade Receptacles * Limits electrical noise on the equipment grounding circuit by providing two grounding paths for the installation * Nylon deep face design Pre-Marked Wallplates * Triple-wipe brass line contacts Opening Color "Isolated Ground" "Computer Only" Duplex Duplex Single receptacle Decorator type Decorator type Orange Ivory Orange Orange Ivory NP8OIG -- NP7OIG NP26OIG -- NPJ8CO NPJ8C -- -- NPJ26C * Ground contacts and ground termination * Nickel and brass plated wrap-around steel yoke Extra Heavy Duty Industrial, Hospital Grade * and Specification Grade Receptacles Face Wiring Style Rating Duplex Color NEMA 5-15, Gray 15A 125V Ivory 15A 125V NEMA 5-15R NEMA UL CSA 5-20, 0.5 HP 20A 125V 20A 125V NEMA 5-20R UL CSA 1 HP Extra Heavy Duty Nylon Face Back and Side Decorator Orange Red White Gray Ivory Lt. Almond Orange Red White NEMA 6-15, Orange 15A 250V Single Hospital Grade Industrial Grade Hospital Grade Hospital Grade -- -- BRY8200IG -- -- -- -- -- BRY8300IG -- -- -- 9200IGGRY 9200IGI 9200IG 9200IGRED 9200IGW 9300IGGRY 9300IGI -- 9300IG 9300IGRED 9300IGW -- -- -- 8210IG -- -- -- -- -- 8310IG -- -- -- BRY5262IGGRY BRY5262IGI BRY5262IG -- BRY5262IGW BRY5362IGGRY BRY5362IGI -- BRY5362IG -- BRY5362IGW BRY5662IG Industrial Grade 5261IGGRY 5261IGI 5261IG -- 5261IGW 5361IGGRY 5361IGI -- 5361IG -- 5361IGW -- Nylon Back and Side Duplex Commercial Grade Specification Grade Lexan(R) Terminal Screws Wire Leads QUADPLEX(R) CR15IGRY CR15IGI CR15IG -- CR15IGW CR20IGRY CR20IGI CR20IGLA CR20IG -- CR20IGW G -- -- 1254IGO -- -- -- -- -- 21254IGO -- -- A A D B 15A 250V NEMA 6-15R UL CSA 1.5 HP NEMA 6-20, Orange 20A 250V -- BRY5462IG -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 21254IGOL -- -- D B 8410IG E C G E C Duplex Decorator E 20A 250V NEMA 6-20R UL CSA 2 HP A 30 and 50 Amp Straight Blade Receptacles Rating Color NEMA 5-30, 30A 125V Orange G 30A 125V NEMA 5-30R UL CSA 2 HP NEMA 5-50, 50A 125V 30A 125V NEMA 5-30P UL CSA 2 HP Orange G W 50A 125V NEMA 5-50R UL CSA 2 HP NEMA 6-30, 30A 250V 9630IG G G 9550IG 30A 250V NEMA 6-30R UL CSA 2 HP NEMA 6-50, 50A 250V 30A 250V NEMA 6-30P 9650IG UL CSA 2 HP G G W 50A 125V NEMA 5-50P UL CSA 2 HP 50A 250V NEMA 6-50R UL CSA 3 HP 50A 250V NEMA 6-50P UL CSA 3 HP Lexan(R) is a registered trademark of Sabic Innovative Plastics. D-6 F D E Single W G C B F C RTP Nylon Face, 2-Pole 3-Wire 9530IG G W B A www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ D 30-50A Single Product Dimensions Inches (mm) A B C D E F Duplex Decorator Single 15/20A 30-50A 4.06" (103.1) 3.28" (83.3) 1.38" (35.1) 2.68" (68.1) 0.92" (23.4) -- 3.81" (96.8) 3.28" (83.3) 1.38" (35.1) 2.69" (68.3) 0.93" (23.6) -- 4.06" (103.1) 3.28" (83.3) 2.38" (60.5) 1.38" (35.1) 1.78" (45.2) 0.91" (23.1) 3.68" (93.5) 2.37" (60.3) 2.12" (54.0) 2.25" (57.2) 2.35" (59.9) 1.79" (45.6) Specifications are subject to change without notice. Surge and Isolated Ground Devices Isolated Ground Locking Receptacles * Limits electrical noise on the equipment grounding circuit by providing two grounding paths for the installation * Nylon deep face design Pre-Marked Wallplates Inches (mm) * Triple-wipe brass line contacts Opening Color "Isolated Ground" "Computer Only" Duplex Duplex Single receptacle Locking 1.60" (40.6) ID Orange Ivory Orange Orange NP8OIG -- NP7OIG NP720OIG NPJ8CO NPJ8C -- -- * Ground contacts and ground termination * Nickel and brass plated wrap-around steel yoke Extra Heavy Duty Industrial Grade Receptacles Amp Face Wiring Style 15A RTP Nylon Face, Orange Back and Side Wired Duplex Single Amp Face Wiring Style 20A RTP Nylon Face, Orange Back and Side Wired Single Amp Face Wiring Style 30A RTP Nylon Face, Orange Back and Side Wired Single NEMA L5-15, 15A 125V, 2-Pole 3-Wire 4700DRIG NEMA L5-20, 15A 125V, 2-Pole 3-Wire 70520IG NEMA L5-30, 30A 125V, 2-Pole 3-Wire 70530IG 4710IG W W G W G 15A 125V NEMA L5-15R NEMA L6-15, UL/CSA 15A 250V, 2-Pole 3-Wire 70615DRIG 70615IG G 20A 125V NEMA L5-20R UL/CSA L6-20, NEMA 1 HP 20A 250V, 2-Pole 3-Wire X G G Y Y Y 15A 250V NEMA L6-15R UL/CSA Note: *Reinforced Thermoplastic Polyester. **See page G-7 for dimensions on 4710 and 70615 series receptacles. 20A 250V NEMA L6-20R NEMA UL/CSA L14-20, 2 HP 20A 125/250V, 3-Pole 4-Wire 30A 250V NEMA L6-30R 71420IG X W G Y NEMA L21-20, 20A 120/208V 3OY, 4-Pole 5-Wire 30A 125/250V AC NEMA L14-30R UL/CSA 2 (2) HP 72120IG NEMA L21-30, 30A 120/208V 3OY, 4-Pole 5-Wire G Y W G Y Z Z 20A 3OY 120/208V AC NEMA L21-20R UL/CSA 2 HP 30A 3OY 120/208V AC NEMA L21-30R UL/CSA 3 HP 15A Duplex 15A Single 20A Single 30A Single 3.28" (83.3) 2.74" (69.5) 1.70" (43.2) 1.17" (29.7) 0.93" (23.6) -- 3.28" (83.3) 2.38" (60.5) 1.38" (35.1) 1.41" (35.8) 1.01" (25.7) 0.82" (19.3) 3.28" (83.3) 2.38" (60.5) 1.56" (39.6) 1.70" (43.2) 1.24" (31.5) 0.98" (24.9) 3.28" (83.3) 2.38" (60.5) 1.56" (39.6) 1.70" (43.2) 1.30" (33.0) 1.04" (26.4) E F A A B B C Duplex Specifications are subject to change without notice. 72130IG X X A B C D E F W Y 20A 125/250V AC NEMA L14-20R UL/CSA 2 (1) HP W 71430IG NEMA UL/CSA L14-30, 2 HP 30A 125/250V, 3-Pole 4-Wire X G Product Dimensions Inches (mm) 70630IG NEMA L5-30R NEMA UL/CSA L6-30, 30A2 HP 250V, 2-Pole 3-Wire X X G 30A 125V 70620IG www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ D C D E Single D-7 Surge and Isolated Ground Devices Technical Specifications - Surge Receptacles Surge Receptacles Description Typical specification - catalog number SP52IGA Description Industrial grade isolated ground surge suppression duplex receptacle Manufacturer's identification Bryant SP52IG Series Type 2-pole, 3-wire, grounding Rating 15A 125V, NEMA 5-15R Certification UL Listed, UL Standards 1449 surge protective devices and 498 receptacles Certified to CSA, C22.2, No. 42 Materials Inches (mm) ANSI/IEEE C62.41 (IEEE 587) categories "A" and "B" NEMA WD-6 Meets UL and CSA varistor thermal protection requirements Performance Components Materials Electrical Cover and base Nylon UL voltage protection level 600V Line contacts High performance brass alloy Operating voltage 125V AC Mounting yoke 0.05 inch (1.3mm) Frequency 60 Hz Terminal screws Brass #8-32 Protection modes Normal mode (L-N), common mode (L-G) (N-G) Clamp nut Brass - 0.03" (.8mm) Noise filtration RFI and EMI 100KHz, 4MHz-10DB to -20DB Grounding screw Brass (green) #8-32 Response time Less than 5 nanoseconds (ns) Ground contacts High performance Peak energy 10X 1000s 240 joules Auto grounding assembly Stainless steel Peak current 8X 20s 15,000 Amps Flat head mounting screws ZinD-plated steel Mechanical Terminal identification Terminals identified in accordance with UL 498 (brass, white, green) Terminal accommodation #14-10 AWG copper conductor only, solid or stranded Product identification Ratings are a permanent part of the device Environmental Flammability Cover and base: UL 94 V2 Operating temperatures Maximum continuous 20C to 55C Technical Specifications - Portable Surge Protection Devices SPD - Healthcare and Industrial Series BRY6SS/BRY6HG Series SPD - Commercial and Residential Series 15 Amp 20 Amp 15A 125V 60Hz MOV 15A CB 5V DC Type A 20A 125V 60Hz MOV 20A CB N/A Electrical Specifications Current Voltage Frequency Surge Component Over Current Protection 2-Port USB (BRY6HGUSB6) UL VPR MCOV Peak Current Rating L-N Leakage Current: EMI / RFI Noise Rejection Total Joules (all modes) L-N 500V L-G N-G 600V 600V 150V 30KA <.5mA -11 dB to -68 dB (10kHz to 100MHZ) 1100j Certifications cULus Listed to UL1449 4th Edition; UL File # E143272; RoHs Compliant; NFPA 99 2012 ed; ANSI / IEEE Category A; cULus Listed to UL1310 (2-Port USB) D-8 BRYPS1050 BRYPS2100 BRYMPS1050 Series Series Series Operating Specifications MCOV Max Surge Current Frequency Operating Temperature 6.5kA Physical Specifications Housing Type Color 130V 19.5kA 39.0kA 19.5kA 50/60Hz -40F to 160F (-40C to 70C) ABS Office White Metal Performance UL VPR EMI/RFI Noise Rejection 400V -20dB - - Warranty Downline Warranty Certification Environmental Specifications Operating Temperature BRYPS350 Series $2,500 $10,000 $25,000 $2,500 UL 1449 3rd Edition -40F to 160F (-40C to 70C) www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Section E Switches Table of Contents Page Industrial Grade Switches Extra Heavy Duty Standard, Illuminated and Pilot Toggle Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-2 Extra Heavy Duty Locking Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-3 Maintained and Momentary Contact Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-3 Push Button Switches and Weatherproof Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-4 Specification Grade Switches Heavy Duty Toggle Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-4 Commercial Grade Switches Toggle and Decorator Rocker Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-5 Residential Grade Switches Standard, Illuminated and Pilot Toggle and Decorator Rocker Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-6 Combination Switches in Toggle and Decorator Rocker Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-7 USB Switch Combo Outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-7 Combination Pilot Light in Toggle and Decorator Rocker Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-8 Accessories Pilot Lights and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-8 Door Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-9 In-Line Cord Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-9 Technical Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-10 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-11 Motor Controllers and Disconnects (See Section G for Product Details) Quick Reference Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-12 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ E-1 Switches Extra Heavy Duty Industrial Specification Grade Toggle Switches * High-impact and chemical resistant nylon toggle * Corrosion-resistant brass and nickel-plated yoke * Dual-grounding options, grounding terminal or stainless steel self-grounding clip * Back wiring, each clamp-type terminal accepts two wires, avoiding the need to pigtail Extra Heavy Duty Industrial Specification Grade Toggle Switches, Back and Side Wired Amp Color Product Dimensions Inches (mm) Single Pole Double Pole 3-Way 4-Way 15A Black 120-277V AC Brown Gray Ivory Red White 4801BLK 4801 4801GRY 4801I 4801RED 4801W 4802BLK 4802 4802GRY 4802I 4802RED 4802W 4803BLK 4803 4803GRY 4803I 4803RED 4803W 4804BLK 4804 4804GRY 4804I 4804RED 4804W 20A Black 120-277V AC Brown Gray Ivory Red White 4901BLK 4901 4901GRY 4901I 4901RED 4901W 4902BLK 4902 4902GRY 4902I 4902RED 4902W 4903BLK 4903 4903GRY 4903I 4903RED 4903W 4904BLK 4904 4904GRY 4904I 4904RED 4904W 30A Black 120-277V AC Brown Gray Ivory Red White -- 3001 -- 3001I -- -- -- 3002BRN 3002GRY 3002I -- -- -- 3003BRN 3003GRY 3003I -- -- A 4.06" (103.1) B 3.28" (83.3) C 1.30" (33.0) D 1.11" (28.2) E 2.27" (57.7) A BRYANT B OFF E D C Illuminated and Pilot Toggle Switches, Back and Side Wired Illuminated Toggle Switch Illuminates when Switch is OFF Amp Single Pole 3-Way Amp Color Single Pole Double Pole 3-Way 15A Ivory 120-277V AC 4801GLI 4803GLI 20A 120V AC Clear Green Red 4901PLC120 4901PLG120 4901PLR120 -- -- 4902PLR120 4903PLC120 -- 4903PLR120 20A Clear 120-277V AC Ivory 4901GLC 4901GLI 4903GLC 4903GLI 20A 277V AC Clear Red 4901PLC277 4901PLR277 -- 4902PLR277 -- 4903PLR277 30A 120V AC Red 3001PLR120 3002PLR120 -- 30A 277V AC Red -- 3002PLR277 -- E-2 Color Pilot Toggle Switch Illuminates when Switch is ON www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Horsepower Ratings Rating 15A 20A 30A 120V 1/2 HP 1 HP 2 HP 240V 2 HP 2 HP 2 HP 277 VAC 2 HP 2 HP 2 HP Specifications are subject to change without notice. Switches Extra Heavy Duty Industrial Specification Grade Locking Switches * Tapered head steel lock construction resists impact * Six point tumbler cylinder provides superior protection * Barrel locking key for maximum security * Locks keyed alike for planned security use by authorized personnel Extra Heavy Duty Industrial Specification Grade Locking Switches, Back and Side Wired Product Dimensions Inches (mm) A B C D E Description Amp Single Pole Locking switch, 15A 4801L straight key 120-277V AC included 20A 4901L 120-277V AC Barrel locking switch, barrel key included Double Pole 3-Way 4-Way Replacement Key Catalog Number 4802L 4803L 4804L 6006 4902L 4903L 4904L Straight-key, one key provided with each straight locking switch 20A 4901RKL 4902RKL 4903RKL 4904RKL 120-277V AC Locking Barrel Lock 4.06" (103.1) 3.28" (83.3) 1.31" (33.3) 1.13" (28.6) 2.28" (57.9) 4.06" (103.1) 3.28" (83.3) 1.25" (31.8) 1.66" (42.2) 2.28" (57.9) A BRYANT B 6006RKL Barrel-key, two keys provided with each barrel-key locking switch E C D Industrial Grade, Maintained and Momentary Contact Switches Three-Position Two-Circuit Maintained and Momentary Contact Switches, "Center OFF" Product Dimensions Inches (mm) Maintained Contact Single Pole, Double-Throw Amp Color Nylon Toggle Locking Nylon Toggle -- 4822 -- 4822I -- 4822L -- -- -- -- -- 4825 -- 4825I -- 20A Black 120-277V AC Brown Gray Ivory White -- 4922 4922GRY 4922I 4922W 30A Brown 120-277V AC Ivory -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 4925 -- 4925I 4925W -- -- 3025BRN 3025I Specifications are subject to change without notice. 4.06" (103.1) B 3.28" (83.3) C 1.30" (33.0) D 1.11" (28.2) E 2.27" (57.7) Momentary Contact Double Pole, Double-Throw 15A Black 120-277V AC Brown Gray Ivory White A Locking Single Pole, Three-Position Nylon Toggle Locking -- -- -- -- -- -- 4821 4821GRY 4821I -- 4821L -- -- -- -- 4925L -- -- -- -- -- 4921 4921GRY 4921I -- 4921L -- -- -- -- -- -- A B E C D Note: See above for replacement key 6006 information. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ E-3 Switches Push Button Switches Push Button Switches Product Dimensions Inches (mm) Push Button Switch Weatherproof Cover 3.28" (83.3) 2.38" (60.5) 1.50" (38.1) 0.97" (24.6) 2.44" (62.0) 4.63" (117.6) 3.25" (82.6) 2.38" (60.5) 2.94" (74.7) 1.88" (47.8) A B C D E Push Button Switch Description Color Single Pole Double Pole 3-Way 4-Way Standard, 20A 120-277V AC Brown 4981 4982 4983* 4984* Pilot light, pilot illuminates when switch is ON, 20A 120V AC Red 4997PLR -- 4998PLR* E A A -- B E B C Note: *Pilot Light is not UL Listed or CSA Certified. C D D Weatherproof Cover Description Catalog Number 1-Gang, clear silicone rubber cover, fits both FS/FD and standard boxes 1795WP Note: Weatherproof cover is not CSA Certified. Heavy Duty Specification Grade Toggle Switches Heavy Duty Specification Grade Self-Grounding Toggle Switches, Back and Side Wired Product Dimensions Inches (mm) A B C D E Amp Color Single Pole 15A 120-277V AC Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond Red White 4801BBLK 4801B 4801BGRY 4801BI 4801BLA 4801BRED 4801BW Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond Red White 4901BBLK 4901B 4901BGRY 4901BI 4901BLA 4901BRED 4901BW 20A 120-277V AC E-4 Double Pole -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 4902BBLK 4902B 4902BGRY 4902BI 4902BLA 4902BRED 4902BW 3-Way 4803BBLK 4803B 4803BGRY 4803BI 4803BLA 4803BRED 4803BW 4903BBLK 4903B 4903BGRY 4903BI 4903BLA 4903BRED 4903BW www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ 3.28" (83.3) 2.33" (59.1) 1.25" (31.8) 1.13" (28.7) 2.28" (57.9) 4-Way -- -- -- -- -- -- -- A BRYANT B 4904BBLK 4904B 4904BGRY 4904BI 4904BLA 4904BRED 4904BW OFF C E D Specifications are subject to change without notice. Switches Commercial Grade Toggle and Decorator Rocker Switches Commercial Grade Self-Grounding Toggle Switches Wiring Amp Back and Side Wired Color Side Wired Only Single Pole Double Pole 3-Way 4-Way Single Pole 3-Way 15A Black 120-277V AC Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond White CSB115BBLK CSB115B CSB115BGRY CSB115BI CSB115BLA CSB115BW CSB215BBLK CSB215B CSB215BGRY CSB215BI CSB215BLA CSB215BW CSB315BBLK CSB315B CSB315BGRY CSB315BI CSB315BLA CSB315BW CSB415BBLK CSB415B CSB415BGRY CSB415BI CSB415BLA CSB415BW CS115BLK CS115B CS115BGRY CS115BI CS115BLA CS115BW CS315BLK CS315B CS315BGRY CS315BI CS315BLA CS315BW 20A Black 120-277V AC Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond Red White CSB120BBLK CSB120B CSB120BGRY CSB120BI CSB120BLA CSB120BRED CSB120BW CSB220BBLK CSB220B CSB220BGRY CSB220BI CSB220BLA CSB220BRED CSB220BW CSB320BBLK CSB320B CSB320BGRY CSB320BI CSB320BLA CSB320BRED CSB320BW CSB420BBLK CSB420B CSB420BGRY CSB420BI CSB420BLA CSB420BRED CSB420BW CS120BLK CS120B CS120BGRY CS120BI CS120BLA -- CS120BW CS320BLK CS320B CS320BGRY CS320BI CS320BLA -- CS320BW Commercial Grade Self-Grounding Decorator Rocker Switches, Back and Side Wired Standard Decorator Rocker Amp Color Single Pole 15A Black 120-277V AC Brown Gray Ivory White -- 9801 9801GRY 9801I 9801W 20A Black 120-277V AC Brown Gray Ivory Lt. Almond White 9901BLK 9901 9901GRY 9901I -- 9901W Double Pole -- -- -- -- -- 9902BLK -- 9902GRY 9902I -- 9902W 3-Way 4-Way -- 9803 9803GRY 9803I 9803W 9903BLK 9903 9903GRY 9903I -- 9903W Illuminated Rocker Illuminates when switch is OFF Pilot Light Rocker Illuminates when switch is ON Rocker with Nightlight Single Pole Single Pole Single Pole -- -- -- -- -- 3-Way -- -- -- -- -- 9904BLK 9904 9904GRY 9904I -- 9904W -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 9901GLI* -- 9901GLW* -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 9903GLI* -- 9903GLW* -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 9901PLI120 -- 9901PLW120 -- -- -- 9901NLI** 9901NLLA** 9901NLW** Note: *Light glows through the top portion of the rocker when switch is in the OFF position. Does not require a neutral wire. **Nightlight projects through the top portion of the rocker when switch is in the OFF position. Requires a neutral wire. Product Dimensions Inches (mm) Toggle Decorator A 4.18" (106.2) 3.81" (96.8) B 3.28" (83.3) 3.28" (83.3) C 1.30" (33.0) 1.48" (37.6) D 1.08" (27.4) 1.13" (28.7) E 2.31" (58.7) 2.78" (70.6) A A B E OFF C D Toggle Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ E B C D Decorator E-5 Switches Residential Grade Toggle and Decorator Switches * Elongated strap with continuous plaster ears positions device flush to the wall surface * Tough thermoplastic ultrasonically welded cover and base * High-visibility yellow base for easy installation in low light working conditions * Quiet snap action mechanism * UL Listed and CSA Certified Residential Grade Toggle and Decorator Rocker Switches, 15A 120V AC Toggle Switch Wiring Decorator Switch Push and Side Wired Type Single Pole Side Wire 3-Way Push, Back and Side Wired 4-Way Single Pole Double Pole 3-Way 4-Way Color Grounding Self-Grounding Grounding Self-Grounding Self-Grounding Self-Grounding Self-Grounding Self-Grounding Self-Grounding Black Brown Gray Ivory Lt. Almond White RS115BK RS115 -- RS115I RS115LA RS115W -- RS115S -- RS115SI RS115SLA RS115SW RS315BK RS315 -- RS315I RS315LA RS315W -- RS315S -- RS315SI RS315SLA RS315SW -- RS415 -- RS415I RS415LA RS415W RSD115BK RSD115 RSD115GY RSD115I RSD115LA RSD115W RSD215BK RSD215 RSD215GY RSD215I RSD215LA RSD215W Residential Grade Illuminated Toggle, Illuminated and Pilot Decorator Rocker Switches, 15A 120V AC RSD315BK RSD315 RSD315GY RSD315I RSD315LA RSD315W Product Dimensions Inches (mm) Toggle Illuminated Toggle Switch, Frame is Clear and Illuminates, Toggle is Colored, Does Not Require a Neutral Wire Wiring Illuminated Decorator, Illuminates when Switch is OFF, Does Not Require a Neutral Wire RSD415BK RSD415 RSD415GY RSD415I RSD415LA RSD415W Decorator A 4.19" (106.5) 3.81" (96.8) B 3.28" (83.3) 3.28" (83.3) C 1.30" (33.0) 1.47" (37.3) D 1.08" (27.4) 1.16" (29.6) E 2.31" (58.7) 1.88" (47.7) Pilot Light Decorator, Illuminates when Switch is ON, Requires a Neutral Wire Push and Side Wired Push, Back and Side Wired Push, Back and Side Wired Self-Grounding Self-Grounding Self-Grounding Color Single Pole 3-Way Single Pole 3-Way Single Pole Clear Ivory Lt. Almond White RS115ILC RS115ILI RS115ILLA RS115ILW RS315ILC RS315ILI RS315ILLA RS315ILW -- RSD115ILI RSD115ILLA RSD115ILW -- RSD315ILI RSD315ILLA RSD315ILW -- RSD115PLI RSD115PLLA RSD115PLW A B C E D Toggle A E B C D Decorator E-6 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Switches Residential Grade Combination Devices * Combination devices provide compact switches in a single gang opening * Self-grounding tab is standard * High-visibility yellow base for easy installation in low light working conditions * Low profile, less than 1 inch allows for maximum wiring room in the box * Elongated strap with continuous plaster ears positions device flush to the wall surface * UL Listed and CSA Certified Product Dimensions Residential Grade Combination Switches, Side Wired Only Inches (mm) A B C D E Decorator Switch Wiring Side Wired Only Side Wired Only Rating 15A 120V AC 15A 120-277V AC Color (2) Single Pole (1) Single Pole (1) 3-Way (2) 3-Way (3) Single Pole (2) Single Pole (1) Single Pole (1) 3-Way (2) 3-Way Black Brown Gray Ivory Lt. Almond White -- RC101 -- RC101I RC101LA RC101W -- RC103 -- RC103I RC103LA RC103W -- -- -- RCD111I RCD111LA RCD111W RCD103BK -- RCD103GY RCD103I RCD103LA RCD103W RCD303BK -- -- RCD303I RCD303LA RCD303W RCD101BK -- RCD101GY RCD101I RCD101LA RCD101W Decorator 4.20" (106.7) 3.27" (83.0) 1.32" (33.6) 0.97" (24.6) 2.82" (71.7) 4.20" (106.7) 3.27" (83.0) 1.32" (33.6) 0.97" (24.6) 2.82" (71.7) USB Combo Toggle Switch -- RC303 -- RC303I RC303LA RC303W Toggle A B C D E 3.28" (83.3) 2.62" (66.5) 1.75" (44.5) 0.29" (7.4) 1.72" (43.7) A B E Residential Grade Combination Switch with Receptacle, GFCI and USB C D Toggle A B Rating Color Standard TamperResistant TR Toggle Switch with Receptacle Decorator Switch with Receptacle Switch with GFCI USB Switch Combo Outlet 15A 120V AC/15A 125V 15A 120V AC/15A 125V 15A 120V AC/ 15A 125V 15A 120V AC/ 3A 5V DC (1) Single Pole (1) 3-Way (1) Single Pole (1) Receptacle (1) Receptacle (1) Receptacle Black -- Brown RC108 Gray -- Ivory RC108I Lt. Almond RC108LA White RC108W Black Brown Gray Ivory Lt. Almond White -- RC308 -- RC308I -- RC308W -- -- RC108TR RC308TR -- -- RC108ITR RC308ITR RC108LATR -- RC108WTR RC308WTR (1) 3-Way (1) Receptacle (1) Single Pole (1) GFCI RCD108BK -- RCD108GY RCD108I RCD108LA RCD108W RCD308BK -- -- RCD308I RCD308LA RCD308W -- -- -- -- -- -- RCD108BKTR -- RCD108GYTR RCD108ITR RCD108LATR RCD108WTR RCD308BKTR -- -- -- -- -- RCD308ITR GFSPST15I RCD308LATR GFSPST15LA RCD308WTR GFSPST15W C (1) Single Pole (2) USB Ports USBB102BK USBB102 USBB102GY USBB102I USBB102LA USBB102W -- -- -- -- -- -- E D Decorator A B C D E USB Combo Note: See page R-6 for tamper-resistant description. Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ E-7 Switches Residential Grade Combination Devices Product Dimensions Residential Grade Combination Switch and Pilot Light Inches (mm) A 4.20" (106.7) B 3.27" (83.0) C 1.32" (33.6) D 0.97" (24.6) E 2.82" (71.7) Clear Lens, Amber Neon Bulb, Neutral Required for Pilot Light Rating 15A 120V AC Device Toggle Switch A Decorator Rocker Color (1) Single Pole (1) Pilot Light (1) 3-Way (1) Pilot Light (1) Single Pole (1) Pilot Light (1) 3-Way (1) Pilot Light Brown Ivory Light Almond White RC109 RC109I RC109LA RC109W RC309 RC309I -- RC309W -- RCD109I RCD109LA RCD109W -- RCD309I RCD309LA RCD309W E B C D Accessories Neon Pilot Light Toggle Switch Lockout Description Color Neon Pilot Light Description Color Toggle Switch Lockout Plastic jewel, 1/25 watts, back and side wired Opal Red 480710 48071R Thermoplastic Red BSLD Note: Not UL Listed or CSA Certified. Accessories Description Color Plastic Jewels Rectangular for standard switch plate opening Red Green 746 746GREEN Note: Not UL Listed or CSA Certified. E-8 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Switches Door Switch Accessories Compact Design Door Switches and Replacement Switches Product Dimensions A B C D E F G ON When Door is Open OFF When Door is Open Door switch with cover plate and box, zinc plated steel, 3A 125V AC RDS50* RDS30* Replacement switch only complete with #18 AWG wire leads and adjustable plunger, 6A 125V, 3A 250V 1205BRY** Description Inches (mm) 4.00" (10.16) 3.13" (7.95) 1.50" (3.81) 1.76" (4.47) 2.67" (6.78) 1.34" (3.40) 1/2 KO 0.87" (2.21) A E B G 1206BRY** F C Note: *Not UL Listed. **Not UL Listed or CSA Certified. D In-Line Cord Switches In-Line Cord Switches Mini In-Line Cord Switch Heavy Duty In-Line Cord Switch Description Color Catalog Number Description Color Catalog Number Mini in-line cord switch, #18 AWG, for use with flat lamp cord, SPT 1 and SPT 2, 6A 125V AC White RS100W Heavy duty in-line cord switch, #18/2-#16/2, SPT 1 and SPT 2, 6A 125V AC, HP Ivory White RS101I RS101W Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ E-9 Switches Technical Specifications Switches Description Industrial Grade Commercial Grade Residential Typical specification - catalog number 4801, 4901 9801, 9901 RSD115 Manufacturer's identification Bryant 4801, 4901 Bryant 9801, 9901 RSD115 Description Industrial grade AC switch, back and side wired Commercial grade fashion series rocker switch Residential decorator series rocker switch Type Single pole, single-throw, grounded Single pole, double pole, 3-way and 4-way Rating 15A and 20A, 120-277V AC 15A and 20A, 125V-277V AC Certification UL Listed, Guide #WMUZ Verified under Fed. Spec. #WS 896 Complies with UL 20 and NEMA(R) Standard WE-1 Listed to UL Standard 20 CSA Certified Materials Components Materials Materials Cover Base Thermoset (Face color coded by amperage) Polycarbonate PVC Toggle Rocker Nylon -- -- Polycarbonate Terminal High performance copper-alloy Brass Terminal screws Brass #8 combination head Steel Mounting yoke Brass and nickel-plated steel Galvanized steel Contacts Silver cadmium oxide Silver alloy Movable contact arm High performance copper-alloy Copper alloy Ground terminal Brass and nickel-plated steel -- Ground screw Brass (green) -- Auto ground clip Stainless steel -- Performance Electrical Electrical Dielectric voltage Withstands 1500V minimum for 1 min Withstands 1500V minimum for 1 min Maximum working voltage 277V AC 277V AC (Commercial) Overload -- 120V (Residential) 1.5 times rating Temperature rise 30C maximum at rated current Maximum continuous current 15A, 20A, 30A -- Endurance 50,000 cycles minimum, tungsten filament lamp load (Fed. Spec.), #WS 896, single pole, double pole, 3-way and 4-way 30,000 cycles minimum #14 AWG minimum - #10 AWG maximum Back and side wire: up to #10 AWG max. solid and stranded copper wire only Back and side wire: #14 AWG min. to #12 AWG max. solid and stranded copper wire only, push wire: #14 AWG solid copper wire only Flammability UL 94 V2 UL 94 V2 UL V0 Operating temperatures Maximum continuous 75C, minimum -40C (without impact) Maximum continuous 60C, minimum -20C (without impact) -- Mechanical Terminal accommodation Environmental NEMA(R) is a registered trademark of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association. E-10 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Switches Wiring Diagrams AC Switches Single-Pole Double-Pole 3-Way To 3-Way 3-Way 3-Way 4-Way LOAD M LOAD LOAD GRD B B GRD HOT NEUTRAL HOT WHITE GRD GRD GRD GRD GRD LOAD BLACK Single-Pole Glow Handle Switch Handle Glows When Switch Is OFF Single-Pole Pilot Light Switch Handle Glows When Switch Is ON B BLACK BLACK RED BLACK B Center OFF Maintained and Momentary Contact Single-Pole Double Throw Switches Center OFF Maintained Contact Double-Pole Double Throw Switches LOAD LINE L-2 B-1 B-2 A-1 A-2 L-1 LOAD GRD GRD LOAD BLACK HOT NEUTRAL HOT LOAD WHITE GRD BLACK LEAD B HOT NEUTRAL HOT B B WHITE LEAD GRD WHITE LEAD GRD LOAD BLACK BLACK LOAD RED 3-Way To 3-Way 277V AC Pilot Light Switch Handle Glows When Switch Is ON BLACK LEAD B GRD LOAD BLACK BLACK 3-Way To 3-Way 120V AC Pilot Light Switch Handle Glows When Switch Is ON The handles of the two 3-way 120V AC pilot light switches will glow in both open and closed position when the load is disconnected. GRD LOAD BLACK GRD 277V AC pilot light switches require a third "runner" wire between the two switches. These pilot light switches operate on either 120 or 277V AC. LOAD Pilot Light Wiring Diagram Pilot Light Wiring Diagram 3-Way Single Pole 3-Way Switch Hot Hot Neutral Specifications are subject to change without notice. Neutral www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ E-11 Switches Quick Reference Guide Toggle AC Motor Controllers Suitable as Disconnects (See Section G for Product Features) HP Ratings Description Toggle switch Short toggle switch Toggle switch Short toggle switch Toggle switch Toggle switch Toggle switch Toggle switch Toggle switch Toggle switch Toggle switch - front wire Toggle switch - front wire Toggle switch Toggle switch Amp Phase Poles 120V AC 240V AC 480V AC 600V AC 30 30 30 30 40 40 50 50 60 60 60 60 85 85 1 1 3 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 2 2 3 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 2 3 3 2 3 2 3 -- -- -- -- -- -- 5 5 7.5 7.5 5 7.5 5 7.5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 15 15 10 15 10 15 15 25 15 25 15 25 15 15 20 20 15 25 15 25 20 30 20 30 20 40 Catalog Number 30002D 30002DS 30003D 30003DS 40002D* 40003D 50002D 50003D 60002D 60003D 60002FWD 60003FWD 85002D 85003D Note: *For motor controller only, use catalog number 4002. Rotary AC Manual Motor Controllers Suitable as Disconnects (See Section G for Product Features) Description Rotary switch Rotary switch Rotary switch Rotary switch Rotary switch Rotary switch Amp Phase Poles 120V AC 30 30 40 40 60 60 1 3 1 3 1 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 -- -- HP Ratings 240V AC 480V AC 5 7.5 5 7.5 10 10 10 15 10 15 15 25 600V AC 15 20 15 25 20 30 Catalog Number 66032D 66033D 66042D 66043D 66062D 66063D Toggle and Rotary Enclosed Switches Suitable as Disconnects (See Section G for Product Features) HP Ratings Description NEMA 1 aluminum - toggle NEMA 1 aluminum - toggle NEMA 3/3R non-metallic NEMA 3/3R non-metallic NEMA 3R die cast aluminum NEMA 3R die cast aluminum NEMA 3R aluminum NEMA 3R aluminum NEMA 3R aluminum NEMA 3R aluminum NEMA 4X stainless steel NEMA 4X stainless steel NEMA 4X rotary motor controller NEMA 4X rotary motor controller NEMA 4X rotary motor controller Accessories E-12 Amp Phase Poles 120V AC 240V AC 480V AC 600V AC 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 60 60 30 60 30 40 60 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 -- -- 3 -- 3 3 -- 5 7.5 5 7.5 5 7.5 5 7.5 10 10 7.5 10 7.5 7.5 10 10 15 10 15 10 15 10 15 15 25 15 25 15 15 25 15 20 15 20 15 20 15 20 20 30 20 30 20 20 30 Catalog Number 30102D 30103D 30322D 30323D 30312D 30313D 30302D 30303D 60302D 60303D 664S33D 664S63D 664X33D 664X43D 664X63D (See Section G for Product Features) Description Catalog Number Finger guards, red, for use with 30, 40 and 50 amp switches (set of 2) Handle kit for rotary switch, includes handle, shaft, mounting brackets and required screws Weather roo it for rotar swit h, i u es sea s, eo re e ushi a ri s Au i iar o ta t , i u es 1 o ta t for use with ush o ter i a s Mounting feet for NEMA 4X enclosure Neutral buss connector for NEMA 4X enclosure 30003FG 6610MK 664XWP 660AC 664XFT 6603N www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Section F Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controls Table of Contents Page Energy Savings with Occupancy Sensors Sensor Application Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-3 Occupancy and Vacancy Sensors - Wall Switches Adaptive Technology Dual and Ultrasonic Wall Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-5 Adaptive and Non-Adaptive Passive Infrared Wall Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-6 Digital Timers and Low Voltage Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-7 Occupancy Sensors - Ceiling and Wall Mount Sensors Adaptive Technology Ceiling Sensors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-9 Line Voltage and Low Voltage Ceiling Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-9 Wall Mount Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-9 Control Units and Add-A-Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-9 Sensor Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-7 High Bay and Low Bay Sensors and Controls OPTIMYZER(R) High Bay Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-10 Harsh Environment Occupancy Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-11 Permanently Marked Receptacles for Automatic Outlet Control Systems . . . . . . F-13 Dimmers and Fan Speed Controls Architectural Grade Preset Slide Dimmers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-14 Specification Grade Dimmers and Fan Speed Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-15 Replacement Control Knobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-15 Specifications and Wiring Schematics Wall Switch Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-16 Ceiling and Wall Mount Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-18 Control Units and Add-A-Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-18 OPTIMYZER(R) High Bay Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-21 Harsh Environment Occupancy Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-21 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ F-1 Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controls Energy Savings with Occupancy Sensors Energy Consumption and Standards Compliance Electricity consumption in commercial buildings has changed dramatically over the past decade. Energy efficient lighting sources like LEDs have reduced their contribution on a commercial building's total electricity consumption from 40% to approximately 17%. Today plug and process loads consume up to 30% of a typical commercial building's energy costs. Energy Efficiency Codes & Standards are becoming more stringent in an effort to reduce energy consumption in all areas of commercial buildings. Hubbell Load:Logic(R) series of control devices offers a broad range of space, centralized and distributed controls that meet the latest codes and standards and qualify for LEED certification points. Hubbell devices feature ease of installation, setup, operation and commissioning process. The result is an "install-and-forget" experience. Additional features include: Commercial Buildings Electricity Consumption * Occupancy or time-based controls * Integration with third party energy management or climate control systems Lighting * Manual ON mode requires user operation to turn lights ON but automatically turns lights OFF when a space is unoccupied after a specified period of time * Daylight Harvesting sensors for dimming or to keep the lights OFF when natural light is sensed * Automatic receptacle control 17.14% Other 18.70% Plug Load 30.97% Climate Control Cooking and Refrigeration Office Equipment and Computing 33.23% Electrical bill impact for a typical office building Adaptive Technology Provides Better Control Bryant's patented breakthrough in advanced control feature smart microprocessors constantly monitoring the controlled area and adjust the sensitivity and timer based on environmental history. * Lower energy costs and utility bills * No need to manually adjust for occupancy changes Backed by Bryant Service and Support Bryant Energy Efficiency Solutions focuses on environmental stewardship, innovative products and efficient building operations. Bryant also offers superior service and support with: * Online worksheets for calculating energy savings and ROI * Detailed online F-learning courses * Product selection guide to assist in choosing the right technology * Online specification assistance * Comprehensive layout and takF-off services * Highly knowledgeable network of trained professionals and staff * BIM models and 3D coverage patterns LEED(R) is a registered trademark of the U.S. Green Building Council. F-2 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controls Sensor Application Chart Typical Applications Applications are generalized. Consult your BRYANT representative for the type of technology and products that fit your needs. Application Sensor Technology Dual Ultrasonic + + + Sensor Style PIR Wall Switch Ceiling + + + + + + + Wall Adaptive Office + + + Small Large Open Office Storage/ Warehouse Rest Room Conference Room Classroom Small Large Small Large Small Large Small Large + + + + + + + + + Hall + + + + + + + + + + + + + + How to Select the Right Technology for the Proper Application Dual Technology Ultrasonic (US) Dual technology occupancy sensors combine both passive infrared (PIR) and ultrasonic (US) technologies for maximum reliability. Because US and PIR need to both detect occupancy to turn lighting ON, dual technology sensors minimize the risk of lights coming ON when the space is unoccupied--false triggering. Continued detection by only one technology then keeps lighting ON as necessary. Dual technology sensors offer the best performance for most applications. Ultrasonic (US) technology senses occupancy by bouncing sound waves (32 kHz - 45 kHz) off of objects and detecting a frequency shift between the emitted and reflected sound waves. Movement by a person or object within a space causes a shift in frequency, which the sensor interprets as occupancy. While US occupancy sensors have a limited range, they are excellent at detecting even minor motion such as typing and filing, and they do not require an unobstructed linF-of-sight. This makes US technology sensors ideal for an application like an office with cubicles or a restroom with stalls. Passive Infrared (PIR) Passive infrared (PIR) technology senses occupancy by detecting the movement of heat emitted from the human body against the background space. Unlike US technology, PIR sensors require an unobstructed linFof-sight for detection. These sensors use a segmented lens, which divides the coverage area into zones. Movement between zones is then interpreted as occupancy. PIR sensors are ideal for detecting major motion (e.g. walking), and they work best in small, enclosed spaces with high levels of occupant movement. Application ROI Index Halls Open Offices Offices Conference Rooms Break Rooms Restrooms Supply Closets Faster Payback Based on average occupancy and installation complexity. Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ F-3 Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controls Adaptive Technology Wall Switches Dual (Ultrasonic and Passive Infrared) Adaptive Series Combines PIR and US technology, minimizing the risk of lights turning ON when the space is unoccupied. Once occupancy is detected by both technologies within the space lights are turned ON, only one technology is necessary to keep the lights ON. Housing Design * Steel mounting strap * High impact molded plastics * Color matching tamper resistant lens Adaptive technology provides better control. Bryant's patented breakthrough in advanced control feature smart microprocessors constantly monitoring the controlled area and adjust the sensitivity and timer based on environmental history. The optimum choice when performance is paramount. Coverage and Electrical Ratings * Dual technology - 1,000 sq. ft. Ultrasonic only - 400 sq. ft. * 120/277V AC 50/60 Hz; no neutral required; 24V DC, 33mA * Zero-arc point switching * Compatible with CFL/LED and motor loads Operation * Selectable Auto or Manual ON operating modes * Vacancy only version * Dual relay version for bi-level switching or lighting/fan control applications * Photocell for extra energy savings Standard Passive Infrared WS Series Requires a clear, unobstructed line of sight for detection, because it senses occupancy as movement of heat emitted from the body against the background space. A segmented Fresnel lens divides a coverage area into zones. Movement across zones is interpreted as occupancy. Excellent for small room control. Housing Design * Plated steel mounting strap * High Impact molded plastics * Recessed tamper resistant lens * Night light option Coverage and Electrical Ratings * High density PIR - 1,200 sq. ft. * WS1000 series - 120V AC 60Hz WS2000 series - 120/277V AC 60Hz; multi-way capable * No neutral required * Compatible with CFL/LED and motor loads Operation * WS2000 series - Selectable Auto or Manual ON operating modes * Vacancy only version * Dual relay version for bi-level switching or lighting/fan control applications * Photocell for extra energy savings F-4 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. trasonic Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controls Adaptive Technology Wall Switches Dual (Ultrasonic and Passive Infrared) * "Install and forget" operation * Zero arc point switching * Dual 120/277V AC operation, no neutral required * Auto or manual ON operating modes (2000 series) * Manual ON (Vacancy) operating mode (2001 series) * No minimum load requirements * Hard lens (dual technology, passive infrared) * Steel mounting strap * Bi-level switching or dual load control (2 or 2N suffix) * Compatible with most LED and CFL Single Circuit Dual Circuit Description Color 1 Button for Manual/Auto Control Auto Control with No Button 2 Buttons for Manual/Auto Control Auto Control with No Button Dual (Ultrasonic and Passive Infrared) 1000 square foot coverage with photocell, 800W Incandescent, 1000W Fluorescent at 120V AC, 1800W Fluorescent at 277V AC, 50/60Hz Dual Manual ON (Vacancy) 1000 square foot coverage with photocell, 800W Incandescent, 1000W Fluorescent at 120V AC, 1800W Fluorescent at 277V AC, 50/60Hz Black Gray Ivory Light Almond White MSD2000BK1 MSD2000GY1 MSD2000I1 MSD2000LA1 MSD2000W1 MSD2000BK1N MSD2000GY1N MSD2000I1N MSD2000LA1N MSD2000W1N MSD2000BK2 MSD2000GY2 MSD2000I2 MSD2000LA2 MSD2000W2 MSD2000BK2N MSD2000GY2N MSD2000I2N MSD2000LA2N MSD2000W2N Black Gray Ivory Light Almond White MSD2001BK1 MSD2001GY1 MSD2001I1 MSD2001LA1 MSD2001W1 -- -- -- -- -- MSD2001BK2 MSD2001GY2 MSD2001I2 MSD2001LA2 MSD2001W2 -- -- -- -- -- Note: See page F-14 for technical specifications and wiring schematics. Wallplate sold separately, see Section P for more information. Ultrasonic * "Install and forget" operation * Zero arc point switching * Dual 120/277V AC operation, no neutral required * Auto or manual ON operating modes (2000 series) * Manual ON (Vacancy) operating mode (2001 series) * No minimum load requirements * Hard lens (dual technology, passive infrared) * Steel mounting strap * Bi-level switching or dual load control (2 or 2N suffix) * Compatible with most LED and CFL Single Circuit Dual Circuit Description Color 1 Button for Manual/Auto Control 2 Buttons for Manual/Auto Control Ultrasonic 400 square foot coverage with photocell, 800W Incandescent, 1000W Fluorescent at 120V AC, 1800W Fluorescent at 277V AC, 50/60Hz Ultrasonic Manual ON (Vacancy) 400 square foot coverage with photocell, 800W Incandescent, 1000W Fluorescent at 120V AC, 1800W Fluorescent at 277V AC, 50/60Hz Black Gray Ivory Light Almond White MSU2000BK1 MSU2000GY1 MSU2000I1 MSU2000LA1 MSU2000W1 MSU2000BK2 MSU2000GY2 MSU2000I2 MSU2000LA2 MSU2000W2 Black Gray Ivory Light Almond White MSU2001BK1 MSU2001GY1 MSU2001I1 MSU2001LA1 MSU2001W1 MSU2001BK2 MSU2001GY2 MSU2001I2 MSU2001LA2 MSU2001W2 Note: See page F-14 for technical specifications and wiring schematics. Wallplate sold separately, see Section Q for more information. Coverage Patterns PIR Minor Motion: Ultrasonic PIR Major Motion: Ultrasonic PIR Major Motion: Ultrasonic 26' 21' PIR 28' 26' 21' 29' 24' 14.5' 28' 24' 14.5' 50' MSD2000 Series Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ MSU2000 Series F-5 R Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controls Wall Switches Passive Infrared * * * * * * Passive infrared technology * Manual adjustment time delay (20 sec. to 30 min.) * Photocell (WS2000 series) * No neutral required * 1200 sq. ft. coverage Wallplate included Steel mounting strap Compatible with most LED and CFL CEC Title 24 Compliant cULus Description Color Standard with Nightlight Manual adjusting, selectable manual/auto-ON operation, dual-voltage 120/277V AC, 3-way capable Gray Ivory Light Almond White MS2000GY MS2000I MS2000LA MS2000W MS2000NGY MS2000NI MS2000NLA MS2000NW Same as above, with neutral Ivory White MS2004I MS2004W MS2004NI MS2004NW Manual adjusting, auto-ON operation, 120V AC only Ivory White MS1000I MS1000W MS1000NI MS1000NW Manual adjusting, manual-ON operation, 120V AC only Ivory White MS1001I MS1001W MS1001NI MS1001NW Note: See page F-15 for technical specifications and wiring schematics. Coverage Patterns Minor Motion: Major Motion: PIR PIR Major Motion: PIR 16' 12' 12' 16' Mounting Height 48" (121.9 cm) 20' 20' (6.1m) 40' MS2000AT, MS2000, MS1000 Series F-6 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ 40' (12.2m) Vertical Coverage MS2000AT, MS2000, MS1000 Series Specifications are subject to change without notice. Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controls Digital Timers Count Down Timers Digital Timer Description Color Dip switch enabled preset White intervals, user adjustable up to 4 hours, 3-way capable, 960W @ 120V AC and 1200W @ 277V AC. Includes an ON/ OFF momentary push button switch feature Catalog Number DT20H Description Color 1000W @ 120V AC and Ivory 1400W @ 277V AC Light Almond White 30 Minutes: 60 Minutes: OFF, 5, 10, 20, 30 OFF, 15, 30, 45, 60 12 Hours: OFF, 2, 4, 8, 12 DT5030I DT5030LA DT5030W DT5012I DT5012LA DT5012W DT5060I DT5060LA DT5060W Note: Wallplate sold separately, see Section P for more information. Low Voltage Switches * * * * Attractive, architectural design Available latching or momentary contact Mounts to standard single gang box 2-year warranty Description Color Latching, 1 Button Momentary, 1 Button Momentary, 2 Button Low voltage switch Ivory White MSL30I1 MSL30W1 MSM30I1 MSM30W1 MSM30I2 MSM30W2 Note: Wallplate sold separately, see Section Q for more information. Sensor Accessories Ceiling Sensors Accessories Wall Mount Sensors Accessories Ceiling Sensor Infrared, NEMA Type 4X Enclosure Ceiling Mount Raceway Adapter Ceiling Mount Wire Guard Wall Switch Wire Guard Wall Mount Wire Guard MSP4X MSCRA MSWGC MSWGS MSWGW Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ F-7 Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controls Adaptive Technology Ceiling and Wall Mount Sensors Dual (Ultrasonic and Passive Infrared) Ceiling Mount Combines PIR and Ultrasonic technology, minimizing the risk of lights turning ON when the space is unoccupied. Once occupancy is detected by both technologies within the space lights are turned ON, only one technology is necessary to keep the lights ON. Housing Design * High-impact, plastic (UL94, 5VA) * 12-element segmented Fresnel lens; 32kHz ultrasonic transmitter and receiver Adaptive technology provides better control. Bryant's patented breakthrough in advanced control feature smart microprocessors constantly monitoring the controlled area and adjust the sensitivity and timer based on environmental history. * Mounting base provided The absolute choice for advanced control and precise performance. Coverage and Ratings * Up to 2,000 sq. ft. between 8ft and 12ft mounting height. 24V DC active high-logic control signal * Option of a N/O + N/C contacts; SPDT; 500 mA rated @ 24V DC; threFwire isolated relay for HVAC or energy management systems integration Operation * Self adjusting sensitivity thresholds and timers; automatic false ON/ false OFF corrections, strong airflow compensation mode * Compatible with Bryant's distributed and centralized control systems Standard Passive Infrared Wall Mount Passive infrared sensors are specifically designed for long- range major motion activity sensitivity, making them ideal for large open areas. Various models are suitable for indoor and outdoor applications where NEMA 4X rating is required. Other units are suitable for extreme temperatures areas providing unsurpassed flexibility for almost every application. Housing Design * High-impact, plastic (UL94, 5VA) * 12-element segmented Fresnel lens; 32kHz ultrasonic transmitter and receiver * Mounting base provided Coverage and Ratings * Up to 1,600 sq. ft. between 8ft and 12ft mounting height. (30ft for high bay, aisle model) 24V DC active high-logic control signal * Option of a N/O + N/C contacts; SPDT; 500 mA rated @ 24V DC; threFwire isolated relay for HVAC or energy management systems integration Operation * Self adjusting sensitivity thresholds and timers. Automatic false ON/false OFF corrections airflow compensation mode * Compatible with Bryant's distributed and centralized control systems F-8 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controls Adaptive Technology Ceiling and Wall Mount Sensors * Dual technology sensing combines the individual advantages of passive infrared and ultrasonic detection * Adaptive technology - "Install and forget" operation, analyzes environment and adjusts sensitivity and timer, eliminating the need for manual adjustment * Digital, crystal controlled ultrasonic transmitter and receiver for coverage in each direction for superior sensing of motion * Dual element passive infrared detector and lens sense heat in motion * Red LED indicates passive infrared detection, green LED indicates ultrasonic detection Ceiling Type Coverage Wall Mount* Field of View Low Voltage Line Voltage Coverage Description Catalog Number Dual (Ultrasonic and 2000 sq. ft. Passive Infrared) 1000 sq. ft. 360 180 MSD2000C MSD1000C MSD2000CL MSD1000CL 1600 sq. ft. Low Voltage 32kHz MSD1600W Ultrasonic 2000 sq. ft. 1000 sq. ft. 360 180 MSU2000C MSU1000C MSU2000CL MSU1000CL Passive Infrared 1500 sq. ft. 360 MSP1500C MSP1500CL -- -- -- 1600 sq. ft. 120 Linear ft. MSP1600W MSP120HB Wide angle coverage For aisle and high bay Note: Ceiling and Wall Mount sensors must use a Control Unit. *Swivel mounting bracket included for wall or ceiling mounting. See page F-6 for ceiling sensors accessories. See page F-16 for technical specifications and wiring schematics. Control Units Description The MSCU series provides a 24V DC power supply for sensors or sensor/Add-A-Relay combinations. The control units contain an internal relay for the control of an external load. Control units are plenum rated cULus Listed. 120/277V AC, 50/60 Hz for use with MSD, MSU and MSP series ceiling/wall mount sensors. Automatic ON Manual ON Auto or Manual ON Add-A-Relay MSCU MSCUM MSCUHD MSAR Coverage Patterns Minor Motion: Ultrasonic PIR Major Motion: 22' 12' 12' Ultrasonic 22' PIR 22' 23' 12' 32' 23' 32' 23' 7' 32' 7' MSP120HB Series Top View 32' 23' 30 0 10 20 30 40 50 20 45' 23' 64' MSD2000C 64' 64' 45' 45' 32' 32' 23' 23' 45' 64' 32' 23' 20' 32' MSD1000C 32' 32' 23' 23' 32' 32' 23' 23' MSP1500C 23' 32' 23' MSU1000C Specifications are subject to change without notice. MSD1600W 10 20' 40' MSP1600W 0 Side View 32' 56' 16' MSU2000C 40' 16' 56' 56' 16' MSU2000C Hallway Application www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ F-9 Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controls Harsh Environment Occupancy Sensors MAXXTM Harsh Environment Sensing Devices Pendant Mount Series MAXXTM products are designed to withstand these harsh environments manufactured with cold and heat resistant components. These sensors tolerate extremes of weather and applications. MAXXTM products provide users with methods to reduce energy usage in harsh environments where other commercial grade products can't. Housing Design * IP66, TYPE 4X, outdoor rated * Housing manufactured from chemical resistant thermoplastic * Multiple mounting kits for existing work boxes and hubs; pendant or wall mounting flexibility Protection * Integrated lens guard protects against accidental damage * Photocell makes sure lights stay OFF when there is sufficient daylight * Isolated relay provides signalling to HVAC and ventilation systems Access Cover * Stainless steel hardware and settings access cover Standard Passive Infrared Fixture Mount Series Requires a clear, unobstructed line of sight for detection, because it senses occupancy as movement of heat emitted from the body against the background space. A segmented Fresnel lens divides a coverage area into zones. Movement across zones is interpreted as occupancy. Excellent for small room control. Housing Design * IP65, NEMA 3R watertight, and outdoor rated * Fixture or work box mounting with 1/2" threaded nipple Coverage and Electrical Ratings * Digital passive infrared (PIR) sensor * Two (upward/downward) photocells options for daylight harvesting * Supplied with 360 lens; aisle, endof-aisle and 180 lenses available separately * -40F to 149F (-40C to 65C) operating temperature range; compatible with CFL/LED and motor loads F-10 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controls Harsh Environment Occupancy Sensors Watertight Wall Mount PIR Sensor IP66, NEMA Type 4X, outdoor rated, heavy duty wall or pendant mount sensor with -40F to 149F (-40C to 65C) operating temperature range and 160 of coverage. Description Voltage Catalog Number PIR sensor, with isolated relay and photocell 24V DC MSHT1600WRP Adaptor plate for single gang FS boxes -- MSHAP1 Adaptor hub and nipple for Killark NJ series boxes -- MSHAP2 -- MSHAP3 -- MSHAP4 Adaptor plate for Killark(R) NV series boxes 1/2" NPT threaded hub Note: For use with MSCUHD (120/277V AC, 50/60Hz) control unit. See page F-19 for technical specifications and coverage patterns. Extreme Temperature PIR Ceiling Sensor Upgraded ceiling sensor with -40F to 149F (-40C to 65C) operating temperature range. Use MSP4X to make NEMA Type 4X watertight. Description Voltage Catalog Number Sensor with isolated relay and photocell 24V DC MSHT1500CRP IP66, NEMA Type 4X enclosure -- MSP4X Note: For use with MSCUHD (120/277V AC, 50/60Hz) control unit. See page F-19 for technical specifications and coverage patterns. Heavy Duty Control Unit Robust latching relay provides reliable performance over many different applications, including plug loads, 20A 100-277V AC, 1HP @ 120V AC, 2HP @ 240/277V AC. Auto or Manual-ON operation. Powers up to six low voltage sensors. Description Voltage Catalog Number Heavy duty control unit 120-277V AC MSCUHD Note: See page F-16 for technical specifications. OPTIMYZER(R) Watertight End Mount PIR Sensor IP65, NEMA Type 3R, outdoor rated, -40F to 149F (-40C to 65C) operating temperature range. Description Voltage Catalog Number Single relay with photocell 120-347V AC MSHB21UPCW 2 relays with photocell 120-347V AC MSHB22UPCW Low voltage with photocell 24V DC MSHB2LVPCW* Note: 360 high bay lens included. Low bay lens options sold separately, see below for details. *For use with MSCUHD (120/277V AC, 50/60Hz) control unit. See page F-8 for replacement lenses and accessories. See page F-19 for technical specifications and coverage patterns. Coverage Pattern 23' 32' Minor Motion: 12' Major Motion: PIR 22' 12' 32' 23' 20' 40' 20' 23' 22' 22' 12' 11' 7' 14' 20' 32' PIR 40' 18' 26' MSHT1600WRP Specifications are subject to change without notice. MSHT1500CRP www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ F-11 Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controls OPTIMYZER(R) High Bay and Low Bay Sensors * Digital passive infrared (PIR) sensor * Multiple (single and dual) output versions * Single and dual timer operation * Low-profile design * Supports mounting heights up to 45 feet (High Bay) * Supports mounting heights between 8-16 feet (Low Bay) * Area and aisle coverage Daylight Harvesting Passive Infrared Coverage Patterns Minor Motion: PIR Major Motion: PIR H = 0' to 30' Fluorescent High Bay PIR Sensor Color Voltage White 120-347V AC White 24V DC 1 Relay 2 Relays MSHB219 MSHB229 -- -- R1 = 1.4 x H R1 with Photocell -- H = 30' to 45' MSHB2LV9* Note: 360 high bay lens included. Low bay lens options sold separately, see below for details. *For use with MSCUHD (120/277V AC, 50/60Hz) control unit. See page F-19 for technical specifications. R2 R2 = 1.1 x H Replacement Lenses and Accessories Description 180 Lens 360 Lens Aisle Lens End of Aisle Lens Mounting Extension Adapter High Bay MSHBL180 MSHBL360 MSHBLA MSHBLEA MSHBSA Low Bay MSLBL180 MSLBL360 MSLBLA MSLBLEA MSHBSA Daylight Harvesting * * * * Multiple calibration options Selectable 3- or 8-second dimming rate Low-profile design Light-sensitivity wide range of options Description Voltage with ON/OFF Control with Dimming Control Daylight tracker 24V DC MDHT* MDHTD Note: *For use with MSCU series control units. For use with 0-10V DC dimming ballasts. F-12 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controls Permanently Marked Receptacles for Automatic Outlet Control Systems Power when you need it... Energy savings when you don't * Permanent power symbol remains clearly visible after installation * Heavy duty 60A rated mechanical latching relay, silver alloy contacts * Factory broken split tab on the half controlled units saves field installation time * Low voltage output short circuit protection * 24V DC, 250mA DC power output on applicable units * Ideal for commercial buildings, retail, schools, hotel rooms * UL 2043 plenum rated * Compliment Bryant's Load:Logic Automatic Outlet Control systems as well as existing systems * Compatible with most LED and CFL * Zero cross switching * Listed for 20A enclosed switching Heavy Duty Control Unit Robust latching relay provides reliable performance over many different applications, including plug loads. 20A 100-277V AC, 1HP @ 120V AC, 2HP @ 240/277V AC. Auto or Manual-ON operation. Powers up to six low voltage sensors. Description Voltage Catalog Number Heavy duty control unit 100-277V AC MSCUHD MSAR20P Heavy duty latching relay, for use with MSCUHD Note: See page F-16 for technical specifications and wiring schematics. Permanently Marked Receptacles for Automatic Outlet Control Systems Description Color 15A Duplex 20A Duplex 15A Decorator 20A Decorator Permanently marked receptacles Gray Ivory Light Almond White CBRS15C1GRY CBRS15C1I CBRS15C1LA CBRS15C1WHI CBRS20C2GRY CBRS20C2I CBRS20C2LA CBRS20C2WHI DRS15C1GRY DRS15C1I DRS15C1LA DRS15C1WHI DRS20C2GRY DRS20C2I DRS20C2LA DRS20C2WHI Note: See Section A for additional products and colors. ASHRAE 90.1-2010 mandates that 50% of all outlets in private offices, open offices, and computer classrooms must be automatically controlled by occupancy or time based schedules. This also includes outlets in modular furniture. Bryant provides solutions for compliance that are cost effective and installer friendly. See bellow for example. Additional examples and design resources are located at www.Bryant-wiring.com/energy.aspx Wiring Diagram Utilizing low voltage wiring provides installers with a familiar method of wiring and installation. Specify MSCUHD to control outlets and use MSAR or MSCU to control the lighting. Utilize alternating outlet or split receptacle wiring as required to control at least 50% of the outlets in the space. MSCUHD MSCUxx Controlling 50% of Outlets MSD, MSU and MSP Series Sensors Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ F-13 Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controls Architectural Grade Preset Slide Dimmers * Full-range dimming preset slider * Advanced RFI protection circuitry * Complete solid-state electronics * Rating stamped on yoke for permanent identification * Advanced circuitry reduces motor hum and radio interference * Reduces energy costs Product Dimensions Architectural Preset Slide Dimmers, Single Pole/3-Way A B C D E Inches (mm) BAS203/BAS153 BAS103/BAS63 4.50" (114.3) 4.50" (114.3) 1.31" (33.3)* 2.75" (69.9) 0.62" (15.7) 4.50" (114.3) 2.75" (69.9) 1.31" (33.3)* 2.75" (69.9) 0.62" (15.7) Note: *High watt models up to 1.71 in. (43.4). C Single Pole/3-Way, 120V AC, 60 Hz Color Ivory White 2000W BAS203I BAS203W 1500W 1000W BAS153I BAS153W BAS103I BAS103W 600W A BAS63I BAS63W D B C Slide and Rotary Dimmers Standard toggle switches provide the basic ON/OFF control for home lighting and appliances. * Optimum CFL and LED control * Low end adjustment for fine tuning * Decorator and traditional toggle styling available * No neutral required Adjustment dial to set the low-light level CFL/LED Dimmers Description Toggle Dimmer Rating CFL/LED 150W Incadescent/Halogen 600W 120V AC, 60Hz Termination Single Pole/Three Way Single Pole/Three Way Ivory Light Almond White RAYCL153PI RAYCL153PLA RAYCL153PW RDVCL153PI RDVCL153PLA RDVCL153PW F-14 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Decorator Dimmer Specifications are subject to change without notice. Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controls Slide and Rotary Dimmers, and Fan Speed Controls Preset Slide Dimmers and Rotary Dimmers with ON/OFF Switch, 120V AC Color Ivory Light Almond White Incandescent Incandescent Rotary Push ON/OFF Dimmer 600W 600W Single Pole, Slide to OFF RS600I* RS600LA* RS600W* Single Pole 3-Way RS600PI RS600PLA RS600PW RS603PI RS603PLA RS603PW Single Pole RD600RI -- RD600RW Single Pole RD600PDK** -- RD600PDK** 3-Way RD603PDK** -- RD603PDK** Note: *Slide to OFF series dimmers do not have an ON/OFF switch. **Control knobs included for both ivory and white. See below for replacement slide knobs. Fan Speed Controls, 120V AC Rocker Fan Control, 3-Speed, Slide Adjustment Color Ivory Light Almond White Slide Fan Control, 3-Speed, Slide to OFF Toggle Fan Control, 3-Speed Rotary Fan Control, 3-Speed 1.5A 1.5A 1.5A 1.5A Single Pole/3-Way Single Pole Single Pole/3-Way Single Pole RDVFSQFI RDVFSQFLA RDVFSQFW RSFSQFI RSFSQFLA RSFSQFW RAYFSQFI RAYFSQFLA RAYFSQFW RFSQ2FDK** -- RFSQ2FDK** Note: **Control knobs included for both ivory and white. Replacement Control Knobs Color Ivory Light Almond White Replacement Slide Knobs RSKI RSKLA RSKW Replacement Knobs for Rotary/Push Dimmer RRKDK** -- RRKDK** Replacement Knobs for 3-Speed Fan Control R28032406 -- R28032401 Note: **Control knobs included for both ivory and white. Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ F-15 Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controls Specifications and Wiring Schematics Electrical MSD2000 and MSU2000 Series Power supply Load capacity 120/277V AC, 50/60Hz Incandescent 0 to 800 watts 120V AC ballast 0 to 1000 watts 277V AC ballast 0 to 1800 watts 1/4HP cULus Listed Motor load Agency approvals Physical Housing Lens Dimensions Mounting height High-impact plastic (UL 94-5V) Dual element pyrometer and 12 element cylindrical hard lens (MSD and MSU series only) Face 2.57"H x 1.71"W, 0.53"D (from wall out) 42 to 54 inches above floor Environmental Operating Storage 32F to 104F (0C to 40C), 0% to 95% non-condensing relative humidity -20F to 160F (-29C to 66C), 0% to 95% non-condensing relative humidity Controls Time delay Ambient light Front press switch Sensitivity Service switch Digital, adaptive 4 to 30 minutes (20 min default MSU only) Adjustable ambient light override, 10 to 500 foot candles Auto/OFF Adaptive 0% to 100% Air gap OFF Sensing Indicator Passive infrared Ultrasonic Red LED (MSD series only) Green LED (MSD series only) Wiring Schematic MSD and MSU Series Wall Switch Sensors Single Circuit Wiring 120/277V AC Black Red Dual Circuit Sensor, Wired for Dual Circuits Dual Circuit Sensor, Wired for Dual Circuits with Neutral Line circuit 1 120/277V AC Black Red Load 1 Line circuit 120/277V AC Black Green Ground Blue Load 2 Lighting Load A Blue Load 2 Dual Circuit Sensors, Wired as 3-Way Sensors* Green Ground Neutral Hot Hot Black For step dimming, bi-level, and dual ballasted fixtures White Single Circuit Sensors, Wired as 3-Way Sensors* Green Load 1 Green Ground Green Ground Ground Neutral Red Load 1 Lighting Load A Black Red Red Blue Lighting Load B Note: *Load can not exceed the rating of one switch. Sensor is shipped with all dip switches in the OFF position (factory default). F-16 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controls Specifications and Wiring Schematics Electrical MS2000 Series MS1000 Series Power supply Load capacity 120/277V AC, 60Hz Incandescent 0 to 1000 watts 120V AC Ballast 0 to 1000 watts 277V AC Ballast 0 to 1800 watts N/A cULus Listed 120V AC, 60Hz 0 to 500 watts 0 to 500 watts N/A N/A cULus Listed Motor load Agency approvals Physical Housing Lens Dimensions Mounting height Flame retardant (UL 94 V-0 ABS) Polyethylene Face 2.59"H x 1.30"W, 0.61"D (from wall out) 42 to 54 inches above floor Environmental Operating 32F to 122F (0C to 50C) with rate of change not exceeding 20F (11C) per hour, 20% to 90% non-condensing relative humidity -40F to 150F (-40C to 65C), 20% to 90% non-condensing relative humidity Storage Controls Time delay Auto (MS2000AT series) Manual 20 seconds to 30 minutes (MS2000 series) Digital, push button, 10 to 500 foot candles ON/OFF N/A OFF (service), Vaccancy (manual-ON), Occupancy (auto-ON) Ambient light Front press switch Sensitivity Service switch Manual 20 seconds to 30 minutes N/A ON/OFF N/A OFF (service), ON (normal operation) Sensing Indicator Passive infrared Ultrasonic Red LED N/A Red LED N/A Wiring Schematic MS2000 and MS1000 Series Wall Switch Sensors Sensors Wired as 3-Way Sensors* Normal Wiring Neutral (MSxxxAT/MS2000 Only) White (Neutral Version Only) Load Neutral Hot Red White (Neutral Versions Only) Black Black Load White Hot Yellow Red Red Green MSxxxAT/ MS2000 Only Ground Green Green Yellow Ground Note: *Load can not exceed the rating of one switch. Sensor is shipped with all dip switches in the OFF position (factory default). Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ F-17 Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controls Specifications Electrical MSD, MSU, MSP Series Ceiling and Wall Mount Sensors Power requirements Isolated relay (sensors with RP suffix) Agency approvals 24V DC nominal, 33mA from Bryant MSCU series control unit Normally open and normally closed, Terminals available UL Listed Physical Ceiling Sensors Wall Mount Sensors Housing Lens Dimensions Color Mounting height Flame retardant UL 94 V-0 ABS Polyethylene 1.5"H x 4.5"D Office white 8 to 12 feet Flame retardant UL 94 V-0 ABS Polyethylene 6"H x 2"W x 1.5"D Office white 8 to 12 feet, 8 to 30 feet (ATP120HB series) Environmental Operating 32F to 104F (0C to 40C) with rate of change not exceeding 20F (11C) per hour, 0% to 95% non-condensing relative humidity -20F to 150F (-29C to 65C), 0% to 95% non-condensing relative humidity Storage Controls Time delay Ambient light Sensitivity Test (8 seconds), adaptive 8 to 40 minutes 1 to 1000 foot candles Adaptive 0 to 100% Sensing Indicators Ultrasonic (MSD and MSU series) Passive infrared (MSD and MSP series) Green LED Red LED Electrical MSCU(M) MSCUHD MSAR Power supply Power output Power input 120-277V AC, 50/60Hz 24V DC, 150mA N/A 100-277V AC, 50/60Hz 24V DC, 250mA N/A N/A N/A 24V DC nominal, 33mA from Bryant MSCU series control unit Load capacity Incandescent, LED & CFL 120V ballast 230V ballast 277V ballast 347V ballast 0 to 1800 watts 0 to 2400 watts N/A 0 to 5540 watts N/A 20A, 100-277V AC, 1HP @ 120V AC, 2HP @ 240/277V AC Motor Loads: 1HP @ 120V 2HP @ 240/277V AT sensor/AAR capacity Agency approvals 1 to 4 combined UL Listed, cULus Certified 1 to 6 combined UL Listed, cULus Certified 0 to 1800 watts 0 to 2400 watts 0 to 3680 watts 0 to 5540 watts 0 to 5205 watts N/A UL Listed Flame retardant UL 94-5VA thermoplastic 3.69"L x 2.33"W x 1.36"H Black Flame retardant UL 94-5VA thermoplastic 4.00"L x 3.4"W x 1.73"H Black Flame retardant UL 94-5VA thermoplastic 3.69"L x 2.33"W x 1.36"H Black 32F to 104F (0C to 40C), 0% to 90% non-condensing relative humidity -20F to 150F (-29C to 65C), 0% to 90% non-condensing relative humidity -40F to 149F (-40C to 65C), below 32F (0C) must use suitably rated nonmetallic enclosure, 0% to 90% humidity, non-condensing 32F to 104F (0C to 40C), 0% to 90% non-condensing relative humidity -20F to 150F (-29C to 65C), 0% to 90% non-condensing relative humidity Physical Housing Dimensions Color Environmental Operating Storage F-18 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controls Ceiling and Wall Mount Sensors Wiring Schematics Adaptive Dual Technology, Ultrasonic, and Passive Infrared Ceiling and Wall Mount Sensors MSD, MSU and MSP Series Ceiling and Wall Mount Sensors Single Circuit Application: 1 to 4 sensors wired to control unit with optional override off switch. MSCU Series Control Unit MSCU Series Control Unit Red Red Switch* Black Red Blue White Red Red Black Blue Red Black Blue Red Red Red (+24V) Black Blue Black Blue Red N H Black White Black Red Black Blue Black Blue N H Single Circuit Application: Two control units wired in parallel to operate 5 to 8 sensors in a single zone. Maximum 4 sensors per control unit any sensor will activate lighting. MSD, MSU and MSP Series Sensors** MSD, MSU and MSP Series Sensors** Lighting Load Lighting Load White Blue Black *Optional Override OFF Switch MSCU Series Control Unit Red Black Red Blue Blue Red Red White Black Red (+24V) Black Blue Black Two Circuit Application: 1 to 4 sensors wired to control unit and Add-A-Relay (control unit switches circuit 1, Add-A-Relay switches circuit 2). White MSCU Series Control Unit MSCU Series Control Unit N H White MSAR Add-A-Relay Red Red Black Blue Blue Circuit 2 N H Red Red Red (+24V) Black Blue Black Black Circuit 1 Blue Lighting Load Red MSD, MSU and MSP Series Sensors** Two Circuit Application: Two control units wired in two circuits to operate 2 to 8 sensors in a single zone. Maximum 4 sensors per control unit any sensor will activate both lighting loads. Black Red Red Black Blue Red Blue White Red Red Black Blue Black Black Circuit 1 N H Lighting Load Red Red MSD, MSU and MSP Series Sensors** Lighting Load White Specifications are subject to change without notice. Red Black Red Blue Blue Red Red White Black Red (+24V) Black Blue Black Note: **For wiring sensors with isolated relay and photocell option (models with "RP" suffix): Photocell Option: Cap off Blue sensor wire. Connect Gray sensor wire to Blue control unit wire. Isolated Relay Option: Common-Blue/White wire, Normally Closed-Black/White wire, Normally Open-Yellow/White wire. Black MSCU Series Control Unit (Specify Voltage) Circuit 2 N H Lighting Load Blue Lighting Load White www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ F-19 Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controls Ceiling and Wall Mount Sensors Wiring Schematics Adaptive Dual Technology, Ultrasonic, and Passive Infrared Ceiling and Wall Mount Sensors MSD, MSU and MSP Series Ceiling and Wall Mount Sensors Single Circuit, Dual Level Switching Application: 1 to 4 sensors wired to control unit with optional override off switches. Single Circuit, 3-Way Switching Application: 1 to 4 sensors wired to control unit with optional override off switches. Traveler Traveler Single Pole Switch Red Black Red Blue Black 3-Way Switch 3-Way Switch Blue Red Red Red Black Black Blue Blue Red MSCU Series Control Unit (Specify Voltage) Lighting Load Blue Inboard Ballast Single Pole Switch Red Black Outboard Ballast Red MSCU Series Control Unit (Specify Voltage) Red Black Blue Red Black White White Red Red Black Black Blue Blue Black White MSD, MSU and MSP Series Sensors** H N H MSD, MSU and MSP Series Sensors** Multi-Circuit Application: 1 to 4 sensors wired to control unit that is wired to a multi-pole lighting contactor. White N Single Circuit, 4-Way Switching Application: 1 to 4 sensors wired to control unit with optional override off switches. MSCU Series Control Unit N Traveler H Red (+24V) Black Traveler Black White Blue Red Black Blue Red Black Blue Red Red 3-Way Switch Red Blue Lighting Contactor MSD, MSU and MSP Series Sensors** Red MSCU Series Control Unit (Specify Voltage) Lighting Load Red Blue Multipole, Normally Open Lighting contactor to be supplied by Contractor 3-Way Switch Traveler Black C White 4-Way Switch Black Red Red Red Black Black Blue Blue Black White MSD, MSU and MSP Series Sensors** White H N Note: **For wiring sensors with isolated relay and photocell option (models with "RP" suffix): Photocell Option: Cap off Blue sensor wire. Connect Gray sensor wire to Blue control unit wire. Isolated Relay Option: Common-Blue/White wire, Normally Closed-Black/White wire, Normally Open-Yellow/White wire. F-20 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controls Specifications User interface Timer timF-outs Passive infrared Daylight sensor Coverage Load ratings (line voltage units) Operating environment Construction Size and weight Color Mounting Certifications Warranty OPTIMYZER(R) High Bay Controls MSHB Series OPTIMYZER(R) MSHBxxUPCW Series (1) twelve pin dip switch Primary: 8-second test mode, 4, 8, 16 and 30 minute timF-outs Secondary: (Can be disabled) 30, 60 and 90 minute timF-outs Dual element pyrometer and spherical Fresnel lens Dual element pyrometer and spherical Fresnel lens designed for robust detection of a walking person* 360 lens provided, 180 aisle and end-of-aisle lenses also available 120V AC: 0 to 800W ballast or tungsten 208/240V AC: 0 to 1200W ballast 277V AC: 0 to 1200W ballast 480V AC: 0-2400W ballast 347V AC: 0 to 1500W ballast 1/4HP motor load @ 120V AC, 1/6HP @ 347V AC Output (Low voltage sensors): * 24V DC active high-logic control signal * Relay: N/O + N/C contacts, 500mA rated @ 24V DC, 3-wire isolated relay Indoor use only, operating temperature: (standard version) 32F to Indoor & outdoor use, operating temperature: 149F (0C to 65C), relative humidity (non-condensing): 0% to 95% -40F to 149F (-40C to 65C) Casing: High-impact injection-molded thermoplastic Size: 4.0" Diameter x 1.5" Height, Weight: 7 oz. White Mounts directly to end of a fixture through an extended 1/2 inch chase nipple for deeper body fixtures, an optional Extender Adapter (MSHBSA available separately) positions the sensor flush or below the bottom of the reflector for a full field of view cULus Listed Conforms to UL STD 508, UL STD 244A, Conforms to IP65 5 year limited Note: *When used with program start ballast, a 1-2 second delay from occupancy detection to lamp turn-on may be experienced. Electrical Harsh Environment Occupancy Sensors MSHT Series Power requirements Isolated relay (sensors with RP suffix) Agency approvals 24V DC nominal, 33mA from Bryant MSCU series control unit Normally open and normally closed, terminals available cULus Listed Physical Ceiling Sensor Wall Mount Sensor Housing Protection Lens Dimensions Color Mounting height Flame retardant UL 94 V-0 ABS NEMA Type 4X, when used with MSP4X Polyethylene 4.5" Diameter x 1.5" Height Office White 8 to 12 feet Flame retardant UL 94 V-0 Valox(R) NEMA Type 4X, IP66, outdoor use rated Polyethylene 6"H x 2"W x 1.5"D Gray 8 to 12 feet Environmental Operating -40F to 149F (-40C to 65C) with rate of change not exceeding 20F (11C) per hour, 0% to 95% non-condensing relative humidity Controls Time delay Ambient light Sensitivity Test (8 seconds), adaptive 8 to 40 minutes 1 to 1000 foot candles Adaptive 0 to 100% Sensing Indicators Passive infrared Red LED Valox(R) is a trademark of SABIC Innovative Plastics, acquired from General Electric Company. Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ F-21 Occupancy Sensors and Lighting Controls Wiring Schematics OPTIMYZER(R) High Bay Controls MSHB Series, Low Voltage Sensor with Control Unit Neutral Hot Lighting Load A Override Switch (Optional) ON When Occupied Low Voltage Sensors(devices) Red Red Red (+24VDC) Red (+24VDC) Black (common) Black (common) Black White Blue (control) Blue (control) MSCU(M) MSCUHD for Watertight Version Power Pack Gray (Occupancy and Photo Sensor Control) Blue/White (Relay Common) Black/White (Relay Normally Closed) Yellow/White (Relay Normally Open) Lighting Load B Override Switch (Optional) ON When Occupied + Low Light Level Red (+24VDC) Red Red Black (common) Blue (control) MSAR or MSAR20P for Watertight Version Slave Pack Phase 2 To Next Device Phase 1 Red Phase 2 Blue Neutral Hot Hot Black Lighting Load A Lighting Load B Red Blue (2-Relay Version) F-22 Black Black Gray Red Violet (2-Relay Version) White (Neutral) Violet (2-Relay Version) White (Neutral) Single Fixture Lighting Load A B White Neutral White OPTIMYZER(R) High Bay Controls MSHB Series, Dual Relay, Two Fixtures Black OPTIMYZER(R) High Bay Controls MSHB Series, Dual Relay, Single Fixture White Phase 1 Black Violet White Black Lighting Load www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Blue (2-Relay Version) Specifications are subject to change without notice. Section G Motor Control Products Table of Contents Page Toggle AC Manual Motor Controllers/Disconnects 30, 40, 50, 60 and 85 Amp 600V AC and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-2 NEMA 1 and 3/3R Enclosed AC Manual Motor Controllers/Disconnects 30 and 60 Amp 600V AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-3 Rotary AC Manual Motor Controllers/Disconnects 30, 40 and 60 Amp 600V AC and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-4 NEMA 4X Enclosed Rotary Motor Controllers/Disconnects 30, 40 and 60 Amp 600V AC and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-5 Quick Reference Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-6 Pendant Control Stations Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-7 Contact Ratings and Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-7 Technical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-8 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ G-1 Motor Control Products Toggle AC Manual Motor Controllers/Disconnects * Ideal motor controller suitable as a disconnect * High temperature thermoset body * Provides high resistance to electrical arc tracking * Strong ON/OFF action with quick-make, slow break operation provides long-life and reliability * Superior dielectric strength * Optional side guard, for close wall applications and finger safe environments * Can be built into equipment and enclosures with either box or panel-mount installation Toggle AC Manual Motor Controllers/Disconnects 30A Back and Side Wired Standard Short Toggle Toggle HP Rating Poles 120V AC 240V AC 480V AC 600V AC 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 -- -- -- 5 5 7.5 10 10 10 10 10 15 15 25 25 30002D -- 30003D -- -- -- 15 15 20 20 30 40 30002DS -- 30003DS -- -- -- 40A Side Wired Standard Toggle 40002D 4002* 40003D -- -- -- 50A Side Wired Standard Toggle 50002D -- 50003D -- -- -- 60A Front Wired Standard Toggle -- -- -- 60002FWD 60003FWD -- Back Wired Standard Toggle -- -- -- 60002D 60003D -- 85A Back Wired Standard Toggle -- -- -- 85002D -- 85003D Note: *Motor controller only. Accessories Description Catalog Number Finger guards, red, for use with 30, 40 and 50 amp switches (set of 2) 30003FG Product Dimensions Inches (mm) 30002D, 30003D, 40002D, 40003D, 50002D, 50003D A B C D E F 60002D, 60003D, 85002D, 85003D 3.78" (96.0) 3.28" (83.3) 2.38" (60.4) 2.25" (57.2) 1.53" (38.9) 2.43" (62.0) 4002 3.78" (96.0) 3.28" (83.3) 2.38" (60.4) 3.56" (90.4) 1.92" (48.8) 2.83" (71.9) 4.06" (103.1) 2.38" (60.5) 2.26" (57.4) 1.25" (31.8) 1.11" (28.2) (2) #6-32 TAP E A A B C A B ON C ON B OFF C E E D F 30002D, 30003D, 40002D, 40003D, 50002D, 50003D G-2 D F 60002D, 60003D, 85002D, 85003D www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ F D 4002 Specifications are subject to change without notice. Motor Control Products NEMA 1 and 3/3R Enclosed AC Manual Motor Controllers/Disconnects * Die cast aluminum enclosure, gray zinc powder coat finish * Heavy duty flip lid, 3-sided protection * Lockout/tagout capability * All aluminum cover and base, base is pre-drilled for rear surface mounting * Raintight enclosures * Lockout/tagout capability Enclosed AC Manual Motor Controllers/Disconnects Enclosed Switch Motor Controllers/Disconnects Ideal for use in: HP Rating Poles 120V AC 240V AC 480V AC 600V AC 2 3 2 3 2 3 -- -- 5 7.5 10 10 10 15 15 25 NEMA 1 Indoor Environments 15 20 20 30 NEMA 3/3R Outdoor Equipment Thermoplastic Aluminum Cast 30A 30A 30102D 30103D -- -- 30322D* 30323D* -- -- 30312D 30313D -- -- 30100 Enclosures Without Controller/Disconnect 30300 NEMA 3R Outdoor Environments 30A 60A 30302D 30303D -- -- -- -- 60302D 60303D 30300 60300 Note: *Drill weephole to alter from NEMA 3 to NEMA 3R. Product Dimensions Inches (mm) A B C D E F G H I 30102D, 30103D, 3100 30322D, 30323D 30302D, 30303D, 30300 60302D, 60303D, 60300 4.72" (120.0) 2.75" (69.8) 2.44" (61.9) 3.20" (81.2) 3.15" (80.0) 2.41" (61.3) 0.92" (23.2) (2) 1/2" (12.7) Knockouts 1/2x3/4 Knockout each end 5.42" (137.7) 4.76" (120.9) 2.99" (75.9) 2.22" (56.4) 4.55" (115.6) 2.99" (75.9) -- -- 5.52" (140.2) 4.28" (108.7) 4.40" (111.8) 3.30" (83.3) 2.75" (69.9) 1.99" (50.5) 1.06" (26.9) (2) 3/4 Knockouts -- 10.11" (256.8) 4.28" (108.7) 4.40" (111.8) 3.30" (83.8) 2.75" (69.9) 2.00" (50.8) 1.52" (38.6) (2) 3/4 X 1 Knockouts -- -- C A H B I C E ON A F B G OFF D 30102D, 30103D, 30100 C H D D 30322D, 30323D, 30300 E G A F 30302D, 30303D, 30300, 60302D, 60303D, 60300 E B F Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ G-3 Motor Control Products Rotary AC Manual Motor Controllers/Disconnects * Ideal motor controller suitable as a disconnect * Rotary controllers can be built into equipment and enclosures for either box or panel-mount installation * Provides high resistance to electrical arc tracking * Thermoset body withstands high temperatures * Superior dielectric strength * #10 brass terminal screw and clamping plate for secure back or side wiring * Optional side guard, for close wall applications and finger safe environments Rotary AC Manual Motor Controllers/Disconnects Poles 120V AC 2 3 2 3 2 3 -- -- HP Rating 240V AC 480V AC 5 7.5 10 10 10 15 15 25 30A Back and Side Wired 600V AC 40A Side Wired 66032D 66033D -- -- 15 20 20 30 Accessories 60A Back Wired 66042D 66043D -- -- D -- -- 66062D 66063D D E E A A B B Accessory Finger Guards Handle Kit Weatherproofing Kit Description For use with 30-50A switches (set of 2) For rotary switch, includes handle, shaft, mounting brackets and required screws For rotary switch, includes 4 seals, neoprene bushing and 3 "O" rings 30003FG 6610MK 664XWP Catalog Number C Product Dimensions A B C D E F G H F 660AC F Inches (mm) 66032D, 66033D, 66042D, 66043D with Handle Kit 6610MK 66062D, 66063D with Handle Kit 6610MK 3.78" (96.0) 3.40" (86.4) 3.09" (78.5) 1.50" (38.1) 1.56" R. (36.6 R.) 2.81" (71.4) 2.44" (61.9) -- 3.78" (96.0) 3.40" (86.4) 3.56" (90.3) 1.50" (38.1) 1.56" R. (36.6 R.) 2.81" (71.4) 2.96" (75.2) 2.31" (58.7) D D E E A A B H B H G C G-4 C G Auxiliary Contact G NO/NC, includes 1 contact for use with push-on terminals C www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ F G F Specifications are subject to change without notice. Motor Control Products NEMA 4X Enclosed Rotary Motor Controllers/Disconnects * 304 stainless steel enclosure, chemical and corrosion-resistant * PBT handle and collar, chemical and impact resistant * Lockout/tagout capability * Undrilled case allows custom placement of entry positions with normal tools and knockouts * All thermoplastic, non-corrosive, non-metallic enclosure * Clearly identified "ON/OFF" indicators Enclosed Rotary Motor Controllers/Disconnects NEMA 4X Non-metallic enclosures used primarily in heavy wash-down and corrosive environments Stainless steel enclosures ideal for use in environments where washdown is necessary (i.e., food processing, laboratories, etc.) Poles 120V AC 2 3 3 2 3 -- HP Rating 240V AC 480V AC 5 7.5 10 10 15 25 600V AC 15 20 30 30A 60A -- 664S33D -- -- -- 664S63D 30A 40A 60A -- 664X33D -- -- 664X43D -- -- -- 664X63D Note: *Drill weephole to alter from NEMA 3 to NEMA 3R. Accessories Accessory Finger Guards Auxiliary Contact Mounting Feet Neutral Buss Connector Description For Use with 30-50A Switches (set of 2) NO/NC, Pilot Duty For NEMA 4X Enclosure For NEMA 4X Enclosure 30003FG 660AC 664XFT 6603N Catalog Number Product Dimensions A B C D E F G Inches (mm) 664S33D 664S63D 66X33D, 66X43D 66X63D 7.44" (189.0) 6.75" (171.5) 6.00" (152.4) 6.96" (176.8) 4.00" (101.6) 6.10" (154.9) 4.25" (108.0) 9.44" (239.8) 8.75" (222.3) 8.00" (203.4) 6.95" (176.5) 4.00" (101.6) 6.10" (154.9) 4.25" (108.0) 6.70" (170.2) 6.00" (152.4) 5.50" (139.7) 4.80" (121.9) 5.55" (141.0) 3.80" (96.5) -- 9.00" (228.6) 8.30" (210.8) 5.50" (139.7) 4.80" (121.9) 5.55" (141.0) 3.80" (96.5) -- A B A C E D 664S33D, 664S63D F G B 90 D C F E 664X33D, 664X63D Valox(R) is a registered trademark of SABIC Innovative Plastics, acquired from General Electric Company. Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ G-5 Motor Control Products Quick Reference Guide Toggle AC Motor Controllers Suitable as Disconnects HP Ratings Description Toggle switch Short toggle switch Toggle switch Short toggle switch Toggle switch Toggle switch Toggle switch Toggle switch Toggle switch Toggle switch Toggle switch - front wire Toggle switch - front wire Toggle switch Toggle switch Amp Phase Poles 120V AC 240V AC 480V AC 600V AC 30 30 30 30 40 40 50 50 60 60 60 60 85 85 1 1 3 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 2 2 3 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 2 3 3 2 3 2 3 -- -- -- -- -- -- 5 5 7.5 7.5 5 7.5 5 7.5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 15 15 10 15 10 15 15 25 15 25 15 25 15 15 20 20 15 25 15 25 20 30 20 30 20 40 Catalog Number 30002D 30002DS 30003D 30003DS 40002D* 40003D 50002D 50003D 60002D 60003D 60002FWD 60003FWD 85002D 85003D Note: *For motor controller only, use catalog number 4002. Rotary AC Manual Motor Controllers Suitable as Disconnects Description Rotary switch Rotary switch Rotary switch Rotary switch Rotary switch Rotary switch Amp Phase Poles 120V AC 30 30 40 40 60 60 1 3 1 3 1 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 -- -- HP Ratings 240V AC 480V AC 5 7.5 5 7.5 10 10 600V AC 10 15 10 15 15 25 15 20 15 25 20 30 Catalog Number 66032D 66033D 66042D 66043D 66062D 66063D Toggle And Rotary Enclosed Switches Suitable as Disconnects HP Ratings Description NEMA 1 aluminum - toggle NEMA 1 aluminum - toggle NEMA 3/3R non-metallic NEMA 3/3R non-metallic NEMA 3R die cast aluminum NEMA 3R die cast aluminum NEMA 3R aluminum NEMA 3R aluminum NEMA 3R aluminum NEMA 3R aluminum NEMA 4X stainless steel NEMA 4X stainless steel NEMA 4X rotary motor controller NEMA 4X rotary motor controller NEMA 4X rotary motor controller Amp Phase Poles 120V AC 240V AC 480V AC 600V AC 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 60 60 30 60 30 40 60 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 -- -- 3 -- 3 3 -- 5 7.5 5 7.5 5 7.5 5 7.5 10 10 7.5 10 7.5 7.5 10 10 15 10 15 10 15 10 15 15 25 15 25 15 15 25 15 20 15 20 15 20 15 20 20 30 20 30 20 20 30 Catalog Number 30102D 30103D 30322D 30323D 30312D 30313D 30302D 30303D 60302D 60303D 664S33D 664S63D 664X33D 664X43D 664X63D Accessories G-6 Description Catalog Number Finger guards, red, for use with 30, 40 and 50 amp switches (set of 2) Handle kit for rotary switch, includes handle, shaft, mounting brackets and required screws Weatherproofing kit for rotary switch, includes 4 seals, neoprene bushing and 3 "O" rings Auxiliary contact NO/NC, includes 1 contact for use with push-on terminals Mounting feet for NEMA 4X enclosure Neutral buss connector for NEMA 4X enclosure 30003FG 6610MK 664XWP 660AC 664XFT 6603N www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Motor Control Products Pendant Control Stations * Compact size, designed for comfort fit * Raised button guards * Safety-yellow "Super-Tuff" polymer enclosure * Heavy duty nickel-plated copper contacts * Mechanical interlock on single- and two-speed stations * "Saddle" type wire terminations * Excellent strain relief IP55 SUITABILITY Pendant Control Stations, Two Button, NEMA 4X With Mechanical Interlock Between Push Buttons Ideal for use on outdoor equipment. Normally Open-Normally Closed Without Mechanical Interlock Single-Speed Two-Speed PCS002 PCS202 Single-Speed PCS102 Note: Included with product: nylon cord grip and sealing washer (must be installed to achieve NEMA 4X rating). Indication label pack. Cord dia. range .375-.625 in. (9.5-15.9). Ambient temperatures: 25F to 140F (32C to 60C). Typical applications: Package electric motor hoists. Remote control of machinery. Contact Ratings - Compact Pendant Push Button Stations, PCS Series Single-Speed Two-Speed Voltage Current Voltage Current AC 35% power factor 120V 240V 6.0 Amp 3.0 Amp 120V 240V 3.0 Amp 1.5 Amp DC Inductive 125V 250V 1.1 Amp 0.55 Amp -- -- -- -- Note: Contacts will carry the above currents on a continuous basis and have the same interrupting ratings. Ground screw (green) Wiring Diagram 1.31" (33.27) Cord connector kit Cable stripped length N.O.1 Com. Bot. Top Ctr. Single-Speed* PCS002 Ctr. Bot. Top Tab Two-Speed* PCS202 N.O.1 Internal strain relief N.O.2 Note: *Mechanical "floating ball" interlock prevents actuating both push buttons simultaneously. N.O.2 2.0 (50.8) 9.13" (231.9) 1.5 (38.1) Ensure gasket is properly seated 1.5 (38.1) N.O.1 Com. 2.5 (63.5) .4 (10.2) (Crimp) Two-speed only Bot. Top Ctr. Momentary (Start/Stop) PCS102 N.O.2 Specifications are subject to change without notice. 2.38" (80.5) www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ G-7 Motor Control Products Technical Specifications - Controllers/Disconnects and Enclosures AC Manual Toggle and Rotary Motor Controllers/Disconnects Certification UL 508 Industrial Control Equipment File #E70402 CSA-C22.2 No.14 Industrial Control Equipment File #LR-46186 Performance Electrical Dielectric voltage 2,200V AC minimum for 1 minute Electrical life 6,000 cycles at general rating load Max working voltage 600V AC RMS Controllers 30A and 40A 50A 60A and 85A All controllers 10,000 Rms 60A max J fuses 50A max J fuses 80A max J fuses 125A max RK5 fuses Mechanical life Terminal accommodations 10,000 cyc min. Amps 30 40 and 50 60 and 85 AWG Minimum #14 #14 #14 Terminal torque 30 - 50 60 - 85 20 inch pounds 25 inch pounds Short circuit Withstand rating As motor disconnect Short circuit withstand rating as motor controller Mechanical AWG Maximum #10 # 8 - with UL listed ring terminal #4 Environmental Flammability UL94HB/V Operating temperature Maximum continuous 30, 40 and 60A, 60C Maximum continuous 50 and 85A, 75C Minimum continuous without impact, -40C G-8 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Section H Locking Devices Table of Contents Page NEMA Configuration Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-2 Product Features Triple Gripper(R) Locking Plug and Connector and Locking Receptacle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-3 20 Amp Receptacle and Equipment Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-3 15 Amp NEMA Locking Devices Midget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-4 125V, 2-Pole 2-Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-5 125V, 250V and 277V AC, 2-Pole 3-Wire Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-6 20 Amp NEMA Locking Devices 250V, 2-Pole 2-Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-5 125V, 250V, 277V AC, 480V AC and 600V AC, 2-Pole 3-Wire Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-8 3O 125/250V AC, 250V AC and 3O 480V AC, 3-Pole 3-Wire and 3-Pole 4-Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-9 3OY 120/208V AC, 3OY 277/480V AC and 3OY 347/600V AC, 4-Pole 4-Wire and 4-Pole 5-Wire . . . . . . . . .H-10 30 Amp NEMA Locking Devices 125V, 250V, 277V AC, 480V AC and 600V AC, 2-Pole 3-Wire Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-11 125/250V AC, 3O 250V AC, 3O 480V AC and 3O 600V AC, 3-Pole 3-Wire and 3-Pole 4-Wire . . . . . . . . . . .H-12 3OY 120/208V AC, 3OY 277/480V AC and 3OY 347/600V AC, 4-Pole 4-Wire and 4-Pole 5-Wire . . . . . . . . .H-13 400Hz 20 and 30 Amp Locking Devices 20 Amp 400 Hertz 3OY 120/208V, 4-Pole 5-Wire Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-14 30 Amp 28V DC, 400 Hertz 120V, 400 Hertz 3O 120V and 400 Hertz 3OY 120/208V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-14 Non-NEMA Locking Devices 10 Amp 250V and 15 Amp 125V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-15 20 Amp 125/250V, 250V AC and 3OY 120/208V AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-16 30 Amp 125/250V, 3OY 120/208V and 250V AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-17 Locking Kits, Accessories and Boots Locking Kits - Pool Pump Kit and Generator Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-18 Angle Adapters and PLUGBOX(R) Lockout Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-19 Weather Protective Boots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-20 50 Amp Locking Devices 125V, 250V, 480V AC, 125/250V AC, 3O 250V AC and 3O 480V AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-21 250V DC and 600V AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-22 Accessories - Wallplates, Weatherproof Plates and Boots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-23 Power Interrupting Locking Devices 20 Amp 125V AC or DC and 10 Amp 250V DC, 480V AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-24 30 Amp 600V AC, 20 Amp 250V DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-25 60 Amp 600V AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-26 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-27 Technical Specifications Locking Receptacles, Plugs and Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H-28 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ H-1 Locking Devices 2-Pole 2-Wire NEMA(R) Configuration Chart 125V 125V L1 250V L2 125V 2-Pole 3-Wire Grounding 125V 250V 277V AC 480V AC 600V AC 28V DC 400Hz 120V 125/250V AC 3-Pole 3-Wire ML1 ML2 L5 L6 L7 ML-1R ML-1P H-5 H-5 L1-15R L1-15P 20 Ampere Receptacle Plug H-5 H-5 L2-20R L2-20P ML-2R ML-2P H-6, H-7 H-6 H-8, H-18 H-8 H-11 L5-15R L5-15P L5-20R L5-20P L5-30R L5-30P H-6, H-7 H-6 H-8 H-8 H-11 H-11 L6-15R L6-15P L6-20R L6-20P L6-30R L6-30P H-6, H-7 H-6 H-8 H-8 H-11 H-11 L7-15R L7-15P L7-20R L7-20P L7-30R L7-30P H-8 H-8 H-11 H-11 L8-20R L8-20P L8-30R L8-30P H-8 H-8 H-11 H-11 L9-20R L9-20P L9-30R L11 L12 H-4 ML-3R ML-3P 3-Pole 4-Wire Grounding 4-Pole 4-Wire 4-Pole 5-Wire Grounding 125/250V AC L10-20R H-9 L11-20R H-9 3O 250V AC 3O 480V AC 3O 600V AC 400Hz 3O 120V 3OY 120/208V AC 3OY 277/480V AC 3OY 347/600V AC 3OY 120/208V AC 3OY 277/480V AC 3OY 347/600V AC 400Hz 3OY 120/208V L13 L14 L15 L16 H-9 L20 L21 L22 L23 G W W W G H-14 G G FSL2 G NEMA L10-30 NEMA L10-30 H-9 H-12 H-12 NEMA NEMA L10-20 NEMA L10-20 NEMA L10-30 NEMAL10-20 L10-30 NEMA L10-30NEMA L10-30 NEMA L10-20 L10-20P L10-30R L10-30P NEMA L11-30 NEMA L11-20 NEMA L11-30 NEMA L11-20 NEMAH-9 L10-20 NEMA NEMAL10-20 L10-30 NEMA L10-20 NEMA L10-20 NEMA L10-30 H-12 H-12 NEMA L10-30NEMA L10-30 NEMA L11-30NEMA L11-30 NEMA L11-20 NEMAL11-20 L11-30 NEMA L11-20 NEMA L11-30 NEMA NEMA L11-20 L11-20P L11-30R L11-30P H-12 H-12 NEMA L11-30 NEMA L11-20 NEMA L11-30 NEMAH-9 L11-20 NEMA L11-30NEMA L11-30 NEMA L11-20 NEMA L11-20 NEMA L12-20 NEMA L12-30 NEMA L11-20 L12-20 NEMA L12-30 NEMA L11-30 NEMA L11-20 NEMA L11-30 NEMA L11-20 NEMA L11-30NEMA L11-30 NEMA L11-20 NEMA L12-20P L12-30R L12-30P H-12 H-12 NEMA L12-20 NEMA L12-30NEMA NEMA L12-20 NEMA L12-30 NEMA L12-20 NEMA L12-20 NEMA L12-30 L12-30 L13-30R NEMA L12-20 NEMA L12-20 NEMA L12-20 NEMA L12-30 NEMA L12-30 NEMA L12-30NEMAL13-30P NEMA L12-20 L12-30 H-9 H-12 , H-18 H-12 NEMA L12-30 L13-30 NEMA L12-20 NEMA L12-20 NEMAL12-30 L13-30 NEMA L12-30 NEMA NEMA L12-20 NEMA L12-20 NEMA L12-30 NEMA L14-20R L14-20P L14-30R L14-30P H-9 H-9 H-12 H-12 L15-20R L15-20P L15-30R H-9 H-9 NEMA L13-30 NEMA L13-30 NEMA L13-30 H-12 NEMAH-12 L13-30 L16-20R L16-20P L16-30R L16-30P H-12 H-12 NEMA L13-30NEMA L13-30 NEMA L13-30 NEMA L13-30 NEMA L13-30 NEMA L13-30 NEMA L13-30NEMA L13-30 L15-30P L17-30R L17-30P H-14 FSL3 L19 W W G NEMA L10-20 NEMA L10-20 NEMA L10-30NEMA L10-30 NEMA NEMAL10-20 L10-30 NEMA L10-20 NEMA L10-30 L17 L18 G NEMA L10-20 NEMA L10-20 H-9 H-14 FSL1 W FSL2 H-4 W G H-14 L12-20R 3O 600V AC L9-30P W FSL1 FSL2 3O 250V AC H-11 H-14 FSL1 L10 Plug H-4 L9 ML3 30 Ampere Receptacle Plug H-4 L8 125/250V AC 3O 480V AC 15 Ampere Receptacle H-4 H-4 H-14 X X Y G FSL3 Y G X Z FSL3 Z H-10 H-13 L18-20R L18-20P L18-30R L18-30P H-10 H-10 H-13 H-13 L19-20R L19-20P L19-30R L19-30P H-10 H-10 H-13 H-13 L20-20R L20-20P L20-30R L20-30P H-10 H-10 H-13 H-13 G Z H-13 L21-20R L21-20P L21-30R L21-30P H-10 H-10 H-13 H-13 L22-20R L22-20P L22-30R L22-30P H-10 H-10 H-13 H-13 L23-20R L23-20P L23-30R L23-30P H-14 H-14 X X Y W FSL4 Y Z H-10 FSL4 X Y G Z Y W Z FSL4 X X Y W Z Y W Z NEMA(R) is a registered trademark of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association. H-2 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Locking Devices Product Features Triple Gripper(R) Locking Plug * Hand grip features wide-rib, non-slip design * Configuration-specific plug face surrounds blades to prevent infiltration of contaminants * Captive, combination Slot/Phillips assembly screws * Double wall construction for extra durability * Neutral blade is nickel-plated for easy identification Triple Gripper(R) Locking Connector * Face and body feature alignment keys for easy assembly * Amperage, voltage and NEMA configuration imprinted on face for easy identification * Impact/chemical resistant, toughened nylon construction Locking Receptacle * Combination back and side wiring terminals accept #14 through #8 AWG solid or stranded conductors * Heavy duty mounting straps are nickel-plated to resist corrosion, wide width design assures secure assembly * NEMA rating and configuration are molded into face for easy identification * One-piece, rivetless copper-alloy contact design reduces heat buildup and provides secure blade retention Contact EPDM Dust Seal Triple Gripper(R) Terminal Cover Angle Adapter High-performance copper-alloy contacts have excellent conductivity and spring properties to provide superior contact pressure. Resiliant dust seal surrounds cord, helping to prevent moisture and contaminants from entering wiring chamber. Internal "self-centering" Triple Gripper(R) cord grip with "radius teeth" design provides secure cord retention. Transparent terminal cover, extended "teardrop" wiring pockets and backed out "captive" terminal screws simplify wiring. Nylon angle adapter (70204ANA) converts 20A and 30A nylon locking plugs and connectors into spacesaving angle devices. Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ H-3 Locking Devices Midget 15 Amp Locking Devices Midget 15A 125V Locking Devices Rating NEMA ML1, 15A 125V Plug Connector Poles/ Wires Cord Diameter 2-Pole 2-Wire .220-.425" (5.6-10.8) Inches (mm) Color Nylon with Non-metallic Cord Grip, Plugs are Polarized Plug Connector Flanged Devices Equipment Base with Nylon White Cup Male Female Black/White Black 7465N 7465NB 7466N -- 7464N* 7464NB* 7468N* -- W 15A 125V NEMA ML-1P 15A 125V NEMA ML-1R Note: *Will accommodate both polarized and nonpolarized plugs. See page H-20 for weather protective boots for midget locking devices. Midget 15A 125V and 125/250V Locking Devices Inches (mm) Nylon with Quad Gripper(R) Cord Grip Connector Flanged Devices Equipment Base with Nylon White Cup Male Female Poles/ Wires Cord Diameter 2-Pole 3-Wire .281"-.625" Black/White (7.1-15.9) 7594NP 7593NC 7595MB 7596ER NEMA ML-2R NEMA ML3, 15A 125/250V 3-Pole 3-Wire Plug Connector .281"-.625" Black/White (7.1-15.9) 7485NP 7484NC 7486MB 7487ER Rating NEMA ML2, 15A 125V Plug Connector Color Plug W GR 15A 125V NEMA ML-2P 15A 125V X W Y 15A 125/250V NEMA ML-3P 15A 125/250V NEMA ML-3R Note: See page H-20 for weather protective boots for midget locking devices. Product Dimensions A B C Inches (mm) Plug Connector 1.60" (40.6) 1.12" (28.4) 1.25" (31.8) 2.15" (54.6) 1.12" (28.4) 1.25" (31.8) Flanged Devices A B C D E 7466N 7468N MB/ER Series 1.63" (41.4) 1.38" (35.1) 1.08" (27.4) 1.19" (30.2) 0.09" (2.3) 1.63" (41.4) 1.38" (35.1) 0.95" (24.1) O.D. 1.09" (27.7) 0.09" (2.3) 2.06" (52.3) 1.75" (44.5) 1.62" (41.1) 1.23" (31.2) 1.17" (29.7) C B C B E B A D A C A H-4 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ A E B D C Specifications are subject to change without notice. Locking Devices 15 and 20 Amp Locking Devices 15A 125V and 20A 250V Locking Devices Inches (mm) Black/White Nylon Polarized, with Non-metallic Cord Grip Rating NEMA L1-15, 15A 125V Plug Connector W W 15A 125V NEMA L1-15P UL Listed 0.5 HP 15A 125V NEMA L1-15R 20A 250V 20A 250V Poles/ Wires Cord Diameter Connector Receptacle Black Phenolic, Back and Side Wired Single Duplex 2-Pole 2-Wire .296"-.562" 7548 (7.5-14.3) 7506 7535 .296"-.562" 7102N (7.5-14.3) 9102N* 7101** 7210B UL Listed250V NEMA L2-20, 20A 2-Pole 0.5 HP Plug Connector 2-Wire Plug 7540 -- Flanged Devices Equipment Base with Binding Screw Terminals Male Female 7523 7526 8808MB 8809ER NEMA L2-20P NEMA L2-20R Note: *Plug is black/white nylon with dual non-metallic cord grip. UL Listed UL Listed 2 HP 2 HP **Connector is thermoplastic with cord grip. Receptacle Accessories Single Receptacle Wallplate Duplex Receptacle Wallplate Weatherproof Covers Stainless Steel Nylon Stainless Steel Nylon Zinc Die Cast Zinc Die Cast Thermoplastic SS7 NP7BK SS8 NP8BK RW51550 RW51470 RW57300 Note: See Section Q for additional information on wallplates and weatherproof covers. Product Dimensions A B Plug Connector 1.97" (50.0) 1.53" (38.8) 2.78" (70.6) 1.53" (38.8) Inches (mm) Receptacle A B C D E B Flanged Devices Single Duplex Male/Female 3.28" (83.3) 2.38" (60.5) 1.38" (34.9) 1.00" (25.4) 15A - 1.39" (35.3) 20A - 2.09" (53.1) 3.28" (83.3) 1.50" (38.1) 0.91" (23.1) 2.72" (69.1) -- -- 2.56" (65.1) 2.19" (55.6) 1.69" (42.9) 1.72" (43.7) 0.06" (1.5) -- B A D D B C . 15A125V A . B A B C E A B C B A E D A . 15A125V A E D . C Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ H-5 C Locking Devices 15 Amp Plugs, Connectors and Flanged Devices 15A 125V, 250V and 277V Locking Devices, 2-Pole 3-Wire Grounding NEMA L5-15, 15A 125V Plug W Connector G W G 15A 125V NEMA L5-15P UL/CSA 0.5 HP 15A 125V NEMA L5-15R UL/CSA NEMA L6-15, 15A 250V Plug Nylon Plug Clamp-type Terminals Tripple Gripper Regular Nylon Connector Clamp-type Terminals Tripple Gripper Regular Flanged Devices Equipment Base with Nylon White Cup Male Female .300"-.655" Black/White (7.6-16.6) All Black Corrosion-Resistant Yellow Angled 12-position Black/White 4721NP 4721NPB 4721NPCR 4732NC 4732NCB 4732NCCR 4716MB -- -- 4715ER -- -- -- -- .300"-.655" Black/White (7.6-16.6) 70615NP -- 70615NC -- 70615MB 70615ER 4770NP -- 4779NC -- 4786MB 4785ER Cord Diameter Rating Connector Inches (mm) Description -- -- 4726BRY -- 4722N 4730 -- -- -- -- X X G G Y Y 20A 250V NEMA L6-20R 15A 250V NEMA L6-15P UL/CSA L7-15, 15AUL/CSA NEMA 277V AC .300"-.655" Black/White 2 HP 1.5 HP (7.6-16.6) Plug Connector W G 15A 277V AC NEMA L7-15P UL/CSA 2 HP G W 15A 277V AC NEMA L7-15R UL/CSA Weather Protective Boots Description For use with Color For Use with Plugs Thermoplastic elastomer boot 7465N plug when used with 7464N connector or 7468N female equipment receptacle, also for use with connector when used with 7466N male base 7464N connector when used with 7465N plug Black 7460BP Neoprene boot 15 amp 2-pole 2-wire and midget locking nylon plugs and connectors, NEMA L1-15, ML-2 and ML-3 Product Dimensions -- 7400BCR Locking (All Black) Flanged Devices Connector Plug Connector Plug 2.18" (55.4) 1.38" (35.1) 1.53" (38.9) 2.95" (75.0) 1.38" (35.1) 1.53" (38.9) 2.00" (50.8) 1.56" (39.6) 1.53" (38.9) 2.78" (70.6) 2.33" (59.2) 1.53" (38.9) 2.07" (52.6) 1.30" (33.0) 1.52" (38.6) C B C A B C A A H-6 A A A B C B 2.50" (63.5) 2.19" (55.6) 2.00" (50.8) 1.84" (46.8) 1.68" (42.6) 1.58" (40.1) Note: See page S-8 for horsepower ratings. A B C Male/Female A B C D E F C A B 7460BC 7400BCR Angled Plug B -- Inches (mm) Triple Gripper Locking (B/W) A B C Black Yellow For Use with Connectors B C D C www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ E F Specifications are subject to change without notice. Locking Devices 15 Amp Locking Receptacles 15A 125V, 250V and 277V Locking Devices, 2-Pole 3-Wire Grounding Nylon Back and Side Wired Single Receptacle Panel Mount Mounting Hole Center 1.94" (49.3) 1.75" (44.5) -- 4700DR 4700DRI 4700DRIG 4710 -- -- 4710IG 4712BRY -- -- -- 4700DRCR 4710CR -- 70615DR 70615DRIG 70615FR -- 70615IG -- 4750DR 4760 -- Duplex Receptacle Rating Plug W Connector G W G 15A 125V NEMA L5-15P UL/CSA 0.5 HP 15A 125V NEMA L5-15R UL/CSA NEMA L6-15, 15A 250V Plug X Connector X G G Y Reinforced Thermoplastic Polyester (RTP) Description NEMA L5-15, 15A 125V Y Black Brown Ivory Isolated Ground Orange Corrosion-Resistant Yellow Black Brown Isolated Ground Orange 15A 250V 15A 250V NEMA L6-15R NEMA L6-15P NEMA 277V AC Black UL/CSA L7-15, 15AUL/CSA 1.5 HP Brown Plug Connector W G G 15A 277V AC NEMA L7-15P Inches (mm) Mounted on a 4" (101.6) Round Cover 4713BRY -- -- -- -- 4711BRY -- -- -- -- 7061594 -- -- -- 7061575 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 4761 -- W 15A 277V AC NEMA L7-15R UL/CSA Note: See Section D for more information on isolated ground devices and Section J for more information on corrosion-resistant devices. UL/CSA 2 HP Receptacle Accessories Single Receptacle Wallplate Duplex Receptacle Wallplate Weatherproof Covers Stainless Steel Nylon Stainless Steel Nylon Zinc Die Cast Zinc Die Cast Thermoplastic SS7 NP7BK SS8 NP8BK RW51550 RW51470 RW57300 Note: See Section Q for additional information on wallplates and weatherproof covers. Product Dimensions Duplex A B C D E F Inches (mm) Receptacle Single 3.28" (83.3) 2.74" (69.6) 1.70" (43.2) 1.17" (29.7) 0.93" (23.6) -- 3.28" (83.3) 2.38" (60.5) 1.38" (35.1) 1.41" (35.8) 1.37" (37.8) 1.01" (25.7) Panel Mounting A B C D E F 2.38" (60.5) 1.75" (44.5) or 1.94" (49.3) 1.38" (35.1) 1.41" (35.8) 1.09" (27.7) 0.33" (8.4) Specifications are subject to change without notice. C D F A B A B C E A E D www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ F B C D E H-7 Locking Devices 20 Amp Plugs, Connectors Flanged Devices and Receptacles 20A 125V, 250V, 277V AC, 480V AC and 600V AC Locking Devices, 2-Pole 3-Wire Grounding Inches (mm) Flanged Devices Equipment Base with Nylon White Cup Nylon Plug Nylon Connector Male Female Weather Protective Power Inlets Single Nylon Die Cast Receptacle, Aluminum Plate* All Black 70520NP 70520NPB 70520NC 70520NCB 70520ER -- 70520MBWP -- 70520NPCR 70520NCCR Tripple Gripper Cord Diameter Rating NEMA L5-20, 20A 125V Plug Description .300"-.655" Black/White (7.6-16.6) All Black Connector Corrosion-Resistant Yellow/White W W G G 20A 125V NEMA L5-20P UL/CSA 1 HP 20A 125V NEMA L5-20R UL/CSA 1 HP Plug Connector NEMA L6-20, 20A 250V X X G .300"-.655" Black/White (7.6-16.6) Corrosion-Resistant Yellow/White G Y 20A 250V NEMA L6-20R UL/CSA 2 HP Plug Connector NEMA L7-20, 20A 277V AC -- 70620NP 70620NC 70620NPCR 70620NCCR -- Isolated Ground Orange Y 20A 250V NEMA L6-20P UL/CSA 2 HP -- Isolated Ground Orange 70520MB -- -- -- -- 70520FRCR -- -- -- 70520IG 70620MB -- -- 70520FR 70620ER 70620MBWP 70620FR -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 70620IG .300"-.655" Black/White (7.6-16.6) 70720NP 70720NC 70720MB 70720ER -- 70720FR .300"-950" Black/White (7.6-24.1) 70820NP 70820NC 70820MB 70820ER -- 70820FR .300"-950" Black/White (7.6-24.1) 70920NP 70920NC 70920MB 70920ER -- 70920FR W G 20A 277V AC NEMA L7-20P UL/CSA 2 HP 20A 277V AC Plug Connector NEMA L7-20R NEMA L8-20, UL/CSA 2 HP 20A 480V AC X X G G Y Y 20A 480V AC NEMA L8-20P UL/CSA 3 HP 20A 480V AC Plug Connector NEMA L8-20R NEMA L9-20, UL/CSA HP 20A 600V 3AC X X G G Y Y 20A 600V AC 20A 600V AC NEMA L9-20P NEMA L9-20R Note: *Supplied with gaskets, mounting screws and spring-loaded, self-closing lift cover. UL/CSA UL/CSA See Section D for more information on isolated ground devices and Section J for more information on corrosion-resistant devices. See page H-20 for weather protective boots for 20 amp nylon locking plugs. Product Dimensions Inches (mm) Plug A 2.86" (72.4) B 1.89" (48.0) C 2.13" (54.1) A Connector A 3.90" (99.1) B 1.89" (48.0) C 2.13" (54.1) C B C B A B C D E F Receptacle Flanged Devices Single Male/ Female 3.28" (83.3) 2.38" (60.5) 1.56" (39.6) 1.70" (43.2) 2.67" (67.8) 1.24" (31.5) 2.88" (73.2) 120 2.00" (50.8) 2.02" (51.3) 2.05" (52.1) (3) 0.19" (4.8) Note: See page S-8 for horsepower ratings. A C Bolt Circle B A A B E C F (3) Equally Spaced D F D E H-8 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Locking Devices 20 Amp Plugs, Connectors Flanged Devices and Receptacles 20A 125/250V, 3O 250V AC and 3O 480V AC Locking Devices, 3-Pole 3-Wire and 3-Pole 4-Wire Grounding Inches (mm) Poles/ Wires Rating NEMA L10-20, 3-Pole 20A 125/250V AC 3-Wire Plug Cord Diameter .300"-.655" (7.6-16.6) Description Male Female Black/White 71020NP 71020NC 71020MB 71020ER -- 71020FR Black/White NEMA L10-30 71120NP 71120NC 71120MB 71120ER -- 71120FR 71220NP 71220NC 71220MB 71220ER -- 71220FR 71420NP 71420NC 71420MB 71420ER 20A 3O 250V AC 3-Wire (7.6-16.6) NEMA L10-20 NEMA L10-20 NEMA L10-30 NEMA L10-20 NEMA L10-20 Plug Connector NEMA L10-30 NEMA L10-30 NEMA L10-30 NEMA L11-20 NEMA L11-30 NEMA L11-20 NEMA L11-30 3-Pole .300"-.655" L11-30 NEMA L11-20NEMA L12-20, NEMANEMA L11-20 NEMA L11-30 NEMA L11-20 NEMA L11-20 20A 3O 480V AC 3-Wire (7.6-16.6) Plug Black/White NEMA L11-30 NEMA L11-30 Connector NEMANEMA L12-20 L12-30 NEMA L12-20 NEMA L12-30 NEMA L12-20 NEMA NEMA L12-20 L12-30 .465"-1.150" NEMA L12-20NEMA L14-20, NEMA3-Pole L12-20 NEMA L12-30 20A 125/250V AC Plug (11.8-29.2) Isolated Ground Orange X G G Y Y NEMA L15-20, 20A 3O 250V AC Plug -- -- -- -- 71420MBWP 71420FR -- 71420IG NEMA L13-30 NEMA L13-30 W 20A 125/250V AC 20A 125/250V AC NEMA L14-20R NEMA L14-20P UL/CSA UL/CSA 2 (1) HP 2 (1) HP NEMA L13-30 NEMA L13-30 3-Pole .465"-1.150" 4-Wire (11.8-29.2) 3-Pole 4-Wire .465"-1.150" (11.8-29.2) NEMA L13-30 NEMA L13-30 Black/White 71520NP 71520NC 71520MB 71520ER 71520MBWP 71520FR Black/White 71620NP 71620NC 71620MB 71620ER 71620MBWP 71620FR Connector X X G G Y Z Z 20A 3O 250V AC NEMA L15-20P UL/CSA 3 HP 20A 3O 250V AC Plug Connector NEMA L15-20R NEMA L16-20, UL/CSA 3 HP 20A 3O 480V AC X X Y 4-Wire NEMA L12-30 Black/White NEMA L12-30 Connector X Y Weather Protective Power Inlets Single Nylon Die Cast Receptacle, Aluminum Plate* All Black Tripple Gripper Nylon Nylon Plug Connector Connector NEMA L10-20 NEMA L10-20NEMA L11-20, 3-Pole .300"-.655" NEMA L10-30 W Flanged Devices Equipment Base with Nylon White Cup G G Y Z Z 20A 3O 480V AC NEMA L16-20P UL/CSA 5 HP 20A 3O 480V AC NEMA L16-20R UL/CSA Note: *Supplied with gaskets, mounting screws and spring-loaded, self-closing lift cover. 5 HP See Section D for more information on isolated ground devices and Section J for more information on corrosion-resistant devices. See page H-20 for weather protective boots for 20 amp nylon locking plugs. Product Dimensions Inches (mm) Plug A 2.86" (72.4) B 1.89" (48.0) C 2.13" (54.1) A Connector A 3.90" (99.1) B 1.89" (48.0) C 2.13" (54.1) C B A B C D E C B F A Specifications are subject to change without notice. Receptacle Single Flanged Devices 71020MB/ER 71520MB/ER 3.28" (83.3) 2.38" (60.5) 1.56" (39.6) 1.70" (43.2) 2.67" (67.8) 71520FR 2.50" (63.5) 71020FR 1.14" (29.0) 71520FR 0.98" (2.50) 71020FR 2.88" (73.2) 120 2.50" (63.5) 2.02" (51.3) 2.12" (53.8) 3.06" (77.7) 120 2.68" (68.1) 2.03" (51.6) 2.16" (54.9) C Bolt Circle B A A B E C F (3) Equally Spaced D (3) 0.19" (4.8) (3) 0.19" (4.8) D F E Note: See page S-8 for horsepower ratings. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ H-9 Locking Devices 20 Amp Plugs, Connectors Flanged Devices and Receptacles 20A 3OY 120/208V AC, 3OY 277/480V AC and 3OY 347/600V AC Locking Devices, 4-Pole 4-Wire and 4-Pole 5-Wire Grounding Inches (mm) Poles/ Wires Rating Plug Z Z 20A 3OY Plug Connector 120/208V AC NEMA NEMA L19-20, 4-Pole L18-20R UL Listed 2 HP 20A 3OY 277/480V AC 4-Wire X W 20A 3OY 277/480V AC NEMA L19-20P UL Listed 5 HP 20A 3OY Plug Connector 277/480V AC NEMA L20-20, 4-Pole NEMA L19-20R UL Listed 5 HP 20A 3OY 347/600V AC 4-Wire X W 20A 3OY 347/600V AC NEMA L20-20P UL Listed 20A 3OY Plug Connector 347/600V AC NEMA L21-20, 4-Pole NEMA L20-20R UL Listed 20A 3OY 120/208V AC 5-Wire X X W W G Z 20A 3OY 120/208V AC NEMA L21-20P UL/CSA 2 HP 20A 3OY 120/208V AC Plug Connector NEMA L21-20R NEMA L22-20, 4-Pole UL/CSA 2 HP 20A 3OY 277/480V AC 5-Wire 71920NP 71920NC 71920MB 71920ER 71920FR .465"-1.150" Black/White (11.8-29.2) 72020NP .465"-1.150" Black/White (11.8-29.2) All Black Isolated Ground Orange 72120NP 72120NPB -- 72120NC 72120NCB -- 72120MB -- -- 72120ER -- -- -- 72120FR 72120IG .465"-1.150" Black/White (11.8-29.2) 72220NP 72220NC 72220MB 72220ER 72220FR .465"-1.150" Black/White (11.8-29.2) 72320NP 72320NC 72320MB 72320ER 72320FR 72020NC 72020MB 72020ER 72020FR X X W W G Y Z Z 20A 3OY 277/480V AC NEMA L22-20P UL/CSA 5 HP 20A 3OY 277/480V AC NEMA L22-20R UL/CSA 5 HP Plug Connector NEMA L23-20, 4-Pole 20A 3OY 347/600V AC 5-Wire X X W G .465"-1.150" Black/White (11.8-29.2) Y Z Y 71820FR Y Z G 71820ER X W Z Y 71820MB Y Z G 71820NC X W Z Y 71820NP Description Y W 20A 3OY 120/208V AC NEMA L18-20P UL Listed 2 HP Y Female .465"-1.150" Black/White (11.8-29.2) X W Y Male Single Nylon Receptacle, All Black Connector X Y Tripple Gripper Nylon Nylon Plug Connector Cord Diameter NEMA L18-20, 4-Pole 20A 3OY 120/208V AC 4-Wire Flanged Devices Equipment Base with Nylon White Cup W G Y Z Z 20A 3OY 347/600V AC NEMA L23-20P UL/CSA 20A 3OY 347/600V AC Note: See Section D for more information on isolated ground devices and Section J for more information on corrosion-resistant devices. NEMA L23-20P See pageUL/CSA H-20 for weather protective boots for 20 amp nylon locking plugs. Product Dimensions Inches (mm) Plug A 2.86" (72.4) B 1.89" (48.0) C 2.13" (54.1) A Connector A 3.90" (99.1) B 1.89" (48.0) C 2.13" (54.1) C B C B A B C D E F Receptacle Flanged Devices Single Male/ Female 3.28" (83.3) 2.38" (60.5) 1.56" (39.6) 1.70" (43.2) 2.67" (67.8) 1.24" (31.5) 3.06" (77.7) 120 2.68" (68.1) 2.03" (51.6) 2.16" (54.9) (3) 0.19" (4.8) Note: See page S-8 for horsepower ratings. A H-10 C Bolt Circle B A A B E C F (3) Equally Spaced D D F E www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Locking Devices 30 Amp Plugs, Connectors Flanged Devices and Receptacles 30A 125V, 250V, 277V AC, 480V AC and 600V AC Locking Devices, 2-Pole 3-Wire Grounding Inches (mm) Rating Plug Connector W W G G 20A 125V NEMA L5-20P UL/CSA 1 HP 20A 125V NEMA L5-20R UL/CSA 1 HP Plug Connector NEMA L6-30, 30A 250V X X G G Y Tripple Gripper Nylon Nylon Plug Connector Male .300"-.950" Black/White (7.6-24.1) All Black 70530NP 70530NPB 70530NC 70530NCB 70530MB -- Corrosion-Resistant Yellow/White Isolated Ground Orange .300"-.950" Black/White (7.6-24.1) All Black 70530NPCR 70530NCCR Cord Diameter NEMA L5-30, 30A 125V Y 20A 250V NEMA L6-20P UL/CSA 2 HP 20A 250V NEMA L6-20R UL/CSA 2 HP Plug Connector NEMA L7-30, 30A 277V AC Flanged Devices Equipment Base with Nylon White Cup Description Corrosion-Resistant Yellow/White Isolated Ground Orange .300"-.950" Black/White (7.6-24.1) -- -- 70630NP 70630NPB 70630NC 70630NCB 70630NPCR 70630NCCR -- Single Nylon Receptacle, All Black 70530ER -- 70530MBWP -- -- 70530FR -- -- -- 70530FRCR -- -- -- 70530IG 70630MB -- -- Female Weather Protective Power Inlets Die Cast Aluminum Plate* 70630ER -- 70630MBWP -- -- 70630FR -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 70630IG 70730NP 70730NC 70730MB 70730ER -- 70730FR .300"-.950" Black/White (7.6-24.1) 70830NP 70830NC 70830MB 70830ER -- 70830FR .300"-.950" Black/White (7.6-24.1) 70930NP 70930NC 70930MB 70930ER -- 7093 0FR W G 20A 277V AC NEMA L7-20P UL/CSA 2 HP 20A 277V AC Plug Connector NEMA L7-20R NEMA L8-30, UL/CSA 2 HP 30A 480V AC X X G G Y Y 20A 480V AC NEMA L8-20P UL/CSA 3 HP 20A 480V AC Plug Connector NEMA L8-20R NEMA L9-30, UL/CSA 30A 600V3 HP AC X X G G Y Y 20A 600V AC NEMA L9-20P UL/CSA 20A 600V AC NEMA L9-20R UL/CSA Note: *Supplied with gaskets, mounting screws and spring-loaded, self-closing lift cover. See Section D for more information on isolated ground devices and Section J for more information on corrosion-resistant devices. See page H-20 for weather protective boots for 20 amp nylon locking plugs. Product Dimensions Inches (mm) Plug A 2.86" (72.4) B 1.89" (48.0) C 2.13" (54.1) A Connector A 3.90" (99.1) B 1.89" (48.0) C 2.13" (54.1) C B C B A B C D E F Receptacle Single Flanged Devices Male/Female 3.28" (83.3) 2.38" (60.5) 1.56" (39.6) 1.70" (43.2) 2.67" (67.8) 1.24" (31.5) 2.88" (73.2) 120 2.50" (63.5) 2.02" (51.3) 2.05" (52.1) (3) 0.19" (4.8) Note: See page S-8 for horsepower ratings. A Specifications are subject to change without notice. C Bolt Circle B A A B E C F (3) Equally Spaced D D F E www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ H-11 Locking Devices 30 Amp Plugs, Connectors Flanged Devices and Receptacles 30A 125/250V, 3O 250V AC, 3O 480V AC and 3O 600V AC Locking Devices, 3-Pole 3-Wire and 3-Pole 3-Wire and 3-Pole 4-Wire Grounding Inches (mm) Rating Poles/ Wires Cord Diameter NEMA L10-30, 30A 125/250V AC 3-Pole 3-Wire .300"-.950" Black/White (7.6-24.1) Plug Description 3-Pole .300"-.950" Black/White NEMANEMA L10-20 MA L10-20NEMA L11-30, NEMA L10-30 L10-30 30A 3O 250V AC 3-Wire (7.6-24.1) NEMANEMA L10-20 L10-30 Connector NEMA L10-20 NEMA L10-30 Plug MA L10-20 Connector NEMA L10-20 NEMA L10-30 NEMA NEMA L12-20L12-30 MA L12-20 Plug 71030MB 71030ER -- 71030FR 71130NP 71130NC 71130MB 71130ER -- 71130FR 71230NP 71230NC 71230MB 71230ER -- 71230FR 71330NP 71330NC 71330MB 71330ER -- 71330FR 71430NP 71430NC 71430MB 71430ER NEMA L12-30 Connector NEMA L13-30 MA L12-20NEMA NEMA L13-30 NEMA L13-30 L14-30, .465"-1.150" NEMA3-Pole L12-20L12-30 NEMA 30A 125/250V AC Plug 4-Wire Connector G G (11.8-29.2) NEMA L13-30 NEMA L13-30 NEMA L13-30 Black/White NEMA L12-30 Isolated Ground Orange X X W -- -- -- -- 71430MBWP -- 71430FR 71430IG Y Y 20A 125/250V AC20A 125/250V AC NEMA L14-20R NEMA L14-20P UL/CSA UL/CSA 2 (1) HP 2 (1) HP NEMA L15-30, 30A 3O 250V AC Plug Connector X X G G Z 3-Pole .465"-1.150" Black/White NEMA L13-30 NEMA L13-30 4-Wire (11.8-29.2) Isolated Ground Orange 71530NP -- 71530NC -- 71530MB -- 71530ER -- 71530MBWP 71530FR -- 71530IG Y Z 20A 3O 250V AC 20A 3O 250V AC NEMA L15-20P NEMA L15-20R UL/CSA UL/CSA 3 HP 3 HP NEMA L16-30, 30A 3O 480V AC Plug 3-Pole 4-Wire .465"-1.150" Black/White (11.8-29.2) 71630NP 71630NC 71630MB 71630ER -- 71630FR 3-Pole 4-Wire .465"-1.150" Black/White (11.8-29.2) 71730NP 71730NC 71730MB 71730ER -- 71730FR Connector X X G G Y Z Z 20A 3O 480V AC 20A 3O 480V AC NEMA L16-20R NEMA L16-20P UL/CSA UL/CSA 5 HP 5 HP NEMA L17-30, 30A 3O 600V AC Plug Connector X X Y Female 71030NC NEMA L10-30 EMA L12-20 NEMA L12-20 NEMA L12-30 NEMA L12-30 .300"-.950" Black/White MA L12-20NEMA L13-30, NEMA3-Pole L12-20L12-30 NEMA NEMA L12-30 L11-30 NEMA L11-30 MA L11-20 NEMANEMA L11-20 30A 3O 600V AC 3-Wire (7.6-24.1) Y Male 71030NP Single Nylon Receptacle, All Black NEMA L10-30 NEMA L10-30 NEMA L11-30 NEMANEMA L11-20 L11-30 MA L11-20 3-Pole .300"-.950" Black/White L11-30 NEMA L11-30 EMA L11-20NEMA L12-30, NEMANEMA L11-20 L11-30 NEMA L11-30 MA L11-20 NEMANEMA L11-20 30A 3O 480V AC 3-Wire (7.6-24.1) Y Weather Protective Power Inlets Die Cast Aluminum Plate* Tripple Gripper Nylon Nylon Plug Connector Connector EMA L10-20 Plug MA L10-20 W Flanged Devices Equipment Base with Nylon White Cup G Z G Y Z 20A 3O 480V AC 20A 3O 480V AC NEMA L16-20R NEMA L16-20P UL/CSA UL/CSA 5 HP 5 HP Note: *Supplied with gaskets, mounting screws and spring-loaded, self-closing lift cover. See Section D for more information on isolated ground devices and Section J for more information on corrosion-resistant devices. See page H-13 for 30 amp NEMA locking device dimensions.. See page H-20 for weather protective boots for 30 amp nylon locking plugs. H-12 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Locking Devices 30 Amp Plugs, Connectors Flanged Devices and Receptacles 30A 3OY 120/208V AC, 3OY 277/480V AC and 3OY 347/600V AC Locking Devices, 4-Pole 4-Wire and 4-Pole 5-Wire Grounding Inches (mm) Poles/ Wires Rating Plug Z 30A 3OY 120/208V AC NEMA L18-30R UL Listed 3 HP Plug Connector NEMA L19-30, 4-Pole 30A 3OY 277/480V AC 4-Wire W W Z 30A 3OY 277/480V AC NEMA L19-30P UL Listed 10 HP 30A 3OY Plug Connector 277/480V AC NEMA L20-30, 4-Pole NEMA L19-30R UL Listed 30A 3OY 347/600V AC 4-Wire 10 HP W W Z 30A 3OY 347/600V AC NEMA L20-30P UL Listed 30A 3OY Plug Connector X X 347/600V AC NEMA L21-30, 4-Pole NEMA L20-30R UL Listed 30A 3OY 120/208V AC 5-Wire W W G Z 30A 3OY 120/208V AC NEMA L21-30P UL/CSA 3 HP 30A 3OY Plug Connector 120/208V AC NEMA L22-30, 4-Pole NEMA L21-30R UL/CSA 3 HP 30A 3OY 277/480V AC 5-Wire 71930NC 71930MB 71930ER 71930FR .465"-1.150" Black/White (11.8-29.2) 72030NP 72030NC 72030MB 72030ER 72030FR .465"-1.150" Black/White (11.8-29.2) Isolated Ground Orange 72130NP 72130NC 72130MB 72130ER 72130FR .465"-1.150" Black/White (11.8-29.2) 72230NP 72230NC 72230MB 72230ER 72230FR .465"-1.150" Black/White (11.8-29.2) 72330NP 72330NC 72330MB 72330ER 72330FR -- -- -- -- 72130IG X X W W G Y Z Z 30A 3OY 277/480V AC NEMA L22-30P UL/CSA 10 HP 20A 3OY Plug Connector 277/480V AC NEMA L23-30, 4-Pole NEMA L22-20R UL/CSA 5 HP 30A 3OY 347/600V AC 5-Wire X X W G 71930NP Y Z Y .465"-1.150" Black/White (11.8-29.2) Y Z G 71830FR X X Y 71830ER Y Z G 71830MB X X Y 71830NC Y Z 30A 3OY 120/208V AC NEMA L18-30P UL Listed 3 HP Y 71830NP Description X W W Y Male .465"-1.150" Black/White (11.8-29.2) Connector X Y Single Nylon Receptacle, All Black Tripple Gripper Nylon Plug Nylon Connector Cord Diameter NEMA L18-30, 4-Pole 30A 3OY 120/208V AC 4-Wire Flanged Devices Equipment Base with Nylon White Cup Female W G Y Z Z 30A 3OY 30A 3OY 347/600V AC 347/600V AC Note: See Section D for more information on isolated ground devices and Section J for more information on corrosion-resistant devices. NEMA L23-30R NEMA L23-30P UL/CSA See pageUL/CSA H-20 for weather protective boots for 30 amp nylon locking plugs. Product Dimensions Inches (mm) Plug A 2.86" (72.4) B 1.89" (48.0) C 2.13" (54.1) A Connector A 3.90" (99.1) B 1.89" (48.0) C 2.13" (54.1) C B C B A B C D E F Receptacle Flanged Devices Single Male/ Female 3.28" (83.3) 2.38" (60.5) 1.56" (39.6) 1.70" (43.2) 2.67" (67.8) 1.24"(31.5) 3.06" (77.7) 120 2.68" (68.1) 2.03" (51.6) 2.16" (54.9) (3) 0.19" (4.8) C Bolt Circle B A A Note: See page S-8 for horsepower ratings. A Specifications are subject to change without notice. B E C F (3) Equally Spaced D F D E www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ H-13 Locking Devices 400 Hertz 20A and 30A Locking Devices 20A 400Hz 3OY 120/208V and 30A 28V DC, 400Hz 120V, 3O 120V and 3OY 120/208V Locking Devices, 2-Pole 3-Wire, 3-Pole 4-Wire and 4-Pole 5-Wire Grounding Inches (mm) Rating Poles/ Wires Cord Diameter Nylon Plug Nylon Connector Male Female Single Urea Receptacle, All Black 20A 400Hz, 3OY 120/208V 4-Pole 5-Wire .465"-1.150" Black/White (11.8-29.2) 40045NP 40045NC 40045MB 40045ER 40045FR 2-Pole 3-Wire .300"-.950" Black/White (7.6-24.1) FSL1NP FSL1NC -- -- FSL1FR 2-Pole 3-Wire .465"-1.150" Black/White (11.8-29.2) FSL2NP FSL2NC -- -- FSL2FR 3-Pole 4-Wire .465"-1.150" Black/White (11.8-29.2) FSL3NP FSL3NC -- -- FSL3FR 4-Pole 5-Wire .465"-1.150" Black/White (11.8-29.2) FSL4NP FSL4NC -- -- FSL4FR Plug G X X G Z Z X G X Z W W W W NEMA FSL1, 30A 28V DC Plug W Connector W W G G W G G NEMA FSL2, 30A 400Hz 120V Plug W Connector W W G W G G G NEMA FSL3, 30A 400Hz 3O 120V Plug X Connector X X Y G Y X Y G G Z Y Z Z G Z NEMA FSL4, 30A 400Hz 3OY 120/280V Plug X Connector X X Y W Y Z Description Y Y G Tripple Gripper Connector Y Y Flanged Devices Equipment Base with Nylon White Cup W X Y W Z Z Y W Z Note: 400 Hertz locking devices have a unique locking configuration that is not interchangeable with existing locking configurations. They have been designed, tested and approved for use on 400 Hz (400 cycles per second) circuits. This higher frequency (400 Hz) is used in place of the normal 60 Hz in certain military, industrial and aircraft applications. Where power, size and weight are important factors, the application of 400 Hz, in aircraft for example, permits the use of small, powerful electric motors that result in a substantial weight reduction. The National Electrical Code requires that "receptacles connected to circuits having different voltages, frequencies or types of current (AC or DC) on the same premises shall be of such design that the attachment plugs used on these circuits are not interchangeable." Thus users of 400 Hz and 60 Hz attachment plugs and receptacles must segregate the frequencies when used on the same premises. See page H-20 for weather protective boots for 20 amp nylon locking plugs. Product Dimensions Inches (mm) Plug A B C 2.86" (72.4) 1.89" (48.0) 2.13" (54.1) A Connector A B C 3.90" (99.1) 1.89" (48.0) 2.13" (54.1) C B C B A B C D E F Single Receptacle Flanged Devices 3.28" (83.3) 2.38" (60.5) 1.56" (39.6) 1.71" (43.4) 2.50" (63.5) 1.14" (29.0) FSL1FR 1.20" (30.5) 40045FR 3.06" (77.7) 120 2.68" (68.1) 2.03" (51.6) 2.16" (54.9) (3) 0.19" (4.8) Note: See page S-8 for horsepower ratings. B A A B E C F (3) Equally Spaced D D F E A H-14 C Bolt Circle www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Locking Devices 10 Amp and 15 Amp Non-NEMA Locking Devices 10A 250V and 15A 125V Locking Devices, 3-Pole 3-Wire Non-Grounding and 2-Pole 3-Wire Grounding Rating Poles/ Wires Cord Diameter 10A 250V, Non-Grounding 3-Pole 3-Wire .300"-.655" Black/White (7.6-16.6) CorrosionResistant Yellow/White Plug Connector 15A 125V, Grounding Plug Description 2-Pole 3-Wire Triple Gripper Nylon Nylon Plug Connector Flanged Devices Equipment Base with Binding Screw Terminals Male Female White Nylon White Nylon Receptacle, Back and Side Wired Single Duplex All Black Nylon All Black RTP 7568NP 7565NC 7556MB 7582 7568NPCR 7565NCCR -- All Black Inches (mm) -- 7557ER 7580DR -- -- -- -- -- -- 7582G 7580GDR Connector Note: Wiring devices on this page are no longer listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., and are intended for replacement use only in existing installations. We recommend that they not be used in new installations. These devices formerly complied with UL Standards, however, due to revisions of these Standards, the devices can no longer be listed. For new installations, refer to the NEMA configuration chart on page H-2 for the products suited for your particular current and voltage requirements. CAUTION: To Avoid Electric Shock-Review premises carefully and do not use if slot or blade configuration (design) is already in a circuit having a rating differing from the rating of this device. See page H-20 for weather protective boots for 10 and 15 amp nylon locking plugs. C B Product Dimensions 10A A B C 2.18" (55.4) 1.38" (35.1) 1.53" (38.9) A Plug 20A 10A 2.60" (66.0) 1.80" (45.7) 2.11" (53.6) 10A A B C D E F Inches (mm) 2.38" (60.5) 2.19" (55.5) 2.00" (50.8) 1.84" (46.7) 1.68" (42.6) 1.58" (40.1) A B C C B A Flanged Devices 20A B A 2.95 (75.0) 1.38" (35.1) 1.53" (38.9) A B C D E F 10A 3.28" (83.3) 2.38" (60.5) 1.38" (35.1) 1.41" (35.8) 1.37" (34.8) 1.01" (25.7) 3.28" (83.3) 2.38" (60.5) 1.38" (35.1) 1.41" (35.8) 1.37" (34.8) 1.01" (25.7) C B B A A F C B E E A 10A Devices Specifications are subject to change without notice. A D E F F F (3) Equally Spaced 20A Devices D D Single Receptacles 20A 3.28" (83.3) 2.38" (60.5) 1.38" (35.1) 1.39" (35.3) 2.20" (55.9) 0.86" (21.8) (3) Equally Spaced Bolt Circle D D C Duplex Receptacles 10A C Bolt Circle 3.73 (94.7) 1.80 (45.7) 2.11 (53.6) A AB BC C C 2.87" (73.9) 2.20 2.50" (63.5) 1.27" (32.3) 2.01" (51.1) (3) 0.19" (4.8) Connector 20A E B A E 10A Duplex www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ B C E D 10A Single F A B E C D F 20A Single H-15 Locking Devices 20 Amp Non-NEMA Locking Devices 20A 125/250V, 250V AC and 3OY 120/208V AC Locking Devices, Grounding and Non-Grounding Inches (mm) Plug Connector Flanged Devices Equipment Base with Binding Screw Terminals Male Female White Nylon White Nylon 9965 9965NB 7314 7314NB 7327 -- 7328 -- -- 7310 9965NSY 7314NSY -- -- -- -- -- 7310G* Nylon Construction Rating Poles/ Wires Cord Diameter 20A 125/250V AC, Non-Grounding 3-Pole 3-Wire .375"-1.000" Black/White (9.5-25.4) All Black 3P 3W Plug 3P 3W Connector Sentinel Yellow Y Y Description Single Receptacle Back and Side Wired All Black Urea W W X X 20A 125/250V Non-NEMA Not UL Listed 20A 125/250V Non-NEMA Not UL Listed 2-Pole 3-Wire 20A 250V AC, Grounding Plug 2P 3W Connector 2P 3W Y Y X X -- -- Black/White 9967 7414 Sentinel Yellow 9967NSY 7414NSY All Black W W 20A 250V AC Non-NEMA Not UL Listed 20A 250V AC Non-NEMA Not UL Listed 20A 3OY 120/208V, Non-Grounding 4P 4W Plug 4P 4W Connector 4-Pole 4-Wire .625"-1.150" (15.9-29.2) W W Z Z X 7409ER 7410 7417** -- -- -- X Y Y 20A 3O Y 120/208V AC Non-NEMA Not UL Listed 20A 3O Y 120/208V AC Non-NEMA Not UL Listed Plug 3P 4W Connector 3P 4W 20A 250V AC, Grounding 3-Pole 4-Wire -- -- -- -- 7410G* 3521 3523 -- -- -- All Black W W Z Z X 7408MB X Y Y 20A 250V AC Non-NEMA 20A 250V AC Non-NEMA Grounding AC, Grounding 20A 3OY 120/208V 4-Pole Grounding 5-Wire Plug 4P 5W Connector 4P 5W Black/White W W Z X .625"-1.150" (15.9-29.2) Z Y X Y 20A 3OY 120/208V AC 20A 3OY 120/208V AC Non-NEMA Non-NEMA Grounding Grounding Note: Rating Change: All devices listed on this page are intended for replacement use only in existing installations. We recommend that they not be used in new installations. Both standard and suffix "G" devices were formerly dual rated 20 Amp 250V AC or DC, 10 Amp 600V AC. Suffix "G" devices are intended for equipment grounding applications and formerly complied with UL Standards. However, due to revisions of these Standards, suffix "G" devices are no longer UL Listed and the rating of non-grounding devices has been changed to 20 Amp 125/250V. For new installations, refer to the NEMA configuration chart on H-2 for the products suited for your particular current and voltage requirements. CAUTION: To Avoid Electric Shock-Review premises carefully and do not use if slot or blade configuration (design) is already in a circuit having a rating differing from the rating of this device. See page H-20 for weather protective boots for 20 amp nylon locking plugs. *Not UL Listed. For Replacement use only. **Catalog number 7410 on 4 in. (101.6) round metal box cover. Not CSA Certified. Product Dimensions Inches (mm) Plug Single Receptacle A 2.60" (66.0) B 1.80" (45.7) C 2.11" (53.6) C B A Connector A 3.73" (94.7) B 1.80" (45.7) C 2.11" (53.6) A B C D E F 3.28" (83.3) 2.38" (60.5) 1.56" (39.6) 1.71" (43.4) 2.50" (63.5) 1.14" (29.0) 3.06" (77.7) 120 2.68" (68.1) 2.27" (57.7) 2.23" (56.6) (3) 0.19" (4.8) C B C Flanged Devices Bolt Circle B A A B E C F (3) Equally Spaced D F D A E H-16 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Locking Devices 30 Amp Non-NEMA Locking Devices 30A 125/250V, 250V AC and 3OY 120/208V AC Locking Devices, Grounding and Non-Grounding Inches (mm) Single Receptacle Back and Side Wired Triple Gripper Rating Poles/ Wires Cord Diameter 30A 125/250V AC, Non-Grounding 3-Pole 3-Wire .300"-.950" (7.6-24.1) 3P 3W Plug W Description Nylon Plug Nylon Connector All Black Urea Black/White 3331 3333 3330 -- -- 3431 3433 -- -- 3P 3W Connector W Y Y X X 30A 125/250V Non-NEMA Not UL Listed 30A 125/250V Non-NEMA Not AC, UL Listed 30A 250V Grounding Plug 2P 3W W 2-Pole 3-Wire All Black 3330G* Connector 2P 3W W Y Y X X 30A 125/250V Non-NEMA Grounding 30A 125/250V Non-NEMA Not UL Listed 30A 3OY 120/208V, Non-Grounding 4P 4W Plug 4-Pole 4-Wire .625"-1.150" (15.9-29.2) Black/White 3430BRY 4P 4W Connector Z Z Y W Y W X X Non-NEMA 30A 3O Y 120/208V AC Not UL Listed 30A 3O Y 120/208V AC Non-NEMA 30A 250V AC, Not UL Listed Grounding Plug 3P 4W All Black 3430G* Connector 3P 4W Z Z Y W 3-Pole 4-Wire Y W X X Non-NEMA 30A 250V AC Non-NEMA 30A 250V AC Note: Rating Change: Grounding Effective July 1, 1981, the ratings of devices listed on this page were changed from 30 Amp 250V to 30 Amp 125/250V in order to comply with Grounding Underwriters Laboratories' requirements. Note that although the voltage rating has changed, the configuration will remain the same. Suffix "G" devices are intended for equipment grounding applications and formerly complied with UL Standards. However, due to revisions of these Standards, suffix "G" devices are no longer UL Listed. Devices listed on this page are intended for replacement use only. For new installations, refer to the NEMA configuration chart on page H-2 for your particular current and voltage requirements. CAUTION: To Avoid Electric Shock-Review premises carefully and do not use if slot or blade configuration (design) is already in a circuit having a rating differing from the rating of this device. See page H-20 for weather protective boots for 30 amp nylon locking plugs. *Not UL Listed. For Replacement use only. Product Dimensions Inches (mm) Plug A 2.85" (72.4) B 1.89" (48.0) C 2.13" (54.1) Single Receptacle A Connector A 3.90" (99.1) B 1.89" (48.0) C 2.13" (54.1) C B C B A B C D E F 3.28" (83.3) 2.38" (60.5) 1.56" (39.6) 1.71" (43.4) 2.50" (63.5) 1.20" (30.5) A B E C D F A Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ H-17 Locking Devices 20 Amp Pool Pump Kit * Tinted lid is aesthetically pleasing in any location * High-impact, polycarbonate standard while-in-use cover will not rust or corrode, cover is NEMA 3R rated * Compact 2-gang design * Locking receptacle prevents unintentional disconnection of mating pump plug Description Rating Pump Kit Contains: * Heavy duty, industrial grade locking receptacle * Single pole switch (20A 120-277V AC). * Two-gang, 2 inch deep die-cast aluminum weatherproof box with (4) 3/4 inch threaded outlets * Two-gang, weatherproof while-in-use cover * Includes mounting hardware, gasket, wire connector and (3) closure plugs * Complete assembly instructions NEMA L5-20, 20A 125V Grounding Receptacle W G Poles/Wires Catalog Number 2-Pole 3-Wire PKL520 20A 125V NEMA L5-20R UL/CSA 1 HP 20 Amp Generator Power Connection Kit * Deep weatherproof box gives installers the room needed to wire the box efficiently * State-of-the-art powder-coated finish provides years of protection against the elements * Installation hardware, gasket and ground screw are provided * Male inlet is securely mounted to the cover for additional durability Description Generator Power Kit Contains: * Heavy duty industrial grade male base integrated with cast aluminum weatherproof cover * Single-gang, 2 inch deep cast aluminum box * Mounting hardware, grounding screw and gasket H-18 Rating NEMA L14-30, 30A 125/250V Receptacle X W G Poles/Wires Catalog Number 3-Pole 4-Wire RB58405 Y 30A 125/250V AC NEMA L14-30P UL/CSA 2 (2) HP www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Locking Devices Angle Adapters for 20 and 30 Amp Locking Plugs and Connectors * Nylon angle adapters convert 20 and 30 amp nylon locking plugs/connectors into spacesaving angle devices + * Adapters permit wire to exit parallel to the receptacle, eliminating space needed for wire to bend Triple Gripper(R) Angle Adapters = OR + Product Dimensions Inches (mm) = Inches (mm) Adapter with Plug Description Cord Grip Catalog Number Angle adapter, black nylon .500"-1.00" (12.7-25.4) 70204ANA A B C D E 2.88" (73.2) 2.25" (57.2) Plug 3.35" (85.1) Connector 1.33" (33.8) 1.86" (47.2) 1.80" (45.7) D E A D E A C C B B PLUGBOX(R) Lockout Devices * PLUGBOX(R) devices provide an assured method of complying with OSHA lockout/tagout regulation * Protect against unexpected start-up of equipment during maintenance and repair work * Discourages unauthorized use of tools and equipment * UV stabilized polypropylene housing * High visibility red for easy identification PLUGBOX(R) Lockout Devices Accomodates 15 Amp up to 277V Rating 20 Amp 30 Amp 50 Amp 3-Wire 2- and 3-Wire 3-Wire 4- and 5-Wire Description Locking Molded-On Plugs Locking Plugs Power Interrupting Plugs NEMA and Non-NEMA Locking Plugs NEMA and Non-NEMA Locking Plugs Power Interrupting Plugs Locking Plugs Red polypropylene BLDMP BLD BLD BLD BLD BLD2 BLD2 3- and 4-Wire Inches (mm) BLD2 7.27" (184.7) 12.51" (317.8) B 3.14" (79.8) 4.27" (108.5) 6.31" (160.3) C LO (2) 0.32" (8.1) (4) 0.39" (9.9) (4) 0.39" (9.9) 2.57" (65.3) 3.10" (78.7) 5.00" (127.0) E 3.70" (94.0) 4.75" (120.7) 10.15" (257.8) F 0.79"-1.73" (20.1-43.9) 1.50"-2.75" (38.1-69.9) 1.90"-4.50" (48.3-114.3) G 0.64" (16.3) 1.11" (28.2) 1.45" (36.8) Specifications are subject to change without notice. OC A www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Min. - Max. Diameter CLOSE SLIDE C D Recommended Plug Sizes B K BLD 4.22" (107.2) K BLDMP A L Product Dimensions 4- and 5-Wire D OPEN LO CK LO CK C F E Max G Max. Cable Dia. H-19 Locking Devices Weather Protective Boots and Adapter Sleeves * For use with Bryant Tech-Spec(R) locking plugs and connectors * Help prevent moisture, dust and other contaminants from infiltrating plugs and connectors * Thermoplastic elastomer construction in high visibility yellow or standard black * Excellent ozone and weather resistance and resistant to deterioration by oils and heat * Connector sealing ring provides extra protection when plug and connector are not mated Weather Protective Boots Description For use with Color For Use with Plugs For Use with Connectors Sealing Cap for Use with Connector Boot Thermoplastic elastomer boot 10 and 15 amp nylon locking, 15 and 20 amp straight blade devices Black Yellow 5200BPB 5200BP 5200BCB 5200BC 5200BSRB 5200BSR 7465N plug when used with 7464N connector or 7468N female equipment receptacle, also for use with connector when used with 7466N male base Black 7460BP -- -- 7464N connector when used with 7465N plug Black -- 7460BC -- 15 amp 2-pole 2-wire and midget locking nylon plugs and connectors, NEMA L1-15, ML-2 and ML-3 Yellow 7400BCR 7400BCR -- 20 and 30 amp nylon locking plugs Black Yellow 72002BPB 72002BP 72002BCB 72002BC -- -- Neoprene boot Adapter Sleeves Description Color Catalog Number Catalog Number Rubber adapter sleeve, strain relief for use with 2-pole 2-wire straight blade nylon plugs and connectors, NEMA 1-15, ML-2 and ML-3 Black White 5200S -- -- 9700S H-20 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Locking Devices 50 Amp Plugs, Connectors, Flanged Devices and Receptacles 50A 125V, 250V, 480V, 125/250V, 3O 250V AC and 3O 480V AC Locking Devices, 2-Pole 3-Wire and 3-Pole 4-Wire Grounding Inches (mm) Poles/ Wires Rating 50A 125/250V AC Plug Connector Y Y X X W W G G 50A 50A 125/250V AC UL/CSA 125/250V AC 50A 3O 250V UL/CSAAC Plug Connector Y Y X X Z Z G 50A 3O 250V AC UL/CSA Plug Y Male CS6365L CS6364L CS6375L CS6375LC CS6369L 3-Pole 4-Wire 3-Pole 4-Wire .65"-1.20" Black Nylon (16.5-30.5) .830"-1.250" Heavy Duty Black (21.1-31.8) Steel Casing .65"-1.20" Black Nylon (16.5-30.5) .830"-1.250" Heavy Duty Black (21.1-31.8) Steel Casing CS6365 -- CS8365L CS6364 -- CS8364L -- CS6375A CS8375L -- -- CS8375LC CS6369A -- CS8369L CS8365 -- CS8364 -- -- CS8375A -- -- -- -- CS8375MBWP -- 3-Pole 4-Wire Steel Casting with Weatherproof Cover Plate .830"-1.250" Heavy Duty Black (21.1-31.8) Steel Casing CS8165 -- CS8164 -- -- CS8175A -- -- CS8169A -- 2-Pole 3-Wire .830"-1.250" Heavy Duty Black (21.1-31.8) CS6361 CS6360 CS6377A -- CS6370A 2-Pole 3-Wire .830"-1.250" Heavy Duty Black (21.1-31.8) CS8265 CS8264 CS8275A -- CS8269A 2-Pole 3-Wire .830"-1.250" Heavy Duty Black (21.1-31.8) CS8465 CS8464 CS8475A -- CS8469A 3-Pole 4-Wire 3-Pole 4-Wire Y X G Connector G Connector Z 50A 3O 480V AC UL/CSA -- G 50A 3O 480V 50A 125V ACAC UL/CSA Connector W CS8369A -- X Z Plug Single Armored Receptacle Plug 50A 3O 250V AC UL/CSA 50A 3O 480V AC Flanged Devices Male with Cover Cord Diameter Description W G G 50A 125V UL/CSA 50A 125V Plug Connector 50A 250VUL/CSA AC Y Y X X G G 50A 250V UL/CSA 50A 250V UL/CSA Plug Connector 50A 480V AC Y Y X X G G 50A 480V AC 50A 480V AC UL/CSA UL/CSA Note: See page H-23 for weather protective boots and accessories. Product Dimensions CS6365L A B 5.80" (147) 2.40" (61) Inches (mm) Plug CS6365 B B 6.38 (162.1) 2.56 (65.0) A A Connector CS6364L CS6364 A 5.50" (140) B 2.40" (61) C -- 6.50 (165.1) 2.56 (65.0) 0.62 (15.7) B B C C A B C D E F G Single Receptacle CS6369L CS6369 Flanged Devices CS6375L CS6375 3.30" (84.0) 2.70" (69.0) 2.10" (53.0) 2.40" (61.0) 1.10" (25.0) 2.10" (53.0) -- -- 2.10" (53.0) 2.70" (69.0) 2.20" (56.0) 0.19" (4.8) -- -- 3.28" (83.3) -- 2.12" (53.8) 2.44" (62.0) 1.03" (26.2) 2.69" (68.3) 0.62" (15.7) A A A B E C E G A D F B C Specifications are subject to change without notice. 3.50" (88.9) 2.12" (53.8) 2.77" (70.4) 2.17" (55.1) 0.19" (4.8) -- -- D www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ H-21 Locking Devices 50 Amp Plugs, Connectors Flanged Devices and Receptacles 50A 250V DC 600V DC Locking Devices, 2-Pole 3-Wire and 3-Pole 4-Wire Grounding Rating Poles/ Wires 50A 250V DC, 600V AC 2-Pole 3-Wire Connector Plug Cord Diameter Description Plug Connector .830"-1.250" Heavy duty Black (21.1-31.8) Steel Casing 3763* 3762* -- .830"-1.250" Heavy duty Black (21.1-31.8) Steel Casing .830"-1.250" Heavy duty Black (21.1-31.8) Steel Casing 7765** Inches (mm) Male Flanged Devices with Lift Cover and Gasket Receptacle Single Armored -- 3771* -- 3767* -- 3765* 3764* -- -- -- Y X G 50A 250V DC 50A 600V AC 50A 250V DC 50A 600V AC 50A 250V DC, 600V AC Plug Connector X 3768* -- X Z Z 50A 600V AC 50A 250V DC G 50A 600V AC 50A 250V DC 50A 250V DC, 600V AC Plug Connector 3-Pole 4-Wire 7764** -- -- -- 7379** 7968** -- X X Z G 3769* Y Y G 3-Pole 4-Wire Y 50A 600V AC 50A 250V DC Z Y G 50A 600V AC 50A 250V DC Note: *These devices are not interchangeable with other 50 amp configurations listed in this catalog. **These devices are intended for replacement use only in existing installations. We recommend that they not be used in new installations. See page H-23 for weather protective boots and accessories. Product Dimensions Inches (mm) Plug A B C D E F Connector 5.38" (162.1) 2.56" (65.0) -- -- -- -- 6.50" (165.1) 2.56" (65.0) -- -- -- B -- Single Receptacle Flanged Devices 3.28" (83.3) -- 2.12" (53.8) 2.44" (62.0) 1.03" (26.2) 2.69" (68.3) 3.50" (88.9) 2.12" (53.8) SQ. 2.17" (55.1) 2.77" (70.4) 0.75" (19.1) 0.19" (4.8) Dia. A B E A F A A B B A C A E D F B B C C F D E D C B C H-22 A www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Locking Devices 50 Amp Locking Accessories Wallplates and Weather Protective Plates for 50 Amp Receptacles Stainless Steel 302/304 Aluminum Plate 1-Gang With Cover Without Cover SS750 7382* 7383 For use with Receptacles Fits FS/FD Boxes Weather Protective Plate Die Cast Aluminum Vertical Mount Cover For use wirh Male Base Flanged Devices 7774CR 7770 7780 Note: *Will only fit non-"CS" style 50A locking receptacles. Weatherproof Plates for 50 Amp Receptacles Weather Protective Boots For use with Cordsets For use with Flanged Inlets Plug Connector Connector 7716B 7717B 7716B Note: Boots are not UL Listed or CSA Certified. Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ H-23 Locking Devices Power Interrupting Devices * Three-piece thermoplastic clamp assembly with fast-lead stainless screws provides a more consistent durable grip * Superior wire terminations are assured with box terminals and screws with pressure pads * No "lazy" connections because a sprinH-loaded safety shutter automatically ejects the plug if it hasn't been properly locked into the female device * Insulated non-metallic housing enhances safety and resistance to impact * Positive locking is ensured by the nose of the plug being keyed into a detent in female device 20A 125V AC or DC, 10A 250V DC, 480V AC, 2-Pole 3-Wire and 3-Pole 3-Wire Rating 20A 125V AC or DC, 10A 250V DC, 480V AC, Grounding Poles/ Wires Cord Diameter 2-Pole 3-Wire .320"-.660" (8.1-16.8) Connector Plug GR Inches (mm) Clamp-Type Terminals Description Nylon Plug Nylon Connector Black/White 23005G* 23002G* Black Phenolic -- -- 23005 -- Single Receptacle, Back Wired -- 23000G* GR W W 20A 125V 20A 125V 20A 125V AC or DC, 10A 250V DC, 480V AC, Non-Grounding 3-Pole 3-Wire .320"-.660" (8.1-16.8) Black/White -- Plug GR W 20A 125V Note: *These devices are not UL Listed and are for replacement use only in existing installations. See page H-27 for weather protective boots and accessories. Product Dimensions Plug Inches (mm) Connector A 3.22" (81.8) B 1.72" (43.7) C 2.31" (58.7) D -- E -- F -- Single Receptacle 3.56" (90.4) 1.62" (41.4) -- B -- -- C -- A 3.28" (83.3) 2.38" (60.5) 1.38" (35.1) 2.50" (63.5) 1.62" (41.4) 1.47" (37.3) AB B B C A H-24 B A D C E F www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Locking Devices 30 Amp Power Interrupting Devices 30A 600V AC and 250V DC, 3-Pole 4-Wire and 4-Pole 5-Wire Grounding Rating Poles/ Wires Cord Diameter 30A 600V AC, 20A 250V DC 3-Pole 4-Wire .700"-1.20" Black nylon with cord grip (17.8-30.5) For F.S. and F.D. boxes Plug 3P 4W Connector 3P 4W GR Y GR Y 30A 600V AC 20A 250V 30A 600V AC,DC 20A 250V DC Plug 4P 5W 4-Pole 5-Wire .700"-1.20" Black nylon with cord grip (17.8-30.5) Metal housing for F.S. and F.D. boxes, Blue finish Aluminum weather protective housing/cover for F.S. and F.D. boxes, Blue finish Connector 4P 5W Z Z W W Y X Flanged Devices Cast Aluminum Male Female Single Receptacle Plug Connector 21415 21414 -- -- -- -- -- 25415 25414 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 25403 -- -- -- -- 25250 -- -- 20418 -- 20403 21447 21420 -- X X 30A 600V AC 20A 250V DC GR Cast aluminum angle housing with 3/4 in. NPT hub Z Z Description Inches (mm) 30A 600V AC Y GR X 30A 600V AC 20A 250V DC 20A 250V Note: SeeDCpage H-27 for weather protective boots and accessories. B Inches (mm) C A 3-Pole 4-Wire Devices A B C D Plug Connector Single Receptacle 5.62" (142.7) 2.33" (59.2) 0.94" (23.9) -- 6.00" (152.4) 2.44" (62.0) -- -- 3.28" (83.3) 1.94" (49.3) 1.75" (44.5) 1.22" (31.0) A B B C Plug Connector Single Receptacle 6.56" (166.6) 2.25" (57.2) 2.50" (63.5) 0.05" (1.3) -- -- 6.78" (172.2) 2.69" (68.3) 2.50" (63.5) -- -- -- 4.56" (115.8) 3.25" (82.6) 2.84" (72.1) 1.88" (47.8) 1.25" (31.8) 1.69" (42.9) A A 4-Pole 5-Wire Devices A B C D E F B B C A D A A A C B B 4.56" (115.8) 3.25" (82.6) 2.84" (72.1) 1.88" (47.8) 2.41" (61.2) 1.81" (46.0) -- -- 5.94" (151.0) 3.25" (82.6) 5.09" (129.3) 1.50" (38.1) 2.19" (55.6) 3.25" (82.6) 3.06" (77.7) 2.25" (57.2) Specifications are subject to change without notice. F A C B D H 3/4" NPT A E B A B D C F E www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ CK LO A B C D E F G H E D C Flanged Inlets Angled Housing B C D Male D C B A OC K Product Dimensions T UR N G F L UN 45 C H-25 Locking Devices 60 Amp Power Interrupting Devices 60A 600V AC, 3-Pole 4-Wire and 4-Pole 5-Wire Grounding Rating Poles/ Wires 60A 600V AC, Grounding 3-Pole 4-Wire Plug 3P 4W Connector 3P 4W X X GR Y GR Y Z 60A 600V 60A 600V AC, Grounding Plug 4P 5W X 4-Pole 5-Wire Connector 4P 5W W Flanged Devices Cast Aluminum Male Female Cord Diameter Description Plug Connector .920"-1.450" Yellow polycarbonate outer cover (23.4-36.8) and adjustable cord grip Black phenolic with short aluminum housing and lift cover Steel housing 26419 26418 -- -- Receptacle* -- -- -- -- -- 26410 -- -- 26422 26421 -- .920"-1.450" Blue polycarbonate outer cover (23.4-36.8) and adjustable cord grip Black phenolic with long blue aluminum housing and lift cover Steel housing 26519 26516 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 26520 -- -- 26522 26521 -- Z 60A 600V Y Inches (mm) GR GR X W Y Z Z 60A 600V AC 60A 600V AC Note: *For receptacles, use box and adapters below. See page H-27 for weather protective boots and accessories. 60A Power Interrupting Accessories Single Receptacle Accessories Box and Adapters (Box requires one adapter), Cast Aluminum Box Straight Adapter Plate 45 Angle Adapter Plate 26401 26402 26404 Product Dimensions A B C D E F G Inches (mm) Plug Connector Single Receptacle 3.56" (90.4) 3.03" (76.9) 1.09" (27.6) -- -- -- -- 5.43" (137.9) 3.18" (80.8) 1.09" (27.6) -- -- B-- -- 4.62" (116.8) 2.87" (72.8) 3.50" (88.9) 3.57" (90.6) 1.84" (46.7) 3.26" (82.8) 2.56" (65.0) A C A B C D E F 4.12" (104.6) 2.70" (68.6) 1.20" (30.5) 2.75" (69.9) 90 0.19" (4.8) 4.12" (104.6) 2.88" (73.0) 1.20" (30.5) 3.33" (84.5) 90 0.19" (4.8) A A A G B B C C F D D B B A H-26 Flanged Inlets Female Male C A C C B E www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ D E E F F Specifications are subject to change without notice. Locking Devices Power Interrupting Accessories 20A Power Interrupting Accessories Inches (mm) Stainless Steel, Type 302/304 Brass Black Nylon Receptacle Plates, Cast Aluminum Weather Protective with With Lift Cover, Indoor Use Box Mount Cover F.S. Box Mount SS7 SB7 NP7BK 23007 Single Gang 1.40" (35.6) Opening "Mini" Weather Protective Boots 7418B Female Connector Male Plug 20424** 20425** 30A Power Interrupting Accessories Liquid-Tight Metallic Conduit Adapters for Use with Plugs and Connectors With 1/2 in. conduit With 3/4 in. conduit Receptacle Plates, Cast Aluminum Weather Protective Plate for Wet Locations with Cover Closed No Lift Cover SAB12A* SAB34A* 20405 "Mini" Weather Protective Boots 20406 Female Connector Male Plug 20424** 20425** Note: *Not CSA Certified. **Boots are not UL Listed or CSA Certified. Boots are not available for 5-wire 30 amp power interrupting plugs and connectors. Product Dimensions A B C D E F Inches (mm) Cover Receptacle Plates No Cover Box 4.56" (115.8) 3.25" (82.6) 2.84" (72.1) 1.88" (47.8) 1.16" (29.5) 0.38" (9.7) 4.56" (115.8) 3.25" (82.6) 2.84" (72.1) 1.88" (47.8) 0.59" (15.0) 0.38" (9.7) 4.59" (116.5) 3.87" (98.2) 2.71" (68.8) 1.31" (33.3) 11/2" NPT TAP -- A E A B C D Specifications are subject to change without notice. C E F A B C D www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ B D E F H-27 Locking Devices Technical Specifications - Locking Plugs, Connectors and Receptacles Locking Plug and Connector Locking Receptacle Description Description Manufacturer's Identification - Bryant 70520NP and 70520NC Description - Heavy duty locking plug and connector Type - 2-pole, 3-wire, grounding Rating - 20A 125V, NEMA L5-20 Manufacturer's Identification - Bryant 70520FR Description - Heavy duty locking receptacle Type - 2-pole, 3-wire, grounding Rating - 20A 125V, NEMA L5-20 Certification Certification UL Listed Standard 498 (attachment plug and receptacles) Certified to CSA Standard C22.2 No. 42 (general use receptacles, attachment plugs and similar devices) and C22.2 No. 182.2 (industrial locking type, special use attachment plugs, receptacles and connectors) where applicable UL Listed, Guide AXUT CSA Certified, Guide 20T2 Federal Specifications WC596 (where applicable) Complies with NEMA(R) standards WD-1, WD-6 and UL-498 UL Listed Standard 498 (attachment plug and receptacles) Certified to CSA Standard C22.2 No. 42 (general use receptacles, attachment plugs and similar devices) and C22.2 No. 182.2 (industrial locking type, special use attachment plugs, receptacles and connectors) where applicable UL Listed, Guide RTRT CSA Certified, Guide 365-E-1 Federal Specifications WC596 (where applicable) Complies with NEMA(R) standards WD-1, WD-6 Material Material Inches (mm) Components Materials Components Materials Face/terminal assembly Nylon Base Reinforced thermoplastic polyester Cover (housing) Toughened nylon Face Nylon Terminal cover Clear polycarbonate Terminal contacts .040" (1.0) copper alloy Cord grip assembly Impact modified nylon Terminal clamp .040" (1.0) copper alloy Plug blades Brass (neutral blade nickel-plated) Ground contact (5-wire) .040" (1.0) copper alloy Connector contacts High performance copper alloy Ground shunt .015" (.3) copper alloy Terminal clamp nut Zinc-plated steel Mounting straps .050" (1.3) steel (nickel-plated) Terminal screws #10-32 brass, silver finish (neutral screw), green finish (grounding screw) Back plate .040" (1.0) plated copper alloy Assembly screws Zinc-plated steel Terminal screws #10 brass Self-grounding clip Stainless steel (IG and 4-pole, 4-wire receptacles) Mounting screws Plated steel Performance Performance Inches (mm) Electrical Dielectric voltage Electrical Withstands 3500V per UL498 Dielectric voltage Withstands 2,000V minimum Max. working voltage 600V AC 250V DC Max. working voltage 250V Current interrupting Certified for current interrupting at full rated current Current interrupting Certified for current interrupting at full rated current Temperature rise Maximum 30 temperature rise at full rated current after 50 cycles overload at 150% rated current for either AC or DC applications per UL498 Temperature rise Max 30C temperature rise at full rated current after 50 cycles of overload at 150% of rated direct current Mechanical Mechanical Terminal identification (X, Y, Z brass, hot) (G, green, grounding) (W, silver, neutral) Terminal identification Terminals identified in accordance with UL 498 (brass, white, green) Terminal accommodation #18-8 AWG flexible cord Terminal accommodation #14-10 AWG (solid or stranded) copper conductor only Product identification Ratings and NEMA identification are permanently marked on device Product identification Ratings are a permanent part of the device Cord grip range 3-wire .30"-.95" (7.6-24.1mm), 4-, 5-wire .47"-1.15" (11.8-29.2mm) Environmental Environmental Flammability HB or better per UL 94 or CSA 22.2 No. 17 Flammability Top: UL 94 V2., Base: UL 94 V2 Operating temperatures Maximum continuous 60C, minimum -40C without impact Operating temperatures Maximum continuous 60C, minimum -40C without impact NEMA(R) is a registered trademark of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association. H-28 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Section I Watertight Products Table of Contents Page Watertight Straight Blade Devices 15 and 20 Amp Straight Blade Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-4 Watertight Locking Devices 15 Amp Locking Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-5 20 Amp Locking Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-6 30 Amp Locking Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-7 Accessories Lift Cover Assembly and Replacement Interiors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-8 FD Boxes and Angled Adapters Boxes and Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-9 GFCI Protected FD Boxes Watertight FD Boxes with GFCI Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-10 Weather Protective Lift Covers, Portable Outlet Boxes and Plates Lift Covers, Portable Outlets and Plates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-11 Technical Information Watertight Straight Blade and Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-12 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ I-1 Watertight Products Features and Benefits Watertight Devices * The triple bypass seal provides a Watertight UL Type 4X and IP69K seal where devices are mated * The cone seal at the cable entrance provides protection from water ingress * Strongest strain relief for any Watertight device on the market, utilizing the patented Gotcha ring and collapsible bushing combination * Nickel plated brass contacts and stainless steel screws provide corrosion resistance for metallic components * Impact resistant, smooth, thermoplastic elastomer body helps collection point and aids in easy debris removal * Floating cap rings allows for easy removal of dirt and debris Housing Design * LED version illuminates to let you know that the device is wired properly * Smooth body design minimizes collection points simplifying the wash down process * Strain relief nut always seals on the body regardless of cable size, eliminating areas of debris collection Cord Range * Bryant's patented Gotcha(R) ring and collapsible bushing yields the industry's best strain relief * Cone seal adjusts to any cable range * Unique cone seal prevents dirt and debris from collecting at the cable entrance Protection * Triple bypass seal keeps water away from electrical connections and works with previously installed devices * Free-floating cap allows unwanted material to wash away during sanitation Assembly * Keyed interior for easy installation * All stainless steel hardware and corrosion resistant connection points Terminals and Plug Blades Industry's First IP69k * High conductivity brass termination Devices Superior water ingress protection uniquely designed for the most extreme wash down procedures, withstanding hot and high pressure water, in addition to excessively dusty environments. * Corrosion resistant connection points Gotcha(R) is a registered trademark of Hubbell, inc. I-2 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Watertight Products Features and Benefits UL Type 4, 4X Watertight Receptacles with Lift Covers Bryant Watertight receptacles with lift covers provide an impact resistant UL Type 4X seal combined with corrosion resistant metallic components. These universal covers can house any NEMA listed straight blade receptacles as well as any NEMA listed locking receptacles. The Watertight receptacles can either be mounted to FD/FS boxes (see page I-10) or panel mounted to a flat surface. Combined, this makes a diversified product with the high quality needed in industrial, wet and wash down applications. IP65, 66, 67, 69k SUITABILITY IP69k Housing Design * Impact resistant PBT material lid and cover plate * Thermoplastic elastomer seal Assembly * Stainless steel mounting hardware * Stainless steel hinge spring and pin Safety * Lockable cover meets OSHA Lockout/Tagout regulations Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ I-3 Watertight Products 15 and 20 Amp Straight Blade Devices 15A and 20A Straight Blade Plugs, Connectors and Receptacles Inches (mm) UL Type 4, 4X, 6P IP65, 66, 67, 69k* SUITABILITY IP69k Thermoplastic Elastomer Rating Plug Connector Poles/ Wires NEMA 5-15, 15A 125V 2-Pole 3-Wire Cord Diameter Color Plug Connector Receptacle with Lift Cover Duplex Recept. with Lift Cover .325"-.625" (8.3-15.9) Yellow Black Clear BRY14W47 BRY14W47BK BRY14W47WC BRY15W47 BRY15W47BK BRY15W47WC BRY60W47 BRY60W47BK -- BRY60W47D -- .325"-.625" (8.3-15.9) Yellow BRY14W49 BRY15W49 BRY60W49 BRY60W49D .325"-.625" (8.3-15.9) Yellow BRY14W33 BRY14W33WC BRY15W33 BRY15W33WC BRY60W33 -- BRY60W33D -- .325"-.625" (8.3-15.9) Yellow BRY14W48 BRY15W48 BRY60W48 BRY60W48D G W 15A 125V NEMA 5-15P 15A 125V NEMA 5-15R UL CSA6-15, 15A UL CSA NEMA 250V 2-Pole 0.5 HP 3-Wire G 15A 250V NEMA 6-15P G 15A 250V NEMA 6-15R UL CSA UL CSA NEMA 5-20, 20A 125V 2-Pole 1.5 HP 3-Wire G W 20A 125V NEMA 5-20P 20A 125V NEMA 5-20R UL CSA6-20, 20A UL CSA NEMA 250V 2-Pole 1 HP 3-Wire G 20A 250V NEMA 6-20P G 20A 250V NEMA 6-20R UL CSA CSA Note:UL*Single and duplex receptacles while in use, not with cover closed. 2 HP Black devices are available, consult factory. Product Dimensions Inches (mm) 15A and 20A Straight Blade Plugs Connectors A A B C D 15A and 20A Straight Blade Receptacles 1.85" (47.07) 3.16" (80.27) 1.85" (47.07) 4.42" (112.14) A B C D E F G H B 4.56" (115.9) 3.10" (78.7) 1.20" (30.6) 3.25" (82.6) 1.88" (47.6) 1.26" (32.0) 1.63" (41.4) 5.00" (127.0) F B C H D A D G O .36" (9.14) E I-4 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ C Specifications are subject to change without notice. Watertight Products 15 Amp Locking Devices 15A Locking Plugs, Connectors and Receptacles Inches (mm) UL Type 4, 4X, 6P IP65, 66, 67, 69k* SUITABILITY IP69k Rating Connector Plug NEMA L5-15, 15A 125V W G 15A 125V NEMA L5-15R UL/CSA NEMA L6-15, 15AUL/CSA 1 250V HP X Color 2-Pole 3-Wire .300"-.625" (7.6-15.9) Yellow Black Clear 2-Pole 3-Wire .300"-.625" (7.6-15.9) 2-Pole 3-Wire .300"-.625" (7.6-15.9) Plug Connector Receptacle Duplex Receptacle BRY24W47 BRY24W47BK BRY24W47WC BRY25W47 BRY25W47BK BRY25W47WC BRY65W47 -- -- BRY65W47D -- -- Yellow BRY24W49 BRY25W49 BRY65W49 BRY65W49D Yellow Black BRY24W34 BRY24W34BK BRY25W34 BRY25W34BK BRY65W34 -- BRY65W34D -- X G G Y Cord Diameter W G 15A 125V NEMA L5-15P Thermoplastic Elastomer Poles/ Wires Y 15A 250V NEMA L6-15P UL/CSA 15A 250V NEMA L6-15R UL/CSA 1.5 HP NEMA L7-15, 15A 277V AC W G G 15A 277V AC NEMA L7-15P UL/CSA W 15A 277V AC NEMA L7-15R UL/CSA Note: *Single and duplex receptacles while in use, not with cover closed. 2 HP Black devices are available, consult factory. Product Dimensions Plugs Connectors A B C D Inches (mm) 15A and 20A Straight Blade Receptacles 15A Locking 20A Locking 30A Locking 1.85" (47.07) 3.21" (81.46) 2.51" (63.70) 3.96" (100.69) 2.51" (63.70) 5.69" (144.55) 2.77" (70.41) 3.94" (99.98) 2.77" (70.41) 5.67" (144.00) 1.85" (47.07) 4.62" (117.22) A B C D E F G Note: For BRY26W09 and BRY27W09 use 20 amp locking dimensions. 15A, 20A and 30A Locking Receptacles A B C D E F G 4.56" (115.9) 3.10" (78.7) 1.20" (30.6) 3.25" (82.6) 1.88" (47.6) 1.26" (32.0) 1.63" (41.4) 4.56" (115.9) 3.10" (78.7) 1.20" (30.6) 3.25" (82.6) 1.88" (47.6) 1.26" (32.0) 1.63" (41.4) 15A Locking A B F 1.46" (37.1) H G 1.63" (41.4) F B 20A and 30A Locking A C D E www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ 20A Locking Non-NEMA F 2.26" (57.4) G 2.25" (57.2) O .36" (9.14) D Specifications are subject to change without notice. G F 1.72" (43.7) G 2.25" (57.2) 30A Locking Non-NEMA C F 1.97" (50.0) G 2.25" (57.2) I-5 Watertight Products 20 Amp Locking Devices 20A Locking Plugs, Connectors and Receptacles Inches (mm) UL Type 4, 4X, 6P IP65, 66, 67, 69k* SUITABILITY IP69k Rating Connector Plug NEMA L5-20, 20A 125V G 20A 125V NEMA L5-20R UL/CSA NEMA L6-20, 20A 250V 1 HP X X G Plug Thermoplastic Elastomer Connector Receptacle 2-Pole 3-Wire .325"-.750" (8.3-19.1) Yellow Black BRY26W47 BRY26W47BK BRY27W47 BRY27W47BK BRY67W47 -- 2-Pole 3-Wire .325"-.750" (8.3-19.1) Yellow Black Clear BRY26W48 BRY26W48BK BRY26W48WC BRY27W48 BRY27W48BK BRY27W48WC BRY67W48 BRY67W48BK 2-Pole 3-Wire .325"-.750" (8.3-19.1) Yellow BRY26W49 BRY27W49 BRY67W49 3-Pole 4-Wire .325"-.875" (8.3-22.2) Yellow BRY26W74 BRY27W74 BRY67W74 3-Pole 4-Wire .325"-.875" (8.3-22.2) Yellow Black BRY26W75 BRY26W75BK BRY27W75 BRY27W75BK BRY67W75 BRY67W75BK 3-Pole 4-Wire .325"-.875" (8.3-22.2) Yellow Black BRY26W76 BRY26W76BK BRY27W76 BRY27W76BK BRY67W76 BRY67W76BK 4-Pole 5-Wire .350"-1.150" (9-29) Yellow Black BRY26W81 BRY26W81BK BRY27W81 BRY27W81BK BRY67W81 -- 4-Pole 5-Wire .350"-1.150" (9-29) Yellow BRY26W82 BRY27W82 BRY67W82 4-Pole 5-Wire .350"-1.150" (9-29) Yellow BRY26W83 BRY27W83 BRY67W83 3-Pole 3-Wire .325"-.875" (8.3-22.2) Yellow BRY26W08 BRY27W08 BRY67W08 4-Pole 4-Wire .375"-1.125" (9.5-28.6) Yellow BRY26W09 BRY27W09 BRY67W09 G Y Y 20A 250V NEMA L6-20P UL/CSA 2 HP 20A 250V NEMA L6-20R UL/CSA 2 HP 20A 277V AC 20A 277V AC X X NEMA L7-20, 20A 277V AC NEMA L7-20P NEMA L7-20R UL/CSA UL/CSA NEMA L14-20, 20A 125/250V AC 2 HP W G G W Y Y 20A 125/250V AC NEMA L14-20P UL/CSA 2 (1) HP 20A 125/250V NEMA L14-20R UL/CSA 2 (1) HP X X NEMA L15-20, 20A 3O 250V AC Y G G Y Z Z 20A 3O 250V AC 20A 3O 250V AC 3 HP 3 HP X X NEMA L15-20P NEMA L15-20R NEMA L16-20, 20A 3O 480V AC UL/CSA UL/CSA Y G G Y Z Z 20A 3O 480V AC NEMA L16-20P UL/CSA 5 HP 20A 3O 480V AC NEMA L16-20R UL/CSA 5 HP NEMA L21-20 20A 3OY 120/208V AC X X W G W G Y Z Z 20A 3OY 120/208V AC NEMA L21-20P UL/CSA 2 HP 20A 3OY 120/208V AC NEMA L21-20R NEMA L22-20 UL/CSA 20A 3OY 277/480V2 HP AC X X W G W G Y Z Z 20A 3OY 277/480V AC NEMA L22-20P UL/CSA 5 HP 20A 3OY 277/480V AC NEMA L22-20R UL/CSA 5 HP NEMA L23-20 20A 3OY 347/600V X X Y Color G 20A 125V NEMA L5-20P UL/CSA 1 HP Y Cord Diameter W W Y Poles/ Wires W G W G Y Z Z 20A 3OY 20A 3OY 347/600V AC NEMA L23-20R UL/CSA 3P 3W 347/600V AC 20A 125/250V, Non-NEMA NEMA L23-20P UL/CSA 3P 3W Y Y W W X X 20A 125/250V Non-NEMA 20A 125/250V Non-NEMA 4P 4W 4P 4W 20A 3OY 120/208V AC Non-NEMA W W Z X Z X Y Y 20A 3O Y 20A 3O Y AC 120/208V AC Note:120/208V *Single in use, not with cover closed. Non-NEMA receptacles while Non-NEMA Black devices are available, consult factory. See page I-4 for product dimensions. I-6 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Watertight Products 30 Amp Locking Devices 30A Locking Plugs, Connectors and Receptacles Inches (mm) UL Type 4, 4X, 6P IP65, 66, 67, 69k* SUITABILITY IP69k Rating Connector Plug NEMA L5-30, 30A 125V W W G Cord Diameter Color Plug Thermoplastic elastomer Connector Receptacle 2-Pole 3-Wire .385"-.930" (9.8-23.6) Yellow Black BRY28W47 BRY28W47BK BRY29W47 BRY29W47BK BRY69W47 -- 2-Pole 3-Wire .385"-.930" (9.8-23.6) Yellow Black BRY28W48 -- BRY29W48 -- BRY69W48 BRY69W48BK 2-Pole 3-Wire .385"-.930" (9.8-23.6) Yellow BRY28W49 BRY29W49 BRY69W49 3-Pole 4-Wire .385"-.930" (9.8-23.6) Yellow BRY28W74 BRY29W74 BRY69W74 3-Pole 4-Wire .385"-1.050" (9.8-26.7) Yellow Black BRY28W75 BRY28W75BK BRY29W75 BRY29W75BK BRY69W75 BRY69W75BK 3-Pole 4-Wire .385"-1.050" (9.8-26.7) Yellow Black BRY28W76 BRY28W76BK BRY29W76 BRY29W76BK BRY69W76 BRY69W76BK 3-Pole 3-Wire .385"-.930" (9.8-23.6) Yellow BRY28W77 BRY29W77 BRY69W77 4-Pole 4-Wire .385"-1.050" (9.8-26.7) Yellow BRY28W78 BRY29W78 -- 4-Pole 5-Wire .350"-1.150" (9-29) Yellow Black BRY28W81 BRY28W81BK BRY29W81 BRY29W81BK BRY69W81 -- 4-Pole 5-Wire .350"-1.150" (9-29) Yellow BRY28W82 BRY29W82 BRY69W82 4-Pole 5-Wire .350"-1.150" (9-29) Yellow BRY28W83 BRY29W83 BRY69W83 3-Pole 3-Wire .385"-.930" (9.8-23.6) Yellow BRY28W08 BRY29W08 BRY69W08 4-Pole 4-Wire .385"-1.050" (9.8-26.7) Yellow BRY28W09 BRY29W09 G 30A 125V 30A 125V NEMA L5-30P UL/CSA 2 HP NEMA L5-30R NEMA L6-30, 30A 250V UL/CSA 2 HP X X G Poles/ Wires G Y Y 30A 250V 30A 250V NEMA L6-30P UL/CSA 2 HP NEMA L6-30R NEMA L7-30, 30A 277V UL/CSA 2 HP W G 30A 277V AC 30A 277V AC 3 XHP 3 HP NEMA L7-30P L7-30R NEMA L14-30, 30A NEMA 125/250V UL/CSA UL/CSA W X G G W Y Y 30A 125/250V 30A 125/250V 2 (2)X HP 2 (2)X HP NEMA L14-30P NEMA L14-30R AC NEMA L15-30, 30A 3O 250V UL/CSA UL/CSA Y G Y G Z Z 30A 3O 250V AC 30A 3O 250V AC 3 HP X 3 HP X NEMA L16-30, L15-30P NEMA L15-30R AC NEMA 30A 3O 480V UL/CSA UL/CSA Y G G Y Z Z 30A 3O 480V AC 30A 3O 480V AC 10 HP 10 HP NEMA L16-30R NEMA L16-30P NEMA L17-30, 30A 3O 600V AC UL/CSA UL/CSA X X G Y G Y Z Z 30A 3O 600V AC NEMA L17-30P UL/CSA 30A 3O 600V AC NEMA L17-30R UL/CSA NEMA L18-30, 30A 3OY 120/208V AC X X Y W Y W Z Z 30A 3OY 120/208V AC NEMA L18-30P UL Listed 3 HP 30A 3OY 120/208V AC NEMA L21-30 NEMA L18-30R UL Listed 30A 3OY 120/208V AC 3 HP X Y X W G W G Y Z Z 30A 3OY 120/208V AC NEMA L21-30P UL/CSA 3 HP 30A 3OY 120/208V AC NEMA L22-30 NEMA L21-30R UL/CSA 30A 3OY 277/480V AC 3 HP X X Y W G W G Y Z Z 30A 3OY 277/480V AC NEMA L22-30P UL/CSA 10 HP 30A 3OY 277/480V AC NEMA L23-30 NEMA L22-30R UL/CSA 30A 3OY 347/600V 10 AC HP X X Y W G W G Y Z Z 30A 3OY 30A 3OY 347/600V AC 347/600V AC 30A 125/250V, Non-NEMA 3PL23-30P 3W 3PL23-30R 3W NEMA NEMA UL/CSA UL/CSA W Y W Y X X 30A 125/250V Non-NEMA Not UL Listed 30A 125/250V Non-NEMA 30A 3OY 120/208V AC, Not UL Listed 4P 4W Non-NEMA 4P 4W Z Z Y W -- Y W X X 30A 3O Y 30A 3O Y AC Note:120/208V *Single receptacles120/208V while inACuse, not with cover closed. Black devices are available, consult factory. Non-NEMA Non-NEMA Not UL Listed Not UL Listed See page I-5 for product dimensions. Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ I-7 Watertight Products Accessories Watertight Lift Covers, for use with standard receptacles. Replacement Interiors Watertight Lift Covers UL Type 4X IP65, 66 SUITABILITY Receptacle with Lift Cover Description Rating Plug BRY14W47IN BRY24W47IN For use with 15A or 20A straight blade receptacles and 15A locking receptacles, receptacle not included BRY6500 Straight blade Locking 15A 125V For use with 20A locking receptacles, receptacle not included BRY6700 Locking 15A 125V Note: When mating with BRY26W09, 20 amp Non-NEMA plug, use BRY6800 cover. For use with 30A locking receptacles, receptacle not included BRY6800 Interiors Receptacle Device Locking -- BRY15W47IN -- BRY27W47IN 20A 3O 250V AC BRY26W75IN 20A 3O 480V AC BRY26W76IN BRY27W76IN -- 30A 3O 250V AC BRY28W75IN BRY29W75IN 30A 3O 480V AC BRY28W76IN BRY29W76IN Bushings, Cone Seals and Closure Caps Closure Caps Black Device Bushings Cone Seals Yellow 15A Straight blade 15A Locking BRYWTB1 BRYWTB1 BRYWTCS1 BRYWTCS1 BRY50W50 BRY50W50 BRY50W50BK BRY50W50BK 20A Straight blade 20A Locking BRYWTB1 BRYWTB2 BRYWTCS1 BRYWTCS2 BRY50W50 BRY50W52 BRY50W50BK BRY50W52BK 30A Locking BRYWTB3 BRYWTCS3 BRY50W54 BRY50W54BK I-8 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Watertight Products Features and Benefits UL Type 4X FD Boxes and Angled Adapters IP65, 66, 69k* Bryant FD boxes and angled adapters are made of high impact resistant material. They are the only NEC(R) compliant box system that has enough wiring room for a 50A locking device. The stainless steel mounting and grounding bracket provides corrosion resistance, necessary in direct wash down applications. The FD Boxes are UL Type 4X rated when used with Watertight Lift Covers, i.e. BRY6500 or BRY6700 as well as with a blank plate such as BRY60CM88. The box and angled adapter can either be purchased separately or as a kit. The FD box and Adapter can be used with any single or duplex receptacle up to a 50A locking. SUITABILITY IP69k Housing Design * 30 cu. in. FD box made of high impact thermoplastic material * 3/4" NPT and 1" NPT threaded hub options * Stainless steel mounting/grounding bracket * External mounting feet, accepts #10 screw Adapter * 55 angle adapter (15 cu. in.) * External mounting feet, accepts #8 screw * Accepts duplex and single receptacles up to a 50A locking FD Boxes and Angled Adapters UL Type 4X IP65, 66, 69k* SUITABILITY IP69k FD Boxes 1" NPT Hubs Kits 1" NPT Hubs 55 Angle Adapter** 3/4" NPT Hubs BRY60CM84A BRY60CM55** BRY60CM83AK BRY60CM84AK BRY60CM88 BRY60CM83WA BRY60CM84WA BRY60CM55W** BRY60CM83WAK BRY60CM84WAK BRY60CM88W BRY6083 BRY6084 BRY6055** BRY6083AK BRY6084AK BRYP14FS Color 3/4" NPT Hubs Yellow BRY60CM83A White Gray Blank Cover Plates Note: *Plug, receptacle and FD box required for IP69K rating. **Angled adapters are not UL listed or UL Type 4X. Product Dimensions A B C D E F Inches (mm) Portable Outlet Boxes Blank Cover Plates 4.56" (115.9) 3.25" (82.6) 2.94" (74.6) 3.28" (83.3) 0.875" (22.2) 1.87" (47.6) 4.56" (115.8) 2.84" (72.1) -- -- -- -- E F A D B NEC(R) is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). Specifications are subject to change without notice. A C FD Boxes www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ B Blank Cover Plates I-9 Watertight Products Features and Benefits UL Type 4X GFCI Protected FD Boxes GFCI Housing Design * UL enclosure Type 4X, for wet and damp locations. Components are UL and CSA listed * 30A, 120V and 240V with auto reset * GFCI response time is .025 sec. Max. * Grounded neutral protection trips if ground and neutral touch at load side The GFCI protected FD box provides a UL Type 4X GFCI enclosure made for wet and damp locations for 30A 120V and 240V Watertight receptacles. The GFCI response time does not exceed .025 seconds ensuring a safe circuit shut down if the current were to deviate from its path. Auto resetting GFCI box, when connected to an FD box by utilizing a PolyTuff(R) liquid tight conduit provides advanced safety features for Watertight devices. FD Box * Utilizes PolyTuff(R) liquidtight conduit and fittings * UL enclosure Type 4X, for wet and damp locations. Components are UL and CSA listed * For use with single and duplex watertight receptacles (single p hase only) Note: Watertight receptacles purchased separately. GFCI Protected FD Boxes Description Catalog Number Watertight FD Box, GFCI Module, 30A 120V, Yellow BRYWTGF120 Watertight FD Box, GFCI Module, 30A 240V, Yellow BRYWTGF240 Product Dimensions Inches (mm) 5.92" (150) 2.77" (70) 6.44" (164) 2.27" (58) 4xN .23" (5.94) Mounting Holes 2.27" (58) 6x #6-32 Threaded Holes Mounting Bracket 4x .187" (4.75) Mounting Holes 5.33" (135) FD Box Catalog# HBL60CM83A (Includes Mounting Bracket) 3.53" (90) 5.24" (133) GFCI Module (Catalog# GFHW13105, (120V) (Catalog# GFHW23105, (240V) Polytuff I Conduit 2.75" (70) 3/4 NPT Thread (2) Liquid Tight Fitting, 3/4 NPT (Catalog # P075NGYA) 18.00" (457) Gotcha(R) is a registered trademark of Hubbell, inc. I-10 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Watertight Products Weather Protective Lift Covers, Portable Outlet Boxes and Plates * Wiring room large enough to accommodate the broadest range of device requirements in one box size * Cord entry options include pre-defined range of 0.38 in. to 0.50 in. * Fully thermoplastic elastomer housing exceeds UL crush requirements and is highly impact-resistant, available in black or yellow * Brass inserts for maximum strength * Extended wall protects lift covers from impact damage * Impact-resistant PBT material * UL Type 3R seal on a panel or on a portable outlet box * Stainless steel hinge and spring Pre-Assembled Portable Outlet Boxes (with Cord Connector Installed) Inches (mm) Box Suitable for Wet and Damp Locations IP44 SUITABILITY Description Cord Range Color Deep Deep with Feed-Thru Deep with (2) Duplex Cover Plates Portable outlet boxes 0.38"-0.50" (9.7-12.7) Yellow BRY3099 BRY3090F BRY3000 Note: For use with NEMA Type 1 and Type 3R portable outlet box covers listed below. Portable Outlet Box Cover Plates (NEMA Type 1) and Lift Covers (Type 3R) UL Type 1, 3R IP65, 66 SUITABILITY Duplex Description Portable outlet box cover plates 1.39" Diameter Receptacle 1.572" Diameter Receptacle Box Cover UL Type 1 Lift Cover UL Type 3R Box Cover UL Type 1 Lift Cover UL Type 3R Box Cover UL Type 1 Lift Cover UL Type 3R Lift Cover UL Type 3R BRY3051 BRY3056 BRY3052 BRY3057 BRY3055 BRY3058 BRY3060 BRY3061 BRY3054 Inches (mm) Portable Outlet Boxes 4.30" (109.2) 5.00" (127.0) 2.77" (70.4) 3.28" (83.3) 5.79" (147.0) 7.28" (184.9) Style shown is representative of all oppenings. B D A E 3.78" (96.0) 2.28" (57.9) 0.27" (6.9) 3.28" (83.3) 1.87" (47.5) 3.25" (82.6) A Specifications are subject to change without notice. B E Drill Points Provided F Box Covers A B C D E F Blank Lift Cover UL Type 3R Product Dimensions A B C D E F GFCI Box Cover UL Type 1 C www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ C D F Gasket Coverplate, Adhesive On One Side I-11 Watertight Products Technical Information Specifications Materials Plug/Connector Materials Listings (Plug/Connector and Flip Lid Assembly) Blade/contact carrier Terminal retainer Housing Housing insert Strain relief nut Blades/contacts Terminal screws Terminal screw size Listed to UL498 Certified to CSA C22.2 No. 42 Meets NEMA(R) WD-1, WD-6, and ANSI Standards IP66 Suitability NSF Certified (plugs, connectors and receptacles) Assembly screws Bushings Gotcha ring Cone seal Closure cap Nylon, white Polycarbonate, clear Thermoplastic elastomer Nylon, white PBT thermoplastic, gray Brass, nickel plated Brass #8-32 15A/20A Straight blade and 15A Locking, #10-32 20A and 30A Locking Stainless steel Thermoplastic elastomer, black Nylon Thermoplastic elastomer, black Thermoplastic elastomer Receptacle Assembly Materials Base, flip lid and backplate Seal collar Mounting screws Spring and hinge pin PBT thermoplastic Thermoplastic elastomer Stainless steel Stainless steel Portable Outlet Box & Accessories Materials FD Box/Adapter Materials Box enclosure Strain relief nut Grommet Gotcha ring Locknut Threaded inserts Receptacle screw Cover plate Cover plate seal Cover plate spring Hinge pin Hinge bracket Rivets Box enclosure Ground bracket Ground screw Angle adapter PBT thermoplastic 316 stainless steel Brass PBT thermoplastic Performance Thermoplastic elastomer PBT thermoplastic Thermoplastic elastomer Nylon Steel, zinc plate Brass Stainless steel PBT thermoplastic Neoprene Stainless steel Stainless steel Zinc plated steel Zinc plated steel Environmental Box UL Type 4X (with UL Type 4X receptacle assembly) UL Type 3R (with weatherproof cover plate) Inches (mm) Electrical Dielectric voltage Connectors: Plugs: Max working voltage Current interrupting Temperature rise 2000V AC if rated 300V or less, 3000V AC if rated above 300V 2500V AC if rated 300V or less, 3500V AC if rated above 300V As marked Rated for current interruption per UL498 30C max per UL498 at rated current Mechanical Cord and terminal accommodations: Plugs and Connectors 15 and 20A Straight blade and 15A Locking 20A Locking except BRY26W09 & BRY27W09 30A Locking including BRY26W09 & BRY27W09 #16/3 SJ to #10/3 SJ, #18/3 S to #12/3 S (O.325" to O625") (O8.3mm to O15.9 mm) Min. cord: #16/3 SJ, #18/3 S, #18/4 SJ, #18/4 S, #18/5 S (O.325") (O8.3 mm) Max. cord: #10/3 S, #10/4 S, #10/5 S (.875") (22.2 mm) Min. cords: #12/3 SJ, #16/3 S, #14/4 SJ, #18/4 S, #18/5 S (O.375") (O9.5 mm) Max. cord: #8/3 S, #8/4 S, #10/5 S (1.125") (28.6 mm) Receptacles - use solid or stranded building wire or flexible cord only as outlined below: All Straight blade 15A Locking 20A and 30A Locking #18 AWG to #10 AWG #18 AWG to #10 AWG #18 AWG to #8 AWG Portable Outlet Boxes Cord range Wiring volume .38" to .68" (BRY3099, BRY3090F, BRY3000) and .38" to 1.00" with user-specified cord connector 19.0 in3 Environmental Moisture resistance Flammability Operating temperatures UV resistance UL Listed to 3R, 3RX, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12 (plugs and connectors), 3R, 3RX, 4, 4X (receptacles), wet and damp locations (portable outlet boxes), covers (POB) UL Type 3R and wet locations cover closed UL94V0 (boxes, covers, and plates), UL94V2 (plugs, connectors, and interiors), UL94HB (caps, bushings, and cone seals) -40C (without impact) to +60C continuous All exposed materials are UV stabilized NEMA(R) is a registered trademark of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association. I-12 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Section J Corrosion-Resistant Devices Table of Contents Page Corrosion-Resistant Straight Blade Devices 15 and 20 Amp 125V, 2-Pole 3-Wire Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-2 15 and 20 Amp 250V, 2-Pole 3-Wire Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-2 Corrosion-Resistant Locking Devices 15 Amp 125V, 2-Pole 3-Wire Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-3 20 Amp 125V, 2-Pole 3-Wire Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-3 30 Amp 125V, 2-Pole 3-Wire Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-3 Accessories Weather Protective Boots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-4 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ J-1 Corrosion-Resistant Devices 15 and 20 Amp Straight Blade Devices * Nickel-plated copper-alloy metallic components * Molded of impact/chemical resistant high-visibility yellow nylon * Stainless steel screws * Receptacles have a one-piece grounding system with built-in self-grounding strap * Triple Gripper(R) cord grip on plugs and connectors which feature three captive assembly screws to automatically tighten cord grip * Pre-attached thermoplastic elastomer dust seal 15A and 20A Straight Blade Plugs, Connectors and Receptacles Plug Rating Connector Nylon Receptacle, Back and Side Wired Poles/Wires Color Nylon Polymer Plug Nylon Polymer Connector Single Duplex .300"-.625" (7.6-15.9) 2-Pole 3-Wire Yellow Brown BRY5266NPCR -- BRY5269NCCR -- 5261CR* -- BRY5262CR BRY5262BCR .300"-.625" (7.6-15.9) 2-Pole 3-Wire Yellow BRY5366NPCR BRY5369NCCR 5361CR* BRY5362CR .300"-.625" (7.6-15.9) 2-Pole 3-Wire Yellow -- -- .300"-.625" (7.6-15.9) 2-Pole 3-Wire Yellow -- -- Cord Diameter NEMA 5-15 15A 125V Inches (mm) G W 15A 125V NEMA 5-15P UL CSA 15A 125V NEMA 5-15R NEMA 5-20 UL CSA 0.5 HP 20A 125V G W 20A 125V NEMA 5-20P UL CSA 20A 125V NEMA 5-20R NEMA 6-15 UL CSA 1 HP 15A 250V G -- BRY5662CR G 15A 250V NEMA 6-15P UL CSA 1.5 HP 15A 250V NEMA 6-15R NEMA 6-20 UL CSA 1.5 HP 20A 250V BRY5462CR G G 20A 250V 5461CR* 20A 250V 6-20R NEMA 6-20P Note: *Not Fed.NEMA Spec. UL CSA UL CSA 2 HP 2 HP See page A-27 for information on weather protective boots. See page R-8 for horsepower ratings. Product Dimensions Inches (mm) Plug A B C 2.18" (55.4) 1.38" (35.1) 1.52" (38.5) Single A Plug Connector A B C 2.95" (74.9) 1.38" (35.1) 1.52" (38.5) C B B A B C D E Receptacle Duplex 4.06" (103.1) 3.28" (83.3) 1.38" (35.1) .91" (23.1) 1.78" (45.2) 4.06" (103.1) 3.28" (83.3) 1.54" (39.1) .92" (23.4) 2.69" (68.3) A A B C E C A D Connector Single J-2 E B www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ C D Duplex Specifications are subject to change without notice. Corrosion-Resistant Devices 15, 20 and 30 Amp Locking Devices * Nickel-plated copper-alloy metallic components * Molded of impact/chemical resistant high-visibility yellow nylon * Stainless steel screws * Receptacles have a one-piece grounding system with built-in self-grounding strap * Triple Gripper(R) cord grip on plugs and connectors which feature three captive assembly screws to automatically tighten cord grip * Individual wire pockets with clamp-type terminals 15A, 20A and 30A Locking Plugs, Connectors, Receptacles and Cord Set Clamp-Type Terminals, Back Wired Rating Connector Plug NEMA L5-15 15A 125V W G 15A 125V NEMA L5-15P UL/CSA 0.5 HP Inches (mm) Poles/Wires Color Nylon Plug Nylon Connector Nylon Receptacle Single, Duplex, Back Wired, Back and Side Wired Clamp-Type Terminals .300"-.625" (7.6-15.9) 2-Pole 3-Wire Yellow 4721NPCR* 4732NCCR* 4710CR* .300"-.950" (7.6-24.1) 2-Pole 3-Wire Yellow 70520NPCR* 70520NCCR 70520FRCR -- .300"-.950" (7.6-24.1) 2-Pole 3-Wire Yellow 70530NPCR 70530NCCR 70530FRCR -- Cord Diameter 4700DRCR W G 15A 125V NEMA L5-15R NEMA L5-20 UL/CSA 20A 125V W W G 20A 125V NEMA L5-20P UL/CSA 1 HP G 20A 125V NEMA L5-20R UL/CSA NEMA L5-30 1 HP 30A 125V W W G 30A 125V NEMA L5-30P G 30A 125V NEMA L5-30R UL/CSA*Not Fed. UL/CSA Note: Spec. 2 HP 2 HP See page A-47 for information on weather protective boots. See page Q-8 for horsepower ratings. Product Dimensions Plug 20A/30A 15A A B C Inches (mm) 2.18" (55.2) 1.38" (35.1) 1.53" (39.1) 2.85" (72.3) 1.83" (46.5) 2.13" (54.0) C B A 15A A B C Connector 20A/30A 2.95" (75.0) 1.38" (35.1) 1.53" (39.1) 3.90" (99.0) 1.83" (46.5) 2.13" (54.0) Single Receptacle 20A/30A 15A B Plug C B CA D A B A C A B C D E F 3.28" (83.3) 2.38" (60.5) 1.38" (35.1) 1.41" (35.8) 1.37" (34.8) 1.01" (25.7) Duplex Receptacle 15A 3.28" (83.3) 2.38" (60.5) 1.56" (39.6) 1.70" (43.2) 2.67" (67.8) 1.24" (31.5) 3.28" (83.3) 2.74" (69.5) 1.70" (43.2) 1.17" (29.67) .93" (23.72) -- C D F C B A A B C E BB AA CC E A B A Connector D E D F 15A Single Receptacle Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ D E F 20A/30A Single Receptacle E 15A Duplex Receptacle J-3 B C Corrosion-Resistant Devices Accessories - Weather Protective Boots * For use with Bryant Tech-Spec(R) straight blade and locking plugs and connectors * Help prevent moisture, dust and other contaminants from infiltrating plugs and connectors * Thermoplastic elastomer construction in high-visibility yellow * Excellent ozone and weather resistance and resistant to deterioration by oils and heat * Connector sealing ring provides extra protection when plug and connector are not mated Weather Protective Boots Description For use with Color For Use with Plugs For Use with Connectors Sealing Cap for Use with Connector Boot Thermoplastic elastomer boot 15 amp nylon straight blade and locking devices Yellow 5200BP 5200BC 5200BSR Neoprene boot 20 and 30 amp nylon locking plugs Yellow 72002BP 72002BC -- Weather Protective Boots 70530NPCR Plug 72002BP Boot J-4 70530NCCR Connector 72002BC Boot www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Section K Pin & Sleeve Devices Table of Contents Page IEC Configurations, Ratings and Catalog Numbering System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .K-2 Watertight Devices Product Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .K-3 20, 30 and 60 Amp North American Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .K-4 100 Amp North American Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .K-5 16, 32, 63 and 125 Amp International Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .K-5 Dimensional Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .K-6 Technical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .K-10 Splashproof Devices 16 and 32 Amp International Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .K-7 Technical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .K-11 Accessories Back Boxes, Adapter Plates and Closure Caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .K-8 Switched Mechanical Interlocks Unfused Mechanical Interlocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .K-9 Technical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .K-12 Technical Specifications Watertight Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .K-10 Splashproof Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .K-11 Mechanical Interlocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .K-12 Horsepower Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .K-12 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ K-1 Pin & Sleeve Devices IP67 Suitability IEC Configurations Make Safe Connections As Easy As Clockwork Bryant's Pin & Sleeve line safeguards against mismating devices of different amperage and voltage ratings. Conformance with IEC 60309-1 and IEC 60309-2 international standards results in a singly-rated, non-interchangeable configuration for each amperage/voltage type. The voltage rating can be identified by the clock position of the female grounding sleeve relative to the housing keyway. With the keyway always positioned at 6 o'clock, the female grounding sleeve is located at a specific clock position for each voltage rating. The housing keyway is always located at the 6 o'clock position on all female devices and is clearly visible to the user. 4-Pole 5-Wire 3-Pole 4-Wire 125/250V AC 440-460V (60HZ) Female Grounding Sleeve 2-Pole 3-Wire Female Housing Keyway 11 12 1 10 3O 250V 3OY 120/208V 380415V 2 9 3 380V 50Hz 250V DC 7 480V AC 125V AC 5 6 250V AC IEC Pin & Sleeve device housings are color coded by voltage rating for easy identification. 440V 60Hz 4 8 277V AC 3O480V AC Rated Voltage 3O 600V AC 125V/250V 380-415V AC 3OY 277/ 480V Color 100V-130V 200V-250V 3OY 347/600V 200/346V AC 277V 240/415V AC 380V-480V 500V and above IEC Catalog Numbering System First Digit Next Series of Digits Wires 3 - 3-Wire 4 - 4-Wire 5 - 5-Wire North American Amps 20 30 60 100 - - - - 16 32 63 125 - - - - 20 Amp 30 Amp 60 Amp 100 Amp Last Digit(s) Letter P C R B - - - - Plug Connector Receptacle Inlet position of the ground sleeve and the assigned voltage in the receptacle as it relates to the hours of the clock. This is done to eliminate interchangeability between devices with different voltages. 16 Amp 32 Amp 63 Amp 125 Amp 4 30 C 9 4-Wire 30 Amp K-2 Environmental Classification 9 - After the letter. This denotes the International Example: Letter Clock Position Device Type W - Watertight S - Splashproof W Watertight "C" Connector www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Female Ground Sleeve at 9 O'Clock Position (3O 250V AC) Specifications are subject to change without notice. Pin & Sleeve Devices IP67 Suitability Watertight Pin & Sleeve Features * Gland nut and body have opposing thread profiles to prevent pull-out and reduce wear (available in most ratings) * No exposed metal screws or clamps promotes safe handling and prevents snagging * Toughened nylon housing protects against cracking, warping, corrosion, and chemical abrasion * Neoprene sealing glands provide a watertight seal * Solid brass pins provide contact reliability, and superior conductivity. Shrouded housing helps protect pins from contaminants and abuse Plug * Cord clamp screws fasten into threaded steel nuts to prevent strip-out Locking Connector * Spring-loaded gasketed cover * Self-adjusting contacts provide accurate pin insertion, producing self-cleaning effect as pin is inserted and withdrawn from sleeve * High temperature contact carrier * Radial rib exterior * Phase contacts are recessed in deep insulated chambers to minimize arcing * Ground contact in forward position ensures first make, last break, neutral contact connects next, then phase contacts Connector * Terminal screws are backed out for easy assembly Housing Keyway External housing key on male devices mates with keyway on female devices to provide proper alignment and simplify the connection of devices, keyway is always located at the 6 o'clock position and is clearly visible to the user, helping to prevent the mismating of devices with different ratings. Contact Swing-Away Cord Clamp Bryant's exclusive 60A and 100A contact design features a well-defined contact area and a stainless steel clip to provide more consistent contact pressure Specifications are subject to change without notice. Wiring is simplified with swing-away cord clamp. Strain relief clamp assembly swings out for greater access when terminating individual conductors and securing cord clamp www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Box Terminal Box terminal design with pressure plate (60A and 100A) permits greater clamping pressure without damaging conductors K-3 Pin & Sleeve Devices IP67 Suitability Watertight 20, 30 and 60 Amp Devices Watertight 20A, 30A and 60A North American Ratings Amps 20 30 60 Configuration Recep./ Plug/ Conn. Inlet Voltage Receptacle Plug Watertight Devices Connector Inlet 2P 3W 125V AC 320R4W 320P4W 320C4W 320B4W 2P 3W 250V AC 320R6W 320P6W 320C6W 320B6W 2P 3W 480V AC 320R7W 320P7W 320C7W 320B7W 3P 4W 125/250V AC 420R12W 420P12W 420C12W 420B12W 3P 4W 3O 250V 420R9W 420P9W 420C9W 420B9W 3P 4W 3O 480V 420R7W 420P7W 420C7W 420B7W 3P 4W 3O 600V 420R5W 420P5W 420C5W 420B5W 4P 5W 3OY 120/208V 520R9W 520P9W 520C9W 520B9W 4P 5W 3OY 277/480V 520R7W 520P7W 520C7W 520B7W Poles/ Wires 2P 3W 125V AC 330R4W 330P4W 330C4W 330B4W 2P 3W 250V AC 330R6W 330P6W 330C6W 330B6W 2P 3W 480V AC 330R7W 330P7W 330C7W 330B7W 3P 4W 125/250V AC 430R12W 430P12W 430C12W 430B12W 3P 4W 3O 250V 430R9W 430P9W 430C9W 430B9W 3P 4W 3O 480V 430R7W 430P7W 430C7W 430B7W 3P 4W 3O 600v 430R5W 430P5W 430C5W 430B5W 4P 5W 3OY 120/208V 530R9W 530P9W 530C9W 530B9W 4P 5W 3OY 277/480V 530R7W 530P7W 530C7W 530B7W 2P 3W 125V AC 360R4W 360P4W 360C4W 360B4W 2P 3W 250V AC 360R6W 360P6W 360C6W 360B6W 2P 3W 480V AC 360R7W 360P7W 360C7W 360B7W 3P 4W 125/250V AC 460R12W 460P12W 460C12W 460B12W 3P 4W 3O 250V 460R9W 460P9W 460C9W 460B9W 3P 4W 3O 480V 460R7W 460P7W 460C7W 460B7W 3P 4W 3O 600V 460R5W 460P5W 460C5W 460B5W 4P 5W 3OY 120/208V 560R9W 560P9W 560C9W 560B9W 4P 5W 3OY 277/480V 560R7W 560P7W 560C7W 560B7W 4P 5W 3OY 347/600V 560R5W 560P5W 560C5W 560B5W Back Box* Closure Cap** BB201WA BB301WA BB201WA BB301WA BB201WA BB301WA BB201WA BB301WA BB201WA BB301WA BB201WA BB301WA BB201WA BB301WA BB201WA BB301WA BB201WA BB301WA BB201WA BB301WA BB201WA BB301WA BB201WA BB301WA BB201WA BB301WA BB201WA BB301WA BB201WA BB301WA BB201WA BB301WA BB201WA BB301WA BB201WA BB301WA BB601WA BB602WA BB601WA BB602WA BB601WA BB602WA BB601WA BB602WA BB601WA BB602WA BB601WA BB602WA BB601WA BB602WA BB601WA BB602WA BB601WA BB602WA BB601WA BB602WA CC320A CC320A CC320A CC420A CC420A CC420A CC420A CC520 CC520 CC330 CC330 CC330 CC330 CC330 CC330 CC330 CC530 CC530 CC560 CC560 CC560 CC560 CC560 CC560 CC560 CC560 CC560 CC560 Note: *Back boxes for: 20 and 30 amp receptacles require AP2030 adapter plate (page K-8) ordered separately. Also see direct mounting back box DM20301 (page K-8). 60 amp receptacles require AP60 adapter plate ordered separately (page K-8). Also see direct mounting back box DM602 (page K-8). **For use with plugs and inlets. Provides watertight protection. K-4 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Pin & Sleeve Devices IP67 Suitability Watertight 100 Amp and International Devices Watertight 100A North American Ratings Amps Configuration Recep./ Plug/ Conn. Inlet Voltage Receptacle Plug Watertight Devices Connector Inlet Back Box* Closure Cap** 2P 3W 250V AC 3100R6W 3100P6W 3100C6W 3100B6W BB1001WA BB1002WA CC510 2P 3W 480V AC 3100R7W 3100P7W 3100C7W 3100B7W BB1001WA BB1002WA CC510 4100P12W 4100C12W 4100B12W BB1001WA BB1002WA CC510 Poles/ Wires 125/250V AC 4100R12W 3P 4W 100 3P 4W 3O 250V 4100R9W 4100P9W 4100C9W 4100B9W BB1001WA BB1002WA CC510 3P 4W 3O 480V 4100R7W 4100P7W 4100C7W 4100B7W BB1001WA BB1002WA CC510 3P 4W 3O 600V 4100R5W 4100P5W 4100C5W 4100B5W BB1001WA BB1002WA CC510 4P 5W 3OY 120/208V 5100R9W 5100P9W 5100C9W 5100B9W BB1001WA BB1002WA CC510 4P 5W 3OY 277/480V 5100R7W 5100P7W 5100C7W 5100B7W BB1001WA BB1002WA CC510 Note: *Back boxes for 100 amp receptacles require AP100 adapter plate ordered separately (page K-8). **For use with plugs and inlets. Provides watertight protection. V D E Watertight 16A, 32A, 63A and 125A International Ratings*** Amps 16 32 Receptacle Plug Watertight Devices Connector Inlet 2P 3W 100-130V 316R4W 316P4W 316C4W 316B4W 2P 3W 200-250V 316R6W 316P6W 316C6W 316B6W 3P 4W 380-415V 416R6W 416P6W 416C6W 416B6W 4P 5W 516R6W 516P6W 516C6W 516B6W 2P 3W 200/346V 240/415V 100-130V 332R4W 332P4W 332C4W 332B4W 2P 3W 200-250V 332R6W 332P6W 332C6W 332B6W 3P 4W 380-415V 432R6W 432P6W 432C6W 432B6W 3P 4W 432R3W 432P3W 432C3W 432B3W 532R6W 532P6W 532C6W 532B6W 2P 3W 380V 50Hz 440V 60Hz 200/346V 240/415V 200-250V 363R6W 363P6W 363C6W 363B6W 3P 4W 380-415V 463R6W 463P6W 463C6W 463B6W 4P 5W 200/346V 240/415V 380-415V 563R6W 563P6W 563C6W 563B6W 4125R6W 4125P6W 4125C6W 4125B6W 5125R6W 5125P6W 5125C6W 5125B6W 4P 5W 63 3P 4W 125 Configuration Recep./ Plug/ Conn. Inlet Voltage Poles/ Wires 4P 5W 200/346V 240/415V Back Box* Closure Cap** BB201WA BB301WA BB201WA BB301WA BB201WA BB301WA BB201WA BB301WA BB201WA BB301WA BB201WA BB301WA BB201WA BB301WA BB201WA BB301WA BB201WA BB301WA CC320A BB601WA BB602WA BB601WA BB602WA BB601WA BB602WA BB1001WA BB1002WA BB1001WA BB1002WA CC560 CC320A CC420A CC520 CC330 CC330 CC330 CC330 CC530 CC560 CC560 CC510 CC510 Note: *Back boxes for: 16 and 32 amp receptacles require AP2030 adapter plate ordered separately (page K-8). Also see direct mounting back box DM20301 (page K-8). 63 amp receptacles require AP60 adapter plate ordered separately (page K-8). Also see direct mounting back box DM602 (page K-8). 125 amp receptacles require AP100 adapter plate ordered separately (page K-8). **For use with plugs and inlets. Provides watertight protection. ***Not UL Listed, nor CSA Certified. Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ K-5 Pin & Sleeve Devices IP67 Suitability Watertight Dimensions Product Dimensions Inches (mm) 16/20A Plug 3-Wire Connector Receptacle 60/63A 100/125A 5-Wire 3-Wire 4-Wire 5-Wire 3-, 4-, 5-Wire 3-, 4-, 5-Wire A 2.75" (70.5) 3.04" (78.0) 3.37" (86.5) 3.67" (94.0) 3.67" (94.0) 3.96"(101.5) 4.43" (113.5) 4.88" (125.0) B 4.37" (112.0) 4.37" (112.0) 4.60" (118.0) 5.62" (144.0) 5.62" (144.0) 5.62" (144.0) 8.81" (226.0) 9.87" (253.0) C 5.42" (139.0) 5.42" (139.0) 5.66" (145.0) 6.67" (171.0) 6.67" (171.0) 6.67" (171.0) 9.91" (254.0) 11.15" (286.0) D* Inlet 30/32A 4-Wire .375"-.625" (9.52-15.5) .580"-.900" (14.7-22.8) .74"-1.270" (18.8-35.5) .95"-1.670" (24.1-42.4) A 2.75" (70.5) 3.04" (78.0) 3.37" (86.5) 3.67" (94.0) 3.96" (101.5) 4.29" (110.0) 4.91" (126.0) B 5.97" (153.0) 5.97" (153.0) 6.20" (159.0) 7.33" (188.0) 7.33" (188.0) 7.33" (188.0) 10.61" (272.0) 12.01" (308.0) C 3.00" (77.0) 3.24" (83.0) 3.63" (93.0) 3.86" (99.0) 4.17" (107.0) 4.43" (113.5) 4.99" (128.0) D* A B C D E F G H I J K* A B C D E F G H I J K* 3.67" (94.0) 3.86" (99.0) .375"-.625" (9.52-15.5) 2.93" (75.0) 2.93" (75.0) 2.34" (60.0) 2.34" (60.0) 0.22" (5.5) 0.27" (7.0) 0.66" (17.0) 2.22" (57.0) 2.96" (76.0) 1.76" (45.0) 0.14" (3.5) 2.93" (75.0) 2.93" (75.0) 2.34" (60.0) 2.34" (60.0) 0.22" (5.5) 0.27" (7.0) 0.66" (17.0) 2.22" (57.0) 2.96" (76.0) 1.76" (45.0) 0.14" (3.5) 2.93" (75.0) 2.93" (75.0) 2.34" (60.0) 2.34" (60.0) 0.22" (5.5) 0.27" (7.0) 1.01" (26.0) 2.26" (58.0) 3.24" (83.0) 1.76" (45.0) 0.27" (7.0) 2.93" (75.0) 2.93" (75.0) 2.34" (60.0) 2.34" (60.0) 0.22" (5.5) 0.27" (7.0) 1.01" (26.0) 2.26" (58.0) 3.24" (83.0) 1.76" (45.0) 0.27" (7.0) .580"-.900" (14.7-22.8) 2.93" (75.0) 2.93" (75.0) 2.34" (60.0) 2.34" (60.0) 0.22" (5.5) 0.27" (7.0) 0.66" (17.0) 2.22" (57.0) 3.63" (93.0) 2.15" (55.0) 0.45" (11.5) 2.93" (75.0) 2.93" (75.0) 2.34" (60.0) 2.34" (60.0) 0.22" (5.5) 0.27" (7.0) 0.66" (17.0) 2.22" (57.0) 3.63" (93.0) 2.15" (55.0) 0.45" (11.5) 2.93" (75.0) 2.93" (75.0) 2.34" (60.0) 2.34" (60.0) 0.22" (5.5) 0.31" (8.0) 1.40" (36.0) 2.54" (65.0) 3.90" (100.0) 2.34" (60.0) 0.47" (12.0) 2.93" (75.0) 2.93" (75.0) 2.34" (60.0) 2.34" (60.0) 0.22" (5.5) 0.31" (8.0) 1.40" (36.0) 2.54" (65.0) 3.90" (100.0) 2.34" (60.0) 0.47" (12.0) 2.93" (75.0) 2.93" (75.0) 2.34" (60.0) 2.34" (60.0) 0.22" (5.5) 0.31" (8.0) 1.40" (36.0) 2.54" (65.0) 3.90" (100.0) 2.34" (60.0) 0.47" (12.0) 2.93" (75.0) 2.93" (75.0) 2.34" (60.0) 2.34" (60.0) 0.22" (5.5) 0.31" (8.0) 1.40" (36.0) 2.54" (65.0) 3.90" (100.0) 2.34" (60.0) 0.47" (12.0) .74"-1.270" (18.8-35.5) 2.93" (75.0) 2.93" (75.0) 2.34" (60.0) 2.34" (60.0) 0.22" (5.5) 0.31" (8.0) 0.74" (19.0) 2.54" (65.0) 3.90" (100.0) 2.34" (60.0) 0.66" (17.0) 2.93" (75.0) 2.93" (75.0) 2.34" (60.0) 2.34" (60.0) 0.22" (5.5) 0.31" (8.0) 0.74" (19.0) 2.54" (65.0) 3.90" (100.0) 2.34" (60.0) 0.66" (17.0) 4.17" (107.0) 3.90" (100.0) 3.32" (85.0) 3.00" (77.0) 0.25" (6.5) 0.47" (12.0) 2.20" (56.5) 2.96" (76.0) 4.41" (113.0) 3.43" (88.0) 0.27" (7.0) 4.17" (107.0) 3.90" (100.0) 3.32" (85.0) 3.00" (77.0) 0.25" (6.5) 0.47" (12.0) 2.20" (56.5) 2.96" (76.0) 4.41" (113.0) 3.43" (88.0) 0.27" (7.0) .95"-1.670" (24.1-42.4) 4.68" (120.0) 4.68" (120.0) 3.90" (100.0) 3.90" (100.0) 0.25" (6.5) 0.82" (21.0) 1.95" (50.0) 4.56" (117.0) 5.03" (129.0) 3.62" (92.0) 0.23" (6.0) 4.68" (120.0) 4.68" (120.0) 3.90" (100.0) 3.90" (100.0) 0.25" (6.5) 0.82" (21.0) 1.95" (50.0) 4.56" (117.0) 5.03" (129.0) 3.62" (92.0) 0.23" (6.0) Note: *Cable Grip. E K A A C I C B Plug B D AC E I F G Receptacle J H Receptacle Side View Receptacle Opening F B Connector A C 10 B D Inlet (20-30A Shown) K-6 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ G Inlet Side View H K Receptacle Opening Specifications are subject to change without notice. Pin & Sleeve Devices V D E IP44 Suitability Splashproof 16 and 32 Amp International Devices * Ground contact in forward position to ensure first make, last break, neutral contact connects next, then phase contacts * Neoprene sealing glands seal out moisture and contaminants at cord entry * Gland nut and ring compress sealing gland around cord to seal out contaminants * Solid brass pins provide contact reliability and superior conductivity Splashproof 16A and 32A International Ratings Amps 16 32 Poles/ Wires Configuration Recep./ Plug/ Conn. Inlet Receptacle Plug Connector Back Box* 2P 3W 100-130V Voltage 316R4S 316P4S 316C4S BB201WA BB301WA 2P 3W 200-250V 316R6S 316P6S 316C6S BB201WA BB301WA 3P 4W 380-415V 416R6S 416P6S 416C6S BB201WA BB301WA 4P 5W 200/346V 240/415V 516R6S 516P6S 516C6S BB201WA BB301WA 2P 3W 100-130V 332R4S 332P4S 332C4S BB201WA BB301WA 2P 3W 200-250V 332R6S 332P6S 332C6S BB201WA BB301WA Note: *Requires AP2030 adapter plate, ordered separately (page K-8). Also see direct mounting back box DM20301 (page K-8). Product Dimensions Inches (mm) Plug Receptacle 16A A B C D 32A 3-Wire 4-Wire 5-Wire 3-Wire 1.99" (51.0) 5.38" (138.0) 3.99" (102.0) 0.66" (17.0) 2.26" (58.0) 5.38" (138.0) 3.99" (102.0) 0.66" (17.0) 2.50" (64.0) 5.58" (143.0) 4.17" (107.0) 0.66" (17.0) 2.57" (66.0) 6.83" (175.0) 5.07" (130.0) 0.96" (24.5) 16A A B C D E F G H Connector 16A 3-Wire A B C D 32A 4-Wire 1.99" (51.0) 2.26" (58.0) 5.85" (150.0) 5.89" (151.0) 2.77" (71.0) 3.08" (79.0) 0.66" (17.0) 0.66" (17.0) 5-Wire 3-Wire 2.50" (64.0) 6.05" (155.0) 3.32" (85.0) 0.66" (17.0) 2.57" (66.0) 7.33" (188.0) 3.63" (93.0) 0.96" (24.5) 32A 3-Wire 4-Wire 5-Wire 3-Wire 2.44" (62.0) 1.88" (47.0) 0.22" (5.5) 1.99" (51.0) 0.27" (7.0) 0.66" (17.0) 2.73" (70.0) 1.76" (45.0) 2.93" (75.0) 2.34" (60.0) 0.22" (5.5) 2.07" (53.0) 0.27" (7.0 1.01" (26.0) 3.12" (80.0) 1.76" (45.0) 2.93" (75.0) 2.34" (60.0) 0.21" (5.5) 2.07" (53.0) 0.27" (7.0) 0.66" (17.0) 3.32" (85.0) 2.15" (55.0) 2.93" (75.0) 2.34" (60.0) 0.21" (5.5) 2.42" (62.0) 0.31" (8.0) 1.40" (36.0) 3.51" (90.0) 2.34" (60.0) C A D C B A C Plug Specifications are subject to change without notice. D A G B B Connector Receptacle www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ F D H E K-7 Pin & Sleeve Devices IP67 Suitability Accessories * Back box features heavy duty cast aluminum construction with a durable enamel finish * Adapter plates allow receptacles and inlets to be mounted to back boxes * Cast aluminum direct mount back boxes permit receptacles to be mounted directly to box without adapter plate * Closure caps provide a watertight seal for male plugs and flanged inlets when not mated NEMA Type 1 Portable Outlet Box Cover Plates Back Boxes Hub Size In. 15 Angle Feed-Thru 20/30A 3/4" 1" BB201WA* BB301WA* FT202WA* FT302WA** 60A 11/4" 11/2" 11/2" 2" BB601WA* BB602WA* BB1001WA* BB1002WA* 100A Required to Mount Receptacles and Inlets to Back Boxes For Mounting Receptacles and Inlets For Use With -- -- -- -- Direct Mount Back Boxes Adapter Plates Four-Way -- -- -- FW60100A** FW60100A** -- Closure Caps 15 Angle For Use With AP2030 DM20301 -- 16/20A AP60 DM602 -- -- -- 30/32A AP100 60/63A 100/125A Note: *Adapter plates: 20/30A devices requires AP2030, 60A devices require AP60 and 100A devices require AP100 adapter plates, ordered separately. **Requires AP60 adapter plate to mount 60A receptacle or inlet. 100A receptacle mounts directly to box. 100A inlet does not mount to this box. Product Dimensions 20/30A A B C D E F G* Catalog Number CC320A CC420A CC520 CC330 CC530 CC560 3-Wire 4-Wire 5-Wire 3 & 4-Wire 5-Wire 3, 4 & 5-Wire 5-Wire 3, 4 & 5-Wire 5-Wire CC510 Inches (mm) Back Boxes 60A 60/100A 100A Adapter Plates Direct Mount Back Boxes 15 Angle 15 Angle Feed-Thru 15 Angle Four-Way 15 Angle 20/30A 60A 100A 20/30A 60A 5.12" (130.2) 4.00" (101.6) 4.19" (106.4) 3.75" (95.3) 3.00" (76.2) 4.00" (101.6) 30.0" (492) 8.25" (209.6) 3.06" (77.8) 7.14" (181.4) 4.50" (114.3) 3.75" (95.3) 3.13" (79.5) 48.0" (787) 7.25" (184.2) 5.25" (133.4) 6.00" (152.4) 4.50" (114.3) 3.75" (95.3) 6.19" (157.2) 80.0" (1312) 8.75" (222.3) 9.75" (247.7) 7.75" (196.9) 6.75" (171.5) 6.00" (152.4) -- 210.0" (3444) 8.12" (206.4) 6.75" (171.5) 6.88" (174.6) 5.50" (139.7) 4.75" (120.7) 6.94" (176.2) 130.0" (2132) 3.76" (96.4) 3.13" (80.3) 2.76" (70.8) 2.36" (60.5) 0.22" (5.6) Dia. 0.18" (4.6) Dia. -- 4.51" (115.6) 3.88" (99.5) 3.03" (77.7) 3.35" (85.9) 0.22" (5.6) Dia. 0.18" (4.6) Dia. -- 5.52" (141.5) 4.87" (124.9) 4.25" (109.0) 3.94" (101.0) 0.22" (5.6) Dia. 0.18" (4.6) Dia. -- 5.07" (130.0) 3.38" (78.0) 4.13" (106.0) 3.62" (92.0) -- -- 20.0" (328.0) 5.81" (149.0) 4.28" (110.0) 4.56" (117.0) 4.58" (117.0) -- -- 40.0" (656.0) Note: *Capacity cu. in. (cm3). E B F B A B F E B A A C 15 15 E E D B D E D C A 20/30A Adapter Plate D E F B D F F K-8 Feed-Through Box 15 D C A 100A Adapter Plate C C B Angle Box C A Four-Way Box C A 60A Adapter Plate www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ D Direct Mount Back Box Specifications are subject to change without notice. Pin&&Sleeve SleeveDevices Devices Pin Splashproof, 16 and 32 Amp International Ordering Information Unfused Mechanical Interlocks IP67 Suitability * 30 and 60 amp units provide top or bottom feed option (20 and 100 amp are top feed) * NEMA 4X and 12 enclosures provide watertight and dust-tight protection * Heavy duty disconnect switches are horse-power rated for motor load applications * Watertight conduit hub and grounding plate included for use with metallic conduit Product Dimensions Amps 20 30 32 60 100 Poles/ Wires Configuration Recep./ Plug/ Conn. Inlet 20A Voltage Interlock Mating Plug* 3P 4W 240V AC 3O 420SMI9W 420P9W 3P 4W 480V AC 3O 420SMI7W 420P7W 3P 4W 600V AC 3O 420SMI5W 420P5W 2P 3W 120V AC 330SMI4W 330P4W 2P 3W 240V AC 330SMI6W 330P6W 2P 3W 480V AC 330SMI7W 330P7W 3P 4W 240V AC 3O 430SMI9W 430P9W 3P 4W 480V AC 3O 430SMI7W 430P7W 3P 4W 600V AC 3O 430SMI5W 430P5W 4P 5W 120/208V AC 3OY 530SMI9W 530P9W 4P 5W 277/480V AC 3OY 530SMI7W 530P7W 3P 4W 432SMI3W 432P3W 2P 3W 380V AC 3O 50Hz 440V AC 3O 60Hz 120V AC 360SMI4W 360P4W 2P 3W 240V AC 360SMI6W 360P6W 2P 3W 480V AC 360SMI7W 360P7W 3P 4W 240V AC 3O 460SMI9W 460P9W 3P 4W 480V AC 3O 460SMI7W 460P7W 3P 4W 600V AC 3O 460SMI5W 460P5W 4P 5W 120/208V AC 3OY 560SMI9W 560P9W 4P 5W 277/480V AC 3OY 560SMI7W 560P7W 4P 5W 347/600V AC 3OY 560SMI5W 560P5W 2P 3W 240V AC 3100SMI6W 3100P6W 3P 4W 240V AC 3O 4100SMI9W 4100P9W 3P 4W 480V AC 3O 4100SMI7W 4100P7W 3P 4W 600V AC 3O 4100SMI5W 4100P5W 4P 5W 120/208V AC 3OY 5100SMI9W 5100P9W 8.86" (225.0) 8.19" (208.0) 4.65" (118.0) 3.98" (101.0) 5.00" (127.0) 9.65" (245.0) 0.26" (6.5) 0.31" (8.0) 3/4" NPT www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ 30/32A 60A 10.24" (260.0) 9.45" (240.0) 6.30" (160.0) 5.51" (140.0) 6.78" (172.0) 11.68" (297.0) 0.32" (8.1) 0.39" (10.0) 1" NPT 10.24" (260.0) 9.45" (240.0) 6.30" (160.0) 5.51" (140.0) 7.68" (195.0) 11.97" (304.0) 0.32" (8.1) 0.39" (10.0) 11/4" NPT I G H A B F C D E 100A A B C D E F G H I 18.11" (460.0) 17.32" (440.0) 7.09" (180.0) 6.30" (160.0) 8.19" (208.0) 20.08" (510.0) 0.33" (8.3) 0.26" (6.5) 11/4" NPT I G H A B F C Note: *Mating plug sold separately. Specifications are subject to change without notice. A B C D E F G H I Inches (mm) D E K-9 Pin & Sleeve Devices IP67 Suitability Technical Specifications - Watertight Listings UL Listed Standard 1682 (plugs, receptacles, and cable connectors of the pin & sleeve type) Conforms to UL 1686 (pin & sleeve configuration) CSA Certified C22.2 No. 182.1 - 13 Complies with IEC 60309-1 and 60309-2 International Standards for singly-rated non-interchangeable configurations CE Materials Plug/Connector Housing, gland nut and cord clamp assembly Cord gland Seals/gaskets Phase/ground pins Terminal screws Terminal cover Contact carrier Gland friction washer Assembly screws Receptacle/Inlet Toughened nylon Neoprene Neoprene, EPDM, TPE Brass Plated steel Toughened nylon Glass-reinforced nylon (100A) Glass-reinforced nylon, Nylon (60A) Plated carbon steel (30/60/100A) Nylon (20A) Stainless steel (60/100A) Plated steel (20/30A) Plug Locking ring Polycarbonate Housing/mounting flange Mounting screws Seals/gaskets Phase/ground pins Terminal screws Terminal cover Toughened nylon Stainless steel Neoprene, EPDM, TPE Brass Plated steel Toughened nylon Glass-reinforced nylon (100A) Glass-reinforced nylon, Nylon (60A) Contact carrier Receptacle Cover arm Cover ring Toughened nylon Polycarbonate Sleeve spring Nickel-plated spring steel Sleeve spring Nickel-plated spring steel Hinge pins Brass Connector Cover ring Polycarbonate Cover spring Stainless steel Mounting flange Toughened nylon Hinge pins Brass Locking ring Polycarbonate Sleeve spring Nickel-plated spring steel Assembly screws Stainless steel (60/100A), plated steel (20/30A) Inlet Performance Electrical Dielectric voltage withstand Max. working voltage Spacings Current interrupting Temperature rise Endurance Environmental 3,000 Volts - receptacle, 2,200 Volts - plug and connector 600 Volts AC 1/4" minimum creepage and clearance per UL 1682 Certified for current interrupting at full rated current where applicable per UL 1682 Less than 30C temperature rise at full rated current after 50 cycles of overload tested at 150% of rated current at 0.75 pf. Up to 5,000 connect and disconnect cycles at full rated current and voltage per UL 1682 Moisture resistance Flammability (enclosure) Operating temperatures Ingress protection Polarization integrity Submerged 24 hours at 2" below water surface V2 minimum per UL 94 Maximum continuous 95C with impact, minimum continuous -40C without impact IP67 suitability Mating devices will not energize ground if polarization feature is removed from housing and 40 lbs. force is applied The following international electrical regulatory agencies recognize IEC 309 standard Pin & Sleeve devices. Mechanical Impact resistance Mechanical crush test Terminal identification Product identification After 6 hours at -25C, 8 drops from 21/2' with 71/2' length cord 250 lbs. force for 1 minute after 6 hours at -25C Terminals identified in accordance with North American Codes Catalog number and rating indicated on device OVE CEBEC Austria Belgium Czech Republic V D E Finland Germany Denmark I Great Britain Hungary Norway Sweden EUR K EMA Italy K-10 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Netherlands Specifications are subject to change without notice. Pin & Sleeve Devices IP44 Suitability Technical Specifications - Splashproof Listings Complies with IEC 60309-1 and 60309-2 International Standards for singly-rated non-interchangeable configurations CE VDE Materials Plug/Connector Housing, gland nut and cord clamp assembly Cord gland Seals/gaskets Phase/ground pins Terminal screws Terminal cover Contact carrier Gland friction washer Assembly screws Receptacle Toughened nylon Neoprene Neoprene, EPDM, TPE Brass Plated steel Toughened nylon Glass-reinforced nylon Housing/mounting flange and cover arm Cover spring Seals/gaskets Hinge pins Contact carrier Terminal cover Phase/ground sleeves Toughened nylon Stainless steel Neoprene, EPDM, TPE Brass Glass-reinforced nylon Toughened nylon Brass Plated carbon steel (30/60/100A) Nylon (20A) Plated steel Sleeve spring Mounting screws Terminal screws Nickel-plated spring steel Stainless steel Plated steel Connector Cover spring Phase/ground sleeves Sleeve spring Hinge pins Stainless steel Brass Nickel-plated spring steel Brass Performance Electrical Environmental Dielectric voltage withstand Max. working voltage 3,000 Volts - receptacle, 2,200 Volts - plug and connector 500 Volts AC Spacings Current interrupting 1/4" minimum creepage and clearance Certified for current interrupting at full rated current Endurance Up to 5,000 connect and disconnect cycles at full rated current and voltage Flammability (enclosure) V2 minimum per UL 94 Operating temperatures Maximum continuous 95C with impact, minimum continuous -40C without impact IP44 suitability Mating devices will not energize ground if polarization feature is removed from housing and 40 lbs. force is applied Ingress protection Polarization integrity Mechanical Impact resistance Mechanical crush test Terminal identification Product identification After 6 hours at -25C, 8 drops from 21/2' with 71/2' length cord 250 lbs. force for 1 minute after 6 hours at -25C Terminals identified in accordance with IEC 309 Catalog number and rating indicated on device The following international electrical regulatory agencies recognize IEC 309 standard Pin & Sleeve devices. OVE CEBEC Austria Belgium Czech Republic V D E Finland Germany Denmark I Great Britain Hungary Norway Sweden EUR K EMA Italy Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Netherlands K-11 Pin & Sleeve Devices IP67 Suitability Technical Specifications - Mechanical Interlock Listings Performance UL 508 - Industrial control equipment, manual motor controller CSA Certified C22.2 No. 14 Complies with UL 50, UL 746C and IEC 60309 Configuration meets UL 1686 IP67 suitability Electrical Materials Dielectric voltage withstand Max. working voltage 3,000 volts min. Current interrupting Certified for current interrupting at full rated current and voltage Suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more that 10,000 RMS symmetrica amperes at the voltage rating of the receptacle (30, 60, 100A) Mechanical - 10,000 cycles Electrical - 6,000 cycles Enclosure base Valox(R) Short circuit withstand rating Enclosure cover Valox(R) Operations Handle Valox(R) Enclosure gasket Neoprene 600 Volts RMS Mechanical Enclosure screws Valox(R) Hinge pins Stainless steel Hinge spring Stainless steel Conduit hub Zinc Ground plate Galvanized steel Cover gasket Neoprene Impact resistance In accordance with UL 746C Terminal identification In accordance with UL, CSA and international conventions Identification and ratings are part of the external label Product identification Environmental Moisture resistance Flammability Operating temperature UV resistance Outdoor - 4x (watertight, washdown) IP67, indoor 12 (dust-tight, falling dirt and non-corrosive liquids) UL94-5V and VO classification Max. continuous +60 C, Min. continuous -40 C All exposed materials are UV stabilized Horsepower Ratings Amps Rating Horsepower Amps Rating 420SMI9W 20 240V AC 3O 5 360SMI4W 60 120V AC 3 420SMI7W 20 480V AC 3O 10 360SMI6W 60 240V AC 7.5 420SMI5W 20 600V AC 3O 15 360SMI7W 60 480V AC 20 Catalog Number Catalog Number Horsepower 330SMI4W 30 120V AC 2 460SMI9W 60 240V AC 3O 15 330SMI6W 30 240V AC 3 460SMI7W 60 480V AC 3O 30 40 330SMI7W 30 480V AC 7.5 460SMI5W 60 600V AC 3O 430SMI9W 30 240V AC 3O 7.5 560SMI9W 60 120/208V AC 3OY 15 430SMI7W 30 480V AC 3O 15 560SMI7W 60 277/480V AC 3OY 30 430SMI5W 30 600V AC 3O 20 560SMI5W 60 347/600V AC 3OY 40 530SMI9W 30 120/208V AC 3OY 5 3100SMI6W 100 240V AC 15 530SMI7W 30 277/480V AC 3OY 15 4100SMI9W 100 240V AC 3O 25 432SMI3W 32 380V AC 3O 50 Hz 440V AC 3O 60Hz 15 (440V AC 3O 60 Hz) 4100SMI7W 100 480V AC 3O 40 4100SMI5W 100 600V AC 3O 50 5100SMI9W 100 120/208V AC 3OY 20 Valox(R) is a registered trademark of SABIC Innovative Plastics, acquired from General Electric Company. K-12 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Section L Cam-Type Devices, Power Distribution Boxes and Temporary Power Table of Contents Page Cam-Type Devices Series 15 - 150 Amp, 600V AC/250V DC Inlines and Panel Mount Receptacles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-3 Tees, Gender Reversing Devices and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-4 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-14 Series 16 - 300 and 400 Amp, 600V AC/250V DC Inlines and Panel Mount Receptacles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-5 Additional Receptacles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-6 Offsets, Tees, 3-Fers and Gender Reversing Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-7 Replacement Parts and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-8 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-14 Power Distribution Boxes Temporary Power Boxes, Cable Sets and Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-10 Weather Protective Lift Covers, Portable Outlet Boxes and Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-11 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-14 Temporary Lighting Construction Site Lighting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-12 Maintenance and Worklights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-13 Explosion Proof/Confined Space Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-13 Cord Reels Cord Reels with Hand Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-14 Technical Information Cam-Type Devices Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-14 Power Distribution Box and Cable Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-14 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ L-1 Cam-Type Devices Features and Benefits Series 15 & 16 - 150, 300 & 400 Amp, 600 Volts Bryant offers a full line of innovative, high quality, Series 15 and Series 16 cam-type inlines, receptacles and accessories for the most demanding environments. Cam-Type devices are the right choice for supplying temporary electrical power distribution for entertainment, theme parks, carnival equipment, concerts, movie making and numerous other applications requiring temporary power. Cam-Type devices have been designed with ease of assembly and disassembly in mind, no special tools are required. A high strength non-conductive retaining screw is all that is needed to securely lock the contacts to the insulated sleeve. UL Enclosure Types 3R, 4X and 12 Rating suitable for use in almost any environment. Housing Design * Insulgrip(R) style housing for superior gripping, conforms to the user's hand making it easy to connect and disconnect, even with gloves on * Easily identifiable cable, cut off points for secure fit allows you to easily customize and cut the housing to the required/ correct cable size * Accommodates wide range of cables Safety * Rounded corners reduce the possibility of catching or snagging on structures or equipment * Non-conductive retaining screw locks contacts in place and allows for easy installation; prevents contact movement within housing * Recessed mounting screw minimizes screwdriver slippage Identification * Lock symbol aids in the mating of devices and provides a clear indication that the devices are properly connected * With lock indicator symbol making mating clear and simple; devices can lock 180 to prevent unintended disconnects Contacts * Provides high contact pressure and vibration resistant connection, which helps reduce operating temperatures and extends product life * High conductivity brass contact provides improved performance by helping to reduce operating temperatures and extends life Assembly * Special screw thread requires fewer turns than most competitors and reduces the risk of a conductive screw being substituted * Extra long non-conductive inner sleeve reduces force required to install housing over contacts; easier to rotate contact in body for installing retaining screw Installation * Engineered body design makes installation simple with no need for additional tools and the non-metallic retaining screw helps to make operation safe for all involved * Strip gauge molded into every inline and receptacle housing; simplifies installation and saves time L-2 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Cam-Type Devices Series 15 - Inlines and Panel Mount Receptacles Enclosure Types 3R, 4X, 12 150 Amp Inlines Description Color Male Inline Female Inline Thermoplastic elastomer, cable size #8 - #2 AWG Black White Green Red Blue Brown Orange Yellow Gray HBL15MBK HBL15MW HBL15MGN HBL15MR HBL15MBL HBL15MBN HBL15MO HBL15MY HBL15MGY HBL15FBK HBL15FW HBL15FGN HBL15FR HBL15FBL HBL15FBN HBL15FO HBL15FY HBL15FGY 150A Panel Mount Receptacles Description Color Stud Type " x 3/4" Male Receptacles Female Receptacles Panel mount, thermoplastic, mates with 150 amp Inlines, cable size #8 - #2 AWG Black White Green Red Blue Brown Orange Yellow Gray* HBL15MRSBK HBL15MRSW HBL15MRSGN HBL15MRSR HBL15MRSBL HBL15MRSBN HBL15MRSO HBL15MRSY -- Double Set Screw Cable Size #4 - 4/0 Male Receptacles Female Receptacles HBL15FRSBK HBL15FRSW HBL15FRSGN HBL15FRSR HBL15FRSBL HBL15FRSBN HBL15FRSO HBL15FRSY -- HBL15MRBK HBL15MRW HBL15MRGN HBL15MRR HBL15MRBL HBL15MRBN HBL15MRO HBL15MRY HBL15MRGY HBL15FRBK HBL15FRW HBL15FRGN HBL15FRR HBL15FRBL HBL15FRBN HBL15FRO HBL15FRY HBL15FRGY Note: *Gray is available upon request. Contact factory. Product Dimensions Inches (mm) A B C D Male Inline Female Inline 4.54" (115.3) 1.04" (26.4) 0.86" (21.8) 3.22" (81.7) 4.60" (116.8) 1.11" (28.2) 0.68" (17.3) 3.28" (83.2) Receptacle Male A B C D E F G A A B B C C D Male Inline Stud Type Female D Female Inline A 1.86" (47.2) 1.86" (47.2) 1.37" (34.8) 1.37" (34.8) 2.82" (71.6) 2.88" (73.1) 0.86" (22.0) 0.86" (22.0) 0.75" (19.0) 0.75" (19.0) 1.20" (30.5) 1.26" (32.0) 3x O .20" 3x O .20" Stud Termination 5/16-18 B E C D G - Mounting Holes www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Double Set Screw Female 1.86" (47.2) 1.86" (47.2) 1.37" (34.8) 1.37" (34.8) 2.90" (73.6) 2.95" (74.9) 0.86" (22.0) 0.86" (22.0) 0.88" (22.2) 0.87" (22.2) 1.20" (30.5) 1.26" (32.0) 3x O .20" 3x O .20" (2) 5/32 Socket Head Set Screws A B C F F E D Male Threaded Stud (Male Shown) Specifications are subject to change without notice. Male G - Mounting Holes Male Double Set Screw (Male Shown) L-3 Cam-Type Devices Series 15 - Tees, Gender Reversing Devices and Accessories Enclosure Types 3R, 4X, 12 Tees, Gender Reversing Devices and Replacement Bodies Tapping Tee Paralleling Tee Gender Reversing Devices Color (Female-Female-Male) (Female-Male-Male) Double Male (Male-Male) Black White Green Red Blue HBL15TBK HBL15TW HBL15TGN HBL15TR HBL15TBL HBL15PTBK HBL15PTW HBL15PTGN HBL15PTR HBL15PTBL HBL15DMBK* HBL15DMW HBL15DMGN HBL15DMR* HBL15DMBL* Replacement Bodies** (25 Pack) Double Female (Female-Female) Male Body Female Body HBL15DFBK* HBL15DFW HBL15DFGN HBL15DFR* HBL15DFBL* HBL15MBBK HBL15MBW HBL15MBGN HBL15MBR HBL15MBBL HBL15FBBK HBL15FBW HBL15FBGN HBL15FBR HBL15FBBL Note: *UL 1691 restricts the use of male-to-male or female-to-female devices to Grounding (Green) or Neutral (White) conductors. Consult factory for availability of other non UL listed colors. **Additional colors are available upon request. Contact factory. Replacement Contacts (25 Pack) Protective Caps and Weather Protective Covers Protective Caps Color Fits Male Devices Fits Female Devices Color Weather Protective Covers Black White Green Red Blue ** HBL15MCAPBK HBL15MCAPW HBL15MCAPGN HBL15MCAPR HBL15MCAPBL -- HBL15FCAPBK HBL15FCAPW HBL15FCAPGN HBL15FCAPR HBL15FCAPBL -- Clear Black White Green Red Blue Brown Orange Yellow HBL15NCC HBL15NCBK HBL15NCW HBL15NCGN HBL15NCR HBL15NCBL HBL15NCBN HBL15NCO HBL15NCY Note:**Additional colors are available upon request. Contact factory. Description Male Pin Female Sleeve Contact, 150 amp HBL15RCM HBL15RCF Accessories Accessory Kit Retaining Screw (100 Pack) Copper Foil (100 Pack) Brass Wire (100 Pack) Terminal Screws (100 Pack) Inline Panel Mount Ferrules (100 Pack) #2 AWG #4 AWG HBL15PK HBL15RS HBL15CF HBL15BW HBL15TS25 HBL15F2 HBL15TS375 HBL15F4 Product Dimensions Inches (mm) Tees Paralleling Tapping A B C 2.67" (67.9) 4.28" (45.9) 0.865" (21.9) Double Male 2.67" (67.9) 4.22" (107.2) 0.865" (21.9) Gender Reversing Devices Double Female 4.22" (107.3) 0.86" (21.8) -- Weatherproof Covers 4.22" (107.3) 1.05" (26.7) 0.68" (17.3) 2.03" ( 51.5) 1.14" (29.0) 1.49" (37.9) A B B B Double Male A A B C B Tapping Tee L-4 A C B Paralleling Tee B C C A A C Double Female www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Weatherproof Cover B B C C Specifications are subject to change without notice. A Cam-Type Devices Series 16 - Inlines and Panel Mount Receptacles Enclosure Types 3R, 4X, 12 300A and 400A 600V AC/250V DC Inlines 300 Amp, Cable Size #6 - 2/0 AWG Female Inline Description Color Male Inline Thermoplastic elastomer Inline Black White Green Red Blue Brown Orange Yellow Gray* HBL300MBK HBL300MW HBL300MGN HBL300MR HBL300MBL HBL300MBN HBL300MO HBL300MY -- Male Inline HBL300FBK HBL300FW HBL300FGN HBL300FR HBL300FBL HBL300FBN HBL300FO HBL300FY -- 400 Amp, Cable Size 2/0 - 4/0 AWG Female Inline HBL400MBK HBL400MW HBL400MGN HBL400MR HBL400MBL HBL400MBN HBL400MO HBL400MY HBL400MGY HBL400FBK HBL400FW HBL400FGN HBL400FR HBL400FBL HBL400FBN HBL400FO HBL400FY HBL400FGY 400A Panel Mount Receptacles Description Color Double Set Screw Through Hole Mounting, Cable Size #4 - 4/0 AWG Male Plug Female Plug Thermoplastic elastomer plugs, mates with 300 and 400 amp Inline Black White Green Red Blue Brown Orange Yellow Gray* HBLMRBK HBLMRW HBLMRGN HBLMRR HBLMRBL HBLMRBN HBLMRO HBLMRY HBLMRGY HBLFRBK HBLFRW HBLFRGN HBLFRR HBLFRBL HBLFRBN HBLFRO HBLFRY HBLFRGY Double Set Screw, Angled Through Hole Mounting, Cable Size #4 - 4/0 AWG Male Plug Female Plug HBLMRABK HBLMRAW HBLMRAGN HBLMRAR HBLMRABL HBLMRABN HBLMRAO HBLMRAY -- HBLFRABK HBLFRAW HBLFRAGN HBLFRAR HBLFRABL HBLFRABN HBLFRAO HBLFRAY -- Stud Type Receptacles Through Hole Mounting Female Description Color Male Thermoplastic elastomer plugs, mates with 300 and 400 amp plugs. Black White Green Red Blue Brown Orange Yellow HBLMRSBK HBLMRSW HBLMRSGN HBLMRSR HBLMRSBL HBLMRSBN HBLMRSO HBLMRSY Male HBLFRSBK HBLFRSW HBLFRSGN HBLFRSR HBLFRSBL HBLFRSBN HBLFRSO HBLFRSY Threaded Mounting Holes Female HBLMRSCBK HBLMRSCW HBLMRSCGN HBLMRSCR HBLMRSCBL HBLMRSCBN HBLMRSCO HBLMRSCY HBLFRSCBK HBLFRSCW HBLFRSCGN HBLFRSCR HBLFRSCBL HBLFRSCBN HBLFRSCO HBLFRSCY Note: *Gray is available upon request. Contact factory. Product Dimensions Inches (mm) A B C D Male Plug Female Plug 6.74" (171.2) 1.47" (37.3) 1.48" (37.6) 4.78" (121.4) 6.84" (173.6) 1.44" (36.6) 1.06" (27.0) 4.80" (122.0) B A C D Inline (Male Shown) Specifications are subject to change without notice. Double Set Screw Receptacle A B C D E F G H Stud Type Receptacle Threaded Holes Through Hole 2.20" (55.9) 2.20" (55.9) 1.50" (38.1) 4.10" (104.3) 1.48" (47.4) 1.36" (34.5) 1.74" (44.2) 4x #10-32 (2) 7/32 Socket Head Set Screws 2.20" (55.9) 2.20" (55.9) 2.20" (55.9) 2.20" (55.9) 1.50" (38.1) 1.50" (38.1) 4.10" (104.3) 3.67" (93.2) 1.48" (37.6) 1.48" (37.6) 1.25" (31.7) 1.11" (28.2) 1.74" (44.2) 1.55" (39.4) 4x O .20" 4x #10-32 Stud Termination 1/2-13 UNC-2A Double Set Screw (Male Shown) B D F G Threaded Holes A E C H - Mounting Holes B G AC D F E Mounting Holes Threaded Stud (Male Shown) www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ L-5 Cam-Type Devices Series 16 - Additional Receptacles Enclosure Types 3R, 4X, 12 400A Extended Stud Type Receptacles 400A Angled Panel Mount Receptacles Extended Stud Type Receptacles Angled Stud Type Receptacles Description Color Male Female Description Color Male Female Thermoplastic elastomer plugs, threaded hole mounting, mates with 300 and 400 amp plugs. Black White Green Red Blue Brown Orange Yellow HBLMRSCEBK HBLMRSCEW HBLMRSCEGN HBLMRSCER HBLMRSCEBL HBLMRSCEBN HBLMRSCEO HBLMRSCEY HBLFRSCEBK HBLFRSCEW HBLFRSCEGN HBLFRSCER HBLFRSCEBL HBLFRSCEBN HBLFRSCEO HBLFRSCEY Thermoplastic elastomer plugs, through hole mounting, mates with 300 and 400 amp plugs. Black White Green Red Blue Brown Orange Yellow HBLMRASBK HBLMRASW HBLMRASGN HBLMRASR HBLMRASBL HBLMRASBN HBLMRASO HBLMRASY HBLFRASBK HBLFRASW HBLFRASGN HBLFRASR HBLFRASBL HBLFRASBN HBLFRASO HBLFRASY 400A Bus Bar Receptacles Bus Bar, 2 Holes Bus Bar Receptacles Angled Bus Bar 2 Holes Bus Bar Receptacles Angled Bus Bar Receptacles Description Color Male Female Male Female Male Female Thermoplastic elastomer plugs, through hole mounting, mates with 300 and 400 amp plugs. Black White Green Red Blue Brown Orange Yellow HBLMRBBK HBLMRBW HBLMRBGN HBLMRBR HBLMRBBL HBLMRBBN HBLMRBO HBLMRBY HBLFRBBK HBLFRBW HBLFRBGN HBLFRBR HBLFRBBL HBLFRBBN HBLFRBO HBLFRBY HBLMRB2BK HBLMRB2W HBLMRB2GN HBLMRB2R HBLMRB2BL HBLMRB2BN HBLMRB2O HBLMRB2Y HBLFRB2BK HBLFRB2W HBLFRB2GN HBLFRB2R HBLFRB2BL HBLFRB2BN HBLFRB2O HBLFRB2Y HBLMRABBK HBLMRABW HBLMRABGN HBLMRABR HBLMRABBL HBLMRABBN HBLMRABO HBLMRABY HBLFRABBK HBLFRABW HBLFRABGN HBLFRABR HBLFRABBL HBLFRABBN HBLFRABO HBLFRABY Product Dimensions Inches (mm) Stud Type Receptacle Bus Bar Type Receptacle Threaded Hole A B C D E F G H A B C D E F G H 2.20" (55.9) 2.20" (55.9) 1.50" (38.1) 3.57" (90.7) 1.48" (37.6) 1.01" (25.7) 1.55" (39.4) 4x #10-32 (1) 5/16-18 UNC-2B Threaded Hole Termination B A G D Mounting Holes Busbar Type (Male Shown) L-6 Threaded Holes 2.20" (55.9) 2.20" (55.9) 1.50" (38.1) 4.10" (104.3) 1.48" (37.6) 1.25" (31.7) 1.74" (44.2) 4x O .20" 2.20" (55.9) 2.20" (55.9) 1.50" (38.1) 3.67" (93.2) 1.48" (37.6) 1.11" (28.2) 1.55" (39.4) 4x #10-32 Stud Termination 1/2-13 UNC-2A B F E C Through Hole G AC D F E Mounting Holes Threaded Stud (Male Shown) www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Cam-Type Devices Series 16 - Offsets, Tees, 3-Fers and Gender Reversing Devices Enclosure Types 3R, 4X, 12 400A Terminals, Offset Straight Style 400A Angled Terminals, Offset Straight Style Extended Stud Type Receptacles Angled Stud Type Receptacles Description Color Male Female Description Color Male Female Terminal, thermoplastic elastomer, mates with 300 and 400 amp Inlines. Black White Green Red Blue Brown Orange Yellow HBLMOSBK HBLMOSW HBLMOSGN HBLMOSR HBLMOSBL HBLMOSBN HBLMOSO HBLMOSY HBLFOSBK HBLFOSW HBLFOSGN HBLFOSR HBLFOSBL HBLFOSBN HBLFOSO HBLFOSY Terminal, thermoplastic elastomer, mates with 300 and 400 amp Inlines. Black White Green Red Blue Brown Orange Yellow HBLMOABK HBLMOAW HBLMOAGN HBLMOAR HBLMOABL HBLMOABN HBLMOAO HBLMOAY HBLFOABK HBLFOAW HBLFOAGN HBLFOAR HBLFOABL HBLFOABN HBLFOAO HBLFOAY Note: All Offset Terminals are UL Type 1 only. Tees, 3-Fers and Gender Reversing Devices Paralleling Tee Color Tapping Tee (Female-FemaleMale) (Female-Male-Male) (Male-FemaleFemale-Female) Black White Green Red Blue Brown Orange Yellow HBLTBK HBLTW HBLTGN HBLTR HBLTBL HBLTBN HBLTO HBLTY HBLPTBK HBLPTW HBLPTGN HBLPTR HBLPTBL HBLPTBN HBLPTO HBLPTY HBLM3FBK HBLM3FW HBLM3FGN HBLM3FR HBLM3FBL HBLM3FBN HBLM3FO HBLM3FY 3-Fers (Female-MaleMale-Male) HBLF3MBK HBLF3MW HBLF3MGN HBLF3MR HBLF3MBL HBLF3MBN HBLF3MO HBLF3MY Soft 3-Fer (Male-FemaleFemale-Female) HBLM3FSBK (Black only) Soft 3-Fer (FemaleMaleMale-Male) HBLF3FSGN (Green only) Distribution Block (1 Male, 6 Females) HBL7DBBK HBL7DBW HBL7DBGN HBL7DBR HBL7DBBL HBL7DBBN HBL7DBO HBL7DBY Product Dimensions Inches (mm) Through Hole, Straight Male Female A B C D E F O 1.48" [37.6] 1.00" (25.4) .38" (9.5) 3.89" (98.8) 1.75" (44.5) 2.14" (54.4) Through .50" (12.7) A Offset Terminals Through Hole, Angled Male Female O 1.48" [37.6] 1.00" (25.4) .38" (9.5) 3.68" (93.3) 1.75" (44.5) 1.93" (48.9) Through B .50" (12.7) F O 1.48" [37.6] 1.00" (25.4) A.38" (9.5)F 3.98" (101.1) 2.06" (52.2) 2.14" (54.4) Through D .50" (12.7) A B C O 1.48" [37.6] 1.00" (25.4) E (9.5) .38" 3.76" (95.6) 2.06" (52.2) 1.93" (48.9) C Through .50" (12.7) 3.18" (80.8) 4.74" (120.4) 1.48" (37.6) 3-Fers 3.18" (80.8) 4.65" (118.1) 1.48" (37.6) 5.88" (149.3) 5.78" (146.9) 1.48" (37.6) Mounting Hole A E Tees Paralleling Tapping Mounting Hole F C 30 C D B Mounting Hole B Offset Terminals (Male Shown) Straight StyleHole Mounting A F A D Angled Style C C E B Tapping Tee C A A B Paralleling Tee B 3-FER C Specifications are subject to change without 30 notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ L-7 Cam-Type Devices Replacement Parts and Accessories Enclosure Types 3R, 4X, 12 Replacement Bodies Protective Caps Color Gender Reversing Devices Double Male Double Female (Male-Male) (Female-Female) Fits Male Devices Clear Black White Green Red Blue Brown Orange Yellow -- HBLDMBK HBLDMW HBLDMGN HBLDMR HBLDMBL HBLDMBN HBLDMO HBLDMY -- HBLMCAPBK HBLMCAPW HBLMCAPGN HBLMCAPR HBLMCAPBL HBLMCAPBN HBLMCAPO HBLMCAPY -- HBLDFBK HBLDFW HBLDFGN HBLDFR HBLDFBL HBLDFBN HBLDFO HBLDFY Replacement Bodies (100 Pack) Weather Protective Covers Protective Caps Fits Female Devices Weather Protective Covers All One Color Caps Catalog Number and Bodies -- HBLFCAPBK HBLFCAPW HBLFCAPGN HBLFCAPR HBLFCAPBL HBLFCAPBN HBLFCAPO HBLFCAPY Snap Back Covers (3R only) Color Male Body Female Body Through Hole Mounting Threaded Mounting Hole Black White Green Red Blue Brown Orange Yellow HBLMBBK HBLMBW HBLMBGN HBLMBR HBLMBBL HBLMBBN HBLMBO HBLMBY HBLFBBK HBLFBW HBLFBGN HBLFBR HBLFBBL HBLFBBN HBLFBO HBLFBY HBLSCBK HBLSCW HBLSCGN HBLSCR HBLSCBL HBLSCBN HBLSCO HBLSCY HBLSCCBK HBLSCCW HBLSCCGN HBLSCCR HBLSCCBL HBLSCCBN HBLSCCO HBLSCCY -- HBLNCBK HBLNCW HBLNCGN HBLNCR HBLNCBL HBLNCBN HBLNCO HBLNCY HBLNCC HBLNCABK HBLNCAW HBLNCAGN HBLNCAR HBLNCABL HBLNCABN HBLNCAO HBLNCAY Replacement Contacts Contact Size Male Pin Female Body 300 Amp HBL300RCM HBL300RCF 400 Amp HBL400RCM HBL400RCF Accessories Accessory Kit Retaining Screw (500 Pack) Copper Foil (500 Pack) Brass Wire (500 Pack) Terminal Screws (500 Pack) Inline Panel Mount HBLPK HBLRS HBLCF HBLBW HBLTS HBLTSR Product Dimensions Inches (mm) A B C Gender Reversing Devices Double Male Double Female Snap Back 4.65" (118.1) 1.48" (37.6) -- 2.26" (57.4) 2.37" (60.2) -- 4.84" (122.9) 1.44" (36.6) 1.06" (27.0) Covers Weatherproof A B C B C 2.20" (55.88) 1.16" (29.44) 2.03" (51.5) B B A C B A Double Male L-8 A Double Female HUBBELL Snap Back Cover A Weatherproof Cover www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Power Distribution Boxes Features and Benefits Portable Power When You Need It Most! Housing Design * Designed to address temporary power needs on construction sites and outdoor events * Features 50A locking input and output * UL Type 3R for outdoor rainproof applications * Boxes are UL Type 3R for outdoor rainproof applications * Weatherproof boots available for connecting plugs for additional protection * Bryant's Temporary Power Distribution Boxes meet NEC(R) 305.6 requirements for personal protection * Listed to the latest UL 1640 standard for Portable Power Distribution Equipment Safety * Overcurrent protection for each circuit * Individual GFCI module for each receptacle Devices * Weatherproof receptacle lift covers * Available with six 20A straight blade or locking receptacles Assembly * Nested leg design allows boxes to be easily stacked Construction Sites Universities/Schools Stage/Theater Outdoor Entertainment * Renovations * New Construction * Demolition * Graduation Ceremonies * Concerts/Lectures * Sporting Events * Movie/Broadcasting * Concerts * Plays/Musicals * Carnivals * Festivals * Professional Sports NEC(R) is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ L-9 Power Distribution Boxes Temporary Power Boxes, Cable Sets and Replacement Parts * Weatherproof receptacle lift covers * Available with six 20A straight blade or locking receptacles * Features 50A locking input and output * Over current protection for each circuit * Individual GFCI module for each receptacle * Nested leg design allows boxes to be easily stacked * UL Type 3R for outdoor rainproof applications Temporary Power Distribution Boxes Rating Type Qty 50A 120/240V AC (Max.) Straight Blade Locking Locking (inlet) Locking (outlet) 6 1 1 1 50A 120/240V AC (Max.) Locking Locking Locking (inlet) Locking (outlet) 6 1 1 1 Cable Sets Receptacle Ratings Protection Overload GFCI Protected 20A 125V 30A 250V 50A 125/250V 50A 125/250V Yes Yes No No Yes No No No TPDSB 20A 125V 30A 250V 50A 125/250V 50A 125/250V Yes Yes No No Yes No No No TPDLB Catalog Number Replacement Parts TPC50B CS6365L Description 50 Ft. Cable 100 Ft. Cable 50A cord set, #6/3, #8/1 cable type, with 50A locking plug and connector. TPC50B* TPC100B* Description 20A 125V Straight blade receptacle 5361BLK Locking receptacle 70520FR CS6375L 30A 250V -- 70630FR 7774CR 7780 50A 125/250V -- CS6369L Plug -- -- CS6365L Connector -- -- CS6364L Inlet -- -- CS6375L Weather protective plate for receptacle -- -- 7774CR Weather protective plate for inlet -- -- 7780 Note: * Not UL Listed or CSA Certified. Product Dimensions Inches (mm) TPD Box A 12.52" (317.9) B 10.23" (259.8) C 14.50" (368.3) D 21.50" (546.1) A B L-10 C www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ D Specifications are subject to change without notice. Power Distribution Boxes Weather Protective Lift Covers, Portable Outlet Boxes and Plates * Wiring room large enough to accommodate the broadest range of device requirements in one box size * Cord entry options include pre-defined range of 0.38 in. to 0.50 in. * Fully thermoplastic elastomer housing exceeds UL crush requirements and is highly impact resistant, available in black or yellow * Brass inserts for maximum strength * Extended wall protects lift covers from impact damage * Lift cover plates are UL Type 3R seal on a panel or on a portable outlet box * Impact resistant PBT material * Stainless steel hinge and spring Pre-Assembled Portable Outlet Boxes (with Cord Connector Installed) Inches (mm) Box Suitable for Wet and Damp Locations IP44 SUITABILITY BRY3099 BRY3090F BRY3000 Description Cord Range Color Deep Deep with Feed-Thru Portable outlet boxes 0.38"-0.50" (9.7-12.7) Yellow BRY3099 BRY3090F Deep with (2) Duplex Cover Plates BRY3000 Note: For use with NEMA Type 1 and Type 3R portable outlet box covers listed below. Portable Outlet Box Cover Plates (Type 1) and Lift Covers (Type 3R) UL Type 1, 3R IP65, 66 SUITABILITY BRY3051 BRY3056 BRY3052 Duplex Description Portable outlet box cover plates BRY3057 BRY3055 1.39" Diameter Receptacle BRY3054 Blank Box Cover UL Type 1 Lift Cover UL Type 3R Box Cover UL Type 1 Lift Cover UL Type 3R Box Cover UL Type 1 Lift Cover UL Type 3R Lift Cover UL Type 3R BRY3051 BRY3056 BRY3052 BRY3057 BRY3055 BRY3058 BRY3060 BRY3061 BRY3054 Inches (mm) Style shown is representative of all oppenings. B D A E 3.78" (96.0) 2.28" (57.9) 0.27" (6.9) 3.28" (83.3) 1.87" (47.5) 3.25" (82.6) A Specifications are subject to change without notice. B E Drill Points Provided F Box Covers A B C D E F BRY3061 GFCI Lift Cover UL Type 3R Portable Outlet Boxes 4.30" (109.2) 5.00" (127.0) 2.77" (70.4) 3.28" (83.3) 5.79" (147.0) 7.28" (184.9) BRY3060 Box Cover UL Type 1 Product Dimensions A B C D E F BRY3058 1.572" Diameter Receptacle C www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ C D F Gasket Coverplate, Adhesive On One Side L-11 Temporary Lighting Construction Site Lighting Bryant's outdoor approved construction site lighting line includes both heavyduty metal halide lights and light strings for working in rugged environments. The metal halide fixtures feature extremely strong and compact heads with bulbs rated to last 10,000 hours. All frames are powder-coated yellow for safety and are constructed of a durable 1.25 inch, 12 gauge steel tube. Light strings for all applications are available in a variety of models as well as a choice of metal or plastic guards. Light sockets are spaced 10 feet apart and all sockets, plugs, and connectors are molded for added durability. In addition, the highly impact-resistant material makes for easy transportation and storage when not in use. Bulbs can be incandescent, fluorescent or LED. Consider choosing LED lighting for a durable bulb that saves energy, provides instant illumination and are rated to last 50,000 hours. Metal Halide Lights Rating Watts Lumen Output 15A 125V 1,000 110,000 6 -12 ft. metal halide cart light 15A 125V 2,000 220,000 -- High bay metal halide light with wire guard 15A 125V 400 29,000 3 ft. No. of Fixtures Rating Cord Type Lumen Output 90 LEDs per fixture, light string with magnetic base included 1 15A 125V 18/2 SJTW 450* 20 ft. BRY182S20LED 90 LEDs per fixture, light string 5 15A 125V 18/2 SJTW 450* 50 ft. BRY182S50LED 18/2 SJTW 450* 100 ft. BRY182S100LED Description 5 -10 ft. metal halide cart light with portable detachable ballast Cord Length Catalog Number -- BRYMH1000 BRYMH2000 BRYMHHB400 LED Stringer Lights BRYMH1000 BRYMHHB400 Description 10 15A 125V 28W High power LED light string with in line ON/OFF switch -- 15A 125V 16 AWG SJTOW Magnetic clip bracket for LED lights switch, single fixture -- -- -- Cord Length Catalog Number 2,928 6 ft. -- -- BRYLS2834 BRYSTMC Note: *Lumens per fixture. A Type (Edison) Locking and Straight Blade Light Strings Max Watts* Rating 150 20A 125V 12/3 STW 10 100 ft. BRY123S100PT 150 20A 125V 12/3 STJW 10 100 ft. BRY123SJ100PT Locking light string, metal guards 150 20A 125V 12/3 STW 10 100 ft. BRY123S100MT Straight blade light string, plastic guards 150 15A 125V 14/2 STJW 10 100 ft. BRY142SJ100PS 150 15A 125V 12/3 STW 10 100 ft. BRY123S100PS 150 15A 125V 12/3 STJW 10 100 ft. BRY123SJ100PS Straight blade light string, metal guards 150 15A 125V 12/3 STW 10 100 ft. BRY123S100MS Straight blade light string, plastic guards 150 15A 125V 12/3 STW 5 50 ft. BRY123S50PS Straight blade light string, metal guards 150 15A 125V 12/3 STW 5 50 ft. BRY123S50MS Replacement plastic guard for temporary light strings -- -- -- -- -- BRYSTPG Replacement heavy duty metal guard for temporary light strings -- -- -- -- -- BRYSTMG Wattage Rating Cord Type Lumen Output Description Locking light string, plastic guards BRY182S50LED BRY123S100MT BRY142SJ100PS Cord Type Fixtures Cord Length Catalog Number Note: *Max watts per fixture. Fluorescent Light Strings Description BRYFS2549 Straps not Shown L-12 Cord Length Catalog Number Fluorescent light string, 34.5 in. single fixture with hanging straps 50 15A 125V 16 AWG SJTOW 3,750 6 ft. BRYFS5035 Fluorescent light string, 48.5 in. single fixture with hanging straps 25 15A 125V 16 AWG SJTOW 2,125 6 ft. BRYFS2549 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Temporary Lighting Maintenance and Worklights LED Maintenance Worklights Description LED Industrial maintenance light Outlet Rating Rating Wattage Lumen Output Cord Type Cord Length Catalog Number N/A 15A 125V 28 2,928 16/3 SJEOW 25 ft. BRYML2825L LED worklight with end light feature N/A 15A 125V 9 920/120 18/2 SJTOW 25 ft. BRYWL25LED LED worklight with end light feature and tool tap 12A 15A 125V 9 920/120 16/3 SJTOW 25 ft. BRYWL25LEDT BRYML2825L Fluorescent Maintenance Worklights Description Fluorescent worklight with straight blade plug Fluorescent worklight with locking plug and tool tap Fluorescent maintenance light, 34.5 in. Fluorescent maintenance light, 48.5 in. Fluorescent worklight, 45 in. Outlet Rating Rating Wattage Lumen Output Cord Type Cord Length Catalog Number N/A 15A 125V 13 825 16/3 SJTOW 25 ft. BRYTW25F1 12A 20A 125V 13 825 16/3 SJTOW 25 ft. BRYTW25F2 N/A 15A 125V 50 3,750 16/3 SJEOW 25 ft. BRYML5025 N/A 15A 125V 25 2,125 16/3 SJEOW 25 ft. BRYML2525 N/A 15A 125V 25 2,125 16/3 SJTOW 25 ft. BRYWL2525 BRYWL25LED BRYTW25F2 Accessories and Replacement Items Description Catalog Number Magnetic mounting bracket for ML style lights, 82 lb. capacity BRYMLMM Magnetic mounting bracket for WL style lights, 58 lb. capacity BRYWLMM Replacement rough service fluorescent bulb for 13 watt style lamps BRYREPPFB Metal halide replacement bulb, 400 watts BRYREP400MH Metal halide replacement bulb, 1,000 watts BRYREP1000MH Replacement LED panel fixture, 90 LEDs, 450 lumen BRYREP450LED 5 base LED string only, 50 ft., 18/2 BRYREP182S50 10 base LED string only, 100 ft., 18/2 BRYREP182S100 BRYMLMM BRYWLMM BRYSTMC BRYML5025 BRYWL2525 BRYSTMG BRYSTPG Explosion Proof/Confined Space Lighting Hazardous Location Lights Wattage Lumen Output Cord Type Cord Length Catalog Number Fluorescent, Class 1, Div 1 Groups C & D, Class 2, Div 1 Groups F & G, 12V, in-line transformer 26 1,800 16/3 SOW 60 ft. BRYXF6012V Incandescent, Class 1, Div 1 Groups C & D, 12V, in-line transformer 75 720 16/3 SOW 60 ft. BRYXI6012V Fluorescent, Class 1, Div 1 Groups C & D, Class 2, Div 1 Groups F & G, 120V, less plug 26 1,800 16/3 SOW 50 ft. BRYXF50120V Incandescent, Class 1, Div 1 Groups C & D, 120V less plug 100 1,230 16/3 SOW 50 ft. BRYXI50120V Fluorescent, non-explosion proof, wet location, 12V, in-line transformer 13 825 18/2 SJTOW 60 ft. BRYWT6012V Description BRYXF6012V BRYXI6012V BRYWT6012V Cordless Hazardous Location Light Description Intrinsically safe, Class 1, Div 1 Groups C & D, with universal charger Wattage Lumen Output Rating 9 378 4.8V Catalog Number BRYIS300 BRYIS300 Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ L-13 Cam-Type Devices and Power Distribution Boxes Cord Reels Cord Reels with Hand Lamps Description Wattage Reel with LED hand lamp, with flashlight end, white Reel with non-metallic incandescent hand lamp and automatic shut off switch, yellow Reel with metallic incandescent hand lamp with receptacle, yellow Reel with fluorescent hand lamp and automatic shut off switch, white Reel with flouorescent hand lamp and in-line receptacle, white 9 Lumen Output Light Amps/ Outlet Amps Volts Cord Type 920/120 0.065 / N/A 125 18/2 SJTOW Cord Length Catalog Number 40 ft. BRYC40182LED 75 Max. 75 Max. 13 1,150 Max 1,150 Max 825 N/A / N/A 125 16/3 SJT 25 ft. BRYC25163AIN N/A / 10 125 16/3 SJT 25 ft. BRYC25143IN 0.3 / N/A 120 18/2 SJTOW 40 ft. BRYC40182AFL 13 825 0.3 / 12 120 40 ft. BRYC40163FL 16/3 SJT BRYC40182LED Cam-Type Device Specifications Series 15 - Listings Series 16 - Listings UL and cUL Listed. UL Enclosure Types 3R, 4X, 12. Flammability: HB per UL94 or CSA 22.2. 0.17. UL 1691 standard for single pole locking-type separable connectors. National Electric Code (NEC(R)), ANSI/NFPA 70. UL and cUL Listed. UL Enclosure Types 3R, 4X, 12. Flammability: HB per UL94 or CSA 22.2. 0.17. UL 498 for attachment plugs and receptacles. UL 1691 draft standard for single pin and sleeve devices intended for theatre, stage and studio applications (Series 16 pending). National Electric Code (NEC(R)), ANSI/NFPA 70. Conductor Ampacity Chart (Type SC/PPC Wire) 150A Cable Size 300A and 400A #8 #6 #4 #2 150A #4 #2 2/0 4/0 Ampacity* 300A and 400A 80 105 140 190 140 190 300 405 Note: *90C column NEC Table 400.5(A)(2). Performance Electrical Series 15 - 150A Series 16 - 300A and 400A Voltage rating Amperage rating 600V AC Maximum, 250V DC Maximum 150A Maximum 600V AC Maximum, 250V DC Maximum 400A Maximum Terminal accommodation Plug: #8 to #2 AWG Product identification Recept.: #8 to #2 AWG Ratings are a permanent part of device Plug- 300A - #6 to 2/0 AWG Plug- 400A - 2/0 to 4/0 AWG Recept.- 400A - #4 to 4/0 AWG Ratings are a permanent part of device Mechanical Base compound Contact material Retaining screw material Operating temperature UV resistance Plug: Thermoplastic Elastomer (TPE) Receptacle: Polybutylene Terephthalate (PBT) Brass Nylon Max. continuous +60 C, Min. continuous -40 C All exposed materials are UV stabilized Thermoplastic Elastomer (TPE) Brass Nylon Max. continuous +60 C, Min. continuous -40 C All exposed materials are UV stabilized Power Distribution Box and Cable Specifications Listings Box Specification Cable Specification UL 1640, UL 943 Connectors: UL/CSA, Cable: MSHA Indoor and outdoor wet and dry locations Indoor and outdoor wet and dry locations Environment Enclosure type 3R, rainproof, suitable for use in damp locations Code Compliance NEC(R), ANSI/NFPA 70 NEC(R) is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). L-14 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Section M Electric Cord and Cable Reels Table of Contents Page Weatherproof and Static Discharge Reels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-2 Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-2 Product Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-2 Industrial Cord Reels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-3 Pivot Base. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-3 Product Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-3 Commercial Cord Reels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-3 Product Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-3 Cord Reels with Hand Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-4 Product Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-4 Technical Information Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-4 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ M-1 Electric Cord and Cable Reels Weatherproof Cable Reels * UL Type 4X enclosure rating protects spring motor, junction box, slip ring assembly and cable entrance from hose/down or corrosion * Multi-position nylon roller guide can be mounted in four different positions * Ratchet lock can be disengaged in field for constant tension applications * Powder coated, solid steel construction protects reel from abrasion or corrosion * Optional pivot base allows 340 rotation of reel and increases range of cable to nearly any direction Weatherproof Cable Reels, 50 Feet (15.2m) Cable Type Amps Volts AC Weight Lbs. (kg) Catalog Number 14" weatherproof reel 14/3 SOW-A 15 600 55 (24.9) BRY501431W* BRY501232W* Description 16" weatherproof reel 12/3 SOW-A 20 600 80 (36.3) 16" weatherproof reel 12/4 SOW-A 16 600 86 (39.0) BRY501242W* 16" weatherproof reel 10/3 SOW-A 25 600 86 (39.0) BRY501032W* 16" weatherproof reel 10/4 SOW-A 20 600 92 (41.7) BRY501042W* Note: *All weatherproof cable reels are supplied with wire leads and 3/4" NPT hub feed. Power supply cable not supplied. BRY501242W Product Dimensions Inches (mm) Accessories 14" BRY14PB Description Weight Lbs. (kg) Description 14" pivot base 5 (2.3) BRY14PB 16" pivot base 13 (5.9) BRY16PB Replacement stop 0.2 (.09) BRYWPBS A B C D E F Reel 16" 6.50" (165) 8.12" (206) 16.25" (413) 13.75" (349) 3.00" (76) 12.19" (310) 6.50" (165) 9.12" (232) 18.25" (464) 15.75" (400) 3.00" (76) 14.19" (360) 14" Base 16" 3.00" (76) 3.00" (76) 3.00" (76) 6.50" (165) -- -- Line Entrance 3/4" NPT A 6.00" (152) 6.00" (152) 4.94" (125) 6.50" (165) -- -- E OD B C F B A Mounting Surface 4 Holes 14" 0.44 (11) diameter 16" 0.53 (13) diameter D C Reel Base 4 Holes 14" 0.47 (12) diameter 16" 0.53 (13) diameter Static Discharge Reels * Compact design minimizes required installation space * Steel construction * Available with steel or nylon coated steel cable * Large grounding jaw clamp provides low resistant ground termination Product Dimensions Static Discharge Reels, 50 Feet (15.2m) Cable Type Weight Lbs. (kg) Catalog Number Single " steel 12 (5.4) BRY50SD Inches (mm) Reel A B C D E BRY50SD 8.81" (224) 8.62" (219) 7.88" (200) 1.50" (38) 3.35" (85) A C B M-2 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ D E Specifications are subject to change without notice. Electric Cord and Cable Reels inREACHTM Industrial Cord Reels * Durable, corrosion resistant cast aluminum construction * Yellow or white powder coat finish * Multi-position guide arm can be mounted in two positions * Positive latch mechanism automatically maintains desired cord length * Ratchet lock can be disengaged in field for constant tension applications * 16-10 AWG, 3 & 4 conductor cord for greater current carrying capacity * Available in 25ft, 35ft and 45ft lengths inREACHTM Industrial Cord Reels Connector Ends Description White Industrial with HBL5269C Reel with HBL5369C White Industrial Reel with Yellow Portable Outlet Box White Industrial Reel with Yellow Portable Outlet Box HBLI45143C15 Cable Length Amps Volts AC Feet (m) Cable Type 15 125 45 (13.7) 14/3 SJO Weight Lbs. (kg) Catalog Number 24.0 (10.9) BRYI45143C15 20 125 45 (13.7) 12/3 SJO 26.5 (12.0) BRYI45123C20 (1) 15A Duplex Receptacle (2) 15A Duplex Receptacles 15 125 45 (13.7) 14/3 SJO 26.5 (12.0) BRYI45143R15 26.5 (12.0) BRYI45143R215 GFCI Module and (1) 15A Duplex Receptacle 15 125 45 (13.7) 14/3 SJO 26.5 (12.0) BRYI45143GF15 (1) 20A Duplex Receptacle (2) 20A Duplex Receptacles 20 125 45 (13.7) 12/3 SJO 26.5 (12.0) BRYI45123R20 26.5 (12.0) BRYI45123R220 GFCI Module and (1) 20A Duplex Receptacle GFCI Module and (2) 20A Duplex Receptacles 20 125 45 (13.7) 12/3 SJO 26.5 (12.0) BRYI45123GF20 26.5 (12.0) BRYI45123GF220 HBLI45123R20 HBLI45123GF20 Mounting bracket 2.5 (1.1) BRYIMB 340 pivot base 3.5 (1.1) BRYI340PB Note: 15A reels are supplied with HBL5266C on the power supply cord. 20A reels are supplied with HBL5366C on the power supply cord. For shorter cable lengths, modify length indication in catalog number (i.e. HBLIXX); 35ft & 25ft lengths are available. For yellow reel, add `Y' suffix to catalog number. HBLIMB Commercial Cord Reels * Steel and heavy duty non-metallic design for commercial and general purpose applications * Molded on plug for power cord requires no electrical wiring * Compact size takes up little room and can be ceiling, wall or bench mounted BRYC25163C BRYC40123TT * Automatic ratchet lock holds cord at desired length and provides easy, smooth retraction of cord Product Dimensions Inches (mm) Commercial Cord Reels, Feet (m) Cable Feet (m) Description Cable Type Watts (Max) Amps Volts Weight Lbs. (kg) Catalog Number Triple tap outlet, black 40 (12.2) 12/3 SJTW 1,875 15A 125V AC 9.0 (4.1) BRYC40123TT 5-15R connector, yellow 25 (7.6) 8.5 (3.9) BRYC25163C 16/3 SJT 1,250 10A 125V AC Note: Reels supplied with 2 ft. power supply cord and molded on straight blade 15A plug. A B C D E Triple Tap 5-15R Connector 15.51" (394.6) 30.0" (762.0) 5.26" (133.84) 3.75" (95.4) 4.19" (106.6) 9.50" (241) 11.38" (289) 4.11" (104) 2.83" (72) -- D C Product Dimensions Inches (mm) B Industrial Reel A B C 13.00" (330) 12.38" (314) 8.00" (203) D E F A C 2.50" (64) 9.75" (248) 1.25" (32) B A D F Wiring Device-Kellems E A D B C E Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ M-3 Electric Cord and Cable Reels Cord Reels with Hand Lamps * For more light where you need it, consider our cord reels with attached hand lamps * With choices such as incandescent, fluorescent and LED lamps, more light can be brought to more places, small or large * These cord reels are constructed of durable, corrosion-resistant steel to last through the toughest jobs and the desired cord length is automatically maintained through a positive-latch mechanism Cord Reels with Hand Lamps, Feet (m) Description Wattage Lumen Output Light Amps / Outlet Amps Volts Cord Type 40 (12.2) BRYC40182LED Reel with LED hand lamp, with flashlight end, white 9 Reel with non-metallic incandescent hand lamp and automatic shut off switch, yellow 75 Max. 1,150 Max. N/A / N/A 125 16/3 SJT 25 (7.6) BRYC25163AIN Reel with metallic incandescent hand lamp with receptacle, yellow 75 Max. 1,150 Max. N/A / 10 125 14/3 SJT 25 (7.6) BRYC25143IN Reel with fluorescent hand lamp and automatic shut off switch, white 13 825 0.3 / N/A 120 18/2 SJTOW 40 (12.2) BRYC40182AFL Reel with flouorescent hand lamp and in-line receptacle, white 13 825 0.3 / 12 120 40 (12.2) BRYC40163FL Product Dimensions 920/120 0.065 / N/A 125 18/2 SJTOW Cord Length Feet (m) Catalog Number E F BRYC40182AFL Inches (mm) Reel with Hand Lamps A B C D 16/3 SJT Incandescent Fluorescent 13.52" (343.3) 4.43" (112.5) 11.50" (292.0) 2.31" (58.7) D A 9.50" (241.3) 11.38" (288.9) 4.11" (104.4) 2.83" (72.0) Incandescent Hand Lamp B F E Fluorescent Hand Lamp ON OFF C Input and Output Cord Size, Type, and Length Per Chart F E Ballast included only on cord reel with flourescent hand lamp with automatic switch NEMA 5-15P Specifications Weatherproof Cable Reels Listings Environment UL 355 and CSA, C22.2 No. 21 Type 4X enclosure, CAN/CSA - C22.2 No. 94.2 Dry, indoor and wet and damp outdoor non-hazardous locations UL 355 and CSA, C22.2 No. 21 Dry, indoor, non-hazardous locations UL 355 Dry, indoor, non-hazardous locations UL, CSA, ETL Dry, indoor, non-hazardous locations Industrial Cord Reels Commercial Cord Reels Cord Reel with Hand Lamps M-4 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Section N Wire Management Table of Contents Page Illustrated Guide to Wire Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-2 Pulling Grips Heavy Duty, Overhead, Flexible Eye, Closed Mesh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-4 Heavy Duty, Underground, Rotating Eye, Closed Mesh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-5 Heavy Duty, Underground, Flexible Eye, Closed Mesh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-5 Light Duty, Low Tension, Flexible Eye, Closed Mesh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-6 Junior, Low Tension, Flexible Eye, Closed Mesh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-6 Special Purpose, Slack Pull, Offset Eye, Closed Mesh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-7 Special Purpose, Slack Pull, Offset Eye, Split Mesh, Rod Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-7 Tools, Bands and Swivels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-8 Support Grips Heavy Duty, Single and Double Eye, Closed Mesh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-9 Heavy Duty, Single and Double Eye, Split Mesh, Lace Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-10 Standard Duty, Single and Double Eye, Closed Mesh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-11 Standard Duty, Offset and Universal Eye, Closed Mesh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-12 Standard Duty, Single and Double Eye, Split Mesh, Lace Closing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-13 Standard Duty, Offset and Universal Eye, Split Mesh, Lace Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-14 Standard Duty, Single and Double Eye, Split Mesh, Rod Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-15 Standard Duty, Offset and Universal Eye, Split Mesh, Rod Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-16 Service Drop, Heavy Duty, Single and Universal Eye, Closed Mesh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-17 Service Drop, Light Duty, Single and Universal Eye, Closed Mesh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-17 Bus Drop, Single and Universal Eye, Closed Mesh and Safety Springs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-18 Conduit Riser, Ring Type, Closed Mesh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-19 Conduit Riser, Ring Type, Split Mesh, Lace Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-20 Conduit Riser, Ring Type, Split Mesh, Rod Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-21 Splicing Grips Splicing, Wire Rope, Multiple Weave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-22 Strain Relief Grips Deluxe Cord, Straight Male Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-23 Deluxe Cord, Straight Female, 45 and 90 Male Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-24 Plug and Connector Strain Relief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-24 Dust-Tight, Wide Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-25 Liquidtight, Straight, 45 and 90 Male Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-25 Technical Data Application Selection, Materials and Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-26 Multiple Cable, Grip Selection Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-27 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ N-1 Wire Management Products Illustrated Guide to Wire Management Bus Drop Support Grip Flexible Conduit Grip Flexible Conduit Grip INDUSTRY Support Grip Support Grip Strain Relief Grip Deluxe Cord Grip To help you fully visualize the variety of uses available to you through Bryant Economy Cable Grips, we have prepared this diagram of common applications. It follows the typical pattern of usage you would find traveling from utility to industrial, commercial nd residential environments. Pulling Grips Pulling Grips are instrumental in the installations of transmission lines, service lines and cabling for construction and maintenance. Support Grips Strain Relief Grips Support Grips provide holding support for indoor and outdoor permanent cable installations. Strain Relief Grips are most often used to provide maximum reliability and minimum maintenance in areas where cords on machinery or equipment are impacted by motion or vibration or at risk of damage from cable pullout. Support Grip Conduit Support Grip Beyond the electrical applications illustrated here, Bryant Economy Cable Grips can be used for wire management on radio and microwave communications towers, crane and hoist wire rope maintenance, elevator cable management and more. UTILITY N-2 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Wire Management Products Illustrated Guide to Wire Management Overhead Pulling Grip UTILITY Bus Drop Support Grip Deluxe Cord Grip Underground Pulling Grip INDUSTRY Hose Containment Grip Strain Relief Grip Bus Drop Support Grip Conduit Support Support Grip Underground Pulling Grip RESIDENTIAL COMMERCIAL Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ N-3 Wire Management Products Pulling Grips Quick Reference Selection Guide Heavy Duty Flexible Eye Heavy Duty Rotating Eye Light Duty Flexible Eye Slack Pull For overhead and underground transmission and distribution line stringing. See pages N-4 and N-5. For underground heavy duty pulling of service lines and construction cable. See page N-5. For light industrial pulling of electrical cable and for underground and industrial plant wiring and re-wiring. See page N-6. For removing underground cable and pulling slack in existing cable and new installations and when end of cable is not available. See page N-7. Heavy Duty Overhead Pulling Grips Application: Ideal For Use In: Pulling aluminum or copper bare conductor, ground wires, messenger strands, wire rope and insulated cables * Overhead transmission and distribution line stringing * Designed to be a reusable tool, pulling grips can be used in a variety of overhead and underground pulling applications A * Utility work * Attaching conductors to pulling lines * Galvanized steel mesh is flexible for navigating through a variety of cable paths Bus Drop Support Grip Flexible Conduit Grip Support Grip * Multiple weave provides strength and positive gripping power Overhead Pulling Grip E Flexible Eye, Closed Mesh M UTILITY Inches (cm) Cable DiameterDeluxe INDUSTRY Cord Grip Range Inches (cm) Approx. Breaking Flexible Conduit Strength Lbs. (N) Grip .25"-.49" (.63-1.24) Bus Drop Support Grip Support Grip Inches (cm) Deluxe Cord Grip E M Eye (A) Dia. Inches (cm) Catalog Number 6,800 (30,246) 9" (22.86) 26" (66.04) 1/4" (.63) MST025FE .50"-.74" (1.27-1.88) 10,000 (44,480) 9" (22.86) 32" (81.28) " (.79) MST050FE .75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 14,400 (64,051) 11" (27.94) 41" (104.14) " (.95) MST075FE 1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15) 24,600 (109,420) 12" (30.48) 52" (132.08) 1.25"-1.49" (3.17-3.78) 30,600 (136,109) 12" (30.48) 56" (142.24) 1/2" (1.27) MST125FE 12" (30.48) 60" (152.40) 1/2" (1.27) MST150FE " (1.59) MST175FE " (1.59) MST200FE Strain Relief Grip Conduit Support Grip 1/2" (1.27) INDUSTRY MST100FE Flexible Conduit Grip Conduit Support 1.50"-1.74" (3.81-4.42) 30,600 (136,109) 1.75"-2.24" (4.44-5.69) 48,000 (213,504) 18" (45.72) 70" (177.80) 2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 48,000 (213,504) 18" (45.72) 50" (127.00) 2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 48,000 (213,504) 18" (45.72) 52" (132.08) " (1.59) MST250FE 3.00"-3.49" (7.62-8.86) 48,000 (213,504) 18" (45.72) 50" (127.00) " (1.59) MST300FE 3.50"-3.99" (8.89-10.13) 48,000 (213,504) UTILITY 18" (45.72) 53" (134.62) " (1.59)COMMERCIAL MST350FE Support Grip Underground Pulling Grip Support Grip Note: Do not run grips or swivels over bullwheels while under tension. MST050FE CAUTION N-4 Never use grip to approximate breaking strength. Refer to page N-26 for safety and working load factors. Banding is necessary to guard against accidental release of grip and provide maximum reliability. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Bus Drop Support Grip Specifications are subject to change without notice. RESIDENTIAL Wire Management Products Pulling Grip Heavy Duty Underground Pulling Grips Overhead Application: Support Grip Support Grip Ideal For Use In: UTILITY * Pulling underground power cables, communication Bus Drop lines and service lines * Utility work * Factory maintenance Deluxe Cord Grip * Designed to be a reusable tool, pulling grips can be used in a variety of overhead and underground pulling applications E * Construction Bus Drop Support Grip * Galvanized steel mesh is flexible for navigating through a variety of cable paths * Multiple weave provides strength and positive gripping power INDUSTRIAL Rotating Eye, Closed Mesh M Support Grip Conduit Support Grip PHS150 UTILITY E Underground Pulling Grip Underground Pulling Grip Flexible Conduit Grip Inches (cm) Inches (cm) Cable Diameter Range Inches (cm) Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N) E M Rotating Eye Dia. Inches (cm) .50"-.61" (1.27-1.55) 4,800 (21,350) 5" (12.70) Catalog Number 16" (40.64) " (2.22) PHS050 .62"-.74" (1.57-1.88) 6,800 (30,246) 5" (12.70) 16" (40.64) " (2.22) PHS062 .75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 9,600 (42,700) 6" (15.24) Support Grip 32" (81.28) 1" (2.54) PHS075 1.00"-1.49" (2.54-3.78) 16,400 (72,947) 7" (17.78) 33" (83.82) 1" (3.49) PHS100 1.50"-1.99" (3.81-5.05) Underground 16,400 (72,947) Pulling Grip 7" (17.78) 34" (86.36) 1" (3.49) PHS150 Conduit Support 2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 27,200 (120,986) 9" (22.86) 36" (91.44) 1" (4.13) PHS200 2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 33,000 (146,784) 10" (25.40) 38" (96.52) 1" (4.76) PHS250 3.00"-3.49" (7.62-8.86) 41,000 (182,368) 10" (25.40) 39" (99.06) 1" (4.76) PHS300 3.50"-3.99" (8.89-10.13) 48,000 (213,504) 41" (104.14) 4.00"-4.49" (10.16-11.40) 10" (25.40) COMMERCIAL 48,000 (213,504) 10" (25.40) 42" (106.68) PHS350 1" (4.76) RESIDENTIAL PHS400 1" (4.76) 4.50"-4.99" (11.43-12.67) 48,000 (213,504) 10" (25.40) 58" (147.32) 1" (4.76) PHS450 5.00"-5.99" (12.70-15.21) 40,000 (177,920) 10" (25.40) 60" (152.40) 1" (4.76) PHS500 6.00"-6.99" (15.24-17.75) 54,000 (240,192) 10" (25.40) 66" (167.64) 1" (4.76) PHS600 Note: Eye revolves when pressure is released to reduce twisting and turning. If constant swivel action is required, a swivel should be used. Rotating eye is not a swivel and will not turn under tension, it can turn to relieve pulling torque when the tension is relaxed. Flexible Eye, Closed Mesh M Inches (cm) Inches (cm) Cable Diameter Range Inches (cm) Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N) E M Catalog Number .50"-.61" (1.27-1.55) 4,500 (20,016) 8" (20.32) 21" (53.34) PH050 .62"-.74" (1.57-1.88) 5,600 (24,909) 8" (20.32) 24" (60.96) PH062 .75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 6,800 (30,246) 9" (22.86) 24" (60.96) PH075 1.00"-1.49" (2.54-3.78) 9,600 (42,701) 9" (22.86) 24" (60.96) PH100 1.50" -1.99" (3.81-5.05) 16,400 (72,947) 11" (27.94) 24" (60.96) PH150 2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 18,500 (82,288) 12" (30.48) 24" (60.96) PH200 2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 24,500 (108,976) 12" (30.48) 24" (60.96) PH250 3.00"-3.49" (7.62-8.86) 24,500 (108,976) 14" (35.56) 24" (60.96) PH300 3.50"-3.99" (8.89-10.13) 31,000 (137,888) 14" (35.56) 26" (66.04) PH350 PH150 CAUTION Never use grip to approximate breaking strength. Refer to page N-26 for safety and working load factors. Banding is necessary to guard against accidental release of grip and provide maximum reliability. Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ N-5 Wire Management Products Light Duty, Low Tension Pulling Grips Application: Ideal For Use In: Low tension, underground electrical construction * Utility work * Galvanized steel mesh is flexible for navigating through a variety of cable paths * Industrial and commercial building service lines * Multiple weave provides strength and positive gripping power * Underground transmission lines stringing E Flexible Eye, Closed Mesh Cable Diameter Range Inches (cm) M Inches (cm) Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N) Inches (cm) E M Catalog Number .50"-.61" (1.27-1.55) 2,800 (12,454) 5" (12.70) 11" (27.94) PA050 .62"-.74" (1.57-1.88) 2,800 (12,454) 5" (12.70) 11" (27.94) PA062 .75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 4,000 (17,792) 6" (15.24) 12" (30.48) PA075 1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15) 5,300 (23,574) 7" (17.78) 13" (33.02) PA100 1.25"-1.49" (3.17-3.78) 5,300 (23,574) 7" (17.78) 14" (35.56) PA125 1.50"-1.74" (3.81-4.42) 6,800 (30,246) 8" (20.32) 15" (38.10) PA150 1.75"-1.99" (4.44-5.05) 8,500 (37,808) 8" (20.32) 17" (43.18) PA175 2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 8,500 (37,808) 9" (22.86) 18" (45.72) PA200 2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 10,600 (47,149) 9" (22.86) 27" (68.58) PA250 3.00"-3.49" (7.62-8.86) 14,700 (65,386) 10" (25.40) 30" (76.20) PA300 PA150 Junior Low Tension Pulling Grips Application: Ideal For Use In: Low tension, underground electrical construction * Overhead transmission and distribution line stringing * Galvanized steel mesh is flexible for navigating through a variety of cable paths * Utility work * Multiple weave provides strength and positive gripping power E Flexible Eye, Closed Mesh M N-6 Inches (cm) Inches (cm) Cable Diameter Range Inches (cm) Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N) E M Catalog Number PJ019 .19"-.24" (.48-.61) 400 (1,779) 31/4" (8.25) 41/4" (10.79) .25"-.36" (.63-.91) 450 (2,002) 31/4" (8.25) 41/4" (10.79) PJ025 .37"-.49" (.94-1.24) 900 (4,003) 33/4" (9.52) 7" (17.78) PJ037 .50"-.61" (1.27-1.55) 1,300 (5,782) 41/4" (10.79) 81/2" (21.59) PJ050 .62"-.74" (1.57-1.88) 1,950 (8,674) 5" (12.70) 10" (25.40) PJ062 .75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 2,800 (12,454) 53/4" (14.60) 10" (25.40) PJ075 1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15) 3,900 (17,347) 61/2" (16.51) 111/2" (29.21) PJ100 CAUTION PJ075 * Attaching conductors to pulling lines Never use grip to approximate breaking strength. Refer to page N-26 for safety and working load factors. Banding is necessary to guard against accidental release of grip and provide maximum reliability. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Wire Management Products Special Purpose, Slack Pull Grips Application: Ideal For Use In: Removing underground cable and for pulling slack after new cable has been laid * Utility work * Construction * Used for pulling up slack where cable is in service and when ends of cable are not available E * Replacement of underground cable * Factory maintenance * Galvanized steel mesh is flexible for navigating through a variety of cable paths Offset Eye, Closed Mesh M Inches (cm) Inches (cm) Cable Diameter Range Inches (cm) Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N) E M Catalog Number .75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 2,600 (11,565) 7" (17.78) 12" (30.48) SCD075 1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15) 4,000 (17,792) 8" (20.32) 15" (38.10) SCD100 1.25"-1.49" (3.17-3.78) 5,400 (24,019) 8" (20.32) 16" (40.64) SCD125 SCD150 1.50"-1.74" (3.81-4.42) 6,600 (29,357) 9" (22.86) 20" (50.80) 1.75"-1.99" (4.44-5.05) 10,000 (44,480) 10" (25.40) 18" (45.72) SCD175 2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 11,000 (48,928) 10" (25.40) 19" (48.26) SCD200 SCD250 2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 11,000 (48,928) 10" (25.40) 20" (50.80) 3.00"-3.49" (7.62-8.86) 14,500 (64,496) 12" (30.48) 21" (53.34) SCD300 3.50"-3.99" (8.89-10.13) 14,500 (64,496) 12" (30.48) 22" (55.88) SCD350 Application: Pulling up slack where cable is in service and ends of cable are not available SCD100 Offset Eye, Split Mesh, Rod Closing Cable Diameter Range Inches (cm) E Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N) M Catalog Number .50"-.61" (1.27-1.55) 1,500 (6,672) 7" (17.78) 6" (15.24) SSR050 1,800 (8,006) 7" (17.78) 8" (20.32) SSR062 .75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 2,200 (9,786) 7" (17.78) 10" (25.40) SSR075 1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15) 3,400 (15,123) 8" (20.32) 12" (30.48) SSR100 1.25"-1.49" (3.17-3.78) 4,500 (20,016) 8" (20.32) 14" (35.56) SSR125 1.50"-1.74" (3.81-4.42) 5,800 (25,798) 9" (22.86) 15" (38.10) SSR150 1.75"-1.99" (4.44-5.05) 7,600 (33,805) 10" (25.40) 16" (40.64) SSR175 2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 9,000 (40,032) 10" (25.40) 19" (48.26) SSR200 SSR250 2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 11,000 (48,928) 10" (25.40) 20" (50.80) 3.00"-3.49" (7.62-8.86) 12,000 (53,376) 12" (30.48) 21" (53.34) SSR300 3.50"-3.99" (8.89-10.13) 12,000 (53,376) 12" (30.48) 24" (60.96) SSR350 CAUTION SSR125 Inches (cm) E .62"-.74" (1.57-1.88) Split rod closing grips are used for pulling slack or providing support when ends of cable are not available. The provided stainless steel rod makes threading fast and easy. The strands of mesh pass around the rod and match up with strands from the opposite direction. Since the rod does not touch the cable at any point it cannot cut the cable. Rod closing grips can be removed and reused as many times as desired. M Inches (cm) The following procedures should be used when installing the grip: Wrap the grip around the cable and thread the rod through the pre-formed loops with a corkscrew motion, using the curved end of the rod to engage the loops. This requires a simultaneous steady twist and push motion. The fingers of the left hand are used to bring the loops together just ahead of the hook on the end of the rod. To remove, simply pull out rod. Never use grip to approximate breaking strength. Refer to page N-26 for safety and working load factors. Banding is necessary to guard against accidental release of grip and provide maximum reliability. Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ N-7 Wire Management Products Tools, Bands and Swivels Punch-Lok(R) Bands Punch-Lok Bands are applied over the tail of a grip to prevent the mesh from being tripped or pulled loose. Also, they assure full gripping action by locking the mesh of the tail in tight contact with the cable or rope. When the tail of a grip is the leading end, the bands are particularly important to prevent accidental release caused by tripping on obstructions. A conductor-to-conductor (double-socking) pulling operation is a good example: where two grips connect two conductors to form a temporary splice. Bands should be applied to the ends of the grips as illustrated herein. It is also common practice to tape over the banded tail area to assure smooth passage through the sheaves. IMPORTANT The conductor should be installed in the grip up to the elbows of the aluminum shoulders in order to assure full and complete gripping action as illustrated above. Punch-Lok(R) Bands and Accessories 20320054 20320048 Read all breaking strength, safety and technical data relating to this product. Page N-26. Inches (cm) Grip Banding Range Inches (cm) Band Width Inches (cm) Band Inside Diameter Inches (cm) Model Punch-Lok Bands "-1" (.63-2.86) 1"-1" (2.86-4.13) 1"-2" (4.13-5.71) 2"-3" (5.71-8.89) 3"-5" (8.89-12.70) " (.95) " (.95) " (1.59) " (1.59) " (1.59) 1" (3.49) 2" (5.08) 2" (6.35) 4" (10.16) 6" (15.24) 0-311 0-316 0-10 0-16 0-24 PLB025 PLB112 PLB162 PLB225 PLB350 Description Punch-Lok Tools P-1000 for use with " width Banding tool. P-38 for use with " and " width Banding tool for tight spaces. PLT48 PLT47 Note: In all cases two Punch-Lok Bands should be double wrapped approximately one inch to two inches (2.54cm to 5.08cm) from the grip's tail. Banding is required to ensure maximum reliability and guard against accidental release. Stainless Steel Swivels 20320047 C Swivels are essential to the efficiency and safety of any high tension application. They are particularly important where continuous pulls develop higher and higher torque levels. Torque is intensified by the pull-resistance of the cable itself and the resistance of the high tension controlling equipment regulating line sag. B A Ball bearing swivels release torque and prevent it from reaching dangerous levels that can damage the cable and obstruct the lines. Stainless Steel Swivels G Inches (cm) A B C D E F G 2,250 (10,000) " (2.22) 21/2" (6.35) 3" (8.57) " (1.11) " (0.95) " (0.79) " (2.46) 5,000 (22,240) 11/4" (3.17) 3" (9.37) 43/4" (12.06) 1" (1.35) 1" (1.35) " (1.03) 1" (3.25) BB-13L SVL2 9,000 (40,030) 11/2" (3.81) 41/4" (10.79) 5" (14.29) " (1.75) 1" (1.51) 1/2" (1.27) B-13L SVL3 10,000 (44,480) 1" (4.13) " (1.75) " (1.59) 1" (4.36) C-13L SVL4 1" (3.02) 1" (2.62) " (2.22) 2" (7.06) D-13L SVL5 Punch-Lok (R) Dimensions in Inches (cm) 41/2" (11.43) 6" (15.24) 3/4" (1.90) 1" (3.97) Model Catalog Number A-13L SVL1 is a registered trademark of Punch-Lok Inc. CAUTION N-8 F Maximum Safe Working Load Lbs. (N) 30,000 (133,440) 2" (6.03) 7" (19.37) 10" (25.40) 20308001A E D Never use grip to approximate breaking strength. Refer to page N-26 for safety and working load factors. Banding is necessary to guard against accidental release of grip and provide maximum reliability. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Wire Management Products Support Grips Quick Reference Selection Guide Single U Eye Double U Eye Universal Single Offset Eye Wide Range Bus Drop For single hook attachment of permanent indoor/outdoor cable. Available on heavy duty, standard duty, and service drop grips. See pages N-9, N-10, N-11, N-13, N-15, N-17 and N-18. For double hook attachment of permanent indoor/outdoor cable. Available on heavy duty and standard duty grips. See pages N-9, N-10, N-11, N-13 and N-15. For wraparound attachment to an existing fastener in permanent indoor/outdoor applications. Available on standard duty and light duty service drop grips. See pages N-12, N-14, N-16, N-17 and N-18. For offset hook attachment of permanent indoor/ outdoor cable. Available on heavy duty, standard duty and light duty support grips. See pages N-12, N-14 and N-16. Used indoors for cable support where flexible cable connects electrical equipment to bus duct. Support or restrain air hose and water hose. See page N-18. Heavy Duty Support Grips Application: Ideal For Use In: Permanent support of heavy loads and long runs of vertical and horizontal cables indoors and outdoors where ends of cable are available * Industrial applications * Communication towers * Closed mesh fits over cable end while split mesh is used when cable end is inaccessible E * Utility work * Heavy equipment * Strand equalizers reinforce gripping strength and position, distributes load equally M Single Eye and Double Eye, Closed Mesh Stainless Steel Approx. Breaking Double Eye Strength Lbs. (N) Single Eye E .75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 10" (25.40) 25" (63.50) 2,820 (12,543) SHC075U SHC075 4,200 (18,682) SHC075US -- 12" (30.48) 28" (71.12) 4,280 (19,037) SHC100U 7,300 (32,470) SHC100US -- 10" (25.40) 28" (71.12) 4,280 (19,037) -- -- -- 1.25"-1.49" (3.17-3.78) 1.50"-1.99" (3.81-5.05) M Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N) Single Eye Cable Diameter Range Inches (cm) 1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15) E Inches (cm) Tin-Coated Bronze Inches (cm) SHC125U * Construction M 12" (30.48) 30" (76.20) 4,280 (19,037) 10" (25.40) 30" (76.20) 4,280 (19,037) 12" (30.48) 34" (86.36) 4,280 (19,037) -- SHC125U -- SHC150U -- SHC100 -- SHC125 -- 10" (25.40) 34" (86.36) 4,280 (19,037) -- SHC150 2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 12" (30.48) 36" (91.44) 8,050 (35,806) -- 2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 12" (30.48) 38" (96.52) 8,050 (35,806) 3.00"-3.49" (7.62-8.86) 7,300 (32,470) -- SHC125US -- 11,150 (49,595) SHC150US Double Eye -- -- -- -- -- SHC200 20,100 (89,405) -- SHC200DES -- SHC250 20,100 (89,405) -- SHC250DES 12" (30.48) 40" (101.60) 10,060 (44,747) -- SHC300 25,200 (112,090) -- SHC300DES 3.50"-3.99" (8.89-10.13) 12" (30.48) 44" (111.76) 12,070 (53,687) -- SHC350 -- -- -- 4.00"-4.49" (10.16-11.40) 12" (30.48) 46" (116.84) 12,070 (53,687) -- SHC400 -- -- -- 4.50"-5.00" (11.43-12.70) 12" (30.48) 68" (172.72) 13,790 (61,338) -- SHC450 -- -- -- -- SHC125 CAUTION Never use grip to approximate breaking strength. Refer to page N-26 for safety and working load factors. Banding is necessary to guard against accidental release of grip and provide maximum reliability. Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ N-9 Wire Management Products Heavy Duty Support Grips Application: Supporting heavy loads and long runs of vertical and horizontal cables indoors and outdoors where ends of cable are not available * Closed mesh fits over cable end while split mesh is used when cable end is inaccessible Inches (cm) Stainless Steel M 10" (25.40) 25" (63.50) 2,820 (12,543) SHS075U SHS075 4,250 (18,904) SHS075US -- 12" (30.48) 28" (71.12) 4,280 (19,037) SHS100U -- 7,300 (32,470) SHS100US -- 10" (25.40) 28" (71.12) 4,280 (19,037) -- SHS100 -- 12" (30.48) 30" (76.20) 4,280 (19,037) SHS125U -- 7,300 (32,470) 10" (25.40) 28" (71.12) 4,280 (19,037) -- SHS125 -- 12" (30.48) 34" (86.36) 4,280 (19,037) SHS150U -- 10" (25.40) 28" (71.12) 4,280 (19,037) -- SHS150 -- -- -- 2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 12" (30.48) 36" (91.44) 8,050 (35,806) -- SHS200 20,150 (89,627) -- SHS200DES 2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 12" (30.48) 38" (96.52) 8,050 (35,806) -- SHS250 20,150 (89,627) -- SHS250DES 3.00"-3.49" (7.62-8.86) 12" (30.48) 40" (101.60) 10,060 (44,747) -- SHS300 25,200 (112,090) -- SHS300DES 3.50"-3.99" (8.89-10.13) 12" (30.48) 44" (111.76) 12,070 (53,687) -- SHS350 30,200 (134,330) -- SHS350DES 4.00"-4.49" (10.16-11.40) 12" (30.48) 46" (116.84) 12,070 (53,687) -- SHS400 30,200 (134,330) -- SHS400DES 4.50"-5.00" (11.43-12.70) 12" (30.48) 68" (172.72) 12,070 (53,687) -- SHS450 -- -- -- 1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15) 1.25"-1.49" (3.17-3.78) 1.50"-1.99" (3.81-5.05) SHS125U Inches (cm) Tin-Coated Bronze Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N) .75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) M * Communication towers * Utility work Single Eye and Double Eye, Split Mesh, Lace Closing E * Industrial applications * Heavy equipment * Strand equalizers reinforce gripping strength and position, distributes load equally Cable Diameter Range Inches (cm) E Ideal For Use In: Single Eye Approx. Breaking Double Eye Strength Lbs. (N) 11,150 (49,595) Single Eye -- SHS125US -- SHS150US Double Eye -- -- -- -- Designed for use when cable ends are unavailable. The grip is wrapped around the cable and then drawn closed with a wire lace. It is important that the wire lacing be the same type and gauge as supplied with the grip from the factory. E The following procedures should be used when installing the grip: Bend the wire lace in the middle so both ends are even. Wrap grip around the cable. Starting at the first loop closest to the eye, thread each end of the wire lace through the first loop on each side of the split, pull both ends of the lace until they are even. Criss-cross laces and thread each end of the lace through the next loop, on opposite sides of the split. Continue doing the same for the full length of the split, pulling the lace after each loop so the space between both sides of the split is no greater than the spaces of the mesh. When end of split is reached, twist lacing tightly together. Wrap ends of lace around grip. Twist ends to secure. Only new laces should be used. A split grip is only as good as its lacing or closing of the split. M SHS125 CAUTION N-10 Never use grip to approximate breaking strength. Refer to page N-26 for safety and working load factors. Banding is necessary to guard against accidental release of grip and provide maximum reliability. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Wire Management Products Standard Duty Support Grips INDUSTRY Support Grip Deluxe Cord Grip Flexible Conduit Grip Application: Strain Relief Grip Ideal For Use In: Permanent support of vertical and horizontal cable indoors and outdoors where ends of cable are available * Industrial applications * Communication towers * Closed mesh fits over cable end while split mesh is used when cable end is inaccessible * Utility work * Heavy equipment * Strand equalizers reinforce gripping strength and position, distributes load equally * Construction Support Grip Single Eye, Closed Mesh Inches (cm) Inches (cm) Cable Diameter Range Inches (cm) E M SPC125U E M Single Eye 7" (17.78) 10" (25.40) 530 (2,357) SPC050U 1,370 (6,094) SPC050US .63"-.74" (1.60-1.88) 8" (20.32) 10" (25.40) 790 (3,514) SPC062U 2,060 (9,163) SPC062US .75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 8" (20.32) 13" (33.02) 1,020 (4,537) SPC075U 2,060 (9,163) SPC075US 1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15) 9" (22.86) 14" (35.56) 1,610 (7,161) SPC100U 2,678 (11,912) SPC100US 1.25"-1.49" (3.17-3.78) 10" (25.40) 15" (38.10) 1,610 (7,161) SPC125U 4,490 (19,972) SPC125US 1.50"-1.74" (3.81-4.42) 12" (30.48) 17" (43.18) 1,610 (7,161) SPC150U 4,490 (19,972) SPC150US 1.75"-1.99" (4.44-5.05) 14" (35.56) 19" (48.26) 2,150 (9,563) SPC175U 5,000 (22,240) SPC175US 2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 16" (40.64) 21" (53.34) 3,260 (14,500) SPC200U 8,940 (39,765) SPC200US 2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 18" (45.72) 23" (58.42) 3,260 (14,500) SPC250U 8,940 (39,765) SPC250US 3.00"-3.49" (7.62-8.86) 21" (53.34) 25" (63.50) 4,900 (21,795) SPC300U 13,420 (59,692) SPC300US 3.50"-3.99" (8.89-10.13) 24" (60.96) 27" (63.58) 4,900 (21,795) SPC350U -- E .50"-.62" (1.27-1.57) 4" (10.16) .63"-.74" (1.60-1.88) Single Eye -- Inches (cm) Inches (cm) M Stainless Steel .50"-.62" (1.27-1.57) Cable Diameter Range Inches (cm) Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N) UTILITY Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N) Double Eye, Closed Mesh E Tin-Coated Bronze Conduit Support Grip Tin-Coated Bronze M Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N) 10" (25.40) 530 (2,357) 4" (10.16) 10" (25.40) .75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 51/2" (13.97) 1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15) Stainless Steel Double Eye Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N) Single Eye SPC050DE 1,370 (6,094) SPC050DES 790 (3,514) SPC062DE 2,060 (9,163) SPC062DES 12" (30.48) 1,020 (4,537) SPC075DE 2,060 (9,163) SPC075DES 5" (12.70) 14" (35.56) 1,610 (7,161) SPC100DE 2,670 (11,876) SPC100DES 1.25"-1.49" (3.17-3.78) 5" (12.70) 15" (38.10) 1,610 (7,161) SPC125DE 4,490 (19,972) SPC125DES 1.50"-1.74" (3.81-4.42) 5" (12.70) 17" (43.18) 1,610 (7,161) SPC150DE 4,490 (19,972) SPC150DES 1.75"-1.99" (4.44-5.05) 6" (15.24) 19" (48.26) 2,150 (9,563) SPC175DE 5,000 (22,240) SPC175DES 2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 6" (15.24) 21" (53.34) 3,260 (14,500) SPC200DE 8,940 (39,765) SPC200DES 2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 6" (15.24) 23" (58.42) 3,260 (14,500) SPC250DE 8,940 (39,765) SPC250DES 3.00"-3.49" (7.62-8.86) 8" (20.32) 25" (63.50) 4,900 (21,795) SPC300DE 12,000 (53,376) SPC300DES 3.50"-3.99" (8.89-10.13) 8" (20.32) 27" (68.58) 4,900 (21,795) SPC350DE 12,000 (53,376) SPC350DES SPC125DE CAUTION Never use grip to approximate breaking strength. Refer to page N-26 for safety and working load factors. Banding is necessary to guard against accidental release of grip and provide maximum reliability. Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ N-11 Wire Management Products Standard Duty Support Grips INDUSTRY Support Grip Deluxe Cord Grip Flexible Conduit Grip Strain Relief Grip Application: Ideal For Use In: Permanent support of vertical and horizontal cable indoors and outdoors where ends of cable are available * Industrial applications * Communication towers * Available for light duty, standard duty and heavy duty applications * Heavy equipment * Closed mesh fits over cable end while split mesh is used when cable end is inaccessible * Utility work * Construction * Strand equalizers reinforce gripping strength and position, distributes load equally Support Grip Conduit Support Grip U P Offset Eye, Closed Mesh Inches (cm) Inches (cm) E M SPC125SO Dim. to Sliding Bar Fully Ext'd. Cable Diameter Range Inches (cm) E .50"-.62" (1.27-1.57) 4" (10.16) .63"-.74" (1.60-1.88) M Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N) 10" (25.40) 500 (2,724) 4" (10.16) 10" (25.40) .75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 4" (10.16) 1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15) M Stainless Steel Offset Eye Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N) Offset Eye SPC050SO 1,370 (6,094) SPC050SOS 750 (3,336) SPC062SO 1,950 (8,674) SPC062SOS 13" (33.02) 950 (4,226) SPC075SO 2,060 (9,163) SPC075SOS 5" (12.70) 14" (35.56) 1,500 (6,672) SPC100SO 2,670 (11,876) SPC100SOS 1.25"-1.49" (3.17-3.78) 5" (12.70) 15" (38.10) 1,500 (6,672) SPC125SO 4,490 (19,972) SPC125SOS 1.50"-1.74" (3.81-4.42) 5" (12.70) 17" (43.10) 1,500 (6,672) SPC150SO 3,700 (16,458) SPC150SOS 1.75"-1.99" (4.44-5.05) 6" (15.24) 19" (48.26) 2,000 (8,896) SPC175SO 4,370 (19,438) SPC175SOS 2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 9" (22.86) 21" (53.34) 3,100 (13,789) SPC200SO 5,500 (24,464) SPC200SOS 2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 9" (22.86) 23" (58.42) -- -- 5,500 (24,464) SPC250SOS 3.00"-3.49" (7.62-8.86) 9" (22.86) 25" (63.50) 3,800 (16,902) SPC300SO -- -- 3.50"-3.99" (8.89-10.13) 11" (27.94) 27" (68.58) 3,250 (14,456) SPC350SO -- -- Universal Eye, Closed Mesh Inches (cm) Inches (cm) E UTILITY Tin-Coated Bronze Cable Diameter Range Inches (cm) E .50"-.62" (1.27-1.57) 18" (45.72) .63"-.74" (1.60-1.88) Tin-Coated Bronze Stainless Steel M Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N) Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N) Double Eye 10" (25.40) 530 (2,357) SPC050L -- -- 18" (45.72) 10" (25.40) 790 (3,514) SPC062L -- -- .75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 18" (45.72) 13" (33.02) 1,020 (4,537) SPC075L -- -- 1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15) 18" (45.72) 14" (35.56) 1,610 (7,161) SPC100L -- -- 1.25"-1.49" (3.17-3.78) 18" (45.72) 15" (38.10) 1,610 (7,161) SPC125L -- -- 1.50"-1.74" (3.81-4.42) 18" (45.72) 17" (43.10) 1,610 (7,161) SPC150L -- -- 1.75"-1.99" (4.44-5.05) 18" (45.72) 19" (48.26) 2,150 (9,563) SPC175L -- -- 2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 18" (45.72) 21" (53.34) 3,260 (14,500) SPC200L -- -- 2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 18" (45.72) 23" (58.42) 3,260 (14,500) SPC250L -- -- 3.00"-3.49" (7.62-8.86) 18" (45.72) 25" (63.50) 4,900 (21,795) SPC300L -- -- Offset Eye SPC125L CAUTION N-12 Never use grip to approximate breaking strength. Refer to page N-26 for safety and working load factors. Banding is necessary to guard against accidental release of grip and provide maximum reliability. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Wire Management Products Standard Duty Support Grips Application: Ideal For Use In: Permanent support of vertical and horizontal cable indoors and outdoors where ends of cable are available * Industrial applications * Communication towers * Closed mesh fits over cable end while split mesh is used when cable end is inaccessible * Utility work and construction * Heavy equipment * Strand equalizers reinforce gripping strength and position, distributes load equally Single Eye, Split Mesh, Lace Closing Inches (cm) Cable Diameter Range Inches (cm) E M SPS125U E E Inches (cm) Tin-Coated Bronze Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N) M Single Eye Stainless Steel Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N) Single Eye .50"-.62" (1.27-1.57) 7" (17.78) 10" (25.40) 530 (2,357) SPS050U 1,370 (6,094) SPS050US .63"-.74" (1.60-1.88) 8" (20.32) 10" (25.40) 790 (3,514) SPS062U 2,060 (9,163) SPS062US .75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 8" (20.32) 13" (33.02) 1,020 (4,537) SPS075U 2,060 (9,163) SPS075US 1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15) 9" (22.86) 14" (35.56) 1,610 (7,161) SPS100U 2,670 (11,876) SPS100US 1.25"-1.49" (3.17-3.78) 10" (25.40) 15" (38.10) 1,610 (7,161) SPS125U 4,490 (19,972) SPS125US 1.50"-1.74" (3.81-4.42) 12" (30.48) 17" (43.18) 1,610 (7,161) SPS150U 4,490 (19,972) SPS150US 1.75"-1.99" (4.44-5.05) 14" (35.56) 19" (48.26) 2,150 (9,563) SPS175U 4,375 (19,460) SPS175US 2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 16" (40.64) 21" (53.34) 3,260 (14,500) SPS200U 8940 (39,765) SPS200US SPS250US 2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 18" (45.72) 23" (58.42) 3,260 (14,500) SPS250U 8,940 (39,765) 3.00"-3.49" (7.62-8.86) 21" (53.34) 25" (63.50) 4,900 (21,795) SPS300U 13,420 (59,692) SPS300US 3.50"-3.99" (8.89-10.13) 24" (60.96) 27" (68.58) 4,900 (21,795) SPS350U 13,420 (59,692) SPS350US Double Eye, Split Mesh, Lace Closing Inches (cm) Inches (cm) Tin-Coated Bronze Stainless Steel Cable Diameter Range Inches (cm) E M Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N) .50"-.62" (1.27-1.57) 4" (10.16) 10" (25.40) 530 (2,357) SPS050DE 1,140 (5,071) SPS050DES .63"-.74" (1.60-1.88) 4" (10.16) 10" (25.40) 850 (3,781) SPS062DE 2,060 (9,163) SPS062DES Double Eye Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N) Single Eye .75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 51/2" (13.97) 13" (33.02) 1,020 (4,537) SPS075DE 2,060 (9,163) SPS075DES 1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15) 5" (12.70) 14" (35.56) 1,610 (7,161) SPS100DE 2,670 (11,876) SPS100DES 1.25"-1.49" (3.17-3.78) 5" (12.70) 15" (38.10) 1,610 (7,161) SPS125DE 4,490 (19,972) SPS125DES 1.50"-1.74" (3.81-4.42) 5" (12.70) 17" (43.18) 1,610 (7,161) SPS150DE 3,750 (16,680) SPS150DES 1.75"-1.99" (4.44-5.05) 6" (15.24) 19" (48.26) 2,150 (9,563) SPS175DE 5,000 (22,240) SPS175DES 2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 6" (15.24) 21" (53.34) 3,260 (14,500) SPS200DE 8,940 (39,765) SPS200DES 2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 6" (15.24) 23" (58.42) 3,260 (14,500) SPS250DE -- -- 3.00"-3.49" (7.62-8.86) 8" (20.32) 25" (63.50) 4,900 (21,795) SPS300DE -- -- 3.50"-3.99" (8.89-10.13) 8" (20.32) 27" (68.58) 4,900 (21,795) SPS350DE -- -- M Designed for use when cable ends are unavailable. The grip is wrapped around the cable and then drawn closed with a wire lace. It is important that the wire lacing be the same type and gauge as supplied with the grip from the factory. The following procedures should be used when installing the grip: Bend the wire lace in the middle so both ends are even. Wrap grip around the cable. Starting at the first loop closest to the eye, thread each end of the wire lace through the first loop on each side of the split, pull both ends of the lace until they are even. Criss-cross laces and thread each end of the lace through the next loop, on opposite sides of the split. Continue doing the same for the full length of the split, pulling the lace after each loop so the space between both sides of the split is no greater than the spaces of the mesh. When end of split is reached, twist lacing tightly together. Wrap ends of lace around grip. Twist ends to secure. Only new laces should be used. A split grip is only as good as its lacing or closing of the split. SPS125DE CAUTION Never use grip to approximate breaking strength. Refer to page N-26 for safety and working load factors. Banding is necessary to guard against accidental release of grip and provide maximum reliability. Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ N-13 Wire Management Products Standard Duty Support Grips Application: Permanent support of vertical and horizontal cable indoors and outdoors where ends of cable are available * Closed mesh fits over cable end while split mesh is used when cable end is inaccessible * Strand equalizers reinforce gripping strength and position, distributes load equally Offset Eye, Split Mesh, Lace Closing Ideal For Use In: * Industrial applications * Communication towers * Utility work and construction * Heavy equipment Inches (cm) Inches (cm) E M SPS150SO Dim. to Sliding Bar Fully Ext'd. E Tin-Coated Bronze Cable Diameter Range Inches (cm) E M Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N) Offset Eye .50"-.62" (1.27-1.57) 4" (10.16) 10" (25.40) 500 (2,724) SPS050SO .63"-.74" (1.60-1.88) 4" (10.16) 10" (25.40) 750 (3,336) SPS062SO .75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 4" (10.16) 13" (33.02) 950 (4,226) SPS075SO 1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15) 5" (12.70) 14" (35.56) 1,500 (6,672) SPS100SO 1.25"-1.49" (3.17-3.78) 5" (12.70) 15" (38.10) 1,500 (6,672) SPS125SO 1.50"-1.74" (3.81-4.42) 5" (12.70) 17" (43.18) 1,500 (6,672) SPS150SO 1.75"-1.99" (4.44-5.05) 6" (15.24) 19" (48.26) 1,800 (8,006) SPS175SO 2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 9" (22.86) 21" (53.34) 2,150 (9,563) SPS200SO 2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 9" (22.86) 23" (58.42) 2,150 (9,563) SPS250SO 3.00"-3.49" (7.62-8.86) 11" (27.94) 25" (63.50) 3,250 (14,456) SPS300SO 3.50"-3.99" (8.89-10.13) 11" (27.94) 27" (68.58) 3,250 (14,456) SPS350SO Universal Eye, Split Mesh, Lace Closing Inches (cm) Inches (cm) Cable Diameter Range Inches (cm) E .50"-.62" (1.27-1.57) 18" (45.72) .63"-.74" (1.60-1.88) Tin-Coated Bronze M Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N) Offset Eye 10" (25.40) 530 (2,357) SPS050L 18" (45.72) 10" (25.40) 790 (3,514) SPS062L .75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 18" (45.72) 13" (33.02) 1,020 (4,537) SPS075L 1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15) 18" (45.72) 14" (35.56) 1,610 (7,161) SPS100L 1.25"-1.49" (3.17-3.78) 18" (45.72) 15" (38.10) 1,610 (7,161) SPS125L 1.50"-1.74" (3.81-4.42) 18" (45.72) 17" (43.18) 1,610 (7,161) SPS150L 1.75"-1.99" (4.44-5.05) 18" (45.72) 19" (48.26) 2,150 (9,563) SPS175L 2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 18" (45.72) 21" (53.34) 3,260 (14,500) SPS200L 2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 18" (45.72) 23" (58.42) 3,260 (14,500) SPS250L 3.00"-3.49" (7.62-8.86) 18" (45.72) 25" (63.50) 4,900 (21,795) SPS300L 3.50"-3.99" (8.89-10.13) 18" (45.72) 27" (68.58) 4,900 (21,795) SPS350L Note: Stainless steel support grips are available upon request. Consult Factory. M Designed for use when cable ends are unavailable. The grip is wrapped around the cable and then drawn closed with a wire lace. It is important that the wire lacing be the same type and gauge as supplied with the grip from the factory. The following procedures should be used when installing the grip: Bend the wire lace in the middle so both ends are even. Wrap grip around the cable. Starting at the first loop closest to the eye, thread each end of the wire lace through the first loop on each side of the split, pull both ends of the lace until they are even. Criss-cross laces and thread each end of the lace through the next loop, on opposite sides of the split. Continue doing the same for the full length of the split, pulling the lace after each loop so the space between both sides of the split is no greater than the spaces of the mesh. When end of split is reached, twist lacing tightly together. Wrap ends of lace around grip. Twist ends to secure. Only new laces should be used. A split grip is only as good as its lacing or closing of the split. SPS150L CAUTION N-14 Never use grip to approximate breaking strength. Refer to page N-26 for safety and working load factors. Banding is necessary to guard against accidental release of grip and provide maximum reliability. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Wire Management Products Standard Duty Support Grips Ideal For Use In: Application: Supporting vertical and horizontal runs of cable indoors and outdoors when ends of cable are not available * Industrial applications * Communication towers * Closed mesh fits over cable end while split mesh is used when cable end is inaccessible * Utility work * Heavy equipment * Strand equalizers reinforce gripping strength and position, distributes load equally Single Eye, Split Mesh, Rod Closing Inches (cm) Inches (cm) E M SPSR125U Cable Diameter Range Inches (cm) E M .50"-.62" (1.27-1.57) 7" (17.78) 61/2" (16.51) M Tin-Coated Bronze Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N) 790 (3,514) Stainless Steel Single Eye Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N) Single Eye SPSR050U 1,050 (4,670) SPSR050US .63"-.74" (1.60-1.88) 8" (20.32) 81/2" (21.59) 790 (3,514) SPSR062U 2,050 (9,118) SPSR062US .75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 8" (20.32) 101/2" (26.67) 1,020 (4,537) SPSR075U 2,050 (9,118) SPSR075US 1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15) 9" (22.86) 121/2" (31.75) 1,610 (7,161) SPSR100U 2,650 (11,787) SPSR100US 1.25"-1.49" (3.17-3.78) 10" (25.40) 141/2" (36.83) 1,610 (7,161) SPSR125U 4,500 (20,016) SPSR125US 1.50"-1.74" (3.81-4.42) 12" (30.48) 151/2" (39.37) 1,610 (7,161) SPSR150U 4,500 (20,016) SPSR150US SPSR175US 1.75"-1.99" (4.44-5.05) 14" (35.56) 161/2" (41.91) 2,150 (9,563) SPSR175U 6,000 (26,688) 2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 16" (40.64) 191/2" (49.53) 3,260 (14,500) SPSR200U 8,950 (39,810) SPSR200US 2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 18" (45.72) 211/2" (54.61) 3,260 (14,500) SPSR250U 7,750 (34,472) SPSR250US 8,500 (37,808) SPSR300US 3.00"-3.49" (7.62-8.86) 21" (53.34) 231/2" (59.69) 5,750 (25,576) SPSR300U 3.50"-3.99" (8.89-10.13) 24" (60.96) 251/2" (64.77) 5,750 (25,576) SPSR350U Double Eye, Split Mesh, Rod Closing Inches (cm) E * Construction -- -- Inches (cm) Tin-Coated Bronze Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N) Stainless Steel Cable Diameter Range Inches (cm) E M .50"-.62" (1.27-1.57) 4" (10.16) 61/2" (16.51) 790 (3,514) SPSR050DE -- .63"-.74" (1.60-1.88) 4" (10.16) 81/2" (21.59) 790 (3,514) SPSR062DE 2,050 (9,118) Double Eye Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N) Double Eye -- SPSR062DES .75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 51/2" (13.97) 101/2" (26.67) 1,020 (4,537) SPSR075DE 2,050 (9,118) SPSR075DES 1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15) 5" (12.70) 121/2" (31.75) 1,610 (7,161) SPSR100DE 2,650 (11,787) SPSR100DES 1.25"-1.49" (3.17-3.78) 5" (12.70) 141/2" (36.83) 1,610 (7,161) SPSR125DE -- -- 1.50"-1.74" (3.81-4.42) 5" (12.70) 151/2" (39.37) 1,610 (7,161) SPSR150DE 3,750 (16,680) SPSR150DES 1.75"-1.99" (4.44-5.05) 6" (15.24) 161/2" (41.91) 2,150 (9,563) SPSR175DE 5,000 (22,240) SPSR175DES 2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 6" (15.24) 191/2" (49.53) 3,260 (14,500) SPSR200DE 8,950 (39,810) SPSR200DES 2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 6" (15.24) 211/2" (54.61) 3,260 (14,500) SPSR250DE 8,950 (39,810) SPSR250DES 3.00"-3.49" (7.62-8.86) 8" (20.32) 231/2" (59.69) 5,750 (25,576) SPSR300DE -- -- 3.50"-3.99" (8.89-10.13) 8" (20.32) 251/2" (64.77) 5,750 (25,576) SPSR350DE -- -- The following procedures should be used when installing the grip: Wrap the grip around the cable and thread the rod through the pre-formed loops with a corkscrew motion, using the curved end of the rod to engage the loops. This requires a simultaneous steady twist and push motion. The fingers of the left hand are used to bring the loops together just ahead of the hook on the end of the rod. To remove, simply pull out rod. SPSR125DE CAUTION Never use grip to approximate breaking strength. Refer to page N-26 for safety and working load factors. Banding is necessary to guard against accidental release of grip and provide maximum reliability. Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ N-15 Wire Management Products Standard Duty Support Grips Ideal For Use In: Application: Supporting vertical and horizontal runs of cable indoors and outdoors when ends of cable are not available * Available for light duty, standard duty and heavy duty applications * Closed mesh fits over cable end while split mesh is used when cable end is inaccessible * Strand equalizers reinforce gripping strength and position, distributes load equally Offset Eye, Split Mesh, Rod Closing E M SPSR125SO Dim. to Sliding Bar Fully Ext'd. E M E M .63"-.74" (1.60-1.88) 4" (10.16) 9" (22.86) * Communication towers * Heavy equipment * Utility work * Construction Inches (cm) Inches (cm) Cable Diameter Range Inches (cm) * Industrial applications Tin-Coated Bronze Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N) 750 (3,336) Stainless Steel Offset Eye Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N) Single Eye SPSR062SO 1,950 (8,674) SPSR062SOS .75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 4" (10.16) 10" (25.40) 950 (4,226) SPSR075SO 1,950 (8,674) SPSR075SOS 1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15) 5" (12.70) 12" (30.48) 1,500 (6,672) SPSR100SO 2,500 (11,121) SPSR100SOS SPSR125SOS 1.25"-1.49" (3.17-3.78) 5" (12.70) 14" (35.56) 1,500 (6,672) SPSR125SO 4,200 (18,683) 1.50"-1.74" (3.81-4.42) 5" (12.70) 15" (38.10) 1,500 (6,672) SPSR150SO 4,500 (20,017) SPSR150SOS 1.75"-1.99" (4.44-5.05) 6" (15.24) 16" (40.64) 2,000 (8,896) SPSR175SO 4,375 (19,461) SPSR175SOS 2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 9" (22.86) 19" (48.26) 3,100 (13,789) SPSR200SO -- -- 2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 9" (22.86) 20" (50.80) 3,100 (13,789) SPSR250SO -- -- 3.00"-3.49" (7.62-8.86) 11" (27.94) 21" (53.34) 4,300 (19,127) SPSR300SO -- -- 3.50"-3.99" (8.89-10.13) 11" (27.94) 24" (60.96) 4,300 (19,127) SPSR350SO -- -- Universal Eye, Split Mesh, Rod Closing Inches (cm) Cable Diameter Range Inches (cm) E .63"-.74" (1.60-1.88) 18" (45.72) Inches (cm) Tin-Coated Bronze M Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N) Double Eye 81/2" (21.59) 790 (3,514) SPSR062L Stainless Steel Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N) -- Single Eye -- .75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 18" (45.72) 101/2" (26.67) 1,020 (4,537) SPSR075L -- -- 1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15) 18" (45.72) 121/2" (31.75) 1,610 (7,161) SPSR100L -- -- 1.25"-1.49" (3.17-3.78) 18" (45.72) 141/2" (36.83) 1,610 (7,161) SPSR125L -- -- 1.75"-1.99" (4.44-5.05) 18" (45.72) 161/2" (41.91) 2,150 (9,564) SPSR175L -- -- 2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 18" (45.72) 191/2" (49.53) 3,260 (14,501) SPSR200L -- -- 2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 18" (45.72) 211/2" (54.61) 3,260 (14,501) SPSR250L -- -- Split rod closing grips are used for pulling slack or providing support when ends of cable are not available. The provided stainless steel rod makes threading fast and easy. The strands of mesh pass around the rod and match up with strands from the opposite direction. Since the rod does not touch the cable at any point it cannot cut the cable. Rod closing grips can be removed and reused as many times as desired. The following procedures should be used when installing the grip: Wrap the grip around the cable and thread the rod through the pre-formed loops with a corkscrew motion, using the curved end of the rod to engage the loops. This requires a simultaneous steady twist and push motion. The fingers of the left hand are used to bring the loops together just ahead of the hook on the end of the rod. To remove, simply pull out rod. SPSR125L CAUTION N-16 Never use grip to approximate breaking strength. Refer to page N-26 for safety and working load factors. Banding is necessary to guard against accidental release of grip and provide maximum reliability. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Wire Management Products Service Drop, Heavy Duty Support Grips Application: Ideal For Use In: For heavy duty support of all types of suspended service cables used in indoor or outdoor minimum abuse environments * Industrial * Communication towers * Closed mesh fits over cable end while split mesh is used when cable end is inaccessible * Utility work and construction * Transportation power systems * Strand equalizers reinforce gripping strength and position, distributes load equally * Residential Single Eye and Universal Eye, Split Mesh, Rod Closing Inches (cm) Single Eye Cable Diameter Range Inches (cm) E M SPJ075UD Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N) Inches (cm) E M Universal Eye Tin-Coated Bronze Inches (cm) E Tin-Coated Bronze M .23"-.31" (.58-.79) 500 (2,224) 51/2" (13.97) 41/2" (11.43) SPJ023UD 11" (27.94) 41/2" (11.43) SPJ023LD .29"-.37" (.74-.94) 500 (2,224) 51/2" (13.97) 51/2" (13.97) SPJ029UD 11" (27.94) 51/2" (13.97) SPJ029LD .35"-.44" (.89-1.12) 870 (3,870) 6" (15.24) 61/2" (16.51) SPJ035UD 12" (30.48) 61/2" (16.51) SPJ035LD .41"-.50" (1.04-1.27) 870 (3,870) 6" (15.24) 71/2" (19.05) SPJ041UD 12" (30.48) 71/2" (19.05) SPJ041LD .46"-.56" (1.17-1.42) 1,050 (4,670) 6" (15.24) 8" (20.32) SPJ046UD 12" (30.48) 8" (20.32) SPJ046LD .52"-.62" (1.32-1.57) 1,050 (4,670) 7" (17.78) 81/2" (21.59) SPJ052UD 13" (33.02) 81/2" (21.59) SPJ052LD .58"-.68" (1.47-1.73) 1,050 (4,670) 7" (17.78) 91/2" (24.13) SPJ058UD 13" (33.02) 91/2" (24.13) SPJ058LD .64"-.75" (1.63-1.90) 1,390 (6,183) 7" (17.78) 91/2" (24.13) SPJ064UD 13" (33.02) 91/2" (24.13) SPJ064LD .75"-.87" (1.90-2.21) 1,390 (6,183) 8" (20.32) 101/2" (26.67) SPJ075UD 14" (35.56) 101/2" (26.67) SPJ075LD .87"-1.00" (2.21-2.54) 1,790 (7,962) 8" (20.32) 111/2" (29.21) SPJ087UD 14" (35.56) 111/2" (29.21) SPJ087LD 1.00"-1.18" (2.54-3.00) 1,790 (7,962) 9" (22.86) 131/2" (34.29) SPJ100UD 15" (38.10) 131/2" (34.29) SPJ100LD 1.06"-1.24" (2.69-3.15) 1,790 (7,962) 9" (22.86) 141/2" (36.83) SPJ106UD 15" (38.10) 141/2" (36.83) SPJ106LD Service Drop, Light Duty Support Grips Application: Ideal For Use In: For light duty support of all types of suspended service cables used in indoor or outdoor minimum abuse environments * Industrial applications * Communication towers * Closed mesh fits over cable end while split mesh is used when cable end is inaccessible Dim. to Sliding Bar Fully Ext'd. * Utility work and construction * Transportation power systems * Strand equalizers reinforce gripping strength and position, distributes load equally * Residential Single Eye and Universal Eye, Split Mesh, Rod Closing Inches (cm) Single Eye Cable Diameter Range Inches (cm) E M Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N) Inches (cm) E M Universal Eye Tin-Coated Bronze Inches (cm) E M Tin-Coated Bronze .23"-.31" (.58-.79) 290 (1,290) 3" (7.62) 33/4" (9.52) SPJ023U 9" (22.86) 33/4" (9.52) SPJ023L .29"-.37" (.74-.94) 290 (1,290) 5" (12.70) 41/2" (11.43) SPJ029U 10" (25.40) 41/4" (11.43) SPJ029L .35"-.44" (.89-1.12) 500 (2,224) 51/2" (13.97) 43/4" (12.06) SPJ035U 10" (25.40) 43/4" (12.06) SPJ035L .41"-.50" (1.04-1.27) 500 (2,224) 51/2" (13.97) 5" (12.70) SPJ041U 11" (27.94) 5" (12.70) SPJ041L .46"-.56" (1.17-1.42) 660 (2,936) 6" (15.24) 51/4" (13.33) SPJ046U 12" (30.48) 51/4" (13.33) SPJ046L .52"-.62" (1.32-1.57) 790 (3,514) 7" (17.78) 61/4" (15.87) SPJ052U 13" (33.02) 61/4" (15.87) SPJ052L .58"-.68" (1.47-1.73) 790 (3,514) 7" (17.78) 61/2" (16.51) SPJ058U 13" (33.02) 61/2" (16.51) SPJ058L .64"-.75" (1.63-1.90) 790 (3,514) 7" (17.78) 63/4" (17.14) SPJ064U 13" (33.02) 63/4" (17.14) SPJ064L .75"-.87" (1.90-2.21) 1,020 (4,537) 8" (20.32) 8" (20.32) SPJ075U 14" (35.56) 8" (20.32) SPJ075L .87"-1.00" (2.21-2.54) 1,020 (4,537) 8" (20.32) 83/4" (22.22) SPJ087U 14" (35.56) 83/4" (22.22) SPJ087L 1.00"-1.18" (2.54-3.00) 1,020 (4,537) 9" (22.86) 91/2" (24.13) SPJ100U 15" (38.10) 91/2" (24.13) SPJ100L 1.06"-1.25" (2.69-3.17) 1,020 (4,537) 9" (22.86) 91/2" (24.13) SPJ106U 15" (38.10) 91/2" (24.13) SPJ106L SPJ075L CAUTION Never use grip to approximate breaking strength. Refer to page N-26 for safety and working load factors. Banding is necessary to guard against accidental release of grip and provide maximum reliability. Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ N-17 Wire Management Products Bus Drop Support Grips Application: Ideal For Use In: Used for light duty support of the dead weight of flexible cable connections of electrical machinery to bus ducts, relieving strain, pull, vibration, and flexing, when used with safety springs, these grips reduce tension, prevent pullouts, electrical accidents, and downtime, often used in conjunction with strain relief grips * All factory equipment * Cable drops for electrical connections * Closed mesh fits over cable end while split mesh is used when cable end is inaccessible Safety Spring Bus Drop Grip E Enclosure M Single Eye and Universal Eye, Split Mesh, Rod Closing Inches (cm) Single Eye BDS56U Dim. to Sliding Bar Fully Ext'd. Inches (cm) Cable Diameter Range Inches (cm) Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N) E M .24"-.32" (.61-.81) 350 (1,557) 3" (7.62) 31/2" (8.89) .32"-.43" (.81-1.09) 450 (2,002) 4" (10.16) .43"-.56" (1.09-1.42) 550 (2,446) .56"-.73" (1.42-1.85) Universal Eye Galvinized Steel Inches (cm) Galvinized Steel E M BDS24U 9" (22.86) 31/2" (8.89) BDS24L 4" (10.16) BDS32U 10" (25.40) 4" (10.16) BDS32L 6" (15.24) 43/4" (12.06) BDS43U 12" (30.48) 43/4" (12.06) BDS43L 1,000 (4,448) 7" (17.78) 6" (15.24) BDS56U 13" (33.02) 6" (15.24) BDS56L .73"-.85" (1.85-2.16) 1,400 (6,227) 7" (17.78) 63/4" (17.14) BDS73U 13" (33.02) 63/4" (17.14) BDS73L .85"-1.00" (2.16-2.54) 1,400 (6,227) 8" (20.32) 8" (20.32) BDS85U 14" (35.56) 8" (20.32) BDS85L 1.00"-1.25" (2.54-3.17) 1,500 (6,672) 9" (22.86) 91/2" (24.13) BDS100U 15" (38.10) 91/2" (24.13) BDS100L E Bus Drop Safety Springs M Inches (cm) Diameter Inches (cm) Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N) Length Inches (cm) Maximum Deflection Inches/Lbs. (cm/N) 3/4" (1.90) 500 (2,224) 81/4" (20.95) 23/4" at 40 Lbs. (6.67 cm at 178 N) S40 1" (2.54) 850 (3,781) 81/4" (20.95) 3" at 80 Lbs. (7.94 cm at 356 N) S80 Catalog Number BDS56L CAUTION N-18 Never use grip to approximate breaking strength. Refer to page N-26 for safety and working load factors. Banding is necessary to guard against accidental release of grip and provide maximum reliability. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Wire Management Products Conduit Riser Support Grips Application: Ideal For Use In: Supports vertical or sloping cable in schedule 40 rigid PVC conduit or standard electrical rigid metal conduit, prevents strain on terminals by transferring weight to support rim of the conduit, not suitable for EMT * Building and pole risers * Underground cable lines * Areas where ring termination is practical * Closed mesh fits over cable end while split mesh is used when cable end is inaccessible * Suitable for standard electrical rigid metal conduit and schedule 40 rigid PVC conduit, not suitable for use with EMT * Bryant Economy Conduit Riser Support Grips meet the requirements of NEC(R) 300.19 Ring Type, Closed Mesh Inches (cm) Cable Dia. Range Inches (cm) .50"-.62" (1.27-1.57) .63"-.74" (1.60-1.88) .75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15) 1.25"-1.49" (3.17-3.78) 1.50"-1.74" (3.81-4.42) Length Inches (cm) 8" (20.32) 9" (22.86) 11" (27.94) 12" (30.48) 121/2" (31.75) 14" (35.56) Conduit Trade Size Inches Catalog Number -- Material Tin-Coated Bronze Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N) 3/4" CC050R34 440 (1,957) -- -- -- -- -- 1" CC050R1 480 (2,135) CC062R1 790 (3,514) -- -- -- -- 11/4" CC050R114 450 (2,002) CC062R114 740 (3,292) CC075R114 1,030 (4,581) -- -- -- 11/2" -- CC062R112 690 (3,069) CC075R112 980 (4,359) CC100R112 590 (2,624) -- -- 2" CC050R2 370 (1,645) CC062R2 640 (2,847) CC075R2 920 (4,092) CC100R2 1,520 (6,761) CC125R2 1,610 (7,161) -- -- -- -- -- CC150R212 1,610 (7,161) 21/2" -- 3" -- -- CC075R3 820 (3,647) CC100R3 1,340 (5,960) CC125R3 1,400 (6,227) CC150R3 1,490 (6,627) 4" -- -- CC075R4 720 (3,203) CC100R4 1,160 (5,160) CC125R4 1,205 (5,338) -- Cable Dia. Range Inches (cm) 1.75"-1.99" (4.44-5.05) 2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 3.00"-3.49" (7.62-8.86) 3.50"-3.99" (8.89-10.13) Length Inches (cm) 15" (38.10) 161/2" (41.91) 18" (45.72) 20" (50.80) 21" (53.34) Conduit Trade Size Inches CC125R3 Catalog Number -- Material Tin-Coated Bronze Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N) 21/2" CC175R212 2,150 (9,563) -- -- -- -- 3" CC175R3 1,990 (8,851) CC200R3 3,260 (14,500) -- -- -- 31/2" -- CC200R312 2,970 (13,211) CC250R312 3,260 (14,500) -- -- 4" CC175R4 1,667 (7,410) CC200R4 2,670 (11,876) CC250R4 2,890 (12,855) CC300R4 4,080 (18,148) -- 5" -- -- CC250R5 2,160 (9,608) CC300R5 2,860 (12,721) CC350R5 3,160 (14,056) 6" -- -- -- CC300R6 2,240 (9,963) CC350R6 2,240 (9,963) CAUTION Never use grip to approximate breaking strength. Refer to page N-26 for safety and working load factors. Banding is necessary to guard against accidental release of grip and provide maximum reliability. NEC(R) is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ N-19 Wire Management Products Conduit Riser Support Grips Application: Supports vertical or sloping cable in schedule 40 rigid PVC conduit or standard electrical rigid metal conduit, prevents strain on terminals by transferring weight to support rim of the conduit, not suitable for EMT * Closed mesh fits over cable end while split mesh is used when cable end is inaccessible * Suitable for standard electrical rigid metal conduit and schedule 40 rigid PVC conduit, not suitable for use with EMT Ideal For Use In: * Building and pole risers * Underground cable lines * Areas where ring termination is practical * Bryant Economy Conduit Riser Support Grips meet the requirements of NEC(R) 300.19 Ring Type, Split Mesh, Lace Closing .75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15) 1.25"-1.49" (3.17-3.78) 1.50"-1.74" (3.81-4.42) 1.75"-1.99" (4.44-5.05) Length Inches (cm) 11" (27.94) 12" (30.48) 121/2" (31.75) 14" (35.56) 15" (38.10) Conduit Trade Size Inches Catalog Number -- Material Tin-Coated Bronze Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N) 11/2" -- CSD100L112 2,040 (9,074) -- -- -- 2" CSD075L2 1,420 (6,316) CSD100L2 1,920 (8,540) CSD125L2 2,040 (9,074) -- -- 21/2" -- -- CSD125L212 1,910 (8,496) CSD150L212 2,040 (9,074) CSD175L212 2,730 (12,143) 3" -- -- CSD125L3 1,780 (7,917) CSD150L3 1,880 (8,362) CSD175L3 2,520 (11,209) 4" -- -- -- CSD150L4 1,580 (7,028) CSD175L4 2,110 (9,385) Cable Dia. Range Inches (cm) 2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 3.00"-3.49" (7.62-8.86) 3.50"-3.99" (8.89-10.13) Length Inches (cm) 161/2" (41.91) 18" (45.72) 20" (50.80) 21" (53.34) Conduit Trade Size Inches CSD125L3 Inches (cm) Cable Dia. Range Inches (cm) Catalog Number -- Material Tin-Coated Bronze Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N) 3" CSD200L3 4,300 (19,126) -- -- -- 31/2" CSD200L312 3,910 (17,392) CSD250L312 4,300 (19,126) -- -- 4" CSD200L4 3,530 (15,701) CSD250L4 3,820 (16,991) CSD300L4 5,380 (23,930) -- 5" -- CSD250L5 2,849 (12,672) CSD300L5 3,760 (16,724) CSD350L5 4,170 (18,548) 6" -- CSD250L6 2,365 (10,519) CSD300L6 2,955 (13,144) CSD350L6 2,955 (13,144) Designed for use when cable ends are unavailable. The grip is wrapped around the cable and then drawn closed with a wire lace. It is important that the wire lacing be the same type and gauge as supplied with the grip from the factory. The following procedures should be used when installing the grip: Bend the wire lace in the middle so both ends are even. Wrap grip around the cable. Starting at the first loop closest to the eye, thread each end of the wire lace through the first loop on each side of the split, pull both ends of the lace until they are even. Crisscross laces and thread each end of the lace through the next loop, on opposite sides of the split. Continue doing the same for the full length of the split, pulling the lace after each loop so the space between both sides of the split is no greater than the spaces of the mesh. When end of split is reached, twist lacing tightly together. Wrap ends of lace around grip. Twist ends to secure. Only new laces should be used. A split grip is only as good as its lacing or closing of the split. CAUTION Never use grip to approximate breaking strength. Refer to page N-26 for safety and working load factors. Banding is necessary to guard against accidental release of grip and provide maximum reliability. NEC(R) is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). N-20 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Wire Management Products Conduit Riser Support Grips Application: Supports vertical or sloping cable in schedule 40 rigid PVC conduit or standard electrical rigid metal conduit, prevents strain on terminals by transferring weight to support rim of the conduit, not suitable for EMT * Closed mesh fits over cable end while split mesh is used when cable end is inaccessible * Suitable for standard electrical rigid metal conduit and schedule 40 rigid PVC conduit, not suitable for use with EMT Ideal For Use In: * Building and pole risers * Underground cable lines * Areas where ring termination is practical * Bryant Economy Conduit Riser Support Grips meet the requirements of NEC(R) 300.19 Ring Type, Split Mesh, Rod Closing Inches (cm) Cable Dia. Range Inches (cm) .75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15) 1.25"-1.49" (3.17-3.78) 1.50"-1.74" (3.81-4.42) 1.75"-1.99" (4.44-5.05) 2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) Length Inches (cm) 101/2" (26.67) 12" (30.48) 131/2" (34.29) 14" (35.56) 151/2" (39.37) 16" (40.64) 181/2" (46.99) Conduit Trade Size Inches Catalog Number -- Material Tin-Coated Bronze Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N) 11/4" CSR075R114 1,020 (4,537) -- -- -- -- -- -- 11/2" CSR075R112 970 (4,315) CSR100R112 1,610 (7,161) -- -- -- -- -- 2" -- CSR100R2 1,520 (6,761) CSR125R2 1,610 (7,161) -- -- -- -- 21/2" -- CSR100R212 1,430 (6,361) CSR125R212 1,510 (6,716) CSR150R212* 2,150 (9,563) -- -- -- 3" -- -- CSR125R3 1,400 (6,227) CSR150R3* 1,990 (8,851) CSR175R3 1,990 (8,851) CSR200R3 3,260 (14,500) -- 31/2" -- -- -- -- -- CSR200R312 2,970 (13,211) CSR250R312 3,260 (14,500) 4" -- -- -- -- -- CSR200R4 2,670 (11,876) CSR250R4 2,890 (17,855) Split rod closing grips are used for pulling slack or providing support when ends of cable are not available. The provided stainless steel rod makes threading fast and easy. The strands of mesh pass around the rod and match up with strands from the opposite direction. Since the rod does not touch the cable at any point it cannot cut the cable. Rod closing grips can be removed and reused as many times as desired. CSR125R3 The following procedures should be used when installing the grip: Wrap the grip around the cable and thread the rod through the pre-formed loops with a corkscrew motion, using the curved end of the rod to engage the loops. This requires a simultaneous steady twist and push motion. The fingers of the left hand are used to bring the loops together just ahead of the hook on the end of the rod. To remove, simply pull out rod. CAUTION Never use grip to approximate breaking strength. Refer to page N-26 for safety and working load factors. Banding is necessary to guard against accidental release of grip and provide maximum reliability. NEC(R) is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ N-21 Wire Management Products Special Purpose Splicing Grips Application: Ideal For Use In: Temporary splice for cable and wire rope, can be used as cable reinforcement and to protect cables and hoses from abrasion, used to replace old wire rope with new wire rope * Cranes * Oil derricks * Drag lines * Hoists * Factory control cables Flexible Tube Inches (cm) Cable Diameter Range Inches (cm) Approx. Breaking Strength Lbs. (N) Mesh Length Inches (cm) Catalog Number .37"-.49" (.94-1.24) 3,200 (14,234) 18" (45.72) FTD03718 .50"-.61" (1.27-1.55) 3,200 (14,234) 18" (45.72) FTD05018 .50"-.61" (1.27-1.55) 3,200 (14,234) 24" (60.96) FTD05024 .62"-.74" (1.57-1.88) 4,000 (17,792) 18" (45.72) FTD06218 .62"-.74" (1.57-1.88) 4,000 (17,792) 24" (60.96) FTD06224 .62"-.74" (1.57-1.88) 4,000 (17,792) 36" (91.44) FTD06236 .75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 6,800 (30,246) 24" (60.96) FTD07524 .75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 6,800 (30,246) 36" (91.44) FTD07536 .75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 6,800 (30,246) 48" (121.92) FTD07548 .75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) 6,800 (30,246) 72" (182.88) FTD07572 1.00"-1.49" (2.54-3.78) 9,000 (40,032) 24" (60.96) FTD10024 1.00"-1.49" (2.54-3.78) 9,100 (40,477) 36" (91.44) FTD10036 1.00"-1.49" (2.54-3.78) 9,100 (40,477) 48" (121.92) FTD10048 1.00"-1.49" (2.54-3.78) 9,100 (40,477) 72" (182.88) FTD10072 FTD10024 CAUTION N-22 Never use grip to approximate breaking strength. Refer to page N-26 for safety and working load factors. Banding is necessary to guard against accidental release of grip and provide maximum reliability. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Wire Management Products Strain Relief Grips Quick Reference Selection Guide Deluxe Cord Wide Range Strain Relief Indoor or outdoor use where subject to moisture, splash, or washdown. Examples are crane hoist and pendant drop stations, hand tools, pumps, and processing equipment. See pages N-23 and N-24. Indoor use only for wiring of electrical enclosures, machine tools, portable power tools, and bus drop cable systems. See page N-25. Liquidtight, Flexible Metal Conduit Wiring of machine tools, electrical enclosures, motors, and systems subjected to vibration, flexure, motion, or strain. Also available in straight, 90 or 45 configurations. See page N-25. Deluxe Cord Strain Relief Grips Application: Ideal For Use In: Indoor and outdoor environments where cable or arc-of-bend control, cord is exposed to moisture, splash or washdown, provides pullout from tension, vibration, motion and strain Aluminum Compression Nut * Industrial applications Aluminum Body Tapered Threads Aluminum Collar Neoprene Bushing * Chemical machinery * Control cabinets * Pumps and compressors * Machine tool shops Stainless Steel Mesh * Motor connections Deluxe Cord Grips NPT Hub Size Inches Inches (cm) Grip Dia. Range Inches (cm) Straight Male Thread " .250"-.312" (.63-.79) .312"-.375" (.79-.95) .375"-.437" (.95-1.11) DC2538 DC3138 DC3738 1/2" .187"-.250" (.47-.63) .250"-.375" (.63-.95) .375"-.500" (.95-1.27) .500"-.625" (1.27-1.59) .625"-.750" (1.59-1.90) DC1812 DC2512 DC3712 DC5012 DC6212 3/4" .187"-.250" (.47-.63) .250"-.375" (.63-.95) .375"-.500" (.95-1.27) .500"-.625" (1.27-1.59) .625"-.750" (1.59-1.90) .750"-.875" (1.90-2.22) DC1834 DC2534 DC3734 DC5034 DC6234 DC7534 1" .500"-.625" (1.27-1.59) .625"-.750" (1.59-1.90) .750"-.875" (1.90-2.22) .875"-1.000" (2.22-2.54) DC501 DC621 DC751 DC871 11/4" .875"-1.000" (2.22-2.54) 1.000"-1.125" (2.54-2.86) 1.125"-1.250" (2.86-3.17) 1.250"-1.375" (3.17-3.49) DC87114 DC100114 DC112114 DC125114 11/2" .875"-1.000" (2.22-2.54) 1.000"-1.125" (2.54-2.86) 1.125"-1.250" (2.86-3.17) 1.250"-1.375" (3.17-3.49) 1.312"-1.437" (3.33-3.65) 1.437"-1.562" (3.65-3.97) 1.562"-1.687" (3.97-4.28) 1.687"-1.812" (4.28-4.60) DC87112 DC100112 DC112112 DC125112 DC131112 DC143112 DC156112 DC168112 DC6234 NPT Hub Size Inches Grip Dia. Range Inches (cm) Straight Male Thread 2" 1.312"-1.437" (3.33-3.65) 1.437"-1.562" (3.65-3.97) 1.562"-1.687" (3.97-4.28) 1.687"-1.812" (4.28-4.60) 1.750"-1.875" (4.44-4.76) 1.812"-1.937" (4.60-4.92) 1.937"-2.062" (4.92-5.24) 2.062"-2.187" (5.24-5.55) DC1312 DC1432 DC1562 DC1682 DC1752 DC181X2 DC1932 DC2062 21/2" 1.687"-1.812" (4.28-4.60) 1.812"-1.937" (4.60-4.92) 1.937"-2.062" (4.92-5.24) 2.062"-2.187" (5.24-5.55) 2.187"-2.312" (5.55-5.87) 2.312"-2.437" (5.87-6.19) DC168212 DC181212 DC193212 DC206212 DC218212 DC231212 1.937"-2.062" (4.92-5.24) 2.063"-2.187" (5.24-5.55) 2.187"-2.312" (5.55-5.87) 2.312"-2.437" (5.87-6.19) 2.437"-2.625" (6.19-6.67) 2.625"-2.812" (6.67-7.14) 2.812"-3.000" (7.14-7.62) DC1933 DC2063 DC2183 DC2313 DC2433 DC2623 DC2813 3" NEC(R) is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ N-23 Wire Management Products Deluxe Cord Strain Relief Grips Application: Ideal For Use In: Used for indoor and outdoor environments where cable or cord is exposed to moisture, splash or washdown, prevents pullout from tension, vibration, motion and strain applications associated with such environmental conditions, and controls arc-of-bend by absorbing tension from terminals * Food processing equipment * Chemical machinery * Switch boxes * Pumps and compressors * Motors and machine tools * Drop stations Deluxe Cord Grips DC62F34 NPT Hub Size Inches Inches (cm) Grip Dia. Range Inches (cm) Straight Female Thread 45 Male Thread 90 Male Thread -- -- -- -- -- -- DC25938 DC31938 DC37938 " .250"-.312" (.63-.79) .312"-.375" (.79-.95) .375"-.437" (.95-1.11) 1/2" .187"-.250" (.47-.63) .250"-.375" (.63-.95) .375"-.500" (.95-1.27) .500"-.625" (1.27-1.59) -- DC25F12 DC37F12 DC50F12 -- DC25412 DC37412 DC50412 DC18912 DC25912 DC37912 DC50912 3/4" .250"-.375" (.63-.95) .375"-.500" (.95-1.27) .500"-.625" (1.27-1.59) .625"-.750" (1.59-1.90) DC25F34 DC37F34 DC50F34 DC62F34 -- -- DC50434 DC62434 -- DC37934 DC50934 DC62934 1" .500"-.625" (1.27-1.59) .625"-.750" (1.59-1.90) .750"-.875" (1.90-2.22) .875"-1.000" (2.22-2.54) -- -- -- -- DC5041 DC6241 DC7541 DC8741 DC5091 DC6291 DC7591 DC8791 11/4" .875"-1.000" (2.22-2.54) 1.000"-1.125" (2.54-2.86) 1.125"-1.250" (2.86-3.17) 1.250"-1.375" (3.17-3.49) -- -- -- -- -- DC1004114 DC1124114 DC1254114 DC879114 DC1009114 DC1129114 DC1259114 11/2" .875"-1.000" (2.22-2.54) 1.000"-1.125" (2.54-2.86) 1.125"-1.250" (2.86-3.17) 1.250"-1.375" (3.17-3.49) -- -- -- -- -- DC1004112 DC1124112 DC1254112 -- DC1009112 DC1129112 DC1259112 DC62434 DC50934 Plug and Connector Strain Relief Grips Application: Designed for use with Bryant Triple Gripper(R) plugs and connectors, reduces damage to connectors, plugs and cables caused by arc-of-bend * Remove and replace rear dust shield Product Selection Chart PC345W43 (Plug not Included) N-24 To Use the Chart Inches (cm) Cord Diameter Range Inches (cm) For Use with Bryant Triple Gripper(R) Plugs and Connectors Catalog Number .30"-.37" (.76-.94) .38"-.50" (.96-1.27) .50"-.61" (1.27-1.55) 15 and 20 Amp Straight Blade and 15 Amp Locking 3-Wire Devices PC13W32 PC13W43 PC13W54 .30"-.41" (.76-1.04) .40"-.68" (1.02-1.73) .67"-.78" (1.70-1.98) 20 and 30 Amp Locking 3-Wire Devices PC23W43 PC23W54 PC23W73 .46"-.68" (1.17-1.73) .68"-.83" (1.73-2.11) .83"-.95" (2.11-2.41) 20 and 30 Amp Locking 4- and 5-Wire Devices PC345W43 PC345W54 PC345W73 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ 1. Identify the Bryant plug or connector needed by type (straight blade or locking), number of wires, and amperage. 2. Find the corresponding cord diameter size to be used. 3. Match this with the grip catalog number shown to the left. Example: A locking 20 amp, 3-wire plug used with a .60 in. diameter cable would use a PC23W54. Specifications are subject to change without notice. Wire Management Products Dust-Tight Strain Relief Grips Application: Ideal For Use In: For indoor use only to connect flexible cord or bus drop cables to electrical enclosures, used for preventing cable pullout damage and for controlling arc-of-bend by absorbing tension from terminals * Bus drop systems * Motor connections * Panel boards Wide Range Grips * Internal wiring of machines and cabinets Inches (cm) NPS/NPT* Hub Size Cable Diameter Range Inches (cm) Mesh Length Inches (cm) 1/2 NPS .24"-.32" (.61-.81) 31/4" (8.25) Knockout Hole Recommended Min. To Max. Inches (cm) .86"-.91" (2.18-2.31) Catalog Number BDSR24 1/2 NPS .32"-.43" (.81-1.09) 33/4" (9.52) .86"-.91" (2.18-2.31) BDSR32 1/2 NPS .43"-.54" (1.09-1.37) 43/4" (12.06) .86"-.91" (2.18-2.31) BDSR43 3/4 NPS .54"-.73" (1.37-1.85) 61/2" (16.51) 1.09"-1.14" (2.77-2.90) BDSR54 1 NPS .73"-.97" (1.85-2.46) 7" (17.78) 1.36"-1.41" (3.45-3.58) BDSR73 11/4 NPS .97"-1.25" (2.46-3.17) 9" (22.86) 1.72"-1.77" (4.37-4.49) BDSR97 11/2 NPT 1.25"-1.50" (3.17-3.81) 113/4" (29.84) 1.97"-2.02" (5.00-5.13) BDSR125 2 NPT 1.50"-1.70" (3.81-4.32) 131/4" (33.65) 2.45"-2.50" (6.22-6.35) BDSR150 21/2 NPT 1.70"-2.00" (4.32-5.08) 131/2" (34.29) 2.95"-3.00" (7.49-7.62) BDSR170 21/2 NPT 2.00"-2.45" (5.08-6.22) 133/4" (34.92) 2.95"-3.00" (7.49-7.62) BDSR200 Note: *NPS = National Pipe Straight, NPT = National Pipe Taper. BDSR43 Liquidtight Strain Relief Grips Application: Ideal For Use In: Any application for type B liquidtight conduit, flexible conduit grips are suitable for use in hazardous locations per Class I Div. 2, Class II Div. 1 and 2, Class III Div. 1 and 2 of the NEC(R) sections 501.10(b), 502.10(a), 502.10(b), 503.10(a), and 503.10(b) * On-machine wiring * HVAC applications * Food processing Locknut Insulated Connector Hexagonal Compression Nut Steel Ferrule * Chemical plants * Mines * Machine tool shops * Motor connections NPT Threads Nylon Ring Male Fittings Conduit Trade Size FC75 Stainless Steel Mesh Inches (cm) Mesh Length Inches (cm) NPT Hub Size Inches Straight Male Fitting 45 Male Fitting 90 Male Fitting " 3" (7.62) 1/2" FC38 FC3845 FC3890 1/2" 4" (10.16) 1/2" FC50 FC5045 FC5090 3/4" 4" (10.16) 3/4" FC75 FC7545 FC7590 1" 5" (12.70) 1" FC100 FC10045 FC10090 11/4" 6" (15.24) 11/4" FC125 FC12545 FC12590 11/2" 63/4" (17.14) 11/2" FC150 FC15045 FC15090 2" 8" (20.32) 2" FC200 FC20045 FC20090 21/2" 93/4" (24.76) 21/2" FC250 -- FC25090 3" 11" (27.94) 3" FC300 -- -- 4" 14" (35.56) 4" FC400 -- -- NEC(R) is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ N-25 Wire Management Products Technical Data Safety and Working Load Factors for Wire Mesh Grips There are many variables associated with the use of wire mesh cable grips. Working load is an estimation of several factors including tension, cable diameter, number of cables gripped, gripping surface and more. Safety factors associated in the product's use must be considered together with the effects of abrasion, corrosion, prior use and abuse and other variables specific to the application. safety is five for pulling grips and ten for support grips. Any warranty as to quality, performance of fitness-for-use of the grips is always premised on the condition that the published strengths apply only to new, unused grips, and that such products are properly stored, handled, used, maintained and inspected by the user at a frequency appropriate for the use and condition of the grip. The appropriate breaking strength of a Bryant Economy Cable Grip represents an average calculation based on data established from actual testing performed in our engineering laboratories. Under normal usage conditions, our recommended factor of Under normal conditions, Bryant recommended WARNING factor of safety is five for catalog listed pulling grips, and ten for catalog listed support grips. Example Approx. Breaking Strength (Lbs.) Safety Factor Max. Recommended Load (Lbs.) Pulling 27,200 5 5,440 PHS200 Support 1,610 10 161 SPS125U Grip Style Catalog Number Note: The maximum recommended working load is the greatest tension to be exerted on a grip for any application, with a margin of safety to protect against unforeseen and unusual circumstances. Wire Mesh Grip Materials Material Features Product Group Galvanized steel wire High strength Pulling grips Not subject to continuous outside environment Splicing grips and bus drop grips Tin-coated bronze wire Corrosion-resistant for normal outside areas Non-magnetic Moderate strength Support grips Stainless steel wire (302/304) High strength Support grips Corrosion-resistant Strain relief grips Applicable Code Requirements: Bryant Economy Cable Grips meet the following requirements: NEC(R) 300.19 Support of conductors in vertical raceways Liquidtight flexible metal conduit termination NEC(R) 350 NEC(R) 400.14 Strain relief at joints and terminals NEC(R) 400.17 Flexible cord and cable protection Class I, Division 2, Tensile stress avoidance at termination fittings NEC(R) 501.10 (B) NEC(R) 502.10 (A) and (B) Class II, Division 1 and 2, Tensile stress avoidance at termination fittings NEC(R) 503.10 (A) and (B) Class III, Division 1, Tensile stress avoidance at termination fittings Selection Table for Multiple Cables of Different Diameters Inches (cm) How to choose the correct grip size: 1. Find the grip circumference range by measuring the circumference of the bundle of different diameter cables to be gripped (see illustration). 2. Divide the bundle circumference by 3.14 to determine the diameter. 3. Choose a grip offering a range of cable diameters the same as the cable diameter. For cables of equal diameters Under "number of cables in one grip", find the diameter of your single cable in vertical column, see page N-27. Read the grip diameter range to the right. If your diameter is the maximum of the range shown, go to the next larger size for split grips, stay with the same size for closed grips. Example: 3 cables, each with .89 (2.26) diameter, for a closed grip select the 1.50-1.74 (3.81-4.42) range, for a split grip select the 1.75-1.99 (4.44-5.05) range. CAUTION When a grip is used on multiple cables, the tail end of the grip should be banded after positioning on the cables. NEC(R) is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). N-26 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Wire Management Products Multiple Cable, Grip Selection Chart Selection Chart for Determining Grip Size When More Than One Cable is Held in a Single Grip Co n d u i t R i s e r Pu l l i n g a n d S u p p o r t Under "Number of Cables in One Grip", find the diameter range of your cables in vertical column. Read grip size and grip diameter range to the left. If your diameter is the maximum of the range shown, go to the next larger size for split grips or stay with the same size for closed grips. Inches (cm) Example: 3 cables, each with .89 in. diameter, a closed grip would use a 150 grip size while a split grip would use a 175 grip size. Number of Cables in One Grip Grip Size Grip Dia. Range Inches (cm) 2 3 4 5 6 and 7 8 9 50 .50"-.61" (1.27-1.55) .30"-.38" (.76-.97) .25"-.31" (.63-.79) .22"-.27" (.56-.69) .19"-.24" (.48-.61) .17"-.22" (.43-.56) .15"-.19" (.38-.48) .14"-.18" (.36-.46) 62 .62"-.74" (1.57-1.88) .38"-.44" (.97-1.12) .31"-.36" (.79-.91) .27"-.31" (.69-.79) .24"-.29" (.61-.74) .22"-.26" (.56-.66) .19"-.23" (.48-.56) .18"-.21" (.46-.53) 75 .75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) .44"-.59" (1.12-1.50) .36"-.49" (.91-1.24) .31"-.42" (.79-1.07) .29"-.38" (.74-.97) .26"-.34" (.66-.86) .23"-.31" (.58-.79) .21"-.28" (.53-.71) 100 1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15) .59"-.75" (1.50-1.90) .49"-.63" (1.24-1.60) .42"-.54" (1.07-1.37) .38"-.48" (.97-1.22) .34"-.43" (.86-1.09) .31"-.39" (.79-.99) .28"-.35" (.71-.89) 125 1.25"-1.49" (3.17-3.78) .75"-.90" (1.90-2.29) .63"-.76" (1.60-1.93) .54"-.65" (1.37-1.65) .48"-.58" (1.22-1.47) .43"-.52" 1.09-1.32) .39"-.46" (.99-1.17) .35"-.42" (.89-1.07) 150 1.49"-1.74" (3.81-4.42) .90"-1.07" (2.29-2.72) .76"-.89" (1.93-2.26 .65"-.77" (1.65-1.96) .58"-.67" (1.47-1.70) .52"-.60" (1.32-1.52) .46"-.54" (1.17-1.37) .42"-.49" (1.07-1.24) 175 1.75"-1.99" (4.44-5.05) 1.07"-1.22" (2.72-3.10) .89"-1.02" (2.26-2.59) .77"-.88" (1.96-2.24) .67"-.77" (1.70-1.96) .60"-.69" (1.52-1.75) .54"-.62" (1.37-1.57) .49"-.56" (1.24-1.42) 200 2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 1.22"-1.53" (3.10-3.89) 1.02"-1.28" (2.59-3.25) .88"-1.10" (2.24-2.79) .77"-.96" (1.96-2.44) .69"-.86" (1.75-2.18) .62"-.77" (1.57-1.96) .56"-.71" (1.42-1.80) 250 2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 1.53"-1.83" (3.89-4.65) 1.28"-1.53" (3.25-3.89) 1.10"-1.32" (2.79-3.35) .96"-1.16" (2.44-2.95) .86"-1.03" (2.18-2.62) .77"-.93" (1.96-2.36) .71"-.85" (1.80-2.16) 300 3.00"-3.49" (7.62-8.86) 1.83"-2.14" (4.65-5.44) 1.53"-1.79" (3.89-4.55) 1.32"-1.54" (3.35-3.91 1.16"-1.35" (2.95-3.43) 1.03"-1.20" (2.62-3.05) .93"-1.08" (2.36-2.74) .85"-.99" (2.16-2.51) 350 3.50"-3.99" (8.89-10.13) 2.14"-2.44" (5.44-6.20) 1.79"-2.05" (4.55-5.21) 1.54"-1.76" (3.91-4.47) 1.35"-1.54" (3.43-3.91) 1.20"-1.37" (3.05-3.48) 1.08"-1.24" (2.74-3.15) .99"-1.13" (2.51-2.87) 400 4.00"-4.49" (10.16-11.40) 2.44"-2.75" (6.20-6.98) 2.05"-2.30" (5.21-5.84) 1.76"-1.98" (4.47-5.03) 1.54"-1.74" (3.91-4.42) 1.37"-1.55" (3.48-3.94) 1.24"-1.39" (3.15-3.53) 1.13"-1.27" (2.87-3.23) 450 4.50"-4.99" (11.43-12.67) 2.75"-3.06" (6.98-7.77) 2.30"-2.56" (5.84-6.50) 1.98"-2.20" (5.03-5.59) 1.74"-1.93" (4.42-4.90) 1.55"-1.72" (3.94-4.37) 1.39"-1.55" (3.53-3.94) 1.27"-1.41" (3.23-3.58) 50 .50"-.62" (1.27-1.57) .29"-.36" (.74-.91) .24"-.30" (.61-.76) .21"-.25" (.53-.63) .18"-.22" (.46-.56) .16"-.20" (.41-.51) .15"-.18" (.38-.46) .14"-.17" (.36-.43) 62 .63"-.74" (1.60-1.88) .37"-.43" (.94-1.09) .31"-.36" (.79-.91) .26"-.30" (.66-.76) .23"-.27" (.58-.69) .21"-.24" (.53-.61) .19"-.22" (.48-.56) .18"-.20" (.46-.51) 75 .75"-.99" (1.90-2.51) .44"-.58" (1.12-1.47) 37"-.48" (.94-1.22) .31"-.41" (.79-1.04) .28"-.36" (.71-.91) .25"-.32" (.63-.81) .23"-.29" (.58-.74) .21"-.27" (.53-.69) 100 1.00"-1.24" (2.54-3.15) .59"-.72" (1.50-1.83) .49"-.60" (1.24-1.52) .42"-.51" (1.07-1.30) .37"-.45" (.94-1.14) .33"-.40" (.84-1.02) .30"-.36" (.76-.91) .28"-.34" (.71-.86) 125 1.25"-1.49" (3.17-3.78) .73"-.87" (1.85-2.21) .61"-.72" (1.55-1.83) .52"-.61" (1.32-1.55) .46"-.54" (1.17-1.37) .41"-.48" (1.04-1.22) .37"-.43" (.94-1.09) .35"-.40" (.89-1.02) 150 1.50"-1.74" (3.81-4.42) .88"-1.01" (2.24-2.57) .73"-.85" (1.85-2.16) .62"-.71" (1.57-1.80) .55"-.63" (1.40-1.60) .49"-.56" (1.24-1.42) .44"-.51" (1.12-1.30) .41"-.47" (1.04-1.19) 175 1.75"-1.99" (4.44-5.05) 1.02"-1.16" (2.59-2.95) .86"-.96" (2.18-2.44) .72"-.81" (1.83-2.06) .64"-.72" (1.63-1.83) .57"-.64" (1.45-1.63) .52"-.58" (1.32-1.49) .48"-.54" (1.22-1.37) 200 2.00"-2.49" (5.08-6.32) 1.17"-1.44" (2.97-3.66) .97"-1.20" (2.46-3.05) .82"-1.02" (2.08-2.59) .73"-.90" (1.85-2.29) .65"-.80" (1.65-2.03) .59"-.72" (1.50-1.83) .55"-.67" (1.40-1.70) 250 2.50"-2.99" (6.35-7.59) 1.45"-1.73" (3.68-4.39) 1.21"-1.45" (3.07-3.68) 1.03"-1.22" (2.62-3.10) .91"-1.08" (2.31-2.74) .81"-.96" (2.06-2.44) .73"-.87" (1.85-2.21) .68"-.81" (1.73-2.06) 300 3.00"-3.49" (7.62-8.86) 1.74"-2.02" (4.42-5.13) 1.46"-1.69" (3.71-4.29) 1.23"-1.43" (3.12-3.63) 1.09"-1.26" (2.77-3.20) .97"-1.11" (2.46-2.82) .83"-1.01" (2.11-2.57) .82"-.94" (2.08-2.39) 350 3.50"-3.99" (8.89-10.13) 2.75"-3.06" (5.16-5.87) 1.70"-1.93" (4.32-4.90) 1.44"-1.63" (3.66-4.14) 1.27"-1.44" (3.23-3.66) 1.12"-1.27" (2.84-3.23) 1.02"-1.15" (2.59-2.92) .95"-1.08" (2.41-2.74) Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ N-27 Wire Management Products Technical Data Bryant Pulling Grips are reusable tools for pulling electrical cable, bare conductor or rope. They are easy and fast to install, providing the user with a smooth, slim profile that allows for easy passage through ducts and conduit. Bryant Pulling Grips are made of the highest quality galvanized steel strand which assures the user of a long lasting grip. There is a Bryant Pulling Grip for every pulling job. CAUTION It is very important to comply with all of the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in property damage, personal injury or death. 1. Pulling grips are to be installed by a qualified individual in accordance with all applicable national and local safety, electrical and rigging codes. 2. Ensure that the correct grip is selected for your specific needs. 3. Do not use a pulling grip for any application other than pulling cable. 4. Thoroughly examine the grip for damage. Do not use a damaged grip. 5. Ensure that the recommended work load of the grip is suitable for the application. Never use grips at their approximated rated breaking strength. A safety factor of 5 is recommended for pulling grips. 6. Do not alter grips in any way. For example, do not modify pulling eyes, shoulders, fittings or lugs. 7. Do not attach any type of pulling hardware to any point on the grip other than the pulling eye. The pulling eye is the only acceptable means of attachment to external hardware. 8. Always apply 2 bands at 1" and 2" respectively, from the tail end of the mesh to guard against accidental release of the grip. Accidental release can occur if an object contracts and pushes against the tail end of the mesh, thereby expanding and releasing its hold. Select The Correct Pulling Grip Each Bryant Grip is designed to work on a specific range of cable diameters. Step 1 Refer to the chart below to determine the style of grip best suited for your application. Step 2 Determine your cable outside diameter. Step 3 Find the grip size that encompasses your cable diameter. Step 4 Estimate the tension to be put on the grip, establish the working load you require and compare this to the listed approximate breaking strength of the grip to insure that the grip will be strong enough. Refer to page N-26 for safety and working load factors. Pulling Grip Selection Chart Grip Style Application Page Number Multiple strength, flexible eye Normal overhead transmission and distribution line stringing for bare or insulated conductor. N-4 Rotating eye grip Underground power cables and communication lines. Service lines into factories. N-5 Flexible eye grip Underground power cables and communication lines. Service lines into factories. N-5 Light duty, flexible eye Light pulling, underground electrical construction. Industrial plant wiring and rewiring jobs. N-6 Junior, flexible eye Connect bundled insulated building wire to a pulling tape. Pull wire through conduit. N-6 Slack pulling, closed mesh Remove underground cable. For pulling slack in final placement of new cable when end of cable is available. N-7 Slack pulling, split mesh Remove underground cable. For pulling slack in final placement of new cable rawhide lace closing when end of cable is not available. N-7 Pulling Grip Accessories Tools, bands and swivels. N-8 Splicing Temporary splice for cable or wire rope. N-22 N-28 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Wire Management Products Technical Data Overhead Pulling Multiple Strength Grips Multiple Strength Pulling Grips are designed for pulling aluminum or copper bare conductor, ground wires, messenger strands, wire rope and insulated cables. They are made of high strength galvanized steel strand and feature a multi-weave mesh construction of single, double and triple weave for firm holding power. Application Bryant Multiple Strength Grips are ideal for overhead transmission and distribution line stringing where moderate loading is anticipated. They are economical tools for attaching conductors to pulling lines and double socking for conductor-toconductor connections. Flexible Eye Feature Multiple Strength Grips are also available with a flexible, patented wire rope eye. This compact eye will mate with a swivel, and pass through blocks and sheaves without binding. Benefits * Economical, high strength pulling tool * Multi-weave construction provides greater strength and holding power * Endless Weave Grip end lies flat on the cable and will not snag Note: 1. Do not run grips or swivels over bullwheels while under tension. 2. Two Punch-Lok (R) bands should be firmly attached approximately 1" and 2" (2.54cm and 5.08cm) from the grip's tail. Banding is required to ensure maximum reliability and guard against accidental release. See page N-8. Components Shoulder Protectors Color Coded Tail Mesh End of Conductor or Cable Bands (Double Wrapped) Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Flexible Eye (Patented) N-29 Wire Management Products Technical Data Underground Pulling Rotating Eye and Flexible Eye Grips Rotating Eye Application Rotating Eye Pulling Grips are specially designed for use in the installation of underground power cables, communication lines and service lines into factories, shopping centers, construction projects and general underground electrical construction. Rotating Eye Feature Rotating Eye Grips come equipped with a forged steel rotating eye which can be attached to a swivel. The forged eye is durable, compact and streamlined, and will thread through blocks and sheaves without binding. The rotating eye is not a swivel and will not turn while under tension, it can turn to relieve pulling torque when the tension is relaxed. If constant swivel action is required, a swivel should be used. For swivel dimensions, see page N-8. Benefits * * * * An economical tool for pulling cable Safe, rugged and dependable Equipped with a rotating eye for spin out of pulling torque after load release Easily installed and removed Rotating Eye Dimensions 3/16 R. B Inches (cm) Rotating Eye Dimensions Inches (cm) A B C D F " (2.22) 1" (2.54) 1" (3.49) 1" (4.13) 1" (4.76) " (2.22) 1" (2.54) 1" (3.49) 1" (4.13) 1" (4.76) " (.71) " (1.27) " (1.27) " (1.59) "(1.67) " (1.27) " (1.43) " (1.75) " (2.22) 1" (2.54) " (2.22) " (2.06) 1" (2.54) 1" (3.02) 1" (3.49) 2" (6.67) 3" (8.89) 4" (11.43) 5" (13.49) 6" (15.56) F C A 1/8 R. D Flexible Eye Application Bryant Flexible Eye Pulling Grips are made of high strength galvanized steel strand. They feature double weave mesh for positive holding power in medium to heavy pulling jobs. The grip eye will easily attach to a swivel. Flexible Eye Feature Flexible Eye Pulling Grips are used for the installation of underground power cables, communication lines and service lines into factories, construction projects and for general underground electrical construction. Available in two mesh lengths, short for medium pulls and standard for general purpose pulling. Benefits * * * * * Will pull a single cable or cable bundles Patented flexible eye design provides flexibility to follow line of pull A dependable, reusable pulling tool Easily installed and removed Mates easily with a swivel, see page N-8 N-30 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Section O Lampholders, Starters and Adapters Table of Contents Page Incandescent Lampholders Porcelain and Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O-2 Fluorescent Lampholders Medium Bi-Pin and Slimline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O-2 Recessed Double Contact and Snap-In Quickwire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O-3 Lampholder Accessories Incandescent Lampholders and Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O-5 Lamp Switches and Snap-in Receptacles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O-5 Fluorescent Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O-6 Technical Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . O-6 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ O-1 Lampholders, Starters and Adapters Incandescent Lampholders Incandescent Lampholders: * 2 or 4 screw termination allows for quick feed through * 6 inch pigtail accommodates twist on wire connectors Fluorescent Lampholders: * Thermoplastic construction available for HO (High Output), slimline, or Bi-pin types Porcelain Lampholders Description RL8804 Keyless, white, 4 terminal screws RL8806 Keyless, white, 6 inch pigtails RL8812 Pull chain, white, 2 terminal screws RL8816 Pull chain, white, 6 inch pigtails Rating 660W 250V 660W 250V 660W 250V 660W 250V RL8506 Keyless, white, 6 inch pigtails 660W 600V RL8512 Pull chain, white, 2 terminal screws 660W 250V RL8516 Pull chain, white, 6 inch pigtails 660W 250V Catalog Number RL8822 Pull chain with receptacle, white, 2 terminal screws 660W 125V, 15A 125V, NEMA 5-15R Plastic Lampholders Catalog Number Description Rating RL8504 Keyless, white, 4 terminal screws 660W 600V Incandescent Brass Lampholders RL101* Catalog Number RL102* RL105* Medium base socket, brass, ON/OFF Turn knob, 3-way Push through 250W 250V 660W 250V Turn knob, single 250W 250V Description Rating RL106* RL100** Medium base socket Keyless, brass 660W 250V Pull chain 660W 250V Note: *UL and cUL. **UL and CSA. Product Dimensions Inches (mm) Porcelain RL8804 A B C Plastic A B C 4.35" (110.5) 1.50" (38.1) 1.84" (46.7) RL8806 RL8812 RL8816 RL8822 4.35" (110.5) 1.50" (38.1) 1.84" (46.7) 4.55" (115.6) 1.55" (39.4) 1.84" (46.7) 4.55" (115.6) 1.55" (39.4) 1.84" (46.7) 4.55" (115.6) 1.55" (39.4) 1.84" (46.7) RL8504 RL8506 RL8512 RL8516 4.55" (115.6) 1.55" (39.4) 1.57" (39.9) 4.55" (115.6) 1.55" (39.4) 1.57" (39.9) 4.55" (115.6) 1.55" (39.4) 1.57" (39.9) 4.55" (115.6) 1.55" (39.4) 1.57" (39.9) www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ B B C Porcelain O-2 A A C Plastic Specifications are subject to change without notice. Lampholders, Starters and Adapters Fluorescent Lampholders Compact Fluorescent Lampholders Catalog Number RL479HSM RL413HSI RL413HSM Description G23 base 5W, 7W, 9W 75W 600V Horizontal, screw-down GX23 base 13W 75W 600V Horizontal, snap-in GX23 base 13W 75W 600V Horizontal, screw-down Lamp Type Rating Mounting RL426G24 G24Q-3, GX24Q-4 26-32W 75W 600V Horizontal, screw-down RL42G11HSM 2G11 base, 4 pin 18-55W 75W 600V Horizontal, screw-down RL42G11H9 2G11 base, 4 pin 18-55W 75W 600V Vertical 90, snap-in RL42G11C Clip for 2G11 lampholders base Adjustable, snap-in High Output Fluorescent Lampholders Catalog Number RL305* RL306* RL307 RL308 RL356 RL357 Description Plunger Horizontal Recessed double contact 660W 600V Pedestal, slide-on Fixed Horizontal Recessed double contact 660W 600V Pedestal, slide-on Plunger Horizontal Recessed double contact 660W 600V Slide-on, snap-in Fixed Horizontal Recessed double contact 660W 600V Slide-on, snap-in Plunger Vertical Power groove & jacketed lamps 660W 600V Slide-on, snap-in Fixed Vertical Power groove & jacketed lamps 660W 600V Slide-on, snap-in Lamp Type Rating Mounting Slimline Type Fluorescent Lampholder Medium Bi-Pin Fluorescent Lampholders - T8 and T12 Catalog Number Description Lamp Type Rating Mounting RL320 Disconnect, 4-wire Bi-pin/tall profile 660W 600V Slide-on and snap-in with captive nut RL325 Disconnect, 4-wire Bi-pin/low profile 660W 600V Slide-on and snap-in with captive nut RL325B Shunted, 2-wire Bi-pin/low profile 660W 600V Slide-on and snap-in RL310* Plunger Single pin 660W 600V Slide-on and snap-in RL311* Fixed Single pin 660W 600V Slide-on and snap-in Note: *UL and cUL. Product Dimensions Inches (mm) A B C D E A B C D E F G RL479HSM RL413HSI RL413HSM RL426G24 RL42G11HSM RL42G11H9 1.28" (32.5) 0.69" (17.5) 1.28" (32.5) 1.28" (32.5) 0.09" (2.3) 0.77" (19.5) 0.69" (17.5) 1.28" (32.5) 1.35" (34.3) -- 1.28" (32.5) 0.69" (17.5) 1.28" (32.5) 1.16" (29.5) 0.09" (2.3) 1.31" (33.3) 1.13" (28.7) 1.54" (39.1) -- 0.16" (4.0) 1.83" (46.5) 0.83" (21.0) -- 0.94" (24.0) -- RL305 RL306 RL310 RL311 1.45" (36.8) 1.20" (30.5) 1.90" (48.3) 1.26" (32.0) 0.14" (3.6) 1.12" (28.4) 0.75" (19.1) 1.45" (36.8) 1.20" (30.5) 1.90" (48.3) 1.26" (32.0) 0.14" (3.6) 1.12" (28.4) -- 1.54" (39.1) 1.50" (38.1) 1.90" (48.3) -- 0.14" (3.6) 0.75" (19.1) 1.12" (28.4) 1.31" (33.3) 1.13" (28.7) 1.54" (39.1) -- 0.16" (4.1) 1.20" (30.5) -- Specifications are subject to change without notice. F G B C E A F 1.32" (33.5) 1.14" (29.0) 1.92" (48.7) -- 0.16" (4.0) D www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ C B E A A B C D E D RL320 RL325/B 1.23" (31.2) 1.75" (44.5) 2.14" (54.4) -- 0.38" (9.7) 1.23" (31.2) 1.28" (32.5) 1.65" (41.9) 0.70" (17.8) 0.37" (9.4) B C E A D O-3 Lampholders, Starters and Adapters Incandescent Lampholders HID Incandescent Lampholders, Porcelain Keyless Catalog Number RL4221* RL5221 RL3742 3743R Description Mogul base Mogul base Medium base prefocus, porcelain, white Medium base, thermoplastic, black Lamp Type E39 socket EX39 socket Bayonet socket Bayonet HID socket Rating 1500W 600V Max, 4KV or 5KV PULSE 1500W 600V Max, 5KV PULSE 1200W 250V 1000W 250V Mounting Screw mount, 12 inch leads Screw mount, 12 inch leads Screw mount Screw mount Note: *UL Listed, CSA Certified. Straight Body, Porcelain Keyless Catalog Number RL162 RL156 RL157 RL160 RL158 RL159 Medium base, shallow base Description Medium base Medium base Medium base Medium base Medium base, low profile Lamp Type E26 socket E26 socket E26 socket E26 socket E26 socket E26 socket Rating 660W 250V 660W 250V 660W 250V 660W 250V 660W 250V 660W 250V Mounting Screw mount, screw terminals Screw mount, 12 inch leads NPSF1/8 hickey with terminals NPSF1/8 hickey with 12 inch leads Front panel mount, snap-in Front panel mount, snap-in Surface and Sign Mount, Medium Base Catalog Number RL152 RL153 RL161 RL163 RL164 Description Medium base, porcelain, pony cleat Medium Base, plastic, black, pony cleat Medium base, porcelain Medium base, porcelain Medium base, porcelain Lamp Type E26 socket E26 socket E26 socket E26 socket E26 socket Rating 660W 250V 660W 250V 660W 250V 660W,250V 660W 250V Mounting 1 piece, surface mount 1 piece, surface mount 2 piece, surface mount 2 piece, sign mount with leads 2 piece, sign mount with terminals Product Dimensions Inches (mm) #8-32 Mounting Screws 1.93 (49.0) 2.18 (55.4) R .73 (18.5) 1.38" (34.9) 2.16" (54.7) 1.38" (34.9) O 1.92 (48.8) 1.13 (28.7) 1.93 (49.0) .46 (11.7) RL4221 O-4 2.64" (67.0) RL3742 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ RL152 Specifications are subject to change without notice. Lampholders, Starters and Adapters Lampholder Accessories Incandescent Lampholders, Medium Base Catalog Number RL124* RL124H RL202 Description Pigtail medium base socket with 6 inch leads, rubber with #18 gauge wire Phenolic medium base socket with hook, insulation piercing termination Medium lampholder to lampholder adapter, pull chain with two 2-prong outlets without ground Rating 660W 250V 660W 250V 660W 125V 15A 125V Note: *cCSAus Certified only. Incandescent Adapters, Medium Base Catalog Number RL150 Description Rating Medium to medium base extension, screw-in, E26 to E26 socket 250W 250V RL154 RL200 RL201 Mogul to medium base adapter, screw-in, E39 to E26 socket Outlet adapter, 2-prong plug to medium lampholder Medium lampholder adapter, medium lampholder to outlet without ground 660W 250V 15A 660W 125V, 15A 125V, NEMA 1-15R 15A 125V, NEMA 1-15R Lamp Switches Catalog Number RL120 RL121 RL122 RL125 Description Pull chain switch, 2 circuit, L1/L2/L1+L2/OFF Pull chain switch, SPST ON/OFF Pull chain switch, L1/L2/L3/OFF Rotary switch, SPST ON/OFF Rating 6A 125V AC, 3A 250V AC, 3A 125V "L" 6A 125V AC, 3A 250V AC, 3A 125V "L" 6A 125V AC, 3A 250V AC 6A 125V AC, 3A 250V AC, 3A 125V "L" Note: 6 inch wire leads are #18 AWG AWM/TEW 105C 600V. Snap-in Receptacles * Accommodate panel thickness of .031 to .062 inch (0.7 to 1.5 mm) * Panel cutout .95 x .95 inch (24.1 x 24.1 mm) * #14 AWG 6 inch AWM/TEW FT1 105C 600V on black and white leads * #14 AWG 6 inch AWM/TEW FT1 600V on green lead Catalog Number RR374 RR374W Description Single receptacle, black Single receptacle, white Rating 15A 125V, 3-wire NEMA 5-15R 15A 125V, 3-wire NEMA 5-15R Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ O-5 Lampholders, Starters and Adapters Fluorescent Starters and Technical Information Fluorescent Starters, Standard Type Catalog Number Number of Pins Lamp Watts FS2A 2 14, 15 and 20 FS4A 2 13, 30 and 40 FS5A 2 4, 6 and 8 FS25A 2 25 Technical Information RL5221 HID Incandescent Lampholder RL426G24 Compact Fluorescent Lampholder Specification Specification Rating 1500W 600V Max, 5KV Pulse Rating 26-32W lamp type, 75W 600V Mechanical Mechanical Material Glazed porcelain body with ceramic arc shield Screw shell: Brass with nickel plate Material High Strength Polycarbonate Terminal Accommodation Terminal Accommodation Wire leads: #14 AWG SF-2 (SEW-2) 200C, 600V glass braid, 12 inch long, stripped 1/2 inch wire. Mogul Base EX39 lampholder used with ANSI type "o" metal halide lamps, opeO-rated protected lamps, for use in open or enclosed luminaires. "EX" style exclusionary base designed specifically for operation with protected sockets. Suitable as G24Q-3 or GX24Q4 type base, horizontal mount, screw down. Push-in wire terminals for #18 AWG solid or twist and tin stripped inch wire. Maximum 6.5 inch lbs conductor insertion force. Wiring port accepts 2 wires for harness wiring. Product Dimensions Inches (mm) .81" (20.6) Dia. 5.00 (.20") 4.00 (.16") 1.31" (33.3) 28.80 (1.13") 34.00 (1.34") Fluorescent Starters 1.43" (36.3) #8-32 Mounting Screws 35.40 (1.39") 33.00 (1.30") O 4.00 (.16") 2.13" (54.0) 1.37" (34.9) 20.60 (.81") 25.40 (1.00") 3.02" (76.6) RL5221 O-6 RL426G24 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Section P Delivery Systems Table of Contents Page Countertop Pop-Up Receptacles Product Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P-2 15 & 20 Amp Tamper-Resistant Countertop Receptacles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P-3 Floor Boxes Floor Boxes for Structural Wood Floors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P-4 Floor Boxes for Structural Concrete Floors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P-5 Product Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P-5 Under Cabinet/Counter Power and Low Voltage Device Distribution Slim Fit and GFCI Fit Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P-6 Vertical or Horizontal Mount and Product Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P-6 Metal Raceway HBL500, HBL700 and HBL750 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P-7 HBL2000 Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P-9 Metal PlugTrak(R) 15 and 20 Amp 125V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P-10 Tamper-Resistant and USB Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P-10 Accessories Thermoplastic Communication Frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P-11 Technical Information Wire Fill Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P-12 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P-12 Aluminum Service Poles Aluminum Series Offering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P-13 FloorTrak(R) Floor Cable Covers FloorTrak(R) FT2, FT3, FT4, FT10 Series and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P-14 Product Dimensions and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P-14 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ P-1 Delivery Systems Countertop Pop-Up Receptacles Because Spills Happen Countertop Receptacles Hubbell Pop-Up Receptacles for countertops provide a power source ideal for kitchen and bath counters and islands. Hubbell is the first to market a countertop receptacle that is UL Listed. It allows compliance with NEC(R) 406.5(E) [countertops], 406.5(F) [work surfaces], and 406.5(H) [seating areas]. Pop-Up Receptacles are tested and water resistant to a half gallon spill. The receptacles feature Hubbell's patent pending silicone gaskets and patented cam action tamper-resistant technology. The compact design minimizes space required on the countertop as well as underneath in the cabinet area. Hubbell Countertop Receptacles are Spill Test Compliant Hubbell Countertop Receptacles are the first pop-up receptacles UL listed for countertop applications and permanent installations. UL 498 Section 146 Built and listed to be water resistant to a half gallon of liquid spilled on the device. Housing Design * Features two water and tamperresistant receptacles * Surface or flush mount options * Self sealing silicone gaskets at the receptacle face * Compact design Safety * Self sealing silicone gaskets at the receptacle face * Easy push down to pop-up function is rated for a minimum of 10,000 cycles (OPEN/CLOSE) Installation * Easy installation - simply drop it in and tighten * Permanent installation ready (suitable for MC cable or non-metallic sheath cable) Mounting Installation Surface Flush Flange with chamfer Flange without chamfer Covers * Seven different finishes available NEC(R) is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). P-2 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Delivery Systems Countertop Pop-Up Receptacles Listed file# E2186 15 Amp Countertop Receptacles Description Finish Color/Material Surface Mount Flush Mount 15A 125V Tamper-Resistant Pop-Up Kitchen Counter Receptacle, Rated for 20A circuits Brushed Aluminum Brass Nickel RCT200ALU RCT200BR RCT200NI RCT201ALU RCT201BR RCT201NI Polished Chrome RCT200CH RCT201CH Powder Coated Bronze Matte Black Matte White Matte RCT200BZE RCT200BK RCT200W RCT201BZE RCT201BK RCT201W RCT200BK 20 Amp Countertop Receptacles Description Finish Color/Material Surface Mount Flush Mount 20A 125V Tamper-Resistant Pop-Up Kitchen Counter Receptacle. Brushed Aluminum Brass Nickel RCT220ALU RCT220BR RCT220NI RCT221ALU RCT221BR RCT221NI Polished Chrome RCT220CH RCT221CH Powder Coated Bronze Matte Black Matte White Matte RCT220BZE RCT220BK RCT220W RCT221BZE RCT221BK RCT221W RCT221ALU Brushed Aluminum Brushed Brass Brushed Nickel Polished Chrome Powder Coated Bronze Matte Powder Coated Black Matte Powder Coated White Matte Specifications Performance Materials Configuration Circuit Rating Listings Dielectric Voltage Terminal Accommodation Terminal Identification Flammability Operating Temperature 15/20 amp 125 volt, tamper-resistant receptacle 20 amp non-feed through cULus Listed to UL498, Section 145 Mechanical Load Test, 146 Spill Test Withstands 2,000V minimum #14-#12 AWG copper stranded or solid conductor only Terminals identified in accordance with UL 498 and CSA UL 94V-2 Maximum continuous 75C, minimum -40C (w/o impact) Cover and Flange Main Body Wiring Chamber Water Seals Die cast aluminum Engineered thermoplastic PBT Die cast aluminum Elastomers and silicon Product Dimensions Inches (mm) O 4.00" (101.6) 1.69" (42.8) Surface Installation Flange with Chamfer Accepts non-metallic sheathed cable and/or metal conduit (by using wire clamp or 1/2" KO) Surface Installation O 4.00" (101.6) .09" (2.3) Countertop Flush Installation Flange without Chamfer O 3.47" - 3.63" (88.1 - 92.2) 4.70" (119.0) Flush Installation O 4.00" (101.6) O 3.40" (86.4) O 4.20" (106.7) Locknut Counterbore .09" (2.3) Countertop O 3.47" - 3.63" (88.1 - 92.2) Note: Recommended to be fed by a GFCI circuit, up to 20 Amp Service. Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ P-3 Delivery Systems Floor Boxes for Structural Wood Floors Wood floor boxes allow for the placement of electrical power or a combination of power and voice/data devices. Boxes easily mount into the floor and are height adjustable (up to 3/4 inch) for optimal alignment and fit. * Recessed receptacle minimizes plug protrusion, allows furniture to be located over the plug * Pre-assembled flange and cover * Removable neoprene gaskets * Optional low voltage divider * Height accessible adjustments after the box is mounted Floor Boxes for Wood Floors TR Rating Material Finish NEMA 5-15, Solid Brass Clear Lacquer 15A 125V Aluminum Stainless Paint Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum 15A 125V Solid Brass NEMA 5-15R UL CSA Aluminum 0.5 HP Aluminum Aluminum Steel NEMA 5-20, Solid Brass 20A 125V Almond Paint Black Paint Chestnut Brown Brass Plate Chrome Plate Copper Plate Nickel Plate -- Clear Lacquer TR Decorator Flange and Duplex Receptacle, Hinged Door Floor Box Kit Cover Assembly RF515BR RF515SS RF515AL RF515BK RF515BN RF515BP RF515CH RF515CU RF515NI -- -- RF506BR RF506SS RF506AL RF506BK RF506BN RF506BP RF506CH RF506CU RF506NI -- -- TR TR TR Replacement Door Only Adjustable Floor Box, Steel Drop in Floor Box Single Duplex Receptacle, Receptacle, Floor Box Rated Display Rated RF507BR RF507SS RF507AL RF507BK RF507BN RF507BP RF507CH RF507CU RF507NI -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- RF500 -- RF151R -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- RF201R RF151TR -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- RF6500BR -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 20A 125V NEMA 5-20R UL CSA 1 HP Note: See page P-3 for dimensional art. JLOAD(R) Multimedia Outlet (for use with RF500 and RF400 series) TR TR JLOAD(R) Multimedia Outlet, Tamper-Resistant, Provides Power in a Single-Gang Box Rating Color Almond Black Gray Ivory Light Almond 15A 125V White NEMA 5-15R UL CSA 0.5 HP 5-20, NEMA Almond 20A 125V Black Gray Ivory Light Almond 20A 125V White NEMA 5-20R NEMA 5-15, 15A 125V JLOAD(R) Multimedia Box, Steel with Cat. 5e and Coaxial with Two Open Ports for Wall Mount Only RJ650ALTR RJ650BKTR RJ650GYTR RJ650ITR RJ650LATR RJ650WTR RJ620ALTR RJ620BKTR RJ620GYTR RJ620ITR RJ620LATR RJ620WTR RJ65ALTR RJ65BKTR RJ65GYTR RJ65ITR RJ65LATR RJ65WTR RJ62ALTR RJ62BKTR RJ62GYTR RJ62ITR RJ62LATR RJ62WTR RJ600 RJ600 UL CSA Note: 1 HPSee page R-6 for tamper-resistant description. P-4 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Delivery Systems Floor Boxes for Structural Concrete Floors Round non-metallic floor box offers an economical solution for electrical power or a combination of power and voice/data applications. Designed for slab-on-grade installation. Quick and easy installation is assured using a push in place leveling system. * Recessed receptacle minimizes plug protrusion, allowing furniture to be located over the plug * Pre-assembled flange, cover and leveling ring for quick installation * Removable neoprene gaskets allow for independent use of either side of the receptacle with the cover closed * Parallel PVC hubs for 1 inch and 3/4 inch conduit Floor Boxes For Concrete Floors Rating Material NEMA 5-15, Solid Brass 15A 125V Thermoplastic 15A 125V NEMA 5-15R UL CSA 0.5 HP Thermoplastic Thermoplastic Thermoplastic PVC Color/Finish Flange and Hinged Door Cover Assembly Tile Ring and Door Cover Assembly Floor Box with Concrete Protective Cover Replacement Door Only Low Voltage Divider Clear Lacquer Almond Black Chestnut Brown Gray Gray RF406BR RF406AL RF406BK RF406BN RF406GY -- RF409BR -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- RF400 RF407BR RF407AL RF407BK RF407BN RF407GY -- -- -- -- -- RF408 -- Product Dimensions Inches (mm) RF515 O 5.6" (143) RF151R 4.8"(121) RF406 O 2.5" (63) O 5.96"-6.00" (151.4-152.4) RF400 4.60" (116.8) 2.9" (74) 3.29" (83.6) 4X R .310" (7.9) O 5.63" (142.9) 2.9" (75) 3.2" (81) 4.8" (121) 0.9" (22) 0.2" (5) O 3.4" (86) Sym About This Plane 2.9" (74) 3.21"-3.22" (81.5-81.8) .91" (23.0) 0.9"(22) 2.4"(61) 0.3" (8) 7.8" (197) .86" (21.8) 3.1"(80) O 6.50" (165.1) Bolt Circle Ref 2.42"-2.44" (61.5-61.8) 4.8" (121) 1/2" Knockout 3 Places 6.80" (172.7) 4.60" (116.8) .12" (3.0) 2.43" (61.6) .925" (23.5) 6.00" (152.4) R .785" (19.9) O 4.75"-4.77" (120.7-121.2) O 5.07"-5.09" (128.8-129.3) www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ R .210" (5.3) R .653" (16.6) 2X .910" (23.0) O 1.310" (33.3) Specifications are subject to change without notice. .925" (23.5) O 1.046" (26.6) P-5 Delivery Systems Under Cabinet/Counter Power and Low Voltage Device Distribution Under Cabinet/Counter Boxes provide a convenient, out-of-sight way to distribute power and voice/data. These boxes comply with the NEC(R) for kitchen receptacles, with placement not more than 20 inches above the counter surface. They can also be placed under counter islands, not lower than 15 inches from the surface. * Use the new JLOAD(R) Multimedia Outlet, specifically designed to provide power, Category 5e and coaxial. Perfect for under cabinet TV, DVD and security systems. Enables multiple service in a small area. * Instead of compromising the decorative look of a granite backsplash or designer tiling, hide receptacles beneath cabinets and counters * Available with nylon or metal cover * Custom configurable, accepts any decorator style device * Mounting hardware included Under Cabinet/Counter Power Distribution Material Color Slim fit box, offers the slimmest, sleekest, most stylish option for low profile, out-of-sight mounting, devices sold separately Stainless Steel Metal Nylon -- White White RU100SS RU100W RU170W* GFCI fit box, designed for GFCI or JLOAD(R) accommodation where internal wiring space is needed, devices sold separately RU200SS RU200W RU270W* Note: *Steel box with nylon cover. Vertical Mount Horizontal Mount Optional Optional Product Dimensions Inches (mm) 3.40" (86.4) 3.40" (86.4) 5.57" (141.5) 5.57" (141.5) 1.95" (49.5) 1.55" (39.4) Slim Fit Box Gfci Fit Box NEC(R) is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). P-6 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Delivery Systems HBL500, HBL700 and HBL750 Series Metal Raceway .22 in2 (1.4 cm2) A: 0.76" (19.3 mm) B: 0.53" (13.5 mm) A HBL500 HBL700 Color Ivory White HBL700IV HBL700W Color Ivory White HBL750 .26 in2 (1.7 cm2) Base and Cover, 10 Ft. HBL50010IV HBL50010W HBL75010IV HBL75010W A - - HBL7505IV - .40 in2 (2.6 cm2) Note: See page P-9 for plates and communication frames. A HBL500 Color Internal Elbow External Elbow 90 Flat Elbow 45 Flat Elbow Raceway Fittings Ivory White HBL517IV HBL517W HBL518IV HBL518W HBL511IV HBL511W HBL512IV - HBL717IVA HBL717WA HBL718IVA HBL718WA HBL711IVA HBL711WA HBL712IVA - HBL500, Ivory HBL700 & White HBL750 External Elbow 11/2" Bend Radius HBL700 & Ivory HBL750 White Internal Twisted Elbows For Double Turns at Right Angles Color B A: 0.76" (19.3 mm) B: 0.85" (21.6 mm) HBL500, HBL700 and HBL750 Series Fittings Raceway Fittings B A: 0.76" (19.3 mm) B: 0.67" (16.9 mm) Base and Cover, 5 Ft. HBL5005IV - B Flat Elbow 11/2" Bend Radius HBL5711BRIVA - Right Elbow Left Elbow Internal Elbow 11/2" Bend Radius Tee Fitting Tee Fitting 11/2" Bend Radius HBL5711RHIVA HBL5711RHWA HBL5711LHIVA HBL5711LHWA HBL5717BRIVA - HBL5718BRIVA - HBL5715IVA HBL5715WA HBL5715BRIVA - Elbow Box Connector Right Angles to Boxes with 1/2" KO Elbow Conduit Connector Right Angles to 1/2" Conduit Combination 1/2" Connector No Offsetting Needed to 31/4" or 4" Box Adjustable Offset Connector with Two 1/2" KOs Entrance Connector 3/4" KO and 3/4" Chase Nipple Corner Box, for Connecting HBL500 or HBL750 Raceway from Ceiling or Corner HBL500, Ivory HBL700 & White HBL750 HBL5783IVA - HBL5784IVA - HBL5785AIVA HBL5785AWA HBL5786IVA HBL5786WA HBL5786AIVA HBL5786AWA HBL5719IVA HBL5719WA Raceway Fittings Color Transition Fitting* Mounting Wiremold(R) to Bryant Strap Connection Cover Bushing, Zinc Plated Steel Raceway Fittings HBL500 Ivory White HBL500TFIV - HBL504IV HBL504W HBL506IV HBL506W HBL502B HBL700 Ivory White HBL700TFIV - HBL7004IV HBL7004W HBL7006IV HBL7006W HBL7002B HBL500, Ivory HBL5700FIVA HBL700 & White HBL5700FWA HBL750 HBL750 Ivory White HBL750TFIV - HBL7504IV HBL7504W HBL7506IV HBL7506W HBL7502B Raceway Fittings Color HBL500, Ivory HBL700 & White HBL750 Raceway Fittings Color Color Flexible Section 18" Long Support Clip HBL5703IV HBL5703W Coupling, Galvanized Steel HBL5701C Note: *For transitioning from either Wiremold(R) V500 to Bryant HBL500 Raceway or Wiremold(R) V700 to Bryant HBL700 or HBL750 Raceway. Wiremold(R) is a registered trademark of The Wiremold Company. Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ P-7 Delivery Systems HBL500, HBL700 and HBL750 Series Metal Raceway HBL500, HBL700 and HBL750 Series Device Boxes(1) Standard Device Box, 13/4" Deep Color 1-Gang Ivory HBL5748IVA White HBL5748WA 2-Gang 3-Gang 4-Gang 5-Gang 6-Gang HBL57482IVA HBL57482WA HBL57483IVA HBL57483WA HBL57484IVA - HBL57485IVA - HBL57486IVA - 2-Gang 3-Gang 1-Gang 2-Gang 3-Gang HBL57472IVA HBL57472WA HBL57473IVA - HBL5744SIVA HBL5744SWA HBL5744S2IVA HBL5744S2WA HBL5744S3IVA - Deep Device Box, 21/4" Deep Shallow Device Box, 1" Deep Color 1-Gang Ivory HBL5747IVA White HBL5747WA Extra Deep Device Box, 23/4" Deep Color 1-Gang Ivory HBL5744IVA White HBL5744WA Extension Box, 13/4" Deep Extension Box Open Base, 1" Deep 2-Gang 3-Gang 1-Gang 2-Gang 3-Gang 1-Gang HBL57442IVA HBL57442WA HBL57443IVA - HBL5751IVA HBL5751WA HBL57512IVA - HBL57513IVA - HBL5751AIVA HBL5751AWA HBL500, HBL700 and HBL750 Series Round Extension and Fixture Boxes(1) Round Extension Box, Open Base Color 43/4" Dia. Ivory HBL5737IVA White HBL5737WA Color Blank Cover(3) Round Fixture Box, Solid Base 51/2" Dia. 6" Dia. 43/4" Dia. 51/2" Dia. 6" Dia. 1/2" Trade KO in Center HBL5737AIVA HBL5737AWA HBL5739AIVA - HBL5738IVA HBL5738WA HBL5738AIVA HBL5738AWA HBL5739IVA HBL5739WA HBL5736IV HBL5736W Round Fixture Box, for Audible Alarms Outlet Box 3" Dia. Blank Cover, for Use with HBL5733IV HBL5739AABIVA HBL5739AABWA HBL5733IVA - HBL5731IV - Fanbox, Fans Up to 50 lbs. Ivory HBL5738AFIVA White HBL5738AFWA HBL500, HBL700 and HBL750 Series Specialty Boxes(1) Color Device Box, Low-Profile 1" Deep Device Box, 1/2" side KOs 13/4" Deep Blank Extension Box, Open Base Utility Box, 1/2" KO Ivory White HBL5748SIVA HBL5748SWA HBL5745IVA HBL5745WA HBL5760IVA - HBL57242IVA HBL57242WA Color Alarm Device Box, 1" Deep Alarm Device Box, Extra Deep 23/4" Distribution Box, Mounting Screw Centers of 23/4", 31/2", 4" Ivory Red HBL5752IVA HBL5752RA HBL5753IVA HBL5753RA HBL5735IVA - HBL500, HBL700 and HBL750 Series Fittings Raceway Fittings HBL500, HBL700 & HBL750 Box Connector Conduit Connector 1/2" Male 3/4" Male 1/2" Female 3/4" Female Grounding Clamp, for 1/2" Conduit HBL5781 HBL5781A HBL5782C HBL5782A HBL5709GC Special Nipple(2) for 1/2" Trade Armored Cable Size KOs Connector Ground Clamp EMT 1/2" Connector(4) HBL5780 HBL5709 HBL5791 HBL5790B HBL500, HBL700 and HBL750 Series Tools(2) Raceway Tools Cutter Replacement Blade Bender HBL500 HBL700 HBL750 HBL605CUT HBL700CUT HBL607CUT HBL605K HBL700K HBL607K HBL600B Note: Touch-Up Pen, Ivory and White HBLIWEP HBLWWEP (1) Almond devices and plates match Ivory metal raceway. UL Listed or CSA Certified. (3) For use with HBL5735IVA, HBL5737IVA, HBL5737AIVA, HBL5739AIVA, HBL5738IVA, HBL5738AIVA and HBL5739IVA. (4) Use catalog number HBL5791 for connecting 1/2" EMT to all HBL5700 Series round and rectangular boxes having a 1/2" trade size KO. (2) Not P-8 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Delivery Systems HBL2000 Series Metal Raceway .89 in2 (5.7 cm2) B A A: 1.31" (33.3 mm) B: 0.83" (21.1 mm) Color Base and Cover*, 5 Ft. Cover*, 5 Ft. Base, 5 Ft. Ivory Gray HBL2000BCIV HBL2000BCGY HBL2000CIV HBL2000CGY HBL2000B5IV HBL2000B5GY Note: *Cover is .025" thick for up to 300V AC applications. HBL2000 Series Metal Raceway Fittings(1) Color 90 Flat Elbow 90 Flat Elbow, 11/2" Bend Radius Tee Fitting Tee Fitting, 11/2" Bend Radius External Elbow Coupling External Elbow, 11/2" Bend Radius Internal Elbow, 11/2" Bend Radius Ivory Gray HBL2011IV HBL2011GY HBL2011BRIV HBL2011BRGY HBL2015IV HBL2015GY HBL2015BRIV HBL2015BRGY HBL2018CIV HBL2018CGY HBL2018BRIV HBL2018BRGY HBL2017BRIV HBL2017BRGY Color Blank End Fitting Entrance End Fitting, 1/2" KOs Entrance End Fitting, Large Capacity, 1/2" and 3/4" KOs Cover Clip, to Hide Seams in Cover Flush Plate Adaptor Transition Fitting, Wiremold(R) to Bryant Ivory Gray HBL2010BIV HBL2010BGY HBL2010A2IV HBL2010A2GY HBL2010A3IV HBL2010A3GY HBL2006IV HBL2006GY HBL2051HIV HBL2051HGY HBL2000TFIV HBL2000TFGY Color Side Reducing Connector to HBL500 End Reducing Connector to HBL500 Ivory Gray HBL2089IV -- HBL2089EIV -- Coupling, Galvanized Steel Internal Corner Coupling, Galvanized Steel Wire Clip, Galvanized Steel Support Clip, Galvanized Steel, Temporary Use Only Ground Clamp, Galvanized Steel HBL2001C HBL2017TC HBL2000WCA HBL2003SC HBL2009GC HBL2000 Series Device Boxes(1) HBL2000 Series Tools(2) Color Device Box 1-Gang, 13/4" Deep Device Box 2-Gang, 13/4" Deep Raceway Tools Raceway Cutter Cutter Replacement Blade Set Touch-Up Paint Pen, Ivory and Gray Ivory Gray HBL2048IV HBL2048GY HBL20482IV HBL20482GY HBL2000 HBL620C HBL620BCK HBLIWEP HBLGWEP Note: (1) Almond (2) Not devices and plates match ivory metal raceway. UL Listed or CSA Certified. Wiremold(R) is a registered trademark of The Wiremold Company. Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ P-9 Delivery Systems Metal PlugTrak(R) 15 and 20 Amp 125V B A A: 1.31" (33.3 mm) B: 0.92" (23.4 mm) Metal PlugTrak(R) Catalog Number Gray Circuits Size Amps No. of Single Receptacles No. of USB Ports Receptacle Spacing (in.) Single 3 ft. 15A 6 -- 6 HBL20GB306IV HBL20GB306GY TR/Single 3 ft. 15A 6 -- 6 HBL20GB306IVTR HBL20GB306GYTR IG/Single 3 ft. 15A 6 -- 6 HBL20IG306IV HBL20IG306GY USB/Single 3 ft. 15A 2 2 12 HBL20GB312UIV Single 3 ft. 20A 6 -- 6 HBL24GB306IV HBL24GB306GY TR/Single 3 ft. 20A 6 -- 6 HBL24GB306IVTR HBL24GB306GYTR Single 5 ft. 15A 10 -- 6 HBL20GB506IV HBL20GB506GY IG/Single 5 ft. 15A 10 -- 6 HBL20IG506IV HBL20IG506GY Single 5 ft. 15A 5 -- 12 HBL20GB512IV HBL20GB512GY TR/Single 5 ft. 15A 5 -- 12 HBL20GB512IVTR HBL20GB512GYTR Two 5 ft. 15A 5 -- 12 HBL20GBA512IV HBL20GBA512GY IG/Single 5 ft. 15A 5 -- 12 HBL20IG512IV HBL20IG512GY Single 5 ft. 20A 10 -- 6 HBL24GB506IV HBL24GB506GY Single 5 ft. 20A 5 -- 12 HBL24GB512IV HBL24GB512GY TR TR TR Ivory -- TR/Single 5 ft. 20A 5 -- 12 HBL24GB512IVTR HBL24GB512GYTR Two 5 ft. 20A 5 -- 12 HBL24GBA512IV HBL24GBA512GY Single 6 ft. 15A 12 -- 6 HBL20GB606IV HBL20GB606GY TR Single 6 ft. 15A 8 -- 9 HBL20GB609IV HBL20GB609GY Single 6 ft. 15A 6 -- 12 HBL20GB612IV HBL20GB612GY Single 6 ft. 15A 4 -- 18 HBL20GB618IV HBL20GB618GY IG/Single 6 ft. 15A 12 -- 6 HBL20IG606IV HBL20IG606GY USB/Single 6 ft. 15A 4 4 12 HBL20GB612UIV -- Two 6 ft. 15A 8 -- 9 HBL20GBA609IV HBL20GBA609GY Two 6 ft. 15A 6 -- 12 HBL20GBA612IV HBL20GBA612GY Two 6 ft. 15A 4 -- 18 HBL20GBA618IV HBL20GBA618GY Single 6 ft. 20A 12 -- 6 HBL24GB606IV HBL24GB606GY Single 6 ft. 20A 6 -- 12 HBL24GB612IV HBL24GB612GY Single 6 ft. 20A 4 -- 18 HBL24GB618IV HBL24GB618GY Two 6 ft. 20A 6 -- 12 HBL24GBA612IV HBL24GBA612GY Two 6 ft. 20A 4 -- 18 HBL24GBA618IV HBL24GBA618GY Metal PlugTrak(R) Boxes and Fittings Description Catalog Number Description Catalog Number Description Catalog Number 1-Gang device box HBL2048IV* Cover clip HBL2006IV* Supporting clip HBL2003SC** 2-Gang device box HBL20482IV* Blank end fitting HBL2010BIV* External elbow HBL2018CIV* HBL2011IV* HBL2010A2IV* HBL2010A3IV* HBL2001C** HBL2017TC** Flat elbow Tee HBL2015IV* Entrance end fitting Large entrance end fitting Coupling Internal corner coupling Note: **Galvanized Steel. Note: *Color shown is Ivory, for gray boxes and fittings, replace suffix IV with GY. Almond devices and plates match ivory metal raceway. Bryant Metal PlugTrak is supplied with two HBL2010B(IV) or (GY) Blank End Fittings and one HBL2001C. Outlets match raceway color. "IG" isolated ground receptacles have an inked orange triangle. See page R-6 for tamper-resistant description. Metal PlugTrak (R) is a registered trademark of Hubbell incorporated. P-10 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Delivery Systems Thermoplastic Communication Frames Nylon Wallplates Inches (mm) Blank Color Gang Switch Duplex Decorator Box Mount Strap Mount Single Receptacle, 1.40" (35.6) Dia. Hole Ivory 1 2 3 NP1I NP2I NP3I NP8I NP82I NP83I NP26I NP262I NP263I NP13I NP23I NP33I NP14I NP24I NP34I NP7I -- -- Gray 1 2 3 NP1GY NP2GY NP3GY NP8GY NP82GY -- NP26GY NP262GY NP263GY NP13GY NP23GY -- NP14GY NP24GY -- NP7G -- -- Nylon Combination Wallplates 1-Toggle, 1-Duplex 1-Toggle, 1-Decorator 2 NP18I NP126I 2 NP18GY NP126GY Color Gang Ivory Gray Thermoplastic Communication Frames 2-Toggle, 1-Duplex 2-Toggle, 1-Decorator 3 NP28I NP226I 3 NP28GY NP226GY Gang Inches (mm) 2-Port Decorator Frame 3-Port Decorator Frame 4-Port Decorator Frame 6-Port Decorator Frame Decorator, .41" (10.3) Dia. Hole Decorator, Blank 1 NS612I NS613I NS614I NS616I NS621I NS620I 1 NS612GY NS613GY NS614GY NS616GY Color Gang Ivory Gray -- NS620GY Note: Bryant's Audio/Video Connectors allow custom creation of multimedia outlets and workstations while maintaining a decorative look. See Network Wiring Section R for more information. Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ P-11 Delivery Systems Technical Information Metal Raceway Profiles Quick Reference Guide Inches (mm) HBL500 .22 in2 (1.4 cm2) HBL750 HBL700 Ivory/White Ivory/White .26 in2 (1.7 cm2) .53" (13.5) .40 in2 (2.6 cm2) .67" (16.9) .76" (19.3) HBL2000 Ivory/White .85" (21.6) .89 in2 (5.7 cm2) Ivory/Gray .83" (21.1) .76" (19.3) .76" (19.3) Metal PlugTrak(R) Ivory/Gray 1.31" (33.3) .92" (23.4) 1.31" (33.3) Metal Raceway Series Wire Fill Capacities Power (THHN/T90 Nylon) Wire O.D. (inches) Wire Area (square in.) Data (Copper Cables) Voice Data (Multimode Fiber Optic Cables) #14 AWG #12 AWG #10 AWG 4-Pair 25-Pair Type RG59U Cat. 5e Cat. 6 Cat. 6A Cat. 6 STP (2) or (4) Fiber Round Cable Fiber Optic Jumpers Fiber Optic Zip Cord 0.111 0.13 0.164 0.19 0.41 0.242 0.21 0.25 0.35 0.29 0.19 0.118 0.12 x 0.24 0.0283 0.0109 0.0288 0.0097 0.0133 0.0211 0.0283 0.1320 0.0460 0.0346 0.0491 0.0962 0.0660 Channel Area Square inches (cm2) 40% Wire Fill Capacity HBL500 0.22 (1.4) 7 5 3 2 0 1 2 1 1 1 2 8 2 HBL700 0.26 (1.7) 10 7 4 3 0 2 3 2 1 1 3 8 3 HBL750 0.40 (2.6) 12 9 5 6 1 3 5 3 2 2 6 15 6 HBL2000 0.89 (5.7) 7 7 0 13 3 8 10 7 4 5 13 33 12 Note: Pathway (Raceway) fill shall be 40% maximum. Raceway fittings and outlets/receptacles reduce the cross section of the raceway system, thus reducing overall cable fill capacity. Metal PlugTrak(R) Specifications Receptacle configuration Wire size Receptacle face Receptacle rating Material NEMA 5-15R #12 AWG stranded copper Thermoplastic 15A 125V Steel Codes/Standards TIA/EIA UL Standard UL File Number CSA Standard Surface Metal 569B Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces UL 5 Surface Metal Raceway and Fittings E253976 / E253830 / E253833 C22.2 No. 62 Surface Raceway Systems Metal PlugTrak (R) is a registered trademark of Hubbell incorporated. P-12 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Delivery Systems Aluminum Service Poles Aluminum Series Offering Bryant offers a line of gray, ivory and clear anodized aluminum service poles. These attractive and durable poles effectively distribute power and telecommunications wiring from above the ceiling to workstations below. They are offered in lengths of 10' 2", 12' 2", and 15' 2" with a variety of electrical wiring devices. Poles with three service capability have a divider to separate power and low voltage wiring. A blank pole with knockouts is also offered which does not have devices or wiring. In addition to a standard pole, which has two 20 amp duplex receptacles, an isolated ground or surge suppression version is also available. All poles, except the blank versions, are factory wired with Bryant Decorator Receptacles. Two decorator knockouts are also provided on the same side as the power receptacles for communication outlets. Ordering Information Feet (m) Aluminum service poles, gray or ivory painted and clear anodized aluminum, decorator duplex receptacles and two decorator knockouts for communications, includes ceiling trim mounting plate and scuff boot. Description Height Three service, two 20A 125V decorator duplex receptacles, one circuit Three service, one orange isolated ground 20A 125V decorator duplex receptacle, one 20A 125V decorator duplex receptacle, two circuits Three service, two orange isolated ground 20A 125V decorator duplex receptacles, one isolated ground surge suppression 20A 125V duplex receptacle, one circuit Three service, blank pole, divider, four decorator device knockouts Gray Catalog Number Ivory Clear Anodized Aluminum 10' 2" (3.10) 12' 2" (3.71) 15' 2" (4.62) 10' 2" (3.10) BRYPP10A BRYPP12A BRYPP15A BRYPP10IGA BRYPP10AI BRYPP10AAL BRYPP12AI BRYPP12AAL BRYPP15AI BRYPP15AAL BRYPP10IGAI -- 10' 2" (3.10) BRYPP10SA BRYPP10SAI 10' 2" (3.10) 12' 2" (3.71) 15' 2" (4.62) BRYPPOA BRYPPO12A BRYPPO15A BRYATB BRYPPOAI BRYPPO12AI BRYPPO15AI BRYATB Adjustable T-bar assembly for mounting poles in the middle of ceiling tile Replacement service pole trim kit (office white) -- BRYPPOAAL BRYPPO12AAL BRYPPO15AAL BRYATB BRYPPTRIM1 BRYPPTRIM1 BRYPPTRIM1 Note: See Network Wiring Section Q for additional information on datacom products. Specifications Inches (mm) Material: Extruded aluminum, 0.05" (1.27mm) thick Finish: Gray, ivory or clear anodized aluminum Conductors: #12 AWG stranded copper Receptacles: (see drawings below) Listing: UL Listed Wiring Capacity (@40% fill) BRYPP10A, BRYPP12A, BRYPP15A: BRYPP10IGA BRYPP10SA, BRYPP10SAI BRYPPOA, BRYPPO12A, BRYPPO15A (with barrier) Cat. 5e 26 8 26 Voice Data Channel* Cat. 6 11 6 11 Power Channel** 41 41 41 Cat. 6A 9 3 9 Note: *Pole wiring capacity (telephone fill): Cat. 5 UTP (1.96 sq. ft.). **#12 THHN stranded. Product Dimensions FRONT Inches (mm) BACK FRONT BACK IG/Surge Receptacles 10' 2" (3.10m) 2 Decorator Knockouts for Data/Communication 16" (406) 17.9" (454) 8.4" (212) 2.13" (54) Scuff Boot 6" (152) 8" (203) 2.13"(54) BRYPP10A, BRYPP12A, BRYPP15A Specifications are subject to change without notice. 4 Decorator Knockouts for Receptacles 2 Decorator Knockouts for Data/Communication 22.6" (574) 27.4" (695) Slot Data Communications Access Panel 10'2" (3.10m) 12'2" (3.71m) 15'2" (4.62m) IG Receptacles Decorator Receptacles 13.1" (333) 0.88" (22) Knockout Data Communications Access Panel Data Communications Access Panel 22.6" (574) BACK 0.88" (22) Knockout 0.88" (22) Knockout 10'2" (3.10m) 12'2" (3.71m) 15'2" (4.62m) FRONT 16" (406) 17.9" (454) 13.1" (333) 8.4" (212) Scuff Boot 6" (152) 2.13" (54) 8.4" (212) 8" (203) 1.08" (27.6) .97" (24.6) 1.02" (26) .98" (24.9) Slot Scuff Boot 6" (152) 2.13" (54) 8" (203) 2.13" (54) BRYPPOA, BRYPPO12A, BRYPPO15A www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ 2.13" (54) 17.9" (454) 13.1" (333) 2.13" (54) BRYPP10SA 16" (406) 22.6" (574) Slot COVER BASE BARRIER Service Pole Cross Section P-13 Delivery Systems FloorTrak(R) Floor Cable Covers FloorTrak(R) is a flexible, non-metallic cover for cables that run over the floor when portable cords and cables cannot be concealed or routed away from traffic patterns. FloorTrak protects, organizes and reduces trip hazards. * Four different sizes mean it will handle cables of up to 1.25 inches (31.8mm) in diameter * FT2, FT3 and FT4 are available in five PVC colors to blend with various decors * FT10 is available in black and yellow colors only * The F10 Heavy Duty FloorTrak is ideal for applications such as industrial work areas, food processing plants and abusive areas where cable management is necessary FloorTrak(R) 2 Color Black Brown Beige Gray Yellow Length 10.0' 10.0' 10.0' 10.0' 10.0' FloorTrak(R) 3 Feet (m) (3.05) (3.05) (3.05) (3.05) (3.05) Catalog Number Color BRYFT2BK10 BRYFT2BR10 BRYFT2BG10 BRYFT2GY10 BRYFT2Y10 Black Black Brown Brown Beige Beige Gray Gray Yellow Yellow FloorTrak(R) 10 (Heavy Duty) Color Black Black Yellow Yellow Length 3.0' 5.0' 3.0' 5.0' (.914) (1.52) (.914) (1.52) Length 5.0' 25.0' 5.0' 25.0' 5.0' 25.0' 5.0' 25.0' 5.0' 25.0' FloorTrak(R) 4 Feet (m) (1.52) (7.62) (1.52) (7.62) (1.52) (7.62) (1.52) (7.62) (1.52) (7.62) Catalog Number Color BRYFT3BK5 BRYFT3BK25 BRYFT3BR5 BRYFT3BR25 BRYFT3BG5 BRYFT3BG25 BRYFT3GY5 BRYFT3GY25 BRYFT3Y5 BRYFT3Y25 Black Black Gray Yellow Yellow Feet (m) Length 5.0' 25.0' 25.0' 5.0' 25.0' (1.52) (7.62) (7.62) (1.52) (7.62) Catalog Number BRYFT4BK5 BRYFT4BK25 BRYFT4GY25 BRYFT4Y5 BRYFT4Y25 Accessories Feet (m) Catalog Number Description Catalog Number BRYFT10BK3 BRYFT10BK5 BRYFT10Y3 BRYFT10Y5 1.0" wide, 75 ft. roll double-sided adhesive tape BRYFTT1 2.0" wide, 75 ft. roll double-sided adhesive tape BRYFTT2 Product Dimensions Inches (mm) FloorTrak(R) FT2 FT3 FT4 FT10 (Heavy Duty) Width (A) 2.75" (69.9) 3.00" (76.2) 3.25" (82.6) 5.60" (142.2) Height (B) 0.53" (13.5) 0.75" (19.1) 1.10" (27.9) 1.70" (43.2) 0.60" x 0.31" (15.2 x 7.9) 0.75" x 0.50" (19.1 x 12.7) 1.21" x 0.75" (30.7 x 19.1) 1.81" x 1.25" (45.98 x 31.75) Center Hole (CxD) Specifications Material Flexible/Rigid PVC Operating temperature 0F to +120F (-18C to +49C) P-14 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Section Q Wallplates and Covers Table of Contents Page Nylon and Metal Wallplates and While-In-Use Covers Product Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Q-2 Snap-On Wallplates Decorator and Toggle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Q-4 Standard, Mid-Size and Jumbo Wallplates Decorator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Q-5 Toggle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Q-6 Duplex Receptacles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Q-7 Single Receptacles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Q-8 Blank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Q-9 Combination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Q-10 Telephone and Coaxial Outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Q-13 Jumbo Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Q-14 Pre-Marked "EMERGENCY" and Barrel Key Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Q-15 Pre-Marked "ISOLATED GROUND" and "COMPUTER ONLY" Specialty Plates and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Q-17 Weatherproof Covers Zinc Die Cast, 1 and 2-Gang, Vertical or Horizontal Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Q-18 Zinc Die Cast Alluminum and Non-Metallic, 1-Gang, Vertical Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Q-19 Non-Metallic, 1 and 2-Gang, Vertical Mount for Flanged Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Q-20 Non-Metallic, 1 and 2-Gang, While-In-Use Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Q-21 Extra Duty Metallic, 1 and 2-Gang, While-In-Use Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Q-22 Pool Pump and Generator Kits Pool Pump Receptacle Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Q-23 Generator Power Connection Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Q-23 Technical Information Selection Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Q-24 Material Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Q-25 Wallplate Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Q-26 Custom Metal Wallplates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Q-27 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Q-1 Wallplates and Covers Nylon Wallplates Nylon Wallplates Bryant wallplates feature larger standard sized wallplates to provide extra coverage to hide rough box opening, improved aesthetics, greater strength, impact resistance, along with excellent cleanability in all different types of environments. * Standard size is inch larger to give you extra coverage to hide rough box openings. Also available in mid-size and pre-marked. * Curved corners for improved aesthetics, for use in any application. * Captive screw feature holds mounting screw in place for quick and easy installation. * High-impact, self-extinguishing nylon material, which is virtually unbreakable. * Smooth, easy to clean finish is highly resistant to solvents and cleaning solutions, providing long life in the harshest environments. Bryant's standard sized wallplates are inch larger to provide you that extra coverage to hide rough box openings. The depth is 1/4 inch so that it will comfortably fit over the device even on imperfect installations or on retrofit work. Nylon Wallplates Almond Black Brown Gray Ivory Light LightAlmond OfficeWhite White Nylon Pre-Marked Wallplates Blue Ivory Orange Red Brass Plated Chrome Metal Wallplates Aluminum Q-2 Brass Pre-Marked Stainless Steel www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Stainless Steel Specifications are subject to change without notice. Wallplates and Covers Metal Wallplates and Extra Duty Metallic While-In-Use Covers Stainless Steel Note: All metal wallplates (except brass) are packaged with a white protective film, which protects the wallplate during installation and is easily peeled off. Provide solutions for a variety of industrial and commercial applications. * Environments subjected to heavy abuse. * The 302/304 type stainless steel wallplates are ideal for highly corrosive environments such as food processing, hospitals, static free requirements and more. Non-magnetic: 18.0% Chromium 8.0% Nickel * The 430 type stainless steel wallplates are aesthetically identical to the 302/304 type stainless steel wallplates and are best suited for environments where corrosion resistance is less critical. Magnetic: 17.0% Chromium Less than 0.5% Nickel Smooth Solid Brass * Provides a plush appearance with the durability of metal. * Finish is lacquer coated to inhibit oxidation. Anodized Aluminum * Non-magnetic and corrosion resistance for a wide range of applications. * Finish is lacquer coated to inhibit oxidation. Extra Duty Metallic While-in-Use Covers These covers are designed for use whenever protection is required while an outlet is in use. Covers meet or exceed the extra duty rating per UL 514D, and are NEMA 3R rated. * Die-cast aluminum construction * Powder coated "chip resistant" paint corrosion protection * Unique plug management provision for securing device and cord 2014 National Electrical Code (NEC(R)) Requirement 406.9 Receptacles in Damp or Wet Locations (B) Wet Locations. (1) 15 and 20 ampere receptacles in a wet location. 15 and 20 ampere, 125 and 250 volt receptacles installed in a wet location shall have an enclosure that is weatherproof whether or not the attachment plug cap is inserted. An outlet box hood installed for this purpose shall be listed, and shall be identified as "extra duty." All 15 and 20 ampere, 125 and 250 volt nonlocking-type receptacles shall be listed weather resistant type. Exception: 15 and 20 ampere, 125 through 250 volt receptacles installed in a wet location and subject to routine high-pressure spray washing shall be permitted to have an enclosure that is weatherproof when the attachment plug is removed. (2) Other receptacles. All other receptacles installed in a wet location shall comply with (B)(2)(a) or (B)(2)(b). (a) A receptacle installed in a wet location, where the product intended to be plugged into it is not attended while in use, shall have an enclosure that is weatherproof with the attachment plug cap inserted or removed. (b) A receptacle installed in a wet location where the product intended to be plugged into it will be attended while in use (e.g., portable tools) shall have an enclosure that is weatherproof when the attachment plug is removed. NEC(R) is a registered trademark of the The National Electrical Code. Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Q-3 Wallplates and Covers Snap-On Wallplates * Clean, elegant look * No visible screws * Snap-on cover plate completely covers sub-plate eliminating dirt build-up around the edges * Snap-on cover plate hides any paint or scratches on sub-plate caused during installation * Appearance is consistent with other Hubbell wallplates * Meets UL and CSA standards * Smooth finish Snap-On Wallplates Description Color Decorator Catalog Number Toggle Catalog Number 1-Gang, 1-Decorator 1-Gang, 1-Toggle Ivory Light Almond White NPS26I NPS26LA NPS26W NPS1I NPS1LA NPS1W 2-Gang, 2-Decorator 2-Gang, 2-Toggle Ivory Light Almond White NPS262I NPS262LA NPS262W NPS2I NPS2LA NPS2W 3-Gang, 3-Decorator 3-Gang, 3-Toggle Ivory Light Almond White NPS263I NPS263LA NPS263W NPS3I NPS3LA NPS3W 4-Gang, 4-Decorator Ivory Light Almond White NPS264I NPS264LA NPS264W - - - 1-Gang, 1-Duplex Ivory Light Almond White NPS8I NPS8LA NPS8W - - - Product Dimensions Inches (mm) Gang Height (H) Width (W) 1 4.75" (120.6) 3.00" (76.2) .25" (6.35) 2 4.75" (120.6) 4.81" (122.2) .25" (6.35) 3 4.75" (120.6) 6.62" (168.2) .25" (6.35) 4 4.75" (120.6) 8.44" (214.3) .25" (6.35) H W Q-4 Snap-On Cover Plate Snap-On DepthSubplate (D) H D W www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ D Specifications are subject to change without notice. Wallplates and Covers Decorator Wallplates GFCI, USB Receptacles, Surge Receptacles and Decorator Device Wallplates Nylon Description Color Standard Size Mid-Size Material Catalog Number 1-Gang, 1-Decorator Almond Black Blue Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond Red White NP26AL NP26BK - NP26 NP26GY NP26I NP26LA NP26R NP26W NPJ26AL NPJ26BK NPJ26BL NPJ26 NPJ26GY NPJ26I NPJ26LA NPJ26R NPJ26W Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 S/S 430 SB26 SBP26 SCH26 SS26 SS26L 2-Gang, 2-Decorator Almond Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond Red White NP262AL NP262BK NP262 NP262GY NP262I NP262LA NP262R NP262W NPJ262AL NPJ262BK NPJ262 NPJ262GY NPJ262I NPJ262LA NPJ262R NPJ262W Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 S/S 430 SB262 SBP262 SCH262 SS262 SS262L 3-Gang, 3-Decorator Almond Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond Red White NP263AL NP263BK NP263 NP263GY NP263I NP263LA NP263R NP263W NPJ263AL NPJ263BK NPJ263 NPJ263GY NPJ263I NPJ263LA NPJ263R NPJ263W Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 SBP263 SS263 4-Gang, 4-Decorator Almond Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond White NP264AL NP264BK NP264 NP264GY NP264I NP264LA NP264W NPJ264AL NPJ264BK NPJ264 NPJ264GY NPJ264I NPJ264LA NPJ264W Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 SS264 5-Gang, 5-Decorator Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond White NP265BK NP265 NP265GY NP265I NP265LA NP265W - - - - - - Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 SS265 6-Gang, 6-Decorator Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond White NP266BK NP266 NP266GY NP266I NP266LA NP266W - - - - - - Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 SS266 Note: All standard and mid-size nylon wallplates feature pre-inserted captive screws for faster assembly. Available as a custom wallplate, see page Q-27. Consult custom wallplates section for additional openings and combinations. Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Q-5 Wallplates and Covers Toggle Switch Wallplates Toggle Switch Wallplates Nylon Description Color Standard Size Mid-Size Material Catalog Number 1-Gang, 1-Toggle Almond Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond Red White Almond Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond Red White Almond Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond Red White Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond White NP1AL NP1BK NP1 NP1GY NP1I NP1LA NP1R NP1W NP2AL NP2BK NP2 NP2GY NP2I NP2LA NP2R NP2W NP3AL NP3BK NP3 NP3GY NP3I NP3LA - NP3W NP4BK NP4 NP4GY NP4I NP4LA NP4W NPJ1AL NPJ1BK NPJ1 NPJ1GY NPJ1I NPJ1LA NPJ1R NPJ1W NPJ2AL NPJ2BK NPJ2 NPJ2GY NPJ2I NPJ2LA NPJ2R NPJ2W NPJ3AL NPJ3BK NPJ3 NPJ3GY NPJ3I NPJ3LA NPJ3R NPJ3W NPJ4BK NPJ4 NPJ4GY NPJ4I NPJ4LA NPJ4W Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 S/S 430 SA1 SB1 SBP1 SCH1 SS1 SS1L Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 S/S 430 SA2 SB2 SBP2 SCH2 SS2 SS2L Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 S/S 430 SB3 SBP3 SCH3 SS3 SS3L Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 S/S 430 SB4 SBP4 SS4 SS4L 5-Gang, 5-Toggle Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond White NP5BK NP5 NP5GY NP5I NP5LA NP5W - - - - - - Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 SB5 SS5 6-Gang, 6-Toggle Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond White NP6 NP6GY NP6I NP6LA NP6W - - - - - Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 SB6 SS6 7-Gang, 7-Toggle Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 SS607 8-Gang, 8-Toggle Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 SS608 2-Gang, 1-Toggle S/S 302/304 SS740 2-Gang, 2-Toggle 3-Gang, 3-Toggle 4-Gang, 4-Toggle Note: All standard and mid-size nylon wallplates feature pre-inserted captive screws for faster assembly. Available as a custom wallplate, see page Q-27. Consult custom wallplates section for additional openings and combinations. Q-6 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Wallplates and Covers Duplex and Single Receptacle Wallplates Duplex Receptacle Wallplates Nylon Description Color Standard Size Mid-Size Material Catalog Number 1-Gang, 1-Duplex Almond Black Blue Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond Orange Red White Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond Orange Red White Brown Ivory White NP8AL NP8BK - NP8 NP8GY NP8I NP8LA NP8OR NP8R NP8W NP82BK NP82 NP82GY NP82I NP82LA NP82OR NP82R NP82W NP83 NP83I NP83W NPJ8AL NPJ8BK NPJ8BL NPJ8 NPJ8GY NPJ8I NPJ8LA - NPJ8R NPJ8W NPJ82BK NPJ82 NPJ82GY NPJ82I NPJ82LA - NPJ82R NPJ82W - - - Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 S/S 430 SA8 SB8 SBP8 SCH8 SS8 SS8L Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 S/S 430 SA82 SB82 SBP82 SCH82 SS82 SS82L Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 SS83 Brown Ivory White NP84 NP84I NP84W Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 SS84 S/S 302/304 SS748 2-Gang, 2-Duplex 3-Gang, 3-Duplex 4-Gang, 4-Duplex - - - 2-Gang, 1-Duplex Single 15/20A Straight Blade or 15A Locking Receptacle Wallplates Inches (mm) Nylon Description Color Standard Size Mid-Size Material Catalog Number 1-Gang, 1-Single 1.40 in. (35.6) dia. hole Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond Red White NP7BK NP7 NP7GY NP7I NP7LA NP7R NP7W NPJ7BK NPJ7 NPJ7GY NPJ7I NPJ7LA NPJ7R NPJ7W Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 S/S 430 SA7 SB7 SBP7 SCH7 SS7 SS7L 2-Gang, 1-Single 1.40 in. (35.6) dia. hole S/S 302/304 SS747 2-Gang, 2-Single 1.40 in. (35.6) dia. hole Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 SS72 Note: All standard and mid-size nylon wallplates feature pre-inserted captive screws for faster assembly. Available as a custom wallplate, see page Q-27. Consult custom wallplates section for additional openings and combinations. Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Q-7 Wallplates and Covers Single Receptacle Wallplates Single 20/30A Locking Receptacle Wallplates Inches (mm) Nylon Description 1-Gang, 1-Single 1.60 in. (40.6) dia. hole Color Standard Size Black Brown Gray Ivory Red White NP720BK NP720 NP720GY NP720I NP720R NP720W Mid-Size - - - - - - 1-Gang, 1-Single 1.74 in. (44.2) dia. hole 2-Gang, 1-Single 1.60 in. (40.6) dia. hole 3-Gang, 2-Single 1.60 in. (40.6) dia. hole Single Receptacle Wallplates Material Catalog Number Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 SA720 SB720 SS720 S/S 302/304 SS725 S/S 302/304 SS749 Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 SS320 Inches (mm) Nylon Description Color Standard Size Mid-Size 1-Gang, 1-Single 1.97 in. (50.0) dia. hole Material Catalog Number S/S 302/304 SS737 Black Brown Gray Ivory White NP724BK NP724 NP724GY NP724I NP724W NPJ724BK NPJ724 NPJ724GY NPJ724I NPJ724W Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 S/S 430 Chrome S/S 302/304 SA723 SCH723 SS723 SS723L SCH702 SS702 Black Brown Gray Ivory White NP703BK NP703 NP703GY NP703I NP703W NPJ703BK NPJ703 NPJ703GY NPJ703I NPJ703W S/S 302/304 S/S 430 SS703 SS703L 2-Gang, 1-Single 2.48 in. (63.0) dia. hole S/S 302/304 SS701 2-Gang, 1-Single 2.66 in. (67.6) dia. hole S/S 302/304 SS716 1-Gang, 1-Single 2.16 in. (54.9) dia. hole 2-Gang, 1-Single 2.16 in. (54.9) dia. hole 2-Gang, 1-Single 2.16 in. (54.9) dia. hole Note: All standard and mid-size nylon wallplates feature pre-inserted captive screws for faster assembly. Available as a custom wallplate, see page Q-27. Consult custom wallplates section for additional openings and combinations. Q-8 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Wallplates and Covers Blank Wallplates Blank Wallplates, Box Mount and Strap Mount Nylon Description 1-Gang, 1-Blank, Box Mount 2-Gang, 2-Blank, Box Mount 3-Gang, 3-Blank, Box Mount 4-Gang, 4-Blank, Box Mount 1-Gang, 1-Blank, Strap Mount 2-Gang, 2-Blank, Strap Mount 3-Gang, 3-Blank, Strap Mount 4-Gang, 4-Blank, Strap Mount Color Standard Size Mid-Size Material Catalog Number Almond Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond White NP13AL NP13BK NP13 NP13GY NP13I NP13LA NP13W NPJ13AL NPJ13BK NPJ13 NPJ13GY NPJ13I NPJ13LA NPJ13W Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 S/S 430 SA13A SB13 SBP13 SCH13 SS13 SS13L Almond Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond White NP23AL NP23BK NP23 NP23GY NP23I NP23LA NP23W NPJ23AL - NPJ23 - NPJ23I NPJ23LA NPJ23W Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 S/S 430 SA23 SB23 SCH23 SS23 SS23L Brown Ivory White NP33 NP33I NP33W - - - Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 SS33 Brown Ivory White NP43 NP43I NP43W - - - Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 SS43 Black Brown Gray Ivory Red White NP14BK NP14 NP14GY NP14I NP14R NP14W - - - - - - Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 S/S 430 SB14 SS14 SS14L Black Brown Gray Ivory Red White NP24BK NP24 NP24GY NP24I NP24R NP24W - - - - - - Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 S/S 430 SS24 SS24L Brown Ivory White NP34 NP34I NP34W - - - Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 SS34 Brown Ivory White NP44 NP44I NP44W Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 SS44 Note: All standard and mid-size nylon wallplates feature pre-inserted captive screws for faster assembly. Available as a custom wallplate, see page Q-27. Consult custom wallplates section for additional openings and combinations. Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Q-9 Wallplates and Covers Combination Wallplates Combination Wallplates, 2-Gang Inches (mm) Nylon Description Color Standard Size Mid-Size Material Catalog Number 2-Gang, 1-Toggle, 1-Duplex Almond Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond Red White NP18AL NP18BK NP18 NP18GY NP18I NP18LA NP18R NP18W NPJ18AL NPJ18BK NPJ18 NPJ18GY NPJ18I NPJ18LA NPJ18R NPJ18W Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 S/S 430 SBP18 SCH18 SS18 SS18L 2-Gang, 1-Duplex, 1-Decorator Almond Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond White NP826AL NP826BK NP826 NP826GY NP826I NP826LA NP826W NPJ826AL NPJ826BK NPJ826 NPJ826GY NPJ826I NPJ826LA NPJ826W Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 SB826 SS826 2-Gang, 1-Toggle, 1-Decorator Almond Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond White NP126AL NP126BK NP126 NP126GY NP126I NP126LA NP126W NPJ126AL NPJ126BK NPJ126 NPJ126GY NPJ126I NPJ126LA NPJ126W Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 S/S 430 SB126 SBP126 SS126 SS126L 2-Gang, 1-Duplex, 1-Telephone .406 in. (10.3) Hole Strap Mount Black Brown Gray Ivory White NP128BK NP128 NP128GY NP128I NP128W - - - - - 2-Gang, 1-Toggle, 1-Telephone .406 in. (10.3) Hole Strap Mount Black Brown Gray Ivory White NP112BK NP112 NP112GY NP112I NP112W - - - - - 2-Gang, 1-Decorator, 1-Telephone .406 in. (10.3) Hole Strap Mount Black Brown Gray Ivory White NP1226BK NP1226 NP1226GY NP1226I NP1226W - - - - - 2-Gang, 1-Single Receptacle 1.40 in. (35.6) Hole, 1-Duplex Brown Gray Ivory White NP78 NP78GY NP78I NP78W - - - - Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 SS78 Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 SS8720 Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 SS17 2-Gang, 1-Single Receptacle 1.60 in. (40.6) Hole, 1-Duplex 2-Gang, 1-Toggle, 1-Single Receptacle 1.40 in. (35.6) Hole Black Brown Gray Ivory White NP17BK NP17 NP17GY NP17I NP17W - - - - - Note: All standard and mid-size nylon wallplates feature pre-inserted captive screws for faster assembly. Available as a custom wallplate, see page Q-27. Consult custom wallplates section for additional openings and combinations. Q-10 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Wallplates and Covers Combination Wallplates Combination Wallplates, 2- and 3-Gang Inches (mm) Nylon Description Color Standard Size Mid-Size Material Catalog Number 2-Gang, 1-Toggle, 1-Blank, Box Mount Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond White NP113BK NP113 NP113GY NP113I NP113LA NP113W - NPJ113 - NPJ113I - - Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 SS113 Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 SS114 Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 SS138 Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 SS148 Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 SS1426* 2-Gang, 1-Toggle, 1-Blank, Strap Mount 2-Gang, 1-Blank, 1-Duplex, Box Mount Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond White NP138BK NP138 NP138GY NP138I NP138LA NP138W - NPJ138 - NPJ138I - NPJ138W 2-Gang, 1-Blank, 1-Duplex, Strap Mount 2-Gang, 1-Blank, 1-Decorator, Box Mount Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond White NP1326BK NP1326 NP1326GY NP1326I NP1326LA NP1326W NPJ1326BK NPJ1326 NPJ1326GY NPJ1326I NPJ1326LA NPJ1326W 2-Gang, 1-Telephone, .406 in. (10.3) Hole, 1-Blank, Strap Mount Black Brown Gray Ivory White NP1214BK NP1214 NP1214GY NP1214I NP1214W - - - - - 2-Gang, 1-Single Receptacle 1.40 in. (35.6) Hole 1-Blank, Strap Mount Black Brown Gray Ivory White NP147BK NP147 NP147GY NP147I NP147W - - - - - 3-Gang, 2-Toggle, 1-Duplex Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond White NP28 NP28GY NP28I NP28LA NP28W 3-Gang, 1-Toggle, 2-Duplex Black Brown Gray Ivory White NP182BK NP182 NP182GY NP182I NP182W NPJ28 - NPJ28I NPJ28LA NPJ28W - - - - - Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 SBP28 SS28 Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 SS182 Note: All standard and mid-size nylon wallplates feature pre-inserted captive screws for faster assembly. Available as a custom wallplate, see page Q-27. Consult custom wallplates section for additional openings and combinations. Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Q-11 Wallplates and Covers Combination Wallplates Combination Wallplates, 3-Gang Nylon Description Color Standard Size Mid-Size Material Catalog Number 3-Gang, 2-Toggle, 1-Decorator Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond White NP226BK NP226 NP226GY NP226I NP226LA NP226W NPJ226BK NPJ226 NPJ226GY NPJ226I NPJ226LA NPJ226W Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 SS226 3-Gang, 1-Toggle, 2-Decorator Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond White NP1262BK NP1262 NP1262GY NP1262I NP1262LA NP1262W Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 3-Gang, 2-Duplex, 1-Blank Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 SS211 3-Gang, 1-Duplex, 1-Blank, 1-Duplex Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 SS8147 3-Gang, 2-Toggle, 1-Blank Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 SS213 - - - - - - Combination Wallplates, 4- and 5-Gang Nylon Description Color Standard Size Material Catalog Number 4-Gang, 3-Toggle, 1-Duplex Brown Ivory Light Almond White NP38 NP38I NP38LA NP38W Mid-Size - - - - Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 SS38 4-Gang, 3-Toggle, 1-Decorator Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond White NP326BK NP326 NP326GY NP326I NP326LA NP326W - - - - - - Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 SS326 4-Gang, 2-Toggle, 2-Decorator Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond White NP2262BK NP2262 NP2262GY NP2262I NP2262LA NP2262W - - - - - - Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 5-Gang, 4-Toggle, 1-Duplex Brown Ivory White NP48 NP48I NP48W - - - Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 Note: All standard and mid-size nylon wallplates feature pre-inserted captive screws for faster assembly. Available as a custom wallplate, see page Q-27. Consult custom wallplates section for additional openings and combinations. Q-12 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Wallplates and Covers Telephone and Coaxial Outlet Wallplates Telephone and Coaxial Outlet Wallplates Inches (mm) Nylon Description Color Standard Size Mid-Size Material Catalog Number 1-Gang, 1-Tel Nylon 0.406 in. (10.3) hole, Metal 0.640 in. (16.3) hole, box mount Almond Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond Red White NP11AL NP11BK NP11 NP11GY NP11I NP11LA NP11R NP11W NPJ11AL - NPJ11 - NPJ11I NPJ11LA - NPJ11W Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 S/S 430 SS11* SS11L* 1-Gang, 1-Tel Nylon 0.406 in. (10.3) hole, Metal 0.640 in. (16.3) hole, strap mount Almond Black Brown Gray Ivory White NP12AL NP12BK NP12 NP12GY NP12I NP12W - - - - - - Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 S/S 430 SB12* SBP12* SCH12* SS12* SS12L* 1-Gang, 1-Tel 0.625 in. (15.9) hole, box mount Almond Brown Ivory White NP737AL NP737 NP737I NP737W - - - - 1-Gang, 1-Tel 0.625 in. (15.9) hole, strap mount Brown Ivory White NP730 NP730I NP730W - - - Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 S/S 302/304, Strap Mount SS739 SS738 Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304, Strap Mount SS22* S/S 302/304 SS741* 1-Gang, 1-Tel 0.380 in. (9.7) hole, box mount or strap mount 2-Gang, 2-Tel Nylon 0.406 in. (10.3) hole, Metal 0.640 in. (16.3) hole, Box Mount Black Brown Gray Ivory White NP21BK NP21 NP21GY NP21I NP21W - - - - - 2-Gang, 1-Tel 0.640 in. (16.3) hole, box mount Note: All standard and mid-size nylon wallplates feature pre-inserted captive screws for faster assembly. Available as a custom wallplate, see page Q-27. Consult custom wallplates section for additional openings and combinations. * .50" (12.7) I.D. nylon bushing provided. Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Q-13 Wallplates and Covers Jumbo Metal Wallplates Jumbo, Smooth, Stainless Steel Type 302/304 Wallplates Inches (mm) Description Catalog Number Description Catalog Number 1-Gang, 1-Toggle SSJ1 2-Gang, 2-Toggle SSJ2 1-Gang, 1-Duplex SSJ8 2-Gang, 2-Duplex SSJ82 1-Gang, 1-Decorator SSJ26 2-Gang, 2-Decorator SSJ262 1-Gang, 1-Single Receptacle for 1.36-1.39 in. (34.5-35.3) dia. face SSJ7 2-Gang, 1-Toggle, 1-Duplex SSJ18 1-Gang, 1-Single Receptacle for 2.09-2.13 in. (53.1-54.1) dia. face SSJ723 2-Gang, 1-Toggle, 1-Decorator SSJ126 1-Gang, 1-Blank, box mount SSJ13 2-Gang, 2-Blank, box mount SSJ23 1-Gang, 1-Telephone opening, 0.640 in. (16.3) box mount SSJ11* Product Dimensions Inches (mm) 3.50" (88.9) Note: *.50 in. (12.7) I.D. nylon bushing provided. Specifications are subject to change without notice. 5.25" (133.4) Jumbo Wallplate Oversize dimensions (see page Q-26 for more details). 1-Gang, 5.25 in. x 3.50 in. (133.4 x 88.9). 2-Gang, 5.25 in. x 5.31 in. (133.4 x 134.9). Q-14 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Wallplates and Covers Pre-Marked "EMERGENCY" and Barrel Key Switch Wallplates Pre-Marked "EMERGENCY" Wallplates Nylon Description Color Standard Size Mid-Size Material 1-Gang, 1-Duplex, paint filled 1/4 in. (6.4) white lettering Red - NPJ8RMEV S/S 302/304 SS8MEV 1-Gang, 1-Toggle, paint filled 1/4 in. (6.4) white lettering Red - NPJ1RME S/S 302/304 SS1ME S/S 302/304 SS82MEV 2-Gang, 2 Duplex, paint filled 1/4 in. (6.4) red lettering Catalog Number Note: See page Q-26 for mid-size plate dimensions. All lettering .25 in. (6.3) high. Stainless Steel Barrel Key Switch Wallplates Description Stainless steel, 302/304, smooth. 1-Gang, with ON/OFF Markings 1-Gang, with Position Markings 2-Gang, with ON/OFF Markings 2-Gang, with Position Markings SS12RKL SS12RKLM SS22RKL SS22RKLM Note: See page D-3 for barrel key switch selection. Single Count Screws and Accessories Inches (mm) Description Catalog Number Stainless steel screw, standard slot, .38 in. (9.7) long HBL7341SS Security spanner head screws, 6-32 thread, 100 count HBL7342RKL Screwdriver with spanner head security bit HBL7372RKL HBL7342RKL HBL7372RKL Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Q-15 Wallplates and Covers Pre-Marked Wallplates Pre-Marked "ISOLATED GROUND" Wallplates Inches (mm) Nylon Description Color Standard Size No Marking 1-Gang, 1-Duplex, paint filled black Orange NP8OIG NP8OR 1-Gang, 1-Decorator, paint filled black Orange NP26OIG - 1-Gang, 1-Single Receptacle 1.40 in. (35.6) hole for 1.36-1.39 in. (34.5-35.3) dia. face, paint filled black Orange NP7OIG - 1-Gang, 1-Single Receptacle 1.60 in. (40.6) hole for 20A and 30A Locking with 1.55-1.58 in. (39.4-40.1) dia. face, paint filled black Orange NP720OIG - Material Catalog Number Material Catalog Number Material Catalog Number Aluminum Brass Brass Plated Chrome S/S 302/304 SB771 SBP771 SS771 Pre-Marked "COMPUTER ONLY" Wallplates Nylon Description Color Standard Size 1-Gang, 1-Duplex, paint filled black Orange Ivory - Mid-Size NPJ8CO NPJ8C 2-Gang, 2-Duplex, paint filled black Orange - NPJ82CO 1-Gang, 1-Decorator, paint filled black Blue Ivory - NPJ26CBL NPJ26C Louver Plate, 1-Gang, Box Mount Nylon Description Color Standard Size Mid-Size 1-Gang, Vertical mounted louver Note: All standard and mid-size nylon wallplates feature pre-inserted captive screws for faster assembly. Available as a custom wallplate, see page Q-27. Consult custom wallplates section for additional openings and combinations. Q-16 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Wallplates and Covers Specialty Plates and Accessories Oil and Gas Burner Emergency Plates Inches (mm) OIL OIL BURNER ON EMERGENCY ON OFF EMERGENCY EMERGENCY OFF SWITCH SWITCH SWITCH SWITCH ON BURNER OFF OFF EMERGENCY GAS BURNER ON Description Color/Material Oil Burner Cover Gas Burner Cover 1-Gang, 1-Toggle, 1/4 in. (6.4) silk screened white letters Red Enameled Steel S22710EM S2271GEM Emergency Cover -- Utility/handy box cover, 1-Toggle, 1/4 in. (6.4) silk screened white letters Red Enameled Steel SY865OEM SY865GEM SY865EM 4 in. (101.6) square box cover, 1-Toggle, 1/4 in. (6.4) silk screened white letters Red Enameled Steel SY800OEM SY800GEM -- 4 in. (101.6) square box cover, 2-Toggle, 1/4 in. (6.4) silk screened white letters Red Enameled Steel -- SY803GEM -- Wallplate Screws, 6-32 Thread, 100 Count Description Color/Material Decorator in. Long Standard 1/2 in. Long Wallplate screws, oval head milled slot, 6-32 thread, 100 per box (order 1 to receive a box of 100) Almond Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond White RA38ALPK100 RA38BKPK100 RA38PK100 RA38GYPK100 RA38IPK100 RA38LAPK100 RA38WPK100 RA12ALPK100 RA12BKPK100 RA12PK100 RA12GYPK100 RA12IPK100 RA12LAPK100 RA12WPK100 Stainless Steel RA38SSPK100 Accessories - Standard in. Long Standard 1.0 in. Long - - - - - - - - - - - RA88IPK100 - RA88WPK100 RA58SSPK100 RA88SSPK100 Inches (mm) Blank adapters Color To Fill a Toggle Opening To Fill a Decorator Opening 0.406 in. (10.30) Dia. Hole, To Fill a Decorator Opening Brown Ivory Light Almond White RA756 RA756I - RA756W - NS620I NS620LA NS620W - NS621I NS621LA NS621W Tamperproof Plate Screws and Screwdriver* Description Spanner head stainless steel type 302/304, 6-32 thread, screws sold in carton quantities of 100 Material Mounting Strap, with Screws Brass Plated Screw, Standard Slot, 0.38 in. (9.7) long Steel Brass RA40 - - HBL7341 Inches (mm) Length in. (mm) Spanner Head Type 6-32 Thread Spanner Head Screwdriver Replacement Barrel Key in. (3.2) in. (9.5) in. (12.7) in. (15.9) 1 in. (25.4) 2 in. (50.8) SSTP14 SSTP38 SSTP12 SSTP58 SSTP1 SSTP2 SSTPD 6006RKL Note: * Not UL Listed or CSA Certified. Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Q-17 Wallplates and Covers Weatherproof Covers 1-Gang Weatherproof Covers for Vertical Mounting Description RW51470 RW51550 Inches (mm) Product Dimensions Height x Width x Depth Catalog Number Zinc die cast, gray, duplex cover for box mounting 4.58 in. x 2.82 in. x 0.57 in. (116.3 x 71.6 x 14.5) RW51470 Zinc die cast, gray, 1.40 in. (35.6) cover for single receptacle or toggle switch for device mounting 4.56 in. x 2.81 in. x 0.88 in. (115.8 x 71.4 x 22.4) RW51550* Zinc die cast, gray, GFCI, surge and decorator cover for device mounting 4.58 in. x 2.81 in. x 0.57 in. (116.3 x 71.4 x 14.5) RW51040 RW51040 1-Gang Weatherproof Covers for Horizontal Mounting Description RW51810 Inches (mm) Product Dimensions Height x Width x Depth Catalog Number Zinc die cast, gray, duplex cover for device mounting 2.82 in. x 4.57 in. x 0.79 in. (71.6 x 116.1 x 20.1) RW51810 Zinc die cast, gray, 1.40 in. (35.6) cover for single receptacle or toggle switch for device mounting 2.81 in. x 4.56 in. x 0.99 in. (71.4 x 115.8 x 25.1) RW51520* Zinc die cast, gray, GFCI, surge and decorator cover for device mounting 2.82 in. x 4.56 in. x 0.52 in. (71.6 x 115.8 x 13.2) RW51020 RW51520 RW51020 2-Gang Weatherproof Covers for Vertical Mounting Description RW51320 Inches (mm) Product Dimensions Height x Width x Depth Catalog Number Zinc die cast, gray, duplex cover for device mounting 4.54 in. x 4.54 in. x 0.75 in. (115.3 x 115.3 x 19.1) RW51320 Zinc die cast, gray, one duplex/one GFCI, surge and decorator cover for box mounting 4.54 in. x 4.54 in. x 0.77 in. (115.3 x 115.3 x 19.6) RW51330 Zinc die cast, gray, 1.40 in. (35.6) cover for single receptacle or toggle switch for device mounting 4.54 in. x 4.54 in. x 0.77 in. (115.3 x 115.3 x 19.6) RW51380 Zinc die cast, gray, two GFCI, surge and decorator cover for box mounting 4.54 in. x 4.56 in. x 0.73 in. (115.3 x 115.8 x 18.5) RW51450 RW51330 RW51380 RW51450 Q-18 Note: All weatherproof plates are UL Listed for WET LOCATIONS WITH COVER CLOSED, for intermittent use in wet locations or use in damp locations. All plates are gasketed and self-closing. *cULus Listed. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Wallplates and Covers Weatherproof Covers 1-Gang Die Cast Aluminum Covers, Vertical Mount Inches (mm) Description Catalog Number 1.62 in. (41.1) dia. opening, 20 and 30 amp, locking receptacle 7420B 2.15 in. (54.6) dia. opening, 30 and 50 amp, 3-wire power receptacle 7427B 2.31 in. (58.7) dia. opening for "MBWP" inlet 7429B 20 amp power interrupting, locking receptacle 23007 7420B 23007 30 amp power interrupting, locking receptacle, lift cover 20405 50 amp standard locking receptacle 7770 7770 1-Gang Non-Metallic Cover, Vertical Mount for Flanged Devices Description Catalog Number Yellow fiberglass weatherproof plate with lift lid for 50 amp locking receptacles, fits F.S. and F.D. boxes 7774CR 7774CR Catalog Number for Receptacles in Groups Boss Diameter 1.36 in. to 1.39 in. (34.5 to 35.3) 5261 5251 5661 5361 5351 5461 4710 4760 7582 7310 8210 8310 7250 5284 5258 5684 5384 5484 5261IG 5361IG 7535 70615FR Product Dimensions 2.81" (71.4) Inches (mm) Boss Diameter 1.55 in. to 1.58 in. (39.4 to 40.1) 70520FR 70620FR 70720FR 70820FR 70920FR 70530FR 70630FR 70730FR 70830FR 70930FR 71020FR 71120FR 71220FR 71030FR 71130FR 71230FR 71330FR 71420FR 71520FR 71620FR 71430FR 71530FR 71630FR 71730FR Boss Diameter Boss Diameter Boss Diameter 1.68 in. to 1.72 in. 2.09 in. to 2.13 in. 2.28 in. to 2.44 in. (42.7 to 43.7) (53.1 to 54.1) (57.9 to 62.0) 71820FR 71920FR 72020FR 71830FR 71930FR 72030FR 72120FR 72220FR 72320FR 72130FR 72230FR 72330FR 3330 3430 3520 7410 40045FR FSL1FR FSL2FR FSL3FR FSL4FR 9530FR 9630FR 9303 9306 9550FR 9650FR 3771 7379 3769 6369CR 6370CR CS6369L CS6370L CS8169L CS8269L CS8369L CS8469L CS6369A CS6370A CS8169A CS8269A CS8369A CS8469A Inches (mm) .86" (21.8) 2.40" (61.0) 2.84" (72.1) 4.56" (115.8) 4.67" (118.6) 3.25" (82.6) 1.88" (47.8) 7420B Specifications are subject to change without notice. .188" (4.8) Dia. Thru (4) Holes 7774CR www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Q-19 Wallplates and Covers Weatherproof Covers 1-Gang Non-Metallic Covers, Vertical Mount for Flanged Devices Description Catalog Number Weatherproof lift cover for use with 15 amp locking flanged equipment devices (inlets and receptacles) WPC1 Weatherproof lift cover for use with 20 and 30 amp locking flanged equipment devices (inlets and receptacles) WPC2 Weatherproof lift cover for use with 50 amp locking non-metallic flanged inlets 7780* Note: *cULus Listed only, not CSA Certified. Use with Flanged Inlets and Flanged Receptacles Listed Below Catalog Number Use with flanged inlets and flanged receptacles listed below WPC1 4716MB 4715ER 8808 8809 70520MB 70920MB WPC2 Note: Device not included. 7780 70615MB 70615ER 4786MB 4785ER 7556MB 7557ER 70520ER 70620MB 70620ER 70720MB 70720ER 70820MB 70820ER 70920ER 70530MB 70530ER 70630MB 70630ER 70730MB 70730ER 70830MB 70830ER 70930MB 70930ER 7327 7328 71020MB 71020ER 71120MB 71120ER 71220MB 71220ER 71030MB 71030ER 71230MB 71230ER 71330MB 71330ER 71420MB 71420ER 71520MB 71520ER 71620MB 71620ER 71430MB 71430ER 71530MB 71530ER 71630MB 71630ER 71730MB 71730ER 7408MB 7409ER 71820MB 71820ER 71920MB 71920ER 72020MB 72020ER 71830MB 71830ER 71930MB 79130ER 72030MB 72030ER 72120MB 72120ER 72220MB 72220ER 72320MB 72320ER 40045MB 40045ER 72130MB 72130ER 72230MB 72230ER 72330MB 72330ER CS6375L CS8375L Product Dimensions Inches (mm) 2.84" (72.1) 1.22" (31.0) 3.25" (82.6) 4.56" (115.8) 1.88" (47.8) .188" (4.8) Dia. Thru (4) Holes 2.84" (72.1) 4.56" (115.8) 3.25" (82.6) 1.88" (47.8) WPC2 Q-20 1.09" (27.7) .19" (4.8) Dia. Thru (4) Holes 7780 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Wallplates and Covers Non-Metallic While-In-Use Weatherproof Covers * High-impact polycarbonate construction provides maximum durability * Patented keyhole mounting system allows installation in under a minute * Includes attached gasket and mounting hardware * Pre-configured for GFCI with patented knockout technology for alternate devices * Lockable tab * NEMA 3R rated * EXTRA DUTY(R) 5800 Series covers meet or exceed the extra duty rating per UL 514D, and are NEMA 3R rated * 2014 NEC(R) Compliant (Article 406.9A & B) * cULus Listed 1-Gang Weatherproof Covers for Vertical or Horizontal Mounting Description Standard EXTRA DUTY(R) Non-metallic, black (standard) or gray (extra duty) with clear tinted cover, while-in-use, 16-in-1 configurations below RW57300 RW58300 Jumbo, non-metallic, black (standard) or gray (extra duty) with clear tinted cover, while-in-use, 16-in-1 configurations below RW57350 RW58350 + or Duplex Switch RW58300 RW57350 RW58350 RW57750 RW58750 = Adapters (Included) GFCI RW57300 Duplex Switch 1 1/4" 1 3/8" 1 9/16" 1 3/4" 2 1/8" & 1 5/8" 1 1/4" 1 3/8" 1 3/4" 1 9/16" & 1 5/8" 2 1/8" 2-Gang Weatherproof Covers for Vertical or Horizontal Mounting Description Standard EXTRA DUTY(R) Non-metallic, black (standard) or gray (extra duty) with clear tinted cover, while-in-use, 55-in-1 configurations below RW57750 RW58750 Note: Required by the NEC(R) for while-in-use outdoor power distribution. Thermoplastic covers provide protection for use in wet locations with the cover closed, NEMA(R) 3R rated. Meets 2014 NEC 406.9 - receptacles in damp or wet locations. Holes for padlocks are .40 inch. Multiple combinations of duplex, GFCI, switch, and rounds: 1 1/4", 1 3/8", 1 9/16", 1 5/8", 1 11/16", 2 1/8", 2 /4", 2 7/16" Product Dimensions 1-Gang A B C Inches (mm) Jumbo, 1-Gang 2-Gang Standard EXTRA DUTY(R) Standard EXTRA DUTY(R) Standard EXTRA DUTY(R) 5.54" (140.7) 3.79" (96.3) 3.07" (78.0) 5.90" (149.9) 4.18" (106.2) 3.00" (76.2) 5.92" (150.4) 4.20" (106.7) 5.10" (129.5) 5.54" (140.7) 5.43" (137.9) 3.07" (78.0) 5.54" (140.7) 3.79" (96.3) 5.08" (129.0) 5.54" (140.7) 5.43" (137.9) 3.07" (78.0) NEC(R) is a registered trademark of the The National Electrical Code. NEMA(R) is a registered trademark of The National Electrical Manufacturers Association. Specifications Specifications areare subject subject to change to change without without notice. notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ www.bryant-electric.com A B C Q-21 Wallplates and Covers EXTRA DUTY(R) Metallic While-In-Use Covers EXTRA DUTY(R) Metallic While-in-Use Covers are designed for use whenever protection is required while an outlet is in use. Covers meet or exceed the extra duty rating per UL 514D, and are NEMA(R) 3R rated. * Superior commercial quality die-cast aluminum construction * Meets or exceeds extra duty rating in UL 514D * Unique lid design allows larger plugs and provides more room for bend radius of electrical cords * * * * * * * Provision on each side for holding cords - reduces pull-outs Padlockable - accepts standard size padlocks Includes gasket and hardware Powder coated for corrosion protection Device or box mounting NEMA(R) 3R rated Can be installed to comply with 2014 NEC(R) 406.9A & B 1-Gang EXTRA DUTY(R) Metallic Covers for Vertical Mounting Product Dimensions Height x Width x Depth Description WPB8E WPB700E Inches (mm) Catalog Number Metallic, gray, duplex, while-in-use cover for vertical mounting 6.5 in. x 3.3 in. x 3.2 in. (165.1 x 83.8 x 81.3) WPB8E Metallic, gray, round hole 1.55" or 2.10", while-in-use cover for vertical mounting 6.5 in. x 3.3 in. x 4.5 in. (165.1 x 83.8 x 114.3) WPB700E Metallic, gray, GFCI, while-in-use cover for vertical mounting 6.5 in. x 3.3 in. x 3.2 in. (165.1 x 83.8 x 81.3) WPB26E WPB26E 1-Gang EXTRA DUTY(R) Metallic Covers for Horizontal Mounting Product Dimensions Height x Width x Depth Description WPB8EH Inches (mm) Catalog Number Metallic, gray, duplex, while-in-use cover for horizontal mounting 4.8 in. x 5.1 in. x 3.2 in. (121.9 x 129.5 x 81.3) WPB8EH Metallic, gray, GFCI, while-in-use cover for horizontal mounting 4.8 in. x 5.1 in. x 3.2 in. (121.9 x 129.5 x 81.3) WPB26EH WPB26EH 2-Gang EXTRA DUTY(R) Metallic Covers for Vertical Mounting Product Dimensions Height x Width x Depth Description WPB82E WPB268E Inches (mm) Catalog Number Metallic, gray, double duplex, while-in-use cover for vertical mounting 6.5 in. x 5.1 in. x 3.2 in. (165.1 x 129.5 x 81.3) WPB82E Metallic, gray, GFCI and duplex, while-in-use cover for vertical mounting 6.5 in. x 5.1 in. x 3.2 in. (165.1 x 129.5 x 81.3) WPB268E Metallic, gray, double GFCI, while-in-use cover for vertical mounting 6.5 in. x 5.1 in. x 3.2 in. (165.1 x 129.5 x 81.3) WPB262E WPB262E NEC(R) is a registered trademark of the The National Electrical Code. NEMA(R) is a registered trademark of The National Electrical Manufacturers Association. Q-22 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Wallplates and Covers Pool Pump Receptacle Kit and Generator Power Connection Kit * * * * * * 2-Gang, die cast aluminum, weatherproof box, compact design 2-Gang, polycarbonate, while-in-use cover, high resistance to impact and corrosion 20A 125V or 250V heavy duty locking receptacle 20A 120-277V AC switch, single pole or double pole Locking receptacle prevents accidental disconnection of mating pump plug NEMA 3R while-in-use cover, tinted lid aesthetically pleasing for any location Pool Pump Receptacle Kit Description Catalog Number 20A 125V pool pump receptacle kit, includes a NEMA L5-20 locking receptacle and single pole 20A 120-277V AC switch PKL520* Note: *Includes mounting hardware, gasket, wire connector, (3) closure plugs for the 3/4 inch threaded outlets and assembly instructions. Locking receptacle helps prevent unintentional disconnection of mating pump plug While-in-use cover protects switch and receptacle from weather and dirt while in use, and can be locked for added security (lock not included) * * * * * * Extra deep weatherproof box gives installers the room needed to wire the box efficiently State-of-the-art powder-coated finish provides years of protection against the elements Includes hardware, gasket and ground screw are provided Male inlet is securely mounted to the cover for additional durability Industrial grade device 1-Gang, cast aluminum Generator Power Connection Kit Description Catalog Number NEMA L14-30, 30A 125/250V, 3-pole 4-wire generator kit RB58405* Note: *Includes mounting hardware, gasket, ground screw, (2) closure plugs for the 3/4 inch threaded outlets and assembly instructions. Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Q-23 Wallplates and Covers Selection Chart Wallplate Selection Chart for Single Receptacles Typical Receptacle 15 or 20 amp straight blade devices Inches (mm) Stainless Steel 302/304 Stainless Steel 430 Solid Brass Ivory Brown 1-Gang, single receptacle 1.40 in. (35.6) I.D. opening SS7 SS7L SB7 NP7I NP7* 1-Gang, single receptacle 1.60 in. (40.6) I.D. opening SS720 -- SB720 NP720I NP720* 1-Gang, power outlet 2.15 in. (54.6) I.D. opening SS723 SS723L -- NP724I NP724* 2-Gang, power outlet 2.15 in. (54.6) I.D. opening SS702 -- -- -- -- 2-Gang, 2.15 in. (54.6) I.D. opening 1.81 in. W (46.0) x 2.38 in. H (60.3) mounting SS703 SS703L -- NP703I NP703* 2-Gang, 2.48 in. (63.0) I.D. opening 1.81 in. W (46.0) x 2.38 in. H (60.3) mounting SS701 -- -- -- -- Matching Wallplate Hi-Impact Nylon 15 amp locking devices 20 or 30 amp locking devices 3-wire, 4-wire or 5-wire 30 or 50 amp 3-wire power outlets 30, 50 or 60 amp 3-wire power outlets Note: *Catalog number indicated is Brown, for full offering of color options and materials see pages Q-7 and Q-8. Q-24 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Wallplates and Covers Material Specifications Nylon, Stainless Steel and Brass Plate Nylon Plate Listings Specifications Conforms to applicable NEMA(R) and ANSI(R) Standards Meets UL Standard 514D and CSA C22.2 #42.1 UL Listed (Brass, stainless steel and nylon) CSA Certified Thickness Mounting screws Feature Aluminum Plate Operating temperature Appearance 302/304 Stainless Steel (18% Chromium, 8% Nickel) Plate 0.05 in. (1.3) Aluminum slotted head Brushed finish, clear anodized Brass (70% Copper, 30% Zinc) Plate Operating temperature Appearance Inches (mm) Specifications Thickness Mounting screws Inches (mm) Specifications Thickness Mounting screws 0.06 in. (1.5) Steel (painted slotted screw head) Captive mounting screw hole, positive bow for flush mounting -40C to 85C Smooth Inches (mm) Specifications Thickness Mounting screws Appearance Inches (mm) 0.04 in. (1.0) Brass (70% copper, 30% zinc), slotted screw head -40C to 85C Brushed finish Appearance .035 in. (0.9) nominal 302/304 stainless steel (18% chromium, 8% nickel), slotted screw head Brushed finish 430 Stainless Steel (17% Chromium, Less than 0.50% Nickel) Plate Inches (mm) Specifications Brass-Plated Steel Plate Thickness Mounting screws Inches (mm) Appearance Specifications Thickness Mounting screws Appearance .035 in. (0.9) nominal 302/304 stainless steel (18% chromium, 8% nickel), slotted screw head Brushed finish 0.03 in. (0.8) nominal Brass slotted head Polished finish, coated to inhibit oxidation Chrome-Plated Steel Plate Inches (mm) Specifications Thickness Mounting screws Appearance 0.03 in. (0.8) Nominal Zinc-plated steel slotted head Polished finish, coated to inhibit oxidation NEMA(R) is a registered trademark of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association. ANSI(R) is a registered trademark of the American National Standards Institute. Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Q-25 Wallplates and Covers Wallplate Dimensions Product Dimensions H Inches (mm) Type Standard Metal Height Width Painted Metal Width Type Height Width 1-Gang 4.50" (114.3) 2.87" (72.9) 2.75" (69.8) 1-Gang 5.25" (133.4) 3.50" (88.9) 2-Gang 5.25" (133.4) 5.31" (134.9) 2-Gang 4.50" (114.3) 4.60" (116.8) 4.56" (115.8) 3-Gang 4.50" (114.3) 6.41" (162.8) 6.38" (162.1) 4-Gang 4.50" (114.3) 8.22" (208.8) 8.18" (207.8) 5-Gang 4.50" (114.3) 10.03" (254.8) 10.00" (254.0) 11.81" (300.0) Jumbo Metal 6-Gang 4.50" (114.3) 11.81" (300.0) 7-Gang 4.50" (114.3) 13.68" (347.5) 8-Gang 4.50" (114.3) 15.44" (392.1) Type Standard Nylon Height Width Type Mid-Size Nylon Height Width 1-Gang 4.63" (117.6) 2.88" (73.2) 1-Gang 4.88" (124.0) 3.13" (79.5) 2-Gang 4.63" (117.6) 4.69" (119.1) 2-Gang 4.88" (124.0) 4.94" (125.4) 3-Gang 4.63" (117.6) 6.50" (165.1) 3-Gang 4.88" (124.0) 6.75" (171.5) 4-Gang 4.63" (117.6) 8.31" (211.1) 4-Gang 4.88" (124.0) 8.56" (217.4) 5-Gang 4.63" (117.6) 10.12" (256.1) 6-Gang 4.63" (117.6) 11.93" (303.0) Type Snap-on Nylon Height Width W H W H 1-Gang 4.68" (118.9) 2.94" (74.7) 2-Gang 4.68" (118.9) 4.75" (120.7) 3-Gang 4.68" (118.9) 6.56" (166.6) 4-Gang 4.68" (118.9) 8.37" (212.6) 5-Gang 4.68" (118.9) 10.18" (258.6) 6-Gang 4.68" (118.9) 11.99" (304.5) W Wallplate Openings and Mounting Dimensions Inches (mm) #6-32 Oval Head Screws Typical Standard Metal - 1.39" (35.3) Painted Metal - 1.37" (34.8) Jumbo Metal - 1.76" (44.7) Standard Nylon - 1.44" (36.6) Mid-Size Nylon - 1.56" (39.6) 1.81" (46.0) TYP. 1.81" (46.0) TYP. 1.81" (46.0) TYP. 1.81" (46.0) TYP. Duplex Recept. Device Mtg. Power Outlet Device Mtg. 2.50" (63.5) Standard Device Mtg. 2.38" (60.5) Rectangular Device Mtg. 3.81" (96.8) Box Mtg. 3.28" (83.3) Note: Specifications are subject to change without notice. Q-26 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Wallplates and Covers Custom Metal Wallplates How To Select A Custom Metal Wallplate Step 1: Determine wallplate material and enter in box marked "Catalog Number" Smooth Metal Material Code Aluminum Brass plated steel Solid brass Chrome plated steel Stainless steel 302/304 AL BP BR CH SS Determine number of gangs required and enter in box marked "Catalog Number" next to material. Number of Gangs Code 1-Gang 2-Gang 3-Gang 4-Gang 5-Gang 6-Gang 7-Gang 8-Gang 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Enter Catalog Number. BWC* SS Step 2: Enter quantity. 4 Step 3: Select the custom metal wallplate configuration. Refer to the custom wallplate configuration chart to select a configuration for each gang in the wallplate. Each configuration has a specific 3-digit code located in the chart on page Q-28. Enter this 3-digit configuration code in the corresponding box on the order form grid to match the position required on the finished custom wallplate. Item No. Catalog Number 1 BWCSS4 Quantity Code Position 1 Position 2 B* 001 149 Position 3 008 Position 4 026 2 Note: *BWC are preprinted on the distributor order form. Number to use for pricing. The 3-digit numbers listed in the Sample Order Form above (001, 149, etc.) represent the configuration for the custom metal wallplate selected on the right. See Configuration Chart and Bryant Configuration Selector Guide on page Q-28 for additional configuration choices. Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Q-27 Wallplates and Covers Custom Metal Wallplates Configuration Chart Inches (mm) 079 Barrel key switch with hash marks 001 Toggle switch 007 Single receptacle, 1.40 in. (35.6) I.D. opening ON OFF 080 Barrel key switch with ON/OFF and hash marks 456 2- Telephone 0.38 in. (9.7) dia. hole, box mount 458 2- Telephone 0.50 in. (12.7) dia. hole, box mount 411 2- Telephone 0.64 in. (16.3) dia. hole, box mount 008 Duplex receptacle 091 Single receptacle, 1.60 in. (40.6) I.D. opening 435 9-Pin, vertical box mount 011 1- Telephone 0.64 in. (16.3) I.D. hole, box mount, 0.50 in. (12.7) I.D., nylon bushing 098 Single receptacle, 2.16 in. (54.7) I.D. opening 438 15-Pin, vertical box mount 012 1- Telephone 0.64 in. (16.3) I.D. hole, strap mount, 0.50 in. (12.7) I.D., nylon bushing 135 Louver, vertical mount 295 25-Pin, vertical box mount 013 Blank, box mount 149 Blank, no mounting holes 314 1- IBM(R) type opening, box mount 014 Blank, strap mount 026 Decorator opening 055 1-Telephone, 0.38 in. (9.7) I.D. hole, strap mount 056 1- Telephone, 0.38 in. (9.7) I.D. hole, box mount 057 1- Telephone, 0.50 in. (12.7) I.D. hole, strap mount 058 1- Telephone, 0.50 in. (12.7) I.D. hole, box mount Coax/Twinax and Modular Jack Openings 422 1- "D" hole, 0.51 in. (12.9) dia., 0.44 in. (11.2) flat, box mount 425 1- "D" hole, 0.51 in. (12.9) dia., 0.47 in. (12.0) flat, box mount 428 1- "D" hole, 0.58 in. (14.7) dia., 0.55 in. (14.0) flat, box mount 430 1- "D" hole, 0.76 in. (19.3) dia., 0.73 in. (18.5) flat, box mount 423 2- "D" hole, 0.51 in. (12.9) dia., 0.44 in. (11.2) flat, box mount 426 2- "D" hole, 0.51 in. (12.9) dia., 0.47 in. (12.0) flat, box mount 429 2- "D" hole, 0.58 in. (14.7) dia., 0.55 in. (14.0) flat, box mount 431 2- "D" hole, 0.76 in. (19.3) dia., 0.73 in. (18.5) flat, box mount 078 Barrel key switch 415 1- IBM(R) type opening, 1- 0.59 in. x 0.76 in. (15.0 x 19.3) opening Voice/Data Opening 470 1- 0.54 in. x 0.75 in. (13.8 x 19.1) opening, vertical box mount 473 1- 0.59 in. x 0.76 in. (15.0 x 19.3) opening, vertical box mount 476 1- 0.59 in. x 0.82 in. (15.0 x 20.8) opening, vertical box mount 479 1- 0.58 in. x 0.78 in. (14.6 x 19.8) opening, vertical box mount 471 2- 0.54 in. x 0.75 in. (13.8 x 19.1) opening, vertical box mount 473 2- 0.59 in. x 0.76 in. (15.0 x 19.3) opening, vertical box mount 476 2- 0.59 in. x 0.82 in. (15.0 x 20.8) opening, vertical box mount 479 2- 0.58 in. x 0.78 in. (14.6 x 19.8) opening, vertical box mount Note: For detailed dimensions of the above configurations, contact Technical Service at btechserv@hubbell.com. Available in brushed metal, standard size only up to and including 8-gang type. IBM(R) is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation. Q-28 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Section R Network Wiring Table of Contents Page In-Wall AV Delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-2 HDMI Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-2 Network Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-3 Network Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-4 AV Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-5 Patch Panels and Patch Cords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-6 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-7 Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-8 Video and Audio Keystone Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-9 AV Keystone Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Q10 Frames and Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-11 Molded-In Voice/Data/Video Frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-12 Molded-In Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-13 Telephone Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-14 Modular Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-15 Modular Face Plate Frames and Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-16 Modules and Frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-17 AV 110 EverywhereTM Analog AV Over UTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-18 Termination Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-19 Standard UTP Wiring Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .R-20 www.bryant-electric.com R-1 Network Wiring In-Wall AV Delivery (R) Infrastructure for Digital Lifestyles * High density delivery of power, data and AV * Stud or sheetrock mounting flexibility * Steel construction for residential MDU and commercial applications * Easily reconfigured to adapt to new applications FPTV Connection Enclosure Power Kits Inches (mm) Description Height Dimensions Width Depth 2-Gang in-wall enclosure 8.16" (207) 7.92" (201) 3.37" (86) NSAV62M Steel cover for NSAV6 series 7.2" (183) 7.2" (183) 0.05" (1) NSAV6C Catalog Number Block wall adapter NSAV6BW New work stud brackets NSAV6NW HDMI Frames Description Color Catalog Number Standard power kit, includes White wallplate, box and 15A tamperresistant outlet NSOKPTR Surge protected power kit, includes wallplate, box and surge protected outlet NSOKPS Blue Recessed Receptacles Description Color HDMI, decorator frame, Almond female to female Black Gray Ivory Light Almond White 1-Gang, 1-Port 1-Gang, 2-Port NS801AL NS801BK NS801GY NS801I NS801LA NS801W NS802AL NS802BK NS802GY NS802I NS802LA NS802W 15A 125V, Tamper-Resistant Duplex Receptacle Color 1-Gang 2-Gang with Feed-Through 2-Gang with Snap Fit Ivory Light Almond White RR1510I RR1510LA RR1510W RR1512I RR1512LA RR1512W RR1514I RR1514LA RR1514W Feed-Through Plates Color 1-Gang 2-Gang Ivory White NSAV1I* NSAV1W* NSAV2I* NSAV2W* Note: *Not UL Listed. Two and Three Gangable AV Wallboxes Inches (mm) Box Height Dimensions Width Depth Top Knockouts Bottom Knockouts Back Knockouts Catalog Number 2-Gang, 2" KO, 54 in3 capacity 4.21" (107) 4.06" (103) 4.0" (102) (2) 1/2" (2) 1/2" - 3/4" TKO* (1) 1", 11/4", 11/2" and 2" (2) 1/2" - 3/4" TKO HBL985 3-Gang, 2" KO, 79 in3 capacity 4.21" (107) 5.87" (149) 4.0" (102) (3) 1/2" (3) 1/2" - 3/4" TKO* (1) 1/2", (1) 1/2" - 3/4" TKO* (1) 1", 11/4", 11/2" and 2" (3) 1/2" - 3/4" TKO HBL986 Note: *TKO (Tangential Knockout). Wallbox Low Voltage AV Wallbox Partitions Description Color Catalog Number Compatible With Description 2-Gang, nail-on box, thermoplastic Blue RR1500 HBL985 and HBL986 Solid divider 1 HBL989 With pass-thru capability 1 HBL989AVD R-2 www.bryant-electric.com Quantity Catalog Number Specifications are subject to change without notice. Network Wiring Network Enclosures (R) Infrastructure for Digital Lifestyles * Flush or surface mount enclosure (hardware provided) * Hinged cover can be mounted to swing from either side * Integral trim ring on hinged door * Horizontal and vertical module mounting holes * Unique 89D bracket mounting holes * Integral cable management slots and tie-wraps * Material: 20-18 gauge steel * Finish: white, powder coat Pre-Configured Network System Kit Description Catalog Number Basic home network kit includes: - One box with hinged cover NSOBOX14 - One primary 8-port telephone module NSOPTM8 - One four way coaxial splitter module NSOVM4 NSOBNK14 10-Inch Network Enclosure for MDU and Modular Applications Inches (mm) Module Unit Capacity Description Height Width Depth With hinged cover 11.55" (293) 15.65" (398) 4.08" (104) 3 NSOBX10 With panel cover 11.07" (281) 4.08" (104) 3 NSOBX10BC 10"H box only 10.07" (256) 14.38" (365) 3.96" (101) 3 NSOBX10B Hinged door 11.55" (293 15.65" (398) 0.58" (15) - NSOBX10D Panel cover 11.07" (281) 15.50" (594) 0.20" (5) - NSOBX10C Width Depth 14-Inch Network Enclosure - Catalog Number Inches (mm) Description Height Module Unit Capacity Catalog Number NSOBOX14 With hinged cover 15.55" (395) 15.65" (398) 4.08" (104) 5 With panel cover 15.10" (384) 15.54" (395) 4.08" (104) 5 NSOBOX14BC 14"H box only 14.00" (356) 14.38" (365) 3.96" (101) 5 NSOBOX14B Hinged door 15.55" (395) 15.65" (398) 0.33" (8) - NSOBOX14D NSOBOX14DL Vented door (louver) 15.55" (395) 15.65" (398) 0.52" (15) - Panel cover 15.11" (384) 15.54" (395) 0.20" (5) - NSOBOX14C 2"D extension bracket with ventilation and WiFi KO 15.30" (389) 15.57" (395) 2.00" (51) - NSOBOX14X2 Width Depth - - 28-Inch Network Enclosure Inches (mm) Description Height With hinged cover 29.55" (751) With panel cover 29.13" (740) 15.54" (395) 28"H box only 28.00" (711) 14.38" (365) Module Unit Capacity Catalog Number 11 NSOBOX28 4.08" (104) 11 NSOBOX28BC 3.96" (101) 11 NSOBOX28B Hinged door 29.55" (751 15.65" (398) 0.33" (8) - NSOBOX28D Vented door (louver) 29.55" (751 15.65" (398) 0.52" (15) - NSOBOX28DL Panel cover 29.29" (744) 15.54" (395) 0.20" (5) - NSOBOX28C 2"D extension bracket with ventilation and WiFi KOs 29.3" (744) 15.57" (395) 2.00" (51) - NSOBOX28X2 48-Inch Network Enclosure Inches (mm) Description Height Width Depth With hinged cover 48.94" (1243) 14.94" (379) 4.07" (103) Module Unit Capacity Catalog Number 21 NSOBOX48* Note: *Door covers rough-in, no trim ring provided. Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.bryant-electric.com R-3 Network Wiring Network Modules (R) Infrastructure for Digital Lifestyles * Category 6 networking module component * Hoizontal or vertical module mounting options * DSL, VolP and ethernet ready * Finish: black, powder coat * Material: 18 gauge steel or high impact plastic * UL and cULus Listed 1863 * All data and phone modules 568A wired Combination Modules Description Units Catalog Number 6-port telephone panel and 6-port coaxial splitter with optional 6-port Category 5e panel provides voice, video, and data distribution in a space efficient package, perfect for use with NSOBOX10 and NS790xx plates to quickly establish a comprehensive home network 6-port telephone and video 3 NSOTVM6 6-port telephone, video and Category 5e 3 NSOTVDM6 6-port Category 5e data upgrade kit 3 NSODK6 Primary Telephone Module Description Units 8-port phone outlets with up to 4 incoming lines for voice, fax or modem applications in a protected PCB module, pre-mounted push pins snap the module quickly into place, RJ31X interface jack included for security system connection, RJ45 jack interfaces with optional NSOETM8 telephone expansion module for additional extensions 1 Catalog Number NSOPTM8 Expansion Telephone Module Description Units 8-port adds an additional 8 phone outlets with up to 4 incoming lines when used with the primary telephone module, pre-mounted push pins snap the module quickly into place, includes RJ45 jumper cord to connect with NSOPTM8 primary telephone module 1 Catalog Number NSOETM8 Data Modules Description Units Catalog Number Category 5e data module, 8-port supports Gigabit Ethernet for up to 8 C5e data lines with front 110 punch-down terminations in a protected PCB module, pre-mounted push pins snap the module quickly into place 1 NSODM8 Category 6 data module, 8-port supports enhanced transmission speeds beyond Gigabit Ethernet, future-proof for tomorrows applications 1 NSODM8C6 Patchable Telecom Module Description Terminates lines via modular plug to accommodate flexibility by changing plug locations, reconfigure where phone lines go at the panel level, allows data lines to be converted to voice with the move of a patch cord, includes nine RJ45 jumper cords Units Catalog Number 2 NSOMTM24 Units Catalog Number Combination Module Description 6-port telephone and 1-port Category 5e data provides basic telephone and data delivery in a small package, allows data lines to be converted to voice with the move of a patch cord R-4 www.bryant-electric.com 1 NSO6P1DM Specifications are subject to change without notice. Network Wiring AV Modules (R) Infrastructure for Digital Lifestyles * netSELECT(R) video modules support bidirectional signal by splitting to 4, 6, or 8 separate work areas * Pre-mounted push pins snap the module quickly into place * Supports digital and analog video finish: black, powder coat * UL and cULus Listed 1863 4-Way Coaxial Splitter Modules (one incoming line, four outgoing) Description Units Catalog Number 1Ghz, basic unit 1 NSOVM4 2.3Ghz, enhanced capability 1 NSOVM42G 6-Way Coaxial Splitter Modules (one incoming line, six outgoing) Description Units Catalog Number 1Ghz, basic unit 1 NSOVM6 2.3Ghz, enhanced capability 1 NSOVM62G 8-Way Coaxial Splitter Modules (one incoming line, eight outgoing) Description Units Catalog Number 1Ghz, basic unit 1 NSOVM8 2.3Ghz, enhanced capability 1 NSOVM82G Fixed Video Amplifier Module (120 Volt rated) Description Units Provides 10dB video signal amplification for incoming cable feeds recommended for use when more than four outputs are installed or when signal level is low, provides 10dB forward path gain and supports current digital cable systems and modems with a passive return, pre-mounted push pins snap the module quickly into place, includes RG-59 cable jumper to connect amplifier to passive video splitter 1 Catalog Number NSOVAMP Eight Room Audio Module Description Units Distributes audio from an amplifier to matching volume controllers, supports up to eight rooms of audio, power handling - 200W RMS@20 C, requires impedance matching volume controls (see page R-6) 1 Catalog Number NSOAM8 Blank Module Plate Description Units Allows mounting of active components (i.e. switches, routers) or other devices (66 blocks, audio components) onto a modular platform, can be custom drilled or used with two self-adhesive VELCRO(R) strips included to mount components onto module, pre-mounted push pins snap the module quickly into place 1 Catalog Number NSOBM VELCRO(R) is a registered trademark of Velcro Industries B.V. Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.bryant-electric.com R-5 Network Wiring Patch Panels and Patch Cords (R) Infrastructure for Digital Lifestyles * Reliable, efficient design * Inline terminations * TIA 568-C.2 category 5e/6 component compliant * cULus Listed Universal Consolidation Blocks and Patch Panels Inches (mm) Depth Ports Category Height Width Category 5e Category 6 Type Category 5e Category 6 12 24 48 5e 5e 5e 10.00" (254) 1.72" (44) 3.47" (88) 3.30" (84) 19.00" (483) 19.00" (483) 1.79" (45) 1.24" (31) 1.24" (31) 1.79" (45) 1.21" (31) 1.21" (31) Consolidation Block Patch Panel Patch Panel NSP5E12 NSP5E24 NSP5E48 NSP612 NSP624 NSP648 Cable construction: * Conductor: #24 AWG UTP * Jacket: flame-retardant PVC - CM rated * TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e and 6 component compliant * UL Listed 1863 NEXTSPEED(R) Category 6 Patch Cords Length Black Blue Gray Green Orange Purple Red White Yellow 1' 3' 5' 7' 10' 15' 20' 25' HC6BK01 HC6BK03 HC6BK05 HC6BK07 HC6BK10 HC6BK15 HC6BK20 HC6BK25 HC6B01 HC6B03 HC6B05 HC6B07 HC6B10 HC6B15 HC6B20 HC6B25 HC6GY01 HC6GY03 HC6GY05 HC6GY07 HC6GY10 HC6GY15 HC6GY20 HC6GY25 HC6GN01 HC6GN03 HC6GN05 HC6GN07 HC6GN10 HC6GN15 HC6GN20 HC6GN25 HC6OR01 HC6OR03 HC6OR05 HC6OR07 HC6OR10 HC6OR15 HC6OR20 HC6OR25 HC6P01 HC6P03 HC6P05 HC6P07 HC6P10 HC6P15 HC6P20 HC6P25 HC6R01 HC6R03 HC6R05 HC6R07 HC6R10 HC6R15 HC6R20 HC6R25 HC6W01 HC6W03 HC6W05 HC6W07 HC6W10 HC6W15 HC6W20 HC6W25 HC6Y01 HC6Y03 HC6Y05 HC6Y07 HC6Y10 HC6Y15 HC6Y20 HC6Y25 NEXTSPEED(R) Category 5e Patch Cords Length Black Blue Gray Green Orange Purple Red White Yellow 1' 3' 5' 7' 10' 15' 20' 25' HC5EBK01 HC5EBK03 HC5EBK05 HC5EBK07 HC5EBK10 HC5EBK15 HC5EBK20 HC5EBK25 HC5EB01 HC5EB03 HC5EB05 HC5EB07 HC5EB10 HC5EB15 HC5EB20 HC5EB25 HC5EGY01 HC5EGY03 HC5EGY05 HC5EGY07 HC5EGY10 HC5EGY15 HC5EGY20 HC5EGY25 HC5EGN01 HC5EGN03 HC5EGN05 HC5EGN07 HC5EGN10 HC5EGN15 HC5EGN20 HC5EGN25 HC5EOR01 HC5EOR03 HC5EOR05 HC5EOR07 HC5EOR10 HC5EOR15 HC5EOR20 HC5EOR25 HC5EP01 HC5EP03 HC5EP05 HC5EP07 HC5EP10 HC5EP15 HC5EP20 HC5EP25 HC5ER01 HC5ER03 HC5ER05 HC5ER07 HC5ER10 HC5ER15 HC5ER20 HC5ER25 HC5EW01 HC5EW03 HC5EW05 HC5EW07 HC5EW10 HC5EW15 HC5EW20 HC5EW25 HC5EY01 HC5EY03 HC5EY05 HC5EY07 HC5EY10 HC5EY15 HC5EY20 HC5EY25 Note: Category 5e and 6 are made-to-order lengths are available from 30 ft. to 100 ft. in 5 ft. increments. Snap-On Plugs * All plug contacts 50 micro-inch gold-plated * IDC wire contacts * Plastic: 94V-0 rated Snap-On Modular Plug * For voice applications Description * For solid cable Snap-on, 8-position modular plug R-6 www.bryant-electric.com AWG #24 to #26 Catalog Number BRFTP4P Specifications are subject to change without notice. Network Wiring Accessories (R) Infrastructure for Digital Lifestyles * netSELECT(R) accessories enhance system capabilities * Volume controls expand home audio applications * Cabinet mounted receptacle kits provide convenient power to the enclosure * Audio controls available in slide or rotary * Receptacles available in surge and standard kits Slide Audio Volume Controller Rotary Audio Volume Controller Description Color Catalog Number Description Color Catalog Number Decorator styling, power handling 70W RMS@20C, impedance matching for up to 8 pairs of speakers, includes both ivory and white slides and frames Ivory/White NSOSAVC Power handling 70W RMS@20C, impedance matching for up to 8 pairs of speakers, includes both ivory and white knobs and frames Ivory/White NSORAVC Surge Suppression Power Kit Panel Bracket Adapter Description Catalog Number Description Includes surge receptacle 15A 125V, NEMA 5-15R, 240 joules/15,000A protection, per mode, electrical steel box and wallplate NSOKPS* For use with adapter panels shown below and FSP NSOFSB series modules on page G11, snap mounts into structured cabling enclosures Catalog Number Note: *Not UL or cULus Listed. Standard Power Kit Description F-Connector Adapter Panel Catalog Number Description Catalog Number Includes duplex receptacle 15A 125V, NEMA 5-15R NSOKPTR electrical steel box and wallplate F-connector adapter panel with six populated coaxial connectors FSPFP6X Lock Kit Keystone Adapter Panel Description Catalog Number Description Catalog Number Chromed steel, includes two keys, eliminates unwanted tampering FLOCK1* Features six blank openings for jacks and snap fits FSPHD6X Note: *Not UL or cULus Listed. Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.bryant-electric.com R-7 Network Wiring Connectivity (R) Infrastructure for Digital Lifestyles netSELECT(R) Voice/Data Jacks provide for a wide range of applications ranging from high performance data demands of Cat. 6 and Cat. 5e, to simple voice grade USOC jacks. * Easy to terminate angled wiring towers * Meets FCC part 68 * Meets and exceeds ANSI/TIA - Category 6 and Category 5e standards * UL Listed and CSA Certified netSELECT(R) Category 6, 5e and USOC Jacks Color Modular Snap Fit Cat. 6 Jack (single) Modular Snap Fit Cat. 6 Jack (25 pack) Modular Snap Fit Cat. 5e Jack (single) Modular Snap Fit Cat. 5e Jack (25 pack) Modular Snap Fit USOC Jack Black Blue Gray Green Ivory Light Almond Orange Red White Yellow NSJ6BK NSJ6B NSJ6GY NSJ6GN NSJ6I NSJ6LA NSJ6OR NSJ6R NSJ6W NSJ6Y NSJ6BK25 NSJ6B25 NSJ6GY25 NSJ6GN25 NSJ6I25 NSJ6LA25 NSJ6OR25 NSJ6R25 NSJ6W25 NSJ6Y25 NSJ5EBK NSJ5EB NSJ5EGY NSJ5EGN NSJ5EI NSJ5ELA NSJ5EOR NSJ5ER NSJ5EW NSJ5EY NSJ5EBK25 NSJ5EB25 NSJ5EGY25 NSJ5EGN25 NSJ5EI25 NSJ5ELA25 NSJ5EOR25 NSJ5ER25 NSJ5EW25 NSJ5EY25 NSJUBK NSJUB NSJUGY NSJUGN NSJUI NSJULA NSJUOR NSJUR NSJUW NSJUY RJ-45 Couplers HDMI 1.4 Connectors for IMB and ISFB Series Blanks Female to Female Couplers Housing Color Category 6, Pass-Thru Category 5e, Pass-Thru Category 5e, Cross Over 10/100BASE-T Black Gray White SFC6BK - SFC6W SFC5EBK - SFC5EW - SF5ECOGY - Color HDMI Keystone Feed-Thru HDMI Feed-Thru Coupler HDMI Feed-Thru 3-Inch Tail Black White SFHC14BK SFHC14W HDMIC14 - HDMIT14 - USB Connectors Pass-Thru, Female to Female Couplers Housing Color USB 3.0, A to A USB 3.0, A to B USB 2.0, A to A USB 2.0, A to B Black Blue Office White White SFUSBAA3BK - - - SFUSBAB3BK - - - - SFUSBAAB SFUSBAAOW SFUSBAAW - SFUSBABB SFUSBABOW SFUSBABW HDMI Non-Active Horizontal Patch Cords Black, Non-Plenum, #24 AWG HDMI Device Patch Cords 3 Foot 6 Foot In-Wall Cords, (Male with Screw to Male with Screw) Patch Cords, (Male to Male with Secure Screw) Coupler Cords, (Male to Female) HDPC03BK HDPC06BK HDH10BK* HDL10BK* HDC10BK* Note: *Also available in lengths: 15 (15'), 20 (20'), 25 (25'), 30 (30'). See page R-12 for modules and frames. R-8 www.bryant-electric.com Specifications are subject to change without notice. Network Wiring Video and Audio Keystone Connections (R) Infrastructure for Digital Lifestyles F-Type Connectors Pass-Thru, F/F Coupler Nickel Gold Color 2GHz 3GHz 2GHz Recessed RCA to F-Connector Almond Black Electric Ivory Gray Office White White SFFALX SFFBX SFFEX SFFGX SFFX SFFWX SFF3GAL SFF3GBK SFF3GEI SFF3GGY SFF3GOW SFF3GW SFFGAL SFFGBK SFFGEI SFFGGY SFFGOW SFFGW - SFGRFBK SFGRFEI SFGRFGY SFGRFOW SFGRFW - SFRFGBK SFRFGEI SFRFGGY SFRFGOW SFRFGW Blank Connectors and Couplers F-Connector Plugs 10-Pack 25-Pack Color Blank Connector Smooth Blank Connector Termination Type Cable Type Catalog Number Almond Black Electric Ivory Gray Light Almond Office White White SFBAL10 SFBB10 SFBE10 SFBG10 - SFB10 SFBW10 SFSBAL10 SFSBBK10 SFSBEI10 SFSBGY10 SFSBLA10 - SFSBW10 Compression RG6 FRG625 Crimp RG6 FRG6C25 3.5mm Stereo Jacks 1/4" Stereo Jack Color 3.5mm to Solder 3.5mm to Screw Terminal 3.5mm Pass-Thru, F/F Coupler 3.5mm Pass-Thru, Gold, F/F Coupler Almond SF35SJAL SF35STAL SF35FFAL SF35GFFAL Black Electric Ivory Gray Office White White SF35SJBK SF35SJEI SF35SJGY SF35SJOW SF35SJW SF35STBK SF35STEI SF35STGY SF35STOW SF35STW SF35FFBK SF35FFEI SF35FFGY SF35FFOW SF35FFW SF35GFFBK SF35GFFEI SF35GFFGY SF35GFFOW SF35GFFW Speaker Post Connectors Solder Color SF14SJAL SF14SJBK SF14SJEI SF14SJGY SF14SJOW SF14SJW Almond Black Electric Ivory Gray Office White White Speaker Banana Plugs Screw Termination, Gold Screw Termination, Gold, 10-Pack Color Black Red Black Red Almond Black Electric Ivory Gray Office White White SFSPGBKAL SFSPGBKBK SFSPGBKEI SFSPGBKGY SFSPGBKOW SFSPGBKW SFSPGRAL SFSPGRBK SFSPGREI SFSPGRGY SFSPGROW SFSPGRW SPPBK10 SPPR10 Light Almond is the same color as Office White. See color chart on page V30. Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.bryant-electric.com R-9 Network Wiring AV Keystone Connections (R) Infrastructure for Digital Lifestyles RCA Connectors, Solder Termination Insulator Color Housing Color Black Blue Green Orange Red White Yellow Almond Black Electric Ivory Gray Office White White SFRCBKAL SFRCBKBK SFRCBKEI SFRCBKGY SFRCBKOW SFRCBKW SFRCBAL SFRCBBK SFRCBEI SFRCBGY SFRCBOW SFRCBW SFRCGNAL SFRCGNBK SFRCGNEI SFRCGNGY SFRCGNOW SFRCGNW SFRCORAL SFRCORBK SFRCOREI SFRCORGY SFRCOROW SFRCORW SFRCRAL SFRCRBK SFRCREI SFRCRGY SFRCROW SFRCRW SFRCWAL SFRCWBK SFRCWEI SFRCWGY SFRCWOW SFRCWW SFRCYAL SFRCYBK SFRCYEI SFRCYGY SFRCYOW SFRCYW RCA Connectors, Pass-Thru, Recessed Insulator Color Housing Color Black Blue Green Orange Red White Yellow Almond Black Electric Ivory Gray Office White White SFRCBKRAL SFRCBKRBK SFRCBKREI SFRCBKRGY SFRCBKROW SFRCBKRW SFRCBRAL SFRCBRBK SFRCBREI SFRCBRGY SFRCBROW SFRCBRW SFRCGNRAL SFRCGNRBK SFRCGNREI SFRCGNRGY SFRCGNROW SFRCGNRW SFRCORRAL SFRCORRBK SFRCORREI SFRCORRGY SFRCORROW SFRCORRW SFRCRRAL SFRCRRBK SFRCRREI SFRCRRGY SFRCRROW SFRCRRW SFRCWRAL SFRCWRBK SFRCWREI SFRCWRGY SFRCWROW SFRCWRW SFRCYRAL SFRCYRBK SFRCYREI SFRCYRGY SFRCYROW SFRCYRW RCA Connectors, Pass-Thru, Gold, Female to Female Coupler Insulator Color Housing Color Black Blue Green Orange Red White Yellow Almond Black Electric Ivory Gray Office White White SFRCBKFFAL SFRCBKFFBK SFRCBKFFEI SFRCBKFFGY SFRCBKFF SFRCBKFFW SFRCBFFAL SFRCBFFBK SFRCBFFEI SFRCBFFGY SFRCBFFOW SFRCBFFW SFRCGNFFAL SFRCGNFFBK SFRCGNFFEI SFRCGNFFGY SFRCGNFFOW SFRCGNFFW SFRCORFFAL SFRCORFFBK SFRCORFFEI SFRCORFFGY SFRCORFFOW SFRCORFFW SFRCRFFAL SFRCRFFBK SFRCRFFEI SFRCRFFGY SFRCRFF SFRCRFFW SFRCWFFAL SFRCWFFBK SFRCWFFEI SFRCWFFGY SFRCWFF SFRCWFFW SFRCYFFAL SFRCYFFBK SFRCYFFEI SFRCYFFGY SFRCYFF SFRCYFFW R-10 www.bryant-electric.com Specifications are subject to change without notice. Network Wiring Frames and Plates (R) Infrastructure for Digital Lifestyles * Provide a stylized look for a finishing touch * Multimedia jacks insert into frame for custom configurations * Elongated strap for better wall box mounting * High impact-resistant thermoplastic frame * UL Listed 1863 - Communication Circuit Accessory and CSA Certified Decorator Frames Color 2-Port 3-Port 4-Port 6-Port Adapter .406" (10.3) Dia. Hole Adapter Blank Black Gray Ivory Light Almond White NS612BK NS612GY NS612I NS612LA NS612W NS613BK NS613GY NS613I NS613LA NS613W NS614BK NS614GY NS614I NS614LA NS614W NS616BK NS616GY NS616I NS616LA NS616W -- -- NS621I NS621LA NS621W NS620BK NS620GY NS620I NS620LA NS620W Note: Use NS621 series with rotary dimmers or to pull through AV or telephone cable, use NS620 series to fill an extra decorator opening or create customized openings. 1-Gang Multimedia Face Plates Standard Color 1-Port 2-Port 3-Port 4-Port 6-Port Black Gray Ivory Light Almond White NSP11BK NSP11GY NSP11I NSP11LA NSP11W NSP12BK NSP12GY NSP12I NSP12LA NSP12W NSP13BK NSP13GY NSP13I NSP13LA NSP13W NSP14BK NSP14GY NSP14I NSP14LA NSP14W NSP16BK NSP16GY NSP16I NSP16LA NSP16W Midsize Color 1-Port 2-Port 3-Port 4-Port 6-Port Black Gray Ivory Light Almond White NSP101BK NSP101GY NSP101I NSP101LA NSP101W NSP102BK NSP102GY NSP102I NSP102LA NSP102W NSP103BK NSP103GY NSP103I NSP103LA NSP103W NSP104BK NSP104GY NSP104I NSP104LA NSP104W NSP106BK NSP106GY NSP106I NSP106LA NSP106W 2-Gang Multimedia Face Plates Duplex 106 Outlet Frames Standard Color 2-Port 4-Port Almond Black Electric Ivory Gray Office White White BR106AL BR106B BR106E BR106G BR106C BR106W Q106AL Q106B Q106E Q106G Q106O Q106W Color 4-Port 6-Port Black Gray Ivory Light Almond White NSP24BK NSP24GY NSP24I NSP24LA NSP24W NSP26BK NSP26GY NSP26I NSP26LA NSP26W Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.bryant-electric.com R-11 Network Wiring Molded-In Voice/Data/Video Frames (R) Infrastructure for Digital Lifestyles * Frames offer voice, Category 5e and Coaxial video in different configurations * High impact-resistant thermoplastic frame * Convenient screw down terminals * Meets FCC part 68 * UL Listed 1863 - Communication Circuit Accessory and CSA Certified Molded-In Voice Data Decorator Frames Two Jack Voice Data Frame Description One RJ11 Jack, 6-Position, 4-Conductor One RJ11 Jack, 6-Position, 6-Conductor Duplex RJ11 Jacks, 6-Position, 6-Conductor RJ11 Jack, 6-Position, 4-Conductor Color Screw Terminations Screw Terminations Screw Terminations Screw Terminations 110 IDC Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond White NS770BK NS770 NS770GY NS770I NS770LA NS770W -- NS771 -- NS771I NS771LA NS771W -- -- -- NS772I NS772LA NS772W Category 5e, 8-Position, 8-Conductor NS784BK NS784 NS784GY NS784I NS784LA NS784W Molded-In Video and Voice Decorator Frames Description One F-Type Coupler Bulkhead, Female to Female Duplex F-Type Coupler Bulkhead, Female to Female One RJ11 Jack, 6-Position, 4-Conductor, One F-Type Coupler Bulkhead, Female to Female Color Screw Terminations Screw Terminations Screw Terminations Screw Terminations Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond White -- -- -- NS780I NS780LA NS780W -- -- -- NS782I NS782LA NS782W -- -- -- NS783I NS783LA NS783W NS785BK NS785 NS785GY NS785I NS785LA NS785W R-12 www.bryant-electric.com One Cat. 5e 110 Punch-Down, One F-Type Coupler Bulkhead, Female to Female Specifications are subject to change without notice. Network Wiring Molded-In Plates (R) Infrastructure for Digital Lifestyles * Provide economical alternative to wall phone outlet placement * High impact-resistant thermoplastic plate * Convenient screw down terminals * Meets FCC part 68 * UL Listed 1863 - Communication Circuit Accessory and CSA Certified Molded-In Plates for Voice, 1-Gang Description One RJ11 Jack, 6-Position, 4-Conductor, Screw Terminations One RJ11 Jack, 6-Position, 6-Conductor, Screw Terminations Duplex RJ11 Jacks, 6-Position, 4-Conductor, Screw Terminations Duplex RJ11 Jacks, 6-Position, 6-Conductor, Screw Terminations Color Standard Mid-Size Standard Standard Mid-Size Standard Brown Ivory Light Almond White NS730 NS730I NS730LA NS730W NS735 NS735I NS735LA NS735W NS732 NS732I NS732LA NS732W -- NS742I NS742LA NS742W -- NS745I -- NS745W -- NS744I -- NS744W Molded-In Plates for Voice and CATV/Satellite, 1-Gang Description One RJ11 Jack, 6-Position, 6-Conductor, One F-Type Coupler Bulkhead, Female to Female One RJ11 Jack, 6-Position, 4-Conductor, One F-Type Coupler Bulkhead, Female to Female One F-Type Coupler Bulkhead, Female to Female Color Standard Mid-Size Standard Standard Mid-Size Standard Ivory Light Almond White NS748I NS748LA NS748W NS755I NS755LA NS755W NS747I NS747LA NS747W NS750I NS750LA NS750W NS751I NS751LA NS751W NS752I NS752LA NS752W Description One Category 5e 110 Punch-Down, One RJ11 Jack, 6-Position, 4-Conductor, One F-Type Coupler Bulkhead, Female to Female Color Standard Black Brown Gray Ivory Light Almond White NS790BK NS790 NS790GY NS790I NS790LA NS790W Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.bryant-electric.com Duplex F-Type Coupler Bulkhead, Female to Female R-13 Network Wiring Telephone Jacks (R) Infrastructure for Digital Lifestyles * Available in high impact-resistant thermoplastic or stainless steel * Meets FCC part 68 * UL Listed 1863 - Communication Circuit Accessory and CSA Certified Telephone Wall Jacks Description Wall Phone Jack Quick Connect, 6-Position, 4-Conductor, Punch-Down Termination Tool Included Wall Phone Jack, 6-Position, 4-Conductor, Screw Terminations Wall Phone Jack, 6-Position, 6-Conductor, Screw Terminations Ivory Light Almond White NS721I -- NS721W NS722I -- NS722W NS725I NS725LA NS725W Description Wall Phone Jack Quick Connect, 6-Position, 4-Conductor, Punch-Down Termination Tool Included Wall Phone Jack, 6-Position, 4-Conductor, Screw Terminations Stainless Steel NS723SS NS726SS * High impact-resistant thermoplastic * Mounts using screws or double sided tape (both included) * Meets FCC part 68 * UL Listed 1863 - Communication Circuit Accessory and CSA Certified Telephone Surface Mount Jacks Description Telephone Surface Mount Jack, 6-Position, 4-Conductor, Screw Terminations Telephone Surface Mount Jack, 6-Position, 6-Conductor, Screw Terminations Multimedia 1-Port Surface Mount Box, Jack Not Included Multimedia 2-Port Surface Mount Box, Jacks Not Included Ivory White NS760I NS760W NS761I NS761W ISB1EI* ISB1W* ISB2EI* ISB2W* Note: *cULus Listed 1863 - Communication Circuit Accessory. See page R-8 for snap fit jacks. R-14 www.bryant-electric.com Specifications are subject to change without notice. Network Wiring Modular Connectors (R) Infrastructure for Digital Lifestyles * Fiber storage in 4-, 6- and 12-port versions * 4- and 6-port versions have ratcheting tabs for adjustable furniture mounting * 1-, 2-, 4-, 6- and 12-port configurations * Plenum versions available cULus Listed ISB Surface Mount Boxes Color 1-Port 2-Port 4-Port 6-Port 12-Port Black Electric Ivory Gray Office White White ISB1BK ISB1EI ISB1GY ISB1OW ISB1W ISB2BK ISB2EI ISB2GY ISB2OW ISB2W ISB4BK ISB4EI ISB4GY ISB4OW ISB4W ISB6BK ISB6EI ISB6GY ISB6OW ISB6W ISB12BK ISB12EI ISB12GY ISB12OW ISB12W Note: ISB surface mount boxes are not compatible with SJ shielded jacks. * The sliding cover provides protection and longer life * Staggered, angled openings provide proper cable exit and bend radius * Two methods to secure cover: screw, latch or both * Indoor or NEMA 3R weatherproof grade Secure-IT Plates, Tamper-Resistant Secure-IT Plates, Weatherproof Color Face Plate 1-Gang/4-Port Cable-Thru Plate 1-Gang Black Gray Office White White TPF1BK TPF1GY TPF1OW TPF1W TPCP1BK TPCP1GY TPCP1OW TPCP1W Color Face Plate 1-Gang/4-Port Gray TWPF1GY Stainless Steel Wall Mount Phone Plates, Single Gang Description Color Flush Jack Recessed Jack USOC jack, RJ25, 6-position Gray SPUF SPUR Category 5e jack, RJ45, 8-position Gray SP5EF SP5ER Category 6 jack, RJ45, 8-position Gray SP6F SP6R 10 Gig jack, RJ45, 8-position Gray SP10GF SP10GR Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.bryant-electric.com R-15 Network Wiring Modular Face Plate Frames and Modules (R) Infrastructure for Digital Lifestyles * Decorator versions: UL Rated for power * One to four gang * Compatible with all iSTATION modules and keystone connections * Supplied with paper labels, clear covers and color-matched screw covers iSTATION Multi-Service Frame iSTATION Modular Face Plate Frames Multi-Service, Power and Low Voltage Color 1-Gang Decorator 1-Gang iSTATION 1-Gang Decorator 2-Gang iSTATION 1-Gang Decorator 3-Gang iSTATION 2-Gang Decorator 2-Gang iSTATION Black Electric Ivory Gray Office White White IMFP1D1BK IMFP1D1EI IMFP1D1GY IMFP1D1OW IMFP1D1W IMFP1D2BK IMFP1D2EI IMFP1D2GY IMFP1D2OW IMFP1D2W IMFP1D3BK IMFP1D3EI IMFP1D3GY IMFP1D3OW IMFP1D3W IMFP2D2BK IMFP2D2EI IMFP2D2GY IMFP2D2OW IMFP2D2W iSTATION Modular Face Plate Frames iSTATION Stainless Steel Plates Single-Service, Low Voltage Color 1-Gang 2-Gang 3-Gang 4-Gang Black Electric Ivory Gray Office White White IMF1BK IMF1EI IMF1GY IMF1OW IMF1W IMF2BK IMF2EI IMF2GY IMF2OW IMF2W IMF3BK IMF3EI IMF3GY IMF3OW IMF3W IMF4BK IMF4EI IMF4GY IMF4OW IMF4W 1-Gang 2-Gang 3-Gang 4-Gang IMSS1 IMSS2 IMSS3 IMSS4 Delivery Bezels and Modules Third-Party Raceway Modules Color Raceway Bezel iSTATION Bezel for Third-Party Raceway Black Electric Ivory Gray Office White White - - KPIMBZGY KPIMBZOW - - - HWAPLGY HWAPLOW HWAPLW R-16 Furniture Boxes HBLIMFBK HBLIMFI HBLIMFGY - HBLIMFWA www.bryant-electric.com Unloaded, 2-Port, 10-Pack Color Catalog Number Black Ivory* Gray White HWM2KBK10 HWM2KI10 HWM2KGY10 HWM2KW10 Note: *Equivalent to Bryant Office White. Specifications are subject to change without notice. Network Wiring Modules and Frames (R) Infrastructure for Digital Lifestyles Blank HD15/9-Pin or HDMI Modules 1 Unit 1.5 Unit Color HD15/9-Pin or HDMI Angled, HD15/9-Pin or HDMI Black Electric Ivory Gray Office White White IMBDS1BK IMBDS1EI IMBDS1GY IMBDS1OW IMBDS1W IMBDSA15BK IMBDSA15EI IMBDSA15GY IMBDSA15OW IMBDSA15W SC Angled Modules 2 Unit 1.5 Unit 2 Unit HD15/9-Pin or HDMI with 3.5mm Stereo Jack* HD15/9-Pin or HDMI with 3.5mm SJ+AV Conn 1 Duplex 2 Duplex IMB15315BK IMB15315EI IMB15315GY IMB15315OW IMB15315W IMB153X2BK IMB153X2EI IMB153X2GY IMB153X2OW IMB153X2W IM1SCA15BK IM1SCA15EI IM1SCA15GY IM1SCA15OW IM1SCA15W IM2SCA2BK IM2SCA2EI IM2SCA2GY IM2SCA2OW IM2SCA2W Note: *Screw termination or solder. Blank Modules Blank HD15/9-Pin or HDMI Frames Color 1-Port Recessed, 1-Port 2-Port Color 0.5 Unit 1 Unit 1.5 Unit Black Electric Ivory Gray Office White White ISFB15BK ISFB15EI ISFB15GY ISFB15OW ISFB15W ISFBR15BK ISFBR15EI ISFBR15GY ISFBR15OW ISFBR15W ISFB215BK ISFB215EI ISFB215GY ISFB215OW ISFB215W Black Electric Ivory Gray Office White White IMB05BK IMB05EI IMB05GY IMB05OW IMB05W IMB1BK IMB1EI IMB1GY IMB1OW IMB1W IMB15BK IMB15EI IMB15GY IMB15OW IMB15W Keystone Modules, Unloaded 1 Unit 1.5 Unit Color Flat, 1-Port Flat, 2-Port Angled, 1-Port Angled, 2-Port Recessed, Angled, 1-Port Recessed, Angled, 2-Port Black Electric Ivory Gray Office White White IM1K1BK IM1K1EI IM1K1GY IM1K1OW IM1K1W IM2K1BK IM2K1EI IM2K1GY IM2K1OW IM2K1W IM1KA15BK IM1KA15EI IM1KA15GY IM1KA15OW IM1KA15W IM2KA15BK IM2KA15EI IM2KA15GY IM2KA15OW IM2KA15W IM1IA15BK IM1IA15EI IM1IA15GY IM1IA15OW IM1IA15W IM2IA15BK IM2IA15EI IM2IA15GY IM2IA15OW IM2IA15W Screw Terminal 10-Pack Gender Changers HD 9-Pin HD 15-Pin HD 15-Pin, Keystone Front Mount 9ST10 15ST10 SF15ST Female to Female Couplers 15-Pin, 90 Single Pack 10-Pack HD 9-Pin 15901 - - 9GC10 HD 15-Pin - 15GC10 iSTATIONTM Audio/Video Modules (10-Pack) Descritpion AV Blank 1.5 Unit XLR Screw Terminal XLR Solder-Type SpeakON(R) Connector, Solder-Type USB Feed-Thru, A-to-B 1/4" Stereo Jack, Solder-Type Catalog Number IMAVB15OW* XLRST10 XLR10 SC10 USB10 14S10 Note: *Color listed is Office White, for other colors, replace "OW" with: "AL" = Almond, "BK" = Black, "EI" = Ivory, "GY" = Gray, "W" = White. Light Almond is the same color as Office White. speakON(R) is a registered trademark of Neutrik(R) AG. Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.bryant-electric.com R-17 Network Wiring AV 110 EverywhereTM Analog AV Over UTP 110 Audio/Video Modules (R) Infrastructure for Digital Lifestyles 110 Audio/Video Modules Extend Up to 100 Ft. (30.5m) Over Single 4-Pair UTP Cable, 1.5 Unit Extend Up to 100 Ft. (30.5m) Over Single 4-Pair UTP Cable, 1 Unit Color RCA Component Video, Left/Right Audio RCA Component Video, 3.5mm Audio Color RCA Component Video, HD, 75' max. RCA Composite Video, RCA Left/Right Left/Right Audio, 100' max. Audio, 100' max. Black Electric Ivory Gray Office White White IMCAR11015BK IMCAR11015EI IMCAR11015GY IMCAR11015OW IMCAR11015W IMC3511015BK IMC3511015EI IMC3511015GY IMC3511015OW IMC3511015W Black Electric Ivory Gray Office White White IMCR1101BK IMCR1101EI IMCR1101GY IMCR1101OW IMCR1101W IMR1101BK IMR1101EI IMR1101GY IMR1101OW IMR1101W IMAR1101BK IMAR1101EI IMAR1101GY IMAR1101OW IMAR1101W VGA and 3.5mm HD AV Extender RCA Connectors, 110 Punch-Down Extend Up to 75 Ft. (23m) Over Single 4-Pair UTP Cable, 1 Unit Extend Up to 75 Ft. (23m) Over Single 4-Pair UTP Cable, Housing Color is Black Color Catalog Number Insulator Color Catalog Number Black Electric Ivory Gray Office White White IM15311015BK IM15311015EI IM15311015GY IM15311015OW IM15311015W Blue Green Red White Yellow SFRC110B SFRC110GN SFRC110R SFRC110W SFRC110Y Note: Product consists of send and receive pair. 3.5mm to 110 Termination Stereo Jacks S-Video Connection Speaker Banana Plugs Extend Up to 75 Ft. (23m) Over Single 4-Pair UTP Cable Extend Up to 75 Ft. (23m) Over Single 4-Pair UTP Cable Screw Termination, Gold, 10-Pack Color 3.5mm to 110 Termination Black SF35110BK Color S-Video to 110 Termination Black SFSV110BK Color Catalog Number Black Red SPPBK10 SPPR10 Solder Audio/Video Modules 1.5 Unit 1 Unit Color RCA Component Video with Left/Right Audio or RGBHV RCA Component Video RCA Composite Video with Left/Right Audio RCA Composite Video, 3.5mm Stereo Audio Jack Black Electric Ivory Gray Office White White IMCRS15BK IMCRS15EI IMCRS15GY IMCRS15OW IMCRS15W IMCRS1BK IMCRS1EI IMCRS1GY IMCRS1OW IMCRS1W IM3RS1BK IM3RS1EI IM3RS1GY IM3RS1OW IM3RS1W IMRSJ1BK IMRSJ1EI IMRSJ1GY IMRSJ1OW IMRSJ1W Gold Pass-Through Audio/Video Modules Female to Female Coupler, 1 Unit Speaker Post Color RCA Component Video RCA Composite Video with Left/Right Audio Black Electric Ivory Gray Office White White IMCRF1BK IMCRF1EI IMCRF1GY IMCRF1OW IMCRF1W IM3RF1BK IM3RF1EI IM3RF1GY IM3RF1OW IM3RF1W R-18 RCA Left/Right Audio with 3.5mm Stereo Audio Jack Black and Red, Screw Termination IM35AR1BK IM35AR1EI IM35AR1GY IM35AR1OW IM35AR1W IMSP1BK IMSP1EI IMSP1GY IMSP1OW IMSP1W www.bryant-electric.com Specifications are subject to change without notice. Network Wiring Termination Tools (R) Infrastructure for Digital Lifestyles 1-Punch XJ Termination Tools Termination Tool, 6-110/4-Pair, Category 6 Description Catalog Number 1-Punch Ascent tool with head, blades and HXTA termination aid TX4P6A 1-Punch Ascent tool replacement head TX4P6AH 1-Punch Ascent tool replacement blades TX4P6ABL 1-Punch XJ tool with head, blades and HXTA termination aid Seats 6-110/4-pair connecting blocks and terminate/cut UTP cable on 6-110 wiring blocks, cut designation on tool head aids proper orientation before termination Description Catalog Number Termination tool, 4-pair, 6-110 (includes head and blades) 6110MPPDT TX4P Replacement tool head, 6-110 (includes blades) 6110MPPDT1 1-Punch XJ replacement head TX4PH Note: 6-110 tool is not compatible with 1-punch termination tool. 1-Punch XJ replacement blades TX4PHBL Punch down tool, 1-pair TPDH 1-Pair 110 blade TBLH 1-Punch Termination Tool, 110/5-Pair, Category 5/5e Note: Xcelerator jacks are compatible with Paladin Tools(R) "Jack Terminator" PA8111 termination tool. Seats 110 connecting blocks and terminate/cut UTP cable on 110 wiring blocks, terminates #28-22 AWG solid/stranded wire, common handle for 5-pair/110, jack and panel 1-punch 1-Punch Tool for HP Series Patch Panels Description Catalog Number Punch-down tool, 5-pair head T5PPD110 Description Catalog Number Patch panel tool with head and blades TX41 Termination Accessories Patch panel tool replacement head TX414 Description Catalog Number Communications Cable Stripper/Cutter Hand termination aid "Jack Knuckles" Xcelerator/Ascent HXTA Description Catalog Number Snap-X termination puck, 25-pack HXTP25 Stripper/cutter TCS3 Ascent termination puck, 25-pack HJTP6A25 Tool Kit, 8-Piece Punch-Down Tool, 110 Includes: (1) punch-down tool with 110 and 66 blade, (1) pair snips, (1) 4-Bit screwdriver, (1) UTP/STP cable striper/cutter, (1) MagliteTM, (1) Black belt pouch, and (1) Snap-X termination aid Terminates #28-22 AWG solid/stranded wire, adjustable high and low impact settings, lanyard holes in handle Description Catalog Number Description Catalog Number Punch-down tool with 110 blade TPD110 Tool kit, 8-piece TK8 Replacement 110 blade TBL110 Replacement 66 blade TBL66 1-Pair Punch-Down Tool Cuts punch time in half by terminating a pair at a time, terminates #28-22 AWG solid/stranded wire, adjustable high and low impact settings Description Catalog Number Punch-down tool with blade TPDH Replacement blade TBLH MagliteTM is a trademark of Mag Instruments, Inc. Paladin Tools(R) is a registered trademark of Textron Inc. Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.bryant-electric.com R-19 Network Wiring Standard UTP Wiring Conventions (R) Infrastructure for Digital Lifestyles RJ-45 ANSI/TIA-568 Wiring Conventions Two wiring standards were adopted. Both configurations are based on maximum transmission performance. 1: Green/White 2: Green 3: Orange/White 4: Blue 5: Blue/White 6: Orange 7: Brown/White 8: Brown * Preferred method 1: Orange/White 2: Orange 3: Green/White 4: Blue 5: Blue/White 6: Green 7: Brown/White 8: Brown * Directly compatible with 2-pair voice and token ring systems utilizing 6-position connectors * Optional method * AT&T(R) standard * Directly compatible with AT&T phone systems Wiring Conventions Local area network (LAN) standards designed to operate over UTP specify pin/pair assignments on modular connectors for various signal transmission protocols. While T568A and T568B conventions support all these designations, there are some cases where the user chooses to cable only the number of pairs required to support these applications. * 10 Mbps Ethernet over UTP * 4/16 Mbps token ring over copper * 100 Mbps FDDI over copper * 1000 Mbps Ethernet over UTP * Uses only two pairs * Uses only two pairs * Uses only two pairs * Uses all four pairs * 100 Mbps Ethernet USOC Conventions Universal Service Ordering Codes (USOC) are a series of Registered Jack (RJ) wiring configurations for connection of customer premises equipment to the network. FCC regulations govern these configurations. Color Coding RING TIP R-20 Pair 1 T1 - White/Blue Pair 1 R1 - Blue Pair 2 T2 - White/Orange Pair 2 R2 - Orange Pair 3 T3 - White/Green Pair 3 R3 - Green Pair 4 T4 - White/Brown Pair 4 R4 - Brown www.bryant-electric.com Specifications are subject to change without notice. Section S Technical Information Table of Contents Page Codes and Standards Organizations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-2 Certification Agencies and Markings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-3 Wiring Device Standards and Testing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-4 RoHS, TR, WR and IP Meanings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-6 Architectural Symbols For Electrical Wiring Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-7 Materials Commonly Used in Wiring Devices and Horsepower Ratings Table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-8 AC Switch and Horsepower Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-9 Dimmer - Ganging and Derating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-10 Switches Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-11 Wiring Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-12 Network Cabling Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-16 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ S-1 Technical Information Codes and Standards Organizations Certification Agencies MR Primarily involved in certification of products or manufacturers to standards developed by the certification agency or by others. For convenience, the following listings define common acronyms for a variety of organizations. ANCE National Association of Normalization and Certification of the Electrical Sector BSI British Standards Institute CE Self Certification Marking of European Community CCC China Compulsory Certification CSA Canadian Standards Association or CSA International ETL Intertech FM Factory Mutual NRTL Nationally Recognized (by OSHA) Testing Laboratory TUV TUV Rheinland of N.A., Inc. UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. VDE Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker (Germany) Government Agencies DSCC EU FCC IAPA OSHA Defense Supply Center - Columbus European Union Federal Communications Commission Industrial Accident and Prevention Association (Canada) Occupational Safety and Health Administration Bryant Wiring Devices Qualified Under Fed. Spec. W-C-596 4700DR 4700DRCR 4700DRI 4700DRIG 4710 4721NP 4750DR 4760 4779NC 4785ER 5242 5242BLK 5242GRY 5242I 5242RED 5242W 5251 5251AL 5251BLK 5251I 5252 5252AL 5252BLK 5252BU 5252GRY 5252I 5252RED 5252W 5261 5261BLK 5261BLKWR 5261GRY 5261GRYWR 5261I 5261IGGRY 5261IGW 5261IWR 5261RED 5261REDWR 5261W 5261WR 5261WWR 5342 5342BLK 5342GRY 5342I 5342RED 5342W 5351 5351AL 5351BLK 5351I 5352 5352AL S-2 5352BLK 5352BU 5352GRY 5352I 5352RED 5352W 5361 5361BLK 5361BLKWR 5361GRY 5361GRYWR 5361I 5361IWR 5361RED 5361REDWR 5361W 5361WR 5361WWR 5364B 5364BY 5366N 5369B 5369BY 5461 5461BLK 5461GRY 5461I 5461RED 5461W 5464B 5469B 5642 5642I 5661 5661BLK 5661GRY 5661I 5661RED 5661W 5666B 5669B 70520FR 70520FRCR 70520MB 70520NC 70520NCCR 70520NP 70520NP 70530FR 70530FRCR 70530MB 70530MBWP 70530NC 70530NCB 70530NCCR 70530NP 70530NPB 70530NPC 70615DR 70615DRIG 70615ER 70615FR 70615MB 70620ER 70620FR 70620MB 70620NC 70620NP 70620NPCR 70630ER 70630FR 70630NC 70630NP 70720ER 70720FR 70720MB 70720NC 70720NP 70730FR 70730NP 71020ER 71020FR 71020NP 71420ER 71420FR 71420MB 71420NC 71420NP 71430ER 71430FR 71430MB 71430MBWP 71430NC 71430NP 71520ER 71520FR 71520MB 71520MBWP 71520NC 71520NP 71530ER 71530FR 71530MB 71530MBWP 71530NC 71530NP 71620NC 71620NP 71630NC 71630NP 71820NC 71820NP 72120ER 72120FR 72120MB 72120NC 72120NCB 72120NP 72120NPB 72120NPC 72130ER 72130FR 72130NC 72130NP 72330FR 8210 8210GRY 8210GRYWR 8210I 8210IWR 8210RED 8210REDWR 8210W 8210WR 8210WWR 8266T 8269T 8295T 8310 8310GRYWR 8310I 8310IWR 8310RED 8310REDWR 8310WR 8310WWR 8366T 8366TSP 8369T 8395T 8410BRN 8410W 8466N 8466TSP 8495T 8666TSP 8695T 9200GRY 9200GRYL 9200I 9200IG 9200IGGRY www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ 9200IGI 9200IGRED 9200IGW 9200RED 9200W 9300GRY 9300I 9300IL 9300RED BRY5262 BRY5262BCR BRY5262BLK BRY5262BLKWR BRY5262BU BRY5262BUWR BRY5262CR BRY5262GRY BRY5262GRYWR BRY5262I BRY5262IWR BRY5262RED BRY5262REDWR BRY5262W BRY5262WR BRY5262WWR BRY5266NP BRY5266NPB BRY5266NPCR BRY5266NPOR BRY5266NPSY BRY5269NC BRY5269NCCR BRY5269NCSY BRY5362 BRY5362BLK BRY5362BLKWR BRY5362BU BRY5362BUWR BRY5362CR BRY5362GRY BRY5362GRYWR BRY5362I BRY5362IWR BRY5362RED BRY5362REDWR BRY5362W BRY5362WR BRY5362WWR BRY5366NP BRY5366NPCR BRY5366NPSY BRY5369NC BRY5369NCCR BRY5369NCSY BRY5382 BRY5462 BRY5462BLK BRY5462CR BRY5462GRY BRY5462I BRY5462RED BRY5462W BRY5466NP BRY5466NPSY BRY5469NC BRY5469NCSY BRY5662 BRY5662BLK BRY5662CR BRY5662GRY BRY5662I BRY5662RED BRY5662W BRY5666NP BRY5666NPSY BRY5669NC BRY8200 BRY8200ALTR BRY8200GRY BRY8200GRYL BRY8200GRYWR BRY8200GTR BRY8200I BRY8200ITR BRY8200IWR BRY8200RED BRY8200REDL BRY8200REDWR BRY8200RTR BRY8200TR BRY8200W BRY8200WL BRY8200WR BRY8200WTR BRY8200WWR BRY8266NP BRY8266NPB BRY8269NC BRY8300 BRY8300ALTR BRY8300GRY BRY8300GRYWR BRY8300GTR BRY8300I BRY8300IG BRY8300ITR BRY8300IWR BRY8300RED BRY8300REDWR BRY8300RTR BRY8300TR BRY8300W BRY8300WR BRY8300WWR BRY8366NP BRY8369NC BRY8466NP BRY8469NC FSL1NC FSL1NP FSL2NC FSL2NP FSL3NC FSL3NP FSL4NC FSL4NP QT5262 QT5262AL QT5262BLK QT5262GY QT5262I QT5262LA QT5262R QT5262W QT5362 QT5362AL QT5362BLK QT5362GY QT5362I QT5362LA QT5362R QT5362W QT8200 QT8200AL QT8200BK QT8200GY QT8200I QT8200LA QT8200R QT8200W QT8300 QT8300AL QT8300BK QT8300GY QT8300I QT8300LA QT8300R QT8300W Specifications are subject to change without notice. Technical Information Certification Agencies and Markings Understanding Certification Marks Certification marks vary significantly with respect to testing required to achieve a particular mark. In some cases, (i.e.: Specification Grade), no outside certification agency is involved. The manufacturer decides which of their products they wish to be so identified. The following table for 15 and 20A straight blade receptacles demonstrates these wide differences. The understanding of these marks permits the user/specifier to make more meaningful product selections. Understanding Product Certification Marks -- 15 and 20 Amp Straight Blade Receptacles. Products that carry certification marks must meet the specific testing standards indicated. Certification Mark Description Spec Grade* ** LISTED UL 498 CSA, C22.2 No. 42 UL 498 Hospital Grade CSA, C22.2 No. 42 M Fed. Hospital Spec. Grade W-C-596 Self Certified, No Testing Required -- Advertising/Trade Name Used on recognized component parts that are part of a Listed product or system intended for the United States. Component "C" intended ** for Canada. Recognized components are intended for installation by Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEMs) within their Listed, and are not accepted by electrical inspectors for general-use field installations. X Used on recognized component parts that are part of a Listed product or system intended for the United States and Canada. Recognized components are intended for installation by Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEMs) within their Listed, and are not accepted by electrical inspectors for general-use field installations. X Products found with this mark means Underwriters Laboratories or CSA International found that representative samples of this product met Underwriters Laboratories' published Standards for Safety intended for the US market. X Products found with this mark are certified primarily for the Canadian market. X Products intended for US and Canada. X * Hospital Grade * Hospital Grade In addition to complying with general use requirements, this mark denotes these devise have been specially designed and are subject to additional requirements of the standards. * Hospital Grade X In addition to complying with general use requirements, this mark denotes these devise have been specially designed and are subject to additional requirements of the standards. In addition to complying with general use grade requirements, this mark denotes receptacles also have been investigated for compliance with United States Federal Specification W-C-596. In addition to complying with general use and hospital grade requirements, this mark denotes receptacles also have been investigated for compliance with United States Federal Specification W-C-596. X X X X X X X X X Note: *Includes such variation as Premium Spec, Super Spec, etc. ** End product test also required. Cross Reference Note Recognize that cross reference guides supplied by some manufacturers should be used only to determine compatible devices (rating and configuration). It does not, in any way, deal with performance levels (which will vary widely by manufacturer). Common catalog numbers are often used for convenience of selection. The use of the same catalog number is solely the discretion of the manufacturer. It in no way implies compliance to any standard or testing criteria. Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ S-3 Technical Information Wiring Device Standards and Testing Wiring Device Standards There are many different marketing terms in the electrical industry to describe the various electrical receptacles available from different manufacturers. Some of these terms include: Spec-Grade, Commercial, Heavy Duty, Industrial, Hard-Use, etc. There are no clear or universal definitions for these terms. There is no criteria established to differentiate one term from the next. Reliance solely upon these terms is not a reliable measure of performance or durability in a given application. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) recognized a need to categorize receptacles based on application and expectations of performance. As a result, UL verifies performance to the following designations. Here are brief descriptions of each: General Use - UL 498 - All duplex receptacles are required to meet these general requirements. Devices bearing the UL mark for general use have been tested to insure they can safely provide power in typical everyday usage (vacuum, lamps, electronics, etc.). Fed. Spec. - W-C-596 - The Federal Government wanted some way to determine that a receptacle performed better than average and would withstand the tougher demands of institutional use (post offices, military installations, prisons, etc.). Fed. Spec. listing identifies receptacles as having construction features, marking specifications and performance requirement (i.e., plug retention, increased cycle testing) beyond the requirements of the general use listing. * Hospital Grade * Hospital Grade Hospital Grade - In addition to compliance with general use requirements, Hospital Grade receptacles must meet performance criteria designed to test: ground reliability, assembly integrity, overall strength and reliability. Hospital Grade devices are marked with a green dot on their face. Hospital Grade Fed. Spec. - Receptacles meeting this designation meet requirements and have completed test programs for both Fed. Spec. and Hospital Grade receptacles. All Bryant Hospital Grade devices are UL listed to this designation. These UL designations are a better determinant of performance than marketing descriptions, for performance and durability. S-4 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Technical Information Wiring Device Standards and Testing Testing for Hospital Grade and Fed. Spec. Listing of Bryant Receptacles, Plugs and Connectors All Bryant Hospital Grade products are tested regularly in our factories with Underwriters Laboratories. Receptacles Fed. Spec. Test: Ground Pin Retention Test - The grounding contact of the receptacle is conditioned by twenty insertions with a 0.204 inch oversized diameter pin. After conditioning, a 0.184 inch diameter pin is inserted in the grounding contact must be capable of supporting a weight of at least 4 ounces for one minute. Fed. Spec. Test: Power Blade Retention Test - A test plug with a single oversized blade measuring 0.075 inch thick is inserted into each current carrying contact for twenty conditioning cycles. When the conditioning cycles are completed, each contact must be capable of supporting, for one minute, 1.5 pounds secured to a single 0.055 inch thick solid steel blade without holes. HG Test: Abrupt Removal of Plug Test - A steel bodied test plug with blades made of brass is inserted into the receptacle. A 10 pound weight dropped from at least 24 inches, pulls the plug out of the receptacle abruptly. This test is done eight times with the receptacle rotated in different positions to create the greatest stress to the face and contacts. Then, with the receptacle facing down, the grounding contact must retain a 4 ounce grounding pin with a 0.184 inch diameter for one minute. After this test there shall be no breakage of the receptacle that interferes with the receptacle function or to the integrity of the enclosure. Fed. Spec. Test: Assembly Security Test - A force of 100 pounds is applied through the slots of the receptacle into the base while the bridge is supported at its screw mounting positions. Each receptacle is then examined for damage. Plugs and Connectors HG Test: Impact Test - A plug or connector wired with the minimum size flexible cord is subjected to an impact from a 10 pound cylindrical weight having a flat face with a 2 inch diameter dropped from a height of 18 inches. After the test, there shall be no breakage or other damage that may effect the function of the device. HG Test: Mechanical Drop Test - The cord connector is wired to #18 AWG flexible cord and suspended horizontally. It is released so it impacts a hardwood surface 45 inches below the point of suspension. This is repeated for 1,300 cycles. After the test, there shall be no breakage, deformation or other effect that may interfere with the function of the device. HG Test: 500 Pound Crush Test - A wired plug or connector is placed between two hardwood slabs while subjected to a force which is progressively increased to 500 pounds. After the test, there shall be no breakage, deformation or other effect that may interfere with the function of the device. HG Test: Strain Relief Test - While assembled to a plug or connector but not wired to the terminals; the cord must remain securely fastened after a straight pull of 30 pounds and a rotary motion within 3 inch circles with a 10 pound force applied for two consecutive hours. Displacement of conductors, insulation and outer jacket of the flexible cord shall not exceed 0.031 inch. There shall be no cuts, rips or tears in the insulation of the cord. Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ S-5 Technical Information RoHS, TR, WR and IP Meanings RoHS - Restriction of Hazardous Substances RoHS compliant This EU Directive, 2011/65/EU, prohibits the use of mercury, cadmium, lead, chromium VI, PBB (polybrominated biphenyls) and PBDE (polybrominated diphenyl ethers) in certain electrical products. The regulatory maximums for these items are 0.01%, by weight, for cadmium and 0.1%, by weight, for the other five items in each "homogenous unit" contained within that product. There are certain exemptions available from the RoHS requirements. Tamper-Resistant Receptacles - 406.12 (A) through (C) TR Per the National Electrical Code (NEC(R)) Article 406.11; All 125 volt, 15 and 20 amp receptacles in dwelling units shall be a listed tamper-resistant type. Dwelling units are defined as a single unit, providing complete and independent living facilities for one or more persons, including permanent provisions for living, sleeping, cooking and sanitation. Listed devices are required to have a TR marking on the face visible when installed without a cover plate. Weather Resistant Receptacles WR IP SUITABILITY Per the 2014 National Electrical Code (NEC(R)) Article 406.9; All 125 and 250 volt, 15 and 20 amp non-locking receptacles for use in damp or wet locations shall be a listed weather resistant type. Listed devices are required to have a WR marking on the face visible when installed. Elements of the IP Code and Their Meanings - In Accordance with Standard IEC 60529 IP Suitability Ratings are a system for classifying the degree of ingress protection provided by enclosures of electrical equipment. Generally, the higher the number, the greater the degree of protection; they apply ONLY to properly installed equipment. Example: IP67 = Ingress Protection/Dust-Tight/Temporary Immersion Meaning for the Protection of Equipment Code Letters First Number Ingress Protection Against Ingress of Solid Foreign Objects IP The numerals stand for the following: 1. First Numeral: degree of protection for persons against access to hazardous parts inside the enclosure and/or against the ingress of solid foreign objects. 2. Second Numeral: degree of protection of equipment inside enclosures against damage from the ingress of water. Second Number Against Ingress of Water with Harmful Effects 0 - Non-protected 0 - Non-protected 1 50mm diameter 1 - Vertically dripping 2 12.5mm diameter 2 - Dripping (15 Tilted) 3 2.5mm diameter 3 - Spraying 4 1.0mm diameter 4 - Splashing 5 - Dust-protected 5 - Jetting 6 - Dust-tight 6 - Power jetting 7 - Temporary immersion 8 - Continuous immersion Note: Denotes greater than or equal to. NEC(R) is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). S-6 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Technical Information Architectural Symbols For Electrical Wiring Devices General Outlets Panels, Circuits and Miscellaneous Ceiling Wall Lighting Outlet Blanked outlet Clock outlet (specify voltage) Deep cord Electrical outlet: for use only when circle used alone might be confused with columns, plumbing symbols, etc. Fan outlet Junction box Lamp holder Lamp holder with pull switch Pull switch Outlet for vapor discharge lamp Exit light outlet or light Convenience Outlets Duplex convenience outlet Convenience outlet other than duplex 1-single, 3-triplex, etc. Weatherproof convenience outlet Range outlet Switch and convenience outlet Radio and convenience outlet Special purpose outlet (Desc. in Spec.) Floor outlet Lighting panel Power panel Branch circuit; concealed in ceiling or wall Branch circuit; concealed in floor Branch circuit; exposed Home run to panel board. Indicated number of circuits by number of arrows. Note: Any circuit without further designation indicates a 2-wire circuit. For a greater number of wires indicate as follows: (3-wires) (4-wires), etc. Feeders Note: Use heavy lines and designate by number of corresponding to listing in feeder schedule. Underfloor duct and junction box. Triple system Note: For double or single systems eliminate one or two lines. This symbol is equally adaptable to auxiliary system layouts Generator Motor Instrument Power transformer (or draw to scale) Controller Isolating switch Auxiliary Systems Push Button Bell Outside telephone Interconnecting telephone Telephone switchboard Bell ringing transformer Electric door opener Fire alarm bell City fire alarm station Fire alarm central station Automatic fire alarm device Watchman's station Watchman's central station Horn Nurse's signal plug Radio outlet Signal central section Interconnection box Auxiliary system circuits Switch Outlets S Single-pole switch S2 Double-pole switch S3 3-Way switch S4 4-Way switch SD Automatic door switch SE Electrolier switch SK Key operated switch SP Switch and pilot lamp SCB Circuit breaker switch SWCB Weatherproof circuit breaker SMC Momentary contact switch SRC Remote control switch SWP Weatherproof switch SF Fused switch SWF Weatherproof fused switch Buzzer Annunciator Fire alarm station Maid's signal plug Battery Special Auxiliary Outlets Subscript letters refer to notes on plans or detailed description in specifications. Special Outlets Any standard symbol as given above with the addition of a lower case subscript letter may be used to designate some special variation of standard equipment of particular interest in a specific set of architectural plans. When used they must be listed in the Key of Symbols on each drawing and if necessary further described in the specifications. a,b,c,etc a,b,c,etc Sa,b,c,etc Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ S-7 Technical Information Materials Commonly Used in Wiring Devices and Horsepower Ratings Table Table I - Mechanical and Electrical Properties of Materials Properties Tensile Strength (PSI) Elongation (%) 6/6 Nylon 6 Nylon Polycarbonate PC/PET Phenolic Urea 11,000 6000+* 9,000 6,000 6,500-10,000 5,500-13,000 300+* 300* 130 120 0.4-0.8 0.5-1.0 175,000* 140,000* 340,000 325,000 1,000,000 1,500,000 2.1* 3.0* 15.0 12.0 0.3-1.9 0.25-0.4 59M* 108R* -- 119R 70M 118R -- 115R 105-120M -- 110-120M -- Heat Deflection Temp F 66 PSI 264 PSI 464 194 370 185 -- 270 265 260 -- 400 -- 260-290 UL Thermal Index C Electrical Mechanical w/Impact Mechanical w/o Impact 125 75 85 125 75 85 125 115 125 105 105 105 150 150 150 100 100 100 Flex. Mod. (Stiffness) (PSI) Izod (Notched) ft.-lb./in. Hardness Rockwell Flame Class UL 94 V-2 V-2 V-2 V-0 HB-V0 HB-V0 Dielectric V/mil 600 400 380 307 200-400 300-400 Specific Gravity 1.14 1.13 1.2 1.33 1.4 1.5 UL Comparative Tracking Index (Volts) 600+ 600+ 250+ 230 175+ 600+ Note: *Conditioned to 50% relative humidity. Table II - Chemical Resistance of Materials Chemical Acids Table III - Horsepower Ratings Nylon Phenolic Urea Polycarbonate C B B A Alcohol A A A B Caustic Bases A B B C Gasoline A A C A Grease A A A B Kerosene A A A A Oil A A A B Solvents A A A C Water A A A A Note: A-Completely resistant. Good to excellent, general use. B-Resistant. Fair to good, limited service. C-Slow attack. Not recommended for use. Advantages of Nylon Bryant nylon wiring devices provide these safety benefits: * Excellent insulator: Shock hazards are minimized by the superior dielectric strength of nylon and the heavy-duty molded interior walls of Bryant's completely-enclosed individual wire pocket areas. * Resistant to chemicals: Nylon provides excellent resistance to chemicals such as alcohol, caustic bases, gasoline, grease, kerosene, oil, solvents and water. See Table II. * High impact resistance: Bryant nylon devices are designed to withstand high impact in heavy duty industrial and commercial applications. Each molded piece supports an adjacent molded piece, resulting in unsurpassed resiliency and strength. Devices housed in neoprene, urea or phenolic materials can crack or be damaged under great pressure. Such damage can be invisible and cause direct shorts and other hazards. In the unlikely event that a nylon device is damaged, the damage can be easily detected and the device replaced. Universal Cord Grip Bryant's nylon plugs and connectors have a universal cord grip. One device can be used for most cord size applications. Adapter sleeves are available for flat cord and other small diameter cords. In addition to reducing the cord grip to the desired size, the sleeve helps protect the interior of the device by blocking entry of solvents, oil and other foreign matter. S-8 NEMA Config. AC HP Rating** NEMA Config. AC HP Rating** 1-15 2-15 2-20 2-30 5-15 5-20 5-30 5-50 6-15 6-20 6-30 6-50 7-15 7-20 7-30 7-50 10-20 10-30 10-50 11-15 11-20 11-30 11-50 14-15 14-20 14-30 14-50 14-60 15-15 15-20 15-30 15-50 15-60 18-15 18-20 18-30 18-50 18-60 0.5 1.5 2 2 0.5 1 2 2 1.5 2 2 3 2 2 3 5 2 L-L/1 L-N 2 L-L/2 L-N 3 L-L/2 L-N 2 3 3 7.5 1.5 L-L/0.5 L-N 2 L-L/1 L-N 2 L-L/2 L-N 3 L-L/2 L-N 3 L-L/2 L-N 2 3 3 7.5 10 2 2 3 7.5 L1-15 L2-20 L5-15 L5-20 L5-30 L6-15 L6-20 L6-30 L7-15 L7-20 L7-30 L8-20 L8-30 L10-20 L10-30 L11-15 L11-20 L11-30 L12-20 L12-30 L14-20 L14-30 L15-20 L15-30 L16-20 L16-30 L18-20 L18-30 L19-20 L19-30 L21-20 L21-30 L22-20 L22-30 0.5 2 0.5 1 2 1.5 2 2 2 2 3 3 5 2 L-L/1 L-N 2 L-L/2 L-N 2 3 3 5 10 2 L-L/1 L-N 2 L-L/2 L-N 3 3 5 10 2 3 5 10 2 3 5 10 Note: **The phase-to-phase horsepower ratings are noted by "L-L". The phase-to-neutral ratings are identified by "L-N". www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Technical Information AC Switch and Horsepower Ratings Prior to 1950, Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. listed only AC/DC general use switches. These switches were designed with oveS-center, snap-acting mechanisms which opened the circuit by widely separating the contacts at a high speed. This was necessary because the switches were tested on DC which has a steady-state voltage. Contact bouncing, at high current, could cause considerable arcing which would dissipate the contact material and result in welding of the contacts. With the introduction of AC only general use switches, it was unnecessary to have the high-powered, oveS-center, snapacting mechanisms because the contacts did not have to be widely separated at high speed. On AC, the voltage passes through zero voltage every 1/2 cycle, on 60 cycle frequency every 1/120 of a second. By opening the contacts slowly, the arc is suppressed by the zero voltage. By limiting the break, the contact gap is not ionized and air insulation prevents arc formation and restriking. Bryant introduced, in the mid 1930's, the first AC only range switch. The experience gained in this development indicated the ideal AC switch should have a positive closing and a slow limited opening. Positive closing is the closing of the contacts without bounce or chatter, which can occur due to the inertia of a high-speed closing of the contacts. This is important, especially on the tungsten lamp load where, due to the low resistance of tungsten filament, an inrush current from 8 to 16 times the lighted (high resistance) rated current occurs. This inrush occurs in the first quarter cycle, 1/240 of a second, or when the contacts first close and would be bouncing (rapidly opening and closing of the circuit). Slow limited opening is the separation of the contact, under load, at a low rate and limiting the contact separation to a very small fraction of that required for DC control. This control of the opening is essential on inductive and motor loads when, due to low power factor, voltage surges occur on opening the circuit. Bryant AC switches are designed so the contacts are closed with controlled contact closing pressure by utilizing the flexibility of the resilient contact carrying arm. The contacts, of a special non-oxidizing silver alloy, are opened by a simple cam operation which limits the speed and opening. The indexing of the handle is by an elastomer rocker or simple cantilever steel rod. This provides a minimum of parts, along with a solid and dependable design. AC Test Requirements Explanation of "Horsepower" Ratings When AC general use switches were considered by the industry and Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., thought was given to the ratings and it was decided to rate the switches in accordance with NEC(R) branch circuit ratings of 15, 20 and 30 amperes. It was also decided to test the switch for all the loads that could be applied to a branch circuit. Therefore, all AC switches are tested on resistance, tungsten lamp and inductive loads to 100% of switch rating. Performance of Bryant Switches Exceed Underwriters Laboratories' Requirements. Underwriters Laboratories Test Requirements for AC General Use Switches In order to be listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., all 15, 20 and 30 ampere AC 120/277 volt switches must perform, without failure, the following sequence of tests. 1. An overload test of 100 cycles at 4.8 times rated current and 40-50% power factor and rated voltage. This overload test is performed at 144 amps, 277 volts for 30 ampere switches, at 6 cycles per minute. Switches marked with Horsepower Ratings are suitable for controlling the Motor Loads of the HP ratings shown on the switch as well as for lower HP ratings. To qualify for an HP rating, a switch is tested at six (6) times the full load Motor Current corresponding to the HP rating marked on the switch. (For DC Motor Controllers, the test is made at 10 times the full load Motor Current corresponding to the DC HP rating marked on the switch). The test consists of 50 on-off operations at this load and the test is conducted on six (6) samples. For 3/4 HP 120 volts-240 volts AC rating, two (2) sets of six (6) samples each are tested in addition to the regular overload endurance, heating and insulation tests. The test circuit characteristics are: For 3/4 HP 120 Volts AC For 3/4 HP 240 Volts AC 2. 10,000 cycles on a plain resistance load at full rating of 15, 20 or 30 amperes, at 277 volts at 24 cycles per minute. Closed Circuit Volts 120 Volts AC 240 Volts AC 3. 10,000 cycles on an inductive load of either 15, 20 or 30 amperes at 277 volts, 80% power factor at 24 cycles per minute. Current 82.8 Amps 41.4 Amps PoweS-Factor 0.40-0.50 0.40-0.50 4. 10,000 cycles at 15, 20 or 30 amperes, 120 volts on a tungsten filament lamp load, at 6 cycles per minute. 5. Heat rise at test-rated load. In this test, temperature rise must not exceed 30 degrees C. 6. A switch shall withstand, without breakdown, 1500V for 1 minute between live parts of opposite polarity and between live parts and dead metal parts, with the switch at the maximum operating temperature reached in intended use. Note: Current at 240V AC is 1/2 that at 120V AC. All switches must be in good operating condition after the tests have been completed. There must be no excessive arcing, welding or burning of the contacts nor arc-over to ground (the switch frames are grounded during the stalled rotor test). NEC(R) is a registered trademark of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ S-9 Technical Information Dimmer - Ganging and Derating Architectural Grade Slide and Rotary Series Example of 4-Gang Installation Three small dimmers in this box. 4-Gang Gangable Switchbox One small dimmer in this box. 1-Gang Gangable Switchbox 3/4 inch Space (Use Close Nipple) Number of Switchboxes Required with Dimmer Side sections Intact Number of Large Controls (1500W and 2000W) 0 1 2 3 4 Number of Small Controls (600W and 1000W) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 1 4 6 9 1+7 11 13 16 18 1 1+1 4 1+4 3 5 6 8 6 7 9 10 8 10 11 13 11 12 14 15 Number of Gangs Required 7 9 12 14 17 Note: When ganging an even number of small controls with no side sections removed (plus numbers in chart), use gangable switchboxes with tapped ears as shown below. Do not use plaster rings or gangbox covers. Space an additional switchbox 3/4 in. apart from the other switchbox(es). A 3/4 in. close nipple is recommended as a spacer between the switchboxes. Number of Switchboxes Required with Side sections Removed Number of Large Controls (1500W and 2000W) Remove All Inner Side Sections (Shaded) Do Not Remove Outer Side Sections 0 1 2 3 4 Number of Small Controls (600W and 1000W) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 1 3 5 7 6 8 10 12 14 1 2 3 4 3 4 5 6 5 6 7 8 7 8 9 10 9 10 11 12 Number of Gangs Required 5 7 9 11 13 Note: When removing side sections, remove only inner side sections. Do not remove side sections on outer ends of gang. The same installation rules apply to rotary dimmers (not shown). Derating Chart No side sections removed One side section removed Both side sections removed 600W 1000W 1500W 2000W 600W 900W 1250W 1800W 500W 700W 1000W 1500W Note: When ganging any combination of small and large controls, place a small control on one extreme end of the gang, and a large control at the other end of the gang. When ganging with side sections intact, use offset mounting holes. When ganging with side sections removed, use center mounting holes. Allow a in. gap (space) between controls for ease in attaching the faceplate. Specification Grade Slide and Rotary Series Switchboxes Required: Side sections removed Derating Chart S-10 1 dimmer in wall box 2 dimmers in wall box 3 or more dimmers in wall box 600W 1000W 5A fan speed 500W 800W 4A fan speed 400W 650W 3A fan speed www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Technical Information Switches Wiring Diagrams AC Switches Single-Pole Double-Pole LOAD 3-Way To 3-Way 3-Way 3-Way 4-Way LOAD M LOAD GRD B B GRD HOT NEUTRAL HOT GRD GRD GRD GRD LOAD GRD BLACK Single-Pole Glow Handle Switch Handle Glows When Switch Is Off Single-Pole Pilot Light Switch Handle Glows When Switch Is On B BLACK BLACK RED BLACK WHITE B Center Off Maintained and Momentary Contact Single-Pole Double Throw Switches Center Off Maintained Contact Double-Pole Double Throw Switches LOAD LINE L-2 B-1 B-2 A-1 LOAD GRD A-2 L-1 GRD LOAD BLACK HOT NEUTRAL HOT LOAD WHITE GRD BLACK LEAD B HOT NEUTRAL HOT B B WHITE LEAD GRD WHITE LEAD GRD LOAD BLACK BLACK LOAD RED 3-Way To 3-Way 277V AC Pilot Light Switch Handle Glows When Switch Is On BLACK LEAD B GRD LOAD BLACK BLACK 3-Way To 3-Way 120V AC Pilot Light Switch Handle Glows When Switch Is On The handles of the two 3-way 120V AC pilot light switches will glow in both open and closed position when the load is disconnected. GRD LOAD GRD BLACK 277V AC pilot light switches require a third "runner" wire between the two switches. These pilot light switches operate on either 120 or 277V AC. LOAD Wiring Schematic MSD and MSU Series Wall Switch Sensors Dual Circuit Sensor, Wired for Dual Circuits Single Circuit Wiring 120/277V AC Black Red Dual Circuit Sensor, Wired for Dual Circuits with Neutral Line circuit 1 120/277V AC Black Red Load 1 Line circuit 120/277V AC Black Green Ground Blue Load 2 Green Ground Neutral Hot Black Blue Load 2 Dual Circuit Sensors, Wired as 3-Way Sensors* Lighting Load A Hot For step dimming, bi-level, and dual ballasted fixtures White Single Circuit Sensors, Wired as 3-Way Sensors* Green Load 1 Green Ground Green Ground Ground Neutral Red Load 1 Lighting Load A Black Red Red Blue Lighting Load B Note: *Load can not exceed the rating of one switch. Sensor is shipped with all dip switches in the OFF position (factory default). Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ S-11 Technical Information Wiring Diagrams 2-Pole 2-Wire 125V 125V W SYS. GR. 1-15R ML1-R L1-15R 208V or 250V 208V or 250V 2-20R 2-30R L2-20R 2-Pole 3-Wire Grounding 125V W 125V SYS. G GR. EQUIP. GR. 5-15R 208V or 250V 5-20R 5-30R 5-50R L5-15R L5-20R L5-30R ML2-R 208V or 250V G EQUIP. GR. 277V AC 6-15R 6-20R 6-30R 6-50R L6-15R L6-20R L6-30R 277V AC W SYS. G GR. EQUIP. GR. 7-15R 7-20R 7-30R 480V AC 7-50R L7-15R L7-20R 600V AC 480V AC 600V AC G G EQUIP. GR. EQUIP. GR. L8-20R S-12 L7-30R L9-20R L8-30R www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ L9-30R Specifications are subject to change without notice. Technical Information Wiring Diagrams 3-Pole 3-Wire 125/250V AC W 250V AC 125V AC 125V AC SYS. GR. 10-20R 10-30R 10-50R L10-20R L10-30R ML3-R 3O 250V AC 250V AC 250V AC 250V AC 11-15R 11-20R 11-30R 11-50R L11-15R L11-20R 3O 480V AC L11-30R 3O 600V AC 480V AC 480V AC 600V AC 600V AC 480V AC 600V AC L12-20R L13-30R L12-30R 3-Pole 4-Wire Grounding 125/250V AC W 250V AC 125V AC 125V AC SYS. GR. G EQUIP. GR. 14-15R 14-20R 14-30R 14-50R 14-60R L14-20R L14-30R 3O 250V AC 250V AC 250V AC 250V AC G EQUIP. GR. 15-15R 15-20R Specifications are subject to change without notice. 15-30R 15-50R 15-60R L15-20R L15-30R www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ S-13 Technical Information Wiring Diagrams 3-Pole 4-Wire Grounding 3O 480V AC 3O 600V AC 480V AC 600V AC 480V AC 600V AC 600V AC 480V AC G G EQUIP. GR. EQUIP. GR. L16-20R L17-30R L16-30R 4-Pole 4-Wire 3O 120/208V AC W SYS. GR. 208V AC 208V AC 120V AC 120V AC 120V AC 208V AC 18-15R 18-20R 18-30R 18-50R 18-60R L18-20R L18-30R 3O 277/480V AC W SYS. GR. 480V AC 480V AC 277V AC 277V AC 277V AC 480V AC L19-20R L19-30R 3O 347/600V AC W SYS. GR. 600V AC 600V AC 347V AC 347V AC 347V AC 600V AC L20-20R S-14 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ L20-30R Specifications are subject to change without notice. Technical Information Wiring Diagrams 4-Pole 5-Wire Grounding 3OY 120/208V AC 208V AC W 208V AC 120V AC SYS. GR. 120V AC 120V AC 208V AC G EQUIP. GR. L21-20R L21-30R L22-20R L22-30R L23-20R L23-30R 3OY 277/480V AC 480V AC W 480V AC 277V AC SYS. GR. 277V AC 277V AC 480V AC G EQUIP. GR. 3OY 347/600V AC 600V AC W 600V AC 347V AC SYS. GR. 347V AC 347V AC 600V AC G EQUIP. GR. Specifications are subject to change without notice. www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ S-15 Technical Information Network Cabling Requirements Supported Media - International Designation ANSI/TIA-568-C ISO/IEC 11801 2nd Ed. 2002 CENELEC EN-50173-1: 2002 Category 3 (16 MHz) Supported Supported: Class C Supported: Class C 120 Category 3 (16 MHz) Not Supported Supported: Class C Supported: Class C Category 5e (100 MHz) Supported Supported: Class D Supported: Class D Category 6 (250 MHz) Supported Supported: Class E Supported: Class E Category 6A (500 MHz) Supported Supported: Class E A* Supported: Class E A* Category 7 (600 MHz) Not Recognized Supported: Class F Supported: Class F 50/125 - 62.5/125 Multimode Supported Supported Supported Singlemode Fiber Supported Supported Supported Singlemode Fiber to the Work Area Not Supported Supported Supported Work Area Outlet Configuration 4 Pairs T568A or B 4 Pairs T568A Only 4 Pairs T568A Only Stranded Patch Cord Attenuation 120% of Horiz. Cable 150% of Horiz. Cable 150% of Horiz. Cable Note: *Category 6A requirements will be incorporated into ISO/IEC 11801 and CENELEC EN-50173 after the release of the ANSI/TIA-568-C standards series. * Strip back only as much cable jacket as is required for termination and maintain pair twists as close as possible to the point of mechanical termination * At a minimum, never allow untwisting of pairs as specified: Category 5e and 6/6A: 0.5 inch max. Maintain a maximum bend radius of 4x the cable diameter (4-pair cables) Never exceed a 90 degree bend Apply cable ties loosely and at random intervals Don't oveS-tighten cable ties Try to minimize the amount of jacket twisting Don't oveS-twist cable, it can lead to torn jackets Avoid stretching the cable Don't exceed 25 lbs. of pulling tension Use appropriate methods for dressing and securing cables: * Cable ties * Cable support bar * Wire management panels * Releasable straps S-16 Don't use a staple gun to position cable www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Specifications are subject to change without notice. Online technical support lets you search for answers to technical questions about Bryant products. If you can't find the answer you need, submit the question online to receive a response. You can also browse the specification library by part number incorporated into our eCatalog. Superior performance for vertical markets enable us to provide tailored, packaged solutions for industrial, commercial, institutional, and residential markets based on real-world experience. Bryant Electric Hubbell Incorporated (Delaware) 40 Waterview Drive Shelton, CT 06484 Phone (800) 323-2792 FAX (800) 543-0538 www.hubbell.com/bryant/en/ Printed in U.S.A. Specifications subject to change without notice. Bryant(R) is a registered trademark of Hubbell Incorporated. BC003 8/19